You are on page 1of 584

Cover Page

CDMA User Guide

for version 4.5


Copyright © 2008
Mentum S.A. All rights reserved.

Notice

This document contains confidential and proprietary information of Mentum S.A.


and may not be copied, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system, or reproduced in
any format or media, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of
Mentum S.A. Information contained in this document supersedes that found in
any previous manuals, guides, specifications data sheets, or other information that
may have been provided or made available to the user. This document is provided
for informational purposes only, and Mentum S.A. does not warrant or guarantee
the accuracy, adequacy, quality, validity, completeness or suitability for any
purpose the information contained in this document. Mentum S.A. may update,
improve, and enhance this document and the products to which it relates at any
time without prior notice to the user. MENTUM S.A. MAKES NO
WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THIS DOCUMENT OR THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN.

Trademark Acknowledgement

Mentum, Mentum Planet and Mentum Ellipse are registered trademarks owned by Mentum S.A.
MapInfo Professional is a registered trademark of PB MapInfo Corporation. RF-vu is a trademark
owned by iBwave. WaveSight is a trademark of Wavecall. This document may contain other
trademarks, trade names, or service marks of other organizations, each of which is the property of its
respective owner.

Last updated October 17, 2008


Contents

Contents
MENTUM List of products 2
PRODUCTS

CONTACTING Getting technical support 4


MENTUM Send us your comments 4

INTRODUCTION Using this documentation 6


Online Help 6
Documentation library 8
Notational conventions 9
Organization of this user guide 10

CHAPTER 1
Overview of Understanding W-CDMA networks 14
W-CDMA W-CDMA features 14
Multi-technology planning features 14
W-CDMA analyses 15
W-CDMA reports 16
Scrambling code planning 16
Workflow for W-CDMA network planning 16
Suggested reading 18

CHAPTER 2
Creating a Mobile Understanding Mobile Technology projects 20
Technology Workflow for creating a Mobile Technology project 20
Project for W- Gathering project information 20
CDMA
Creating a project for W-CDMA 20
To create a project for W-CDMA 21

i
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Opening a project 23
To open a project 23
Creating a default settings file for W-CDMA 24
To create a default settings file for W-CDMA 24

CHAPTER 3
Defining a W- Understanding W-CDMA network configuration settings 28
CDMA Network Workflow for defining a W-CDMA network configuration 28
Configuration Defining network operators for W-CDMA 29
To define network operators for W-CDMA 29
Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for W-CDMA 30
Spectrum allocation for W-CDMA 30
W-CDMA carriers 31
To create a new W-CDMA technology band 32
Defining W-CDMA network settings 33
General settings for W-CDMA 33
Correlation model settings for W-CDMA 34
Power control settings for W-CDMA 35
Carrier settings for W-CDMA 35
To define general settings for W-CDMA 36
To define correlation model settings for W-CDMA 38
To define power control settings for W-CDMA 39
To define carrier settings for W-CDMA 40
To define HSDPA network settings for W-CDMA 42
To define HSUPA network settings for W-CDMA 44

CHAPTER 4
Defining W-CDMA Understanding W-CDMA subscribers 48
Subscribers W-CDMA subscriber types and rapid planning 49
Importing and exporting subscriber information 50
To import pre-defined subscriber information 50
To import or export subscriber information 51
Workflow for creating W-CDMA subscriber types 51
Defining clutter types for W-CDMA 52
To define clutter types for W-CDMA 54
To assign clutter classes to clutter types for W-CDMA 56

ii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Defining W-CDMA bearers 57


W-CDMA bearers 58
To define W-CDMA bearers 59
To define HSDPA bearers 62
Defining subscriber equipment types for W-CDMA 63
To define subscriber equipment types for W-CDMA 63
To define subscriber equipment bands for W-CDMA 64
Defining session types for W-CDMA 66
To define session types for W-CDMA 67
Defining quality types for W-CDMA 69
To define quality types for W-CDMA 69
Defining service types for W-CDMA 70
To define circuit-switched service types for W-CDMA 71
To define packet-switched service types for W-CDMA 73
Defining subscriber types for W-CDMA 77
To create a subscriber type for W-CDMA 78
To define usage types for W-CDMA 81

CHAPTER 5
Configuring and Understanding W-CDMA sites and sectors 84
Placing W-CDMA Considerations for multi-band networks 84
Sites Workflow for configuring and placing W-CDMA sites 85
Creating W-CDMA sites 85
To create a W-CDMA site 85
Calculating base station link budgets for W-CDMA sectors 87
Losses and gains 87
To calculate base station link budgets for W-CDMA sectors 89
Globally editing base station link budget settings for W-CDMA
sectors 92
To globally edit base station link budget settings for W-CDMA
sectors 93
Defining W-CDMA sector settings 96
Hardware settings for W-CDMA 96
Resource settings for W-CDMA 97
Implementation settings for W-CDMA 97
Quality settings for W-CDMA 98
Power settings for W-CDMA 99

iii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

To assign carriers to sectors 99


To define hardware settings 99
To define sector resources 101
To define implementation settings 103
To define quality settings 104
To define W-CDMA power settings 105
Editing sites and sectors 106
To edit a site 107
To globally edit W-CDMA sectors 107
Deleting sites 109
To delete a site 109
Viewing W-CDMA carrier assignment and interference information 110
To view W-CDMA frequency assignment and interference
information 110

CHAPTER 6
Adding Repeaters Understanding W-CDMA repeaters 114
to W-CDMA Repeaters and W-CDMA predictions 115
Sectors Workflow for adding repeaters to W-CDMA sectors 115
Adding repeaters to W-CDMA sectors 115
To add repeaters to W-CDMA sectors 116
To define service antenna settings for repeaters 119
To define donor antenna settings for repeaters 121
To define repeater prediction settings 123
To define repeater equipment settings 125
To define repeater carrier settings 127
To edit repeater settings 127
Locating repeaters in a Map window 128
To locate repeaters in a Map window 128

CHAPTER 7
Generating Rapid Understanding rapid planning for W-CDMA 130
Planning Prediction view files for W-CDMA analyses 130
Analyses for W- W-CDMA analysis layers 130
CDMA
Understanding data rate negotiation 131
Data rate downgrading 132
Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation 132

iv
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA 133


Defining default W-CDMA rapid planning analysis settings 133
To define default W-CDMA rapid planning analysis settings 134
Creating a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA 134
To create a new rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA 135
To add an existing analysis to the W-CDMA Analyses node 136
Defining rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA 136
To define rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA 136
Choosing subscriber types for W-CDMA rapid planning 138
To choose a defined subscriber type for W-CDMA rapid planning 139
To choose a nominal subscriber for W-CDMA rapid planning 140
Defining rapid planning analysis area settings for W-CDMA 143
To define rapid planning analysis area settings for W-CDMA 143
Generating a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA 144
To generate a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA 144
Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information 144
To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags 145
Viewing W-CDMA analysis layers 145
To view W-CDMA analysis layers 145
Deleting analyses 146
To delete analyses 146

CHAPTER 8
Generating Monte Understanding Monte Carlo analyses for W-CDMA 148
Carlo Analyses Monte Carlo phases 148
for W-CDMA Defining the number of Monte Carlo runs 150
Understanding data rate negotiation 154
Data rate downgrading 155
Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation 155
Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers 157
CPICH analysis 157
Downlink interference analysis 160
Uplink interference analysis 161
Handover analysis 162
Other analysis 164
Workflow for generating a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA 164
Optimizing W-CDMA analyses 165

v
Contents
CDMA User Guide

To define CDMA Analysis Optimization settings 166


Defining default W-CDMA Monte Carlo analysis settings 167
To define default W-CDMA Monte Carlo analysis settings 167
Defining default analysis layers for W-CDMA 167
To define the default W-CDMA analysis layer list 168
Creating a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA 168
To create a new Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA 169
Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for W-CDMA 170
To define Monte Carlo system settings for W-CDMA 170
To choose the subscriber types for a W-CDMA Monte Carlo
analysis 173
To define Simulation Area settings for W-CDMA 173
To define runtime parameter settings for W-CDMA 175
To define Monte Carlo Analysis Area settings for W-CDMA 177
Defining discrete subscriber display settings for W-CDMA 179
To define discrete subscriber display settings for W-CDMA 180
Generating a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA 181
To generate a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA 181
Adding an existing analysis to the W-CDMA Analyses node 182
To add an existing analysis to the W-CDMA Analyses node 182
Viewing discrete subscriber information for W-CDMA 182
To display discrete subscriber information for W-CDMA in table
format 183
Creating an unserved subscriber traffic map 183
To create an unserved subscriber traffic map 184
Generating additional runs for a W-CDMA Monte Carlo
analysis 185
To generate additional Monte Carlo runs for W-CDMA 185
Updating W-CDMA rapid planning target values with Monte Carlo
results 185
To update W-CDMA target values 186
Defining W-CDMA analysis layers 186
To define the W-CDMA analysis layers to use in an analysis 187
Generating W-CDMA analysis layers 188
To generate W-CDMA analysis layers 188
Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information 188
To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags 189

vi
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Viewing W-CDMA analysis layers 189


To view W-CDMA analysis layers 189
Recoloring best serving sector layers 190
To recolor best serving sector layers 190
Deleting analyses 191
To delete analyses 191
Using the CDMA Pixel Info tool for W-CDMA 191
To obtain per-pixel information about a W-CDMA analysis 192
Analyzing CPICH pollution for W-CDMA sectors 194
Workflow for analyzing CPICH pollution 196
To analyze CPICH pollution for W-CDMA sectors 197

CHAPTER 9
Generating Understanding HSDPA in Mentum Planet 202
HSDPA and HSDPA Monte Carlo analysis 203
HSUPA Analysis Downlink analysis 204
Layers
Uplink analysis 205
HSDPA analysis layers 206
Workflow for generating HSDPA analysis layers 209
Understanding HSUPA in Mentum Planet 209
HSPA Rapid Planning analysis 211
HSPA analysis 211
Workflow for generating HSPA analysis layers 213

CHAPTER 10
Creating Understanding scrambling code planning 216
Scrambling Code Workflow for scrambling code planning 216
Plans Creating a scrambling code plan 216
To create a scrambling code plan 217
Defining general scrambling code plan settings 218
To define general settings 218
Defining scrambling code plan exceptions 220
To define scrambling code planning exceptions 221

vii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Working with scrambling code planning results 222


To modify the scrambling code index assigned to a sector 222
To view statistics for a plan 223
To open a plan in Excel 223
To save a plan 223
To load a plan 223

CHAPTER 11
Generating W- Understanding W-CDMA reports 226
CDMA Reports W-CDMA Monte Carlo simulation data 226
W-CDMA analysis layer data 227
Using report data to help in W-CDMA network analysis 228
Predefined report designs 228
System-mobile-simple report 228
Carrier-sector-mobile report 229
Carrier-sector 229
System-mobile 229
Throughput 229
Columns in predefined reports 229
Workflow for generating W-CDMA reports 239
Generating a W-CDMA report using a predefined report design 240
Modifying a predefined report design 240
To generate a W-CDMA report using a predefined report design 240
Designing a W-CDMA report 241
To design a W-CDMA report 241
To define the data columns for a W-CDMA report 244
To define the export settings for a W-CDMA report 245
To save the W-CDMA report design 247
To modify an existing W-CDMA report design 247
To delete a W-CDMA report design 247
Generating a W-CDMA report 247
To generate a W-CDMA report 248
Calculating statistics for W-CDMA analysis layers 248
To calculate W-CDMA layer statistics 249
To display W-CDMA layer statistics in table format 253
To add W-CDMA layer statistics to a report design 254

viii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

CHAPTER 12
Overview of Understanding cdma2000 technology 258
cdma2000 cdma2000 features 259
Multi-technology planning features 259
cdma2000 analyses 259
cdma2000 reports 260
PN offset planning 260
Workflow for cdma2000 network planning 260
Suggested reading 262

CHAPTER 13
Creating a Mobile Understanding Mobile Technology projects 264
Technology Workflow for creating a Mobile Technology project 264
Project for Gathering project information 264
cdma2000
Creating a project for cdma2000 264
To create a project for cdma2000 265
Opening a project 267
To open a project 267
Converting cdma2000 projects from previous versions 268
Creating a default settings file for cdma2000 268
To create a default settings file for cdma2000 268

CHAPTER 14
Defining a Understanding cdma2000 network configuration settings 272
cdma2000 Workflow for defining a cdma2000 network configuration 272
Network Defining network operators for cdma2000 273
Configuration
To define network operators for cdma2000 273
Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for cdma2000 274
Spectrum allocation for cdma2000 274
cdma2000 carriers 275
To create a new cdma2000 technology band 276
Defining cdma2000 network settings 277
General settings for cdma2000 277
Correlation model settings for cdma2000 278
Power control settings for cdma2000 279
Carrier settings for cdma2000 279
To define general settings for cdma2000 280

ix
Contents
CDMA User Guide

To define correlation model settings for cdma2000 281


To define power control settings for cdma2000 283
To define carrier settings for cdma2000 284
To define EV-DO network settings for cdma2000 285

CHAPTER 15
Defining Understanding cdma2000 subscribers 290
cdma2000 cdma2000 subscriber types and rapid planning 291
Subscribers Importing and exporting subscriber information 292
To import pre-defined subscriber information 292
To import or export subscriber information 293
Workflow for creating cdma2000 subscriber types 293
Defining clutter types for cdma2000 294
To define clutter types for cdma2000 296
To assign clutter classes to clutter types for cdma2000 298
Defining cdma2000 bearers 299
cdma2000 bearers 300
To define cdma2000 bearers 302
To define EV-DO bearers 305
Defining subscriber equipment types for cdma2000 307
To define subscriber equipment types for cdma2000 307
To define subscriber equipment bands for cdma2000 307
Defining session types for cdma2000 309
To define session types for cdma2000 310
Defining quality types for cdma2000 312
To define quality types for cdma2000 312
Defining service types for cdma2000 314
To define circuit-switched service types for cdma2000 314
To define packet-switched service types for cdma2000 317
Defining subscriber types for cdma2000 321
To create a subscriber type for cdma2000 322
To define usage types for cdma2000 325

CHAPTER 16
Configuring and Understanding cdma2000 sites and sectors 328
Placing cdma2000 Considerations for multi-band networks 328
Sites Workflow for configuring and placing cdma2000 sites 329

x
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Creating cdma2000 sites 329


To create a cdma2000 site 329
Calculating base station link budgets for cdma2000 sectors 331
Losses and gains 331
To calculate base station link budgets for cdma2000 sectors 334
Globally editing base station link budget settings for cdma2000
sectors 337
To globally edit base station link budget settings for cdma2000
sectors 338
Defining cdma2000 sector settings 341
Hardware settings for cdma2000 341
Resource settings for cdma2000 342
Implementation settings for cdma2000 342
Quality settings for cdma2000 344
Power settings for cdma2000 345
To assign carriers to sectors 345
To define hardware settings 346
To define sector resources 347
To define implementation settings 349
To define quality settings 350
To define cdma2000 power settings 351
Editing sites and sectors 353
To edit a site 353
To globally edit cdma2000 sectors 353
Deleting sites 356
To delete a site 356
Viewing cdma2000 carrier assignment and interference information 356
To view cdma2000 frequency assignment and interference
information 357

CHAPTER 17
Adding Repeaters Understanding cdma2000 repeaters 362
to cdma2000 Repeaters and cdma2000 predictions 363
Sectors Workflow for adding repeaters to cdma2000 sectors 363
Adding repeaters to cdma2000 sectors 363
To add repeaters to cdma2000 sectors 364
To define service antenna settings for repeaters 367

xi
Contents
CDMA User Guide

To define donor antenna settings for repeaters 369


To define repeater prediction settings 371
To define repeater equipment settings 373
To define repeater carrier settings 375
To edit repeater settings 375
Locating repeaters in a Map window 376
To locate repeaters in a Map window 376

CHAPTER 18
Generating Rapid Understanding rapid planning for cdma2000 378
Planning Prediction view files for cdma2000 analyses 378
Analyses for cdma2000 analysis layers 378
cdma2000
Understanding data rate negotiation 379
Data rate downgrading 380
Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation 380
Workflow for generating a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000 381
Defining default cdma2000 rapid planning analysis settings 381
To define default cdma2000 rapid planning analysis settings 382
Creating a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000 382
To create a new rapid planning analysis for cdma2000 383
To add an existing analysis to the cdma2000 Analyses node 384
Defining rapid planning system settings for cdma2000 384
To define rapid planning system settings for cdma2000 384
Choosing subscriber types for cdma2000 rapid planning 386
To choose a defined subscriber type for cdma2000 rapid planning 387
To choose a nominal subscriber for cdma2000 rapid planning 387
Defining rapid planning analysis area settings for cdma2000 391
To define rapid planning analysis area settings for cdma2000 392
Generating a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000 393
To generate a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000 393
Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information 393
To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags 393
Viewing cdma2000 analysis layers 394
To view cdma2000 analysis layers 394
Deleting analyses 394
To delete analyses 394

xii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

CHAPTER 19
Generating Monte Understanding Monte Carlo analyses for cdma2000 398
Carlo Analyses Monte Carlo phases 398
for cdma2000 Defining the number of Monte Carlo runs 400
Understanding data rate negotiation 404
Data rate downgrading 405
Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation 405
Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers 407
Pilot analysis 407
Forward link interference analysis 411
Reverse link interference analysis 412
Handoff analysis 413
Other analysis 415
Workflow for generating a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000 415
Optimizing cdma2000 analyses 416
To define CDMA Analysis Optimization settings 417
Defining default cdma2000 Monte Carlo analysis settings 418
To define default cdma2000 Monte Carlo analysis settings 419
Defining default analysis layers for cdma2000 419
To define the default cdma2000 analysis layer list 420
Creating a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000 420
To create a new Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000 421
Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for cdma2000 422
To define Monte Carlo system settings for cdma2000 422
To choose the subscriber types for a cdma2000 Monte Carlo
analysis 425
To define Simulation Area settings for cdma2000 425
To define runtime parameter settings for cdma2000 427
To define Monte Carlo Analysis Area settings for cdma2000 429
Defining discrete subscriber display settings for cdma2000 431
To define discrete subscriber display settings for cdma2000 432
Generating a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000 433
To generate a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000 433
Adding an existing analysis to the cdma2000 Analyses node 434
To add an existing analysis to the cdma2000 Analyses node 434

xiii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Viewing discrete subscriber information for cdma2000 434


To display discrete subscriber information for cdma2000 in table
format 435
Creating an unserved subscriber traffic map 435
To create an unserved subscriber traffic map 436
Generating additional runs for a cdma2000 Monte Carlo
analysis 437
To generate additional Monte Carlo runs for cdma2000 437
Updating cdma2000 rapid planning target values with Monte Carlo
results 437
To update cdma2000 target values 438
Defining cdma2000 analysis layers 438
To define the cdma2000 analysis layers to use in an analysis 439
Generating cdma2000 analysis layers 440
To generate cdma2000 analysis layers 440
Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information 440
To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags 441
Viewing cdma2000 analysis layers 441
To view cdma2000 analysis layers 441
Recoloring best serving sector layers 442
To recolor best serving sector layers 442
Deleting analyses 443
To delete analyses 443
Using the CDMA Pixel Info tool for cdma2000 443
To obtain per-pixel information about a cdma2000 analysis 444
Analyzing pilot pollution for cdma2000 sectors 446
Workflow for analyzing pilot pollution 448
To analyze pilot pollution for cdma2000 sectors 449

CHAPTER 20
Generating EV- Understanding EV-DO analysis layers 454
DO Analysis Forward link analysis 454
Layers Reverse link analysis 457
EV-DO analysis layers 458
Workflow for generating EV-DO analysis layers 462

xiv
Contents
CDMA User Guide

CHAPTER 21
Generating PN Understanding PN offset planning 464
Offset Plans How PN codes are assigned in Mentum Planet 464
Preparing input data for PN offset planning 466
Neighbor list 466
Interference matrix 466
Workflow for generating PN offset plans 467
Creating PN offset plans 467
To create a PN offset plan using current sector settings 468
To create a PN offset plan using the PN Offset Planning tool 468
Working with PN offset plans 473
To view or edit the properties of a plan 473
To copy a PN offset plan 473
To delete a PN offset plan 474
To display PN offset assignments in the Map window 474
To edit the PN offset assignments in a plan 474
To add a PN offset plan to a project 474
To export PN offset assignments 475
Analyzing PN offset plans 475
To analyze a PN offset plan 476
To view PN offset plan analysis layers in a Map window 478
To display a PN offset plan analysis report 478
Displaying PN offset reports 478
To display a PN offset report 479
Applying PN offset plans 479
To apply a PN offset plan to a project 480

CHAPTER 22
Generating Understanding cdma2000 reports 482
cdma2000 cdma2000 Monte Carlo simulation data 482
Reports cdma2000 analysis layer data 484
Using report data to help in cdma2000 network analysis 484

xv
Contents
CDMA User Guide

Predefined report designs 484


System-mobile-simple report 484
Carrier-sector-mobile report 485
Carrier-sector 485
System-mobile 485
Throughput 485
Columns in predefined reports 485
Workflow for generating cdma2000 reports 494
Generating a cdma2000 report using a predefined report design 494
Modifying a predefined report design 494
To generate a cdma2000 report using a predefined report design 495
Designing a cdma2000 report 495
To design a cdma2000 report 496
To define the data columns for a cdma2000 report 499
To define the export settings for a cdma2000 report 500
To save the cdma2000 report design 501
To modify an existing cdma2000 report design 501
To delete a cdma2000 report design 502
Generating a cdma2000 report 502
To generate a cdma2000 report 502
Calculating statistics for cdma2000 analysis layers 503
To calculate cdma2000 layer statistics 503
To display cdma2000 layer statistics in table format 508
To add cdma2000 layer statistics to a report design 508
508

xvi
Contents
CDMA User Guide

APPENDIX A 511
Modeling W-
CDMA Networks

APPENDIX B 521
W-CDMA Discrete
Subscriber Table
Format

APPENDIX C 523
W-CDMA
Operating Points
Table Format

APPENDIX D 533
Modeling
cdma2000
Networks

APPENDIX E 543
cdma2000
Discrete
Subscriber Table
Format

APPENDIX F 545
cdma2000
Operating Points
Table Format

INDEX 555

xvii
Contents
CDMA User Guide

xviii
Mentum Products

This chapter contains the The Mentum Product portfolio provides a range of
following section:
products for planning and maintaining wireless
■ List of products
networks.

This section describes the products that are available


as part of the portfolio. For additional details about
any of these products, see the Mentum® web site at
http://www.mentum.com.

1
Mentum Products
CDMA User Guide

List of products
The following table describes wireless network planning and optimization
products. The table does not provide details about specific features and tools.
For more information, see the introductory chapters in the User Guide for the
specific product or visit the Mentum web site at http://www.mentum.com.

Product Description

Mentum Planet A Windows-based wireless network planning and analysis tool. You can
add technologies and tools to support the planning functions that you
require. Depending on the options that you choose, Mentum Planet
provides support for the following technologies:
■ TDMA/FDMA—GSM (including GPRS and EGPRS), IS-136, AMPS,
NAMPS, and iDEN
■ CDMA—W-CDMA (UMTS, including HSPA), cdma2000 (including
IS-95, 1xRTT, EV-DO)

Specialized modules

Measurement Test mobile and scan receiver functionality that can be added to Mentum
Data Package Planet so that you can import and analyze measurement data and
increase the accuracy of predictions.

Universal Propagation model that automatically adapts to all engineering


Model technologies (micro, mini, small and macro cells), to all environments
(dense urban, urban, suburban, mountainous, maritime, open), and to all
systems (GSM, GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, WIFI, WIMAX) in a frequency
range that spans from 400MHz to 5GHz.

Indoor/Outdoor Indoor/outdoor module that links Mentum Planet with iBwave RF-vu™
allowing you to view and plan indoor/outdoor networks and manage RF-
vu projects using the Mentum Planet Data Manager.

Optimization applications

Mentum An integrated software solution for the optimal planning and design of
Ellipse® point-to-point and point-to-multipoint radio transmission links.

Renaissance Frequency planning tool that uses evolutionary algorithms to find the
very best frequency plan that will minimize interference across the
network.

Capesso™ Optimisation tool that enables engineers to improve upon manual


optimisation techniques by allowing them to consider and adjust multiple
input parameters simultaneously. The result is a quicker and more cost-
effective convergence towards a 'best network' configuration.

2
Contacting
Mentum

This chapter contains the Mentum is committed to providing fast, responsive


following sections:
technical support. This section provides an extensive
■ Getting technical support
■ Send us your comments list of contacts to help you through any issues you
may have.

We also welcome any comments about our


documentation. Customer feedback is an essential
element of product development and supports our
efforts to provide the best products, services, and
support we can.

3
Contacting Mentum
CDMA User Guide

Getting technical support


You can get technical support by phone or email, or by going to
http://www.mentum.com/index.php?page=customer-care&hl=en_US. Email
is the best way of getting technical support.
North America
Phone: +1 866 921-9219 (toll free), +1 819 483-7094
Fax: +1 819 483-7050
Email: support.americas@mentum.com
Hours: 8am – 8pm EST/EDT (Monday-Friday, excluding local holidays)

Europe, Middle East, and Africa


Phone: +33 1 39264642
Fax: +33 1 39264601
Email: support.emea@mentum.com
Hours: 9am – 6pm CET/CEST (Monday-Friday, excluding local holidays)

Asia Pacific
Phone: +852 2824 8874
Fax: +852 2824 8358
Email: support.apac@mentum.com
Hours: 9am – 6pm HKT (Monday-Friday, excluding local holidays)

When you call for technical support, ensure that you have your product ID
number and know which version of the software you are running. You can
obtain this information using the About command from the Help menu.
When you request technical support outside of regular business hours, a
Product Support Specialist will respond the next working day by telephone or
email, depending upon the nature of the request.

Send us your comments


Feedback is important to us. Please take the time to send comments and
suggestions on the product you received and on the user documentation
shipped with it. Send your comments to:
Planet.feedback@mentum.com

4
Introduction

This chapter contains the This user guide provides the necessary information to
following sections:
plan W-CDMA and cdma2000 networks. It is
■ Using this documentation
■ Organization of this user divided into two sections. Section 1 focuses on the
guide workflow and tasks required to plan and analyze a
W-CDMA network while Section 2 focuses on the
workflow and tasks required to plan and analyze a
cdma2000 network. For more information, see
“Organization of this user guide” on page 10.

This chapter describes how to use the documentation.

5
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

Using this documentation


Before using this documentation, you should be familiar with the Windows
environment. It is assumed that you are using the standard Windows XP
desktop, and that you know how to access ToolTips and shortcut menus,
move and copy objects, select multiple objects using the Shift or Ctrl key,
resize dialog boxes, expand and collapse folder trees. It is also assumed that
you are familiar with the basic functions of MapInfo Professional®. MapInfo
Professional functions are not documented in this User Guide. For
information about MapInfo Professional, see the MapInfo online Help and
MapInfo Professional User Guide. You can access additional MapInfo user
documentation from the MapInfo website at www.mapinfo.com.
All product information is available through the online Help. You access
online Help using the Help menu or context-sensitive Help from within a
dialog box by pressing the F1 key. If you want to view the online Help for a
specific panel or tab, click in a field or list box to activate the panel or tab
before you press the F1 key. The following sections describe the structure of
the online Help.

Online Help
From the Help menu, you can access online Help for Mentum Planet software
and for MapInfo Professional. This section describes the structure of the
Mentum Planet online Help.
The online Help provides extensive help on all aspects of software use. It
provides
■ help on all dialog boxes
■ procedures for using the software
■ an extensive Mentum Planet documentation library in PDF
format
■ User Guides
The following sections provide details about the resources available through
the online Help.
Resource Roadmap
When you first use the online Help, start with the Resource Roadmap. It
describes the types of resources available in the online Help and explains how
best to use them. It includes a step-by-step guide that walks you through the
available resources.

6
Introduction
CDMA User Guide

Printing
You have two basic options for printing documents:
■ If you want a good quality print of a single procedure or section,
you can print from the Help window. Click Print in the Help
window.
■ If you want a higher quality print of a complete User Guide, use
Adobe Reader to print the supplied print-ready PDF file
contained in the Mentum Planet documentation library. Open the
PDF file and choose File ➤ Print.
Library Search
You can perform a full-text search on all PDF files contained in the Mentum
Planet documentation library if you are using a version of Adobe Reader that
supports full-text searches. The PDF files are located in the Mentum
Planet 4\Help folder.

You can also perform a search on all online Help topics by clicking the
Search tab in the Help window. Type a keyword, and click List Topics to
display all Help topics that contain the keyword. The online Help duplicates
the information found in the User Guide PDF files in order to provide more
complete results. It does not duplicate the information in the Release Notes,
or Glossary.

Frequently Asked Questions


The Frequently Asked Questions section provides answers to common
questions about Mentum Planet. For easy navigation, the section is divided
into categories related to product functionality.
“What’s This?” Help
“What’s This?” Help provides detailed explanations of all dialog boxes.
User Guides
All User Guides for Mentum Planet software is easily accessible as part of the
online Help.

7
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

Documentation library
Mentum Planet comes with an extensive library of User Guides in PDF
format. The following table provides details about the documentation
supplied with Mentum Planet.

Additional documents, including Application Notes and Technical


Notes, are available on the Mentum Web site: http://www.mentum.com.

Document Enables you to

Mentum Planet User Guide Plan and analyze simulated wireless


communication networks.

Grid Analysis User Guide Perform operations on spatial data that is stored
in grids, and display, analyze, and export digital
elevation models (DEM) and other grid-based
data.

Indoor/Outdoor Integration User Integrate indoor networks into Mentum Planet


Guide and learn how to view, edit, and manage indoor
projects.

TDMA/FDMA User Guide Plan and analyze TDMA/FDMA networks.

CDMA User Guide Plan and analyze W-CDMA (UMTS) and


cdma2000 networks.

Data Manager User Guide Learn how to use the Data Manager.
The Data Manager enables users to work with
centralized Mentum Planet data stored in an
Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server database.

Data Manager Server Learn how to install and configure the Data
Administrator Guide Manager Server on database and file servers in a
network environment, and how to manage
access to project data.

Installation Guide Install Wireless Network Planning software.

Glossary Search for commonly used technical terms.

Release Note Learn about new features and known issues with
the current release of software.

8
Introduction
CDMA User Guide

Document Enables you to

Data Manager Server Release Learn about new features and known issues with
Note the current release of Data Manager Server
software.

MapInfo Professional User Learn about the many features of MapInfo


Guide Professional, as well as basic and advanced
mapping concepts.

Notational conventions
This section describes the textual conventions and icons used throughout this
documentation.
Textual conventions
Special text formats are used to highlight different types of information. The
following table describes the special text conventions used in this document.

bold text Bold text is used in procedure steps to identify a user interface
element such as a dialog box, menu item, or button.
For example:
In the Select Interpolation Method dialog box, choose the
Inverse Distance Weighting option, and click Next.

courier text Courier text is used in procedures to identify text that you must
type.
For example:
In the File Name box, type Elevation.grd.

bright blue text Bright blue text is used to identify a link to another section of
the document. Click the link to view the section.

➤ Menu arrows are used in procedures to identify a sequence of


menu items that you must follow.
For example, if a step reads “Choose File ➤ Open,” you
would click File and then click Open.

<> Angle brackets are used to identify variables.


For example, if a menu item changes depending on the
chosen unit of measurement, the menu structure would
appear as Display ➤ <unit of measurement>.

Icons
Throughout this documentation, icons are used to identify text that requires
special attention.

9
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

This icon identifies a workflow summary, which explains a series of


actions that you will need to carry out in the specified order to
complete a complex task.

This icon identifies a cautionary statement, which contains


information required to avoid potential loss of data, time, or
resources.

This icon identifies a tip, which contains shortcut information,


alternative ways of performing a task, or methods that save time or
resources.

This icon identifies a note, which highlights important information or


provides information that is useful but not essential.

Organization of this user guide


This user guide explains how to use Mentum Planet to plan networks that
contain CDMA technologies. It is divided into two sections:
■ Section 1 is organized according to the workflow that you would
typically follow to plan and analyze a W-CDMA network.
■ Section 2 is organized according to the workflow that you would
typically follow to plan and analyze a cdma2000 network.
Each chapter in this guide provides details about how to perform a step in the
planning process and explains how it relates to the other steps. Before you
begin, you should read the “Understanding...” sections in each chapter for an
overview of the planning process.

10
Section 1: W-CDMA

Section 1
W-CDMA
This section explains how to use the W-CDMA technology provided with
Mentum Planet.

For information about cdma2000, see “Section 2: cdma2000” on page 255.


Chapter 1: Overview of W-CDMA

1. Overview of W-CDMA

This chapter contains the This chapter provides an overview of W-CDMA and
following sections:
presents a typical workflow for W-CDMA planning.
■ Understanding W-CDMA
networks
■ W-CDMA features
■ Workflow for W-CDMA
network planning
■ Suggested reading

13
Chapter 1
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA networks


Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA) is a third-generation
technology. W-CDMA networks can support a wide range of services (e.g.,
voice and high-speed data) and service levels simultaneously. As a third-
generation (3G) technology, W-CDMA is one of the most sophisticated
technologies available. As a result, planning W-CDMA networks is more
complex than planning traditional second-generation (2G) voice-centric
networks.
Unlike other technologies, W-CDMA does not provide dedicated time slots to
each user. All signals within a W-CDMA network share the same bandwidth,
because each signal is spread across the entire 5 MHz channel. Although a
coded signal is broadcast to all users, users to whom the signal is not directed
receive the signals (or a portion thereof) as interference. Interference includes
energy from non-orthogonal signals broadcast from the same serving site and
signals directed at users served by another site. In a W-CDMA network, the
amount of internal and external interference across the network determines
the network capacity (i.e., the amount of interference is directly linked to the
number of calls supported by the network).
In the dynamic environment of a W-CDMA network, interference levels
fluctuate according to the number and location of users. Interference affects
the range of sector coverage and the number of users that can be served. For
more information, see “Appendix A: Modeling W-CDMA Networks” on
page 511.

W-CDMA features
Mentum Planet enables you to plan and assess the coverage and performance
of your multi-layer (2G and 3G) and multi-technology networks using
features described in the following sections.

Multi-technology planning features


Mentum Planet enables you to define a W-CDMA configuration
simultaneously with TDMA/FDMA configurations.
The Subscriber Manager enables you to effectively plan your network with a
diverse mix of subscribers and usage types. You can group the service, bearer,
quality, and session requirements of each subscriber into subscriber types,
which are used when you analyze the network.

14
Overview of W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

W-CDMA analyses
You can generate analyses using one of two methods:
■ Monte Carlo
■ rapid planning
Monte Carlo
The Monte Carlo option enables you to perform a detailed analysis of the
network using Monte Carlo simulation techniques to analyze a set of
randomly generated points (i.e., subscribers) distributed according to traffic
maps. For more information, see “Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo
Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 147.
Rapid planning
The rapid planning option provides a faster alternative for generating analysis
layers based on user-defined levels of network loading on the uplink and
downlink. The simulation runs only once, and does not generate the detailed
operating points that the Monte Carlo simulation generates. This option is
useful when you want a quick overview of your network. You can then use the
Monte Carlo option for a more detailed view. For more information on rapid
planning, see “Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-
CDMA” on page 129.
W-CDMA analysis layers
Analysis layers are generated for both the Monte Carlo and rapid planning
options. Analysis layers enable you to compare and query layers of
information for details on interference, coverage, and handover. For example,
the generated analysis layers can help you to determine:
■ common pilot channel (CPICH) coverage
■ uplink interference
■ downlink interference
■ throughput
■ handover states and constraints
■ path balance between the downlink and the uplink
You can generate analysis layers for the entire network or for a particular
geographic region within the network. For more information, see
“Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 157.

15
Chapter 1
CDMA User Guide

W-CDMA reports
The Report Designer enables you to view data from antenna patterns, sector
settings, Monte Carlo simulations, and W-CDMA analysis layers in a report.
You can output reports to a Microsoft® Excel (.xls) file, MapInfo (.tab) file, or
HTML (.htm) file.
You can also calculate statistics for W-CDMA analysis layers and obtain
per-pixel information about W-CDMA analyses. For more information, see
“Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports” on page 225.

Scrambling code planning


The Scrambling Code Planning tool enables you to efficiently allocate
scrambling codes to sectors in your network. It also enables you to manage
scrambling code exceptions and illegal scrambling codes.
For more information, see “Chapter 10: Creating Scrambling Code Plans” on
page 215.

Workflow for W-CDMA network planning


The workflow outlined in this section shows the typical order of steps only.
Depending on your work practices, you may not complete the steps in the
same order.
Before you begin this workflow, you should review the list of Mentum Planet
activities listed in Chapter 1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide. You should also read the “Understanding...”
sections in each chapter for an overview of the planning process.
Step 1 Create a project. See “Chapter 2: Creating a Mobile Technology
Project for W-CDMA” on page 19.

Step 2 Define your W-CDMA network configuration as follows:


■ Generate traffic maps for the services and area
that you plan to analyze. For general procedures
for working with traffic maps, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum
Planet User Guide.
■ Define subscribers using the Subscriber
Manager. See “Chapter 4: Defining W-CDMA
Subscribers” on page 47.

16
Overview of W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Step 3 Optionally, edit the propagation models supplied with Mentum


Planet. See Chapter 4, “Working with Propagation Models”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 4 Configure and place sites. See “Chapter 5: Configuring and


Placing W-CDMA Sites” on page 83.

Step 5 Optionally, analyze survey data or tune propagation models. See


Chapter 4, “Working with Propagation Models”, in the Mentum
Planet User Guide.

Step 6 Optionally, if you have purchased Capesso, optimize your sites


using the workflow described in the Capesso online Help.

Step 7 Generate a rapid planning or Monte Carlo analysis and view


results. See:
■ “Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses
for W-CDMA” on page 129
■ “Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for
W-CDMA” on page 147
■ “Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports” on
page 225

Step 8 Optionally, plan scrambling codes. See “Chapter 10: Creating


Scrambling Code Plans” on page 215.

Step 9 Optionally, create coverage maps and FCC Service Area


Boundary reports, see Chapter 15, “Generating Reports”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.

17
Chapter 1
CDMA User Guide

Suggested reading
Holma H., A. Toskala. HSDPA/HSUPA for UMTS: High Speed Radio Access
for Mobile Communications, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
Laiho, J. , A.Wacker, T. Novosad. Radio Network Planning and Optimization
for UMTS, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
Nawrocki, Maciej J., Mischa Dohler, A. Hamid Aghvami, Understanding
UMTS Radio Network Modelling, Planning and Automated Optimization,
John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
Kim, Kyoung Il. Handbook of CDMA System Design, Engineering, and
Optimization, Prentice Hall, Inc., 1999.
Lee, Jhong Sam & Leonard E. Miller. CDMA Systems Engineering
Handbook. Artech House Publishers, 1998.
Yang, Samuel C. CDMA RF System Engineering. Artech House Publishers,
1998.

18
Chapter 2: Creating a Mobile Technology Project for

2.
W-CDMA

Creating a Mobile
Technology Project
for W-CDMA
This chapter contains the This chapter explains how to create a Mobile
following sections:
Technology project.
■ Understanding Mobile
Technology projects
Once you have created a project, you can define
■ Workflow for creating a Mobile
Technology project network settings and carrier settings, as described in
■ Gathering project information the following chapters.
■ Creating a project for
W-CDMA
■ Opening a project
■ Creating a default settings file
for W-CDMA

19
Chapter 2
CDMA User Guide

Understanding Mobile Technology projects


In Mentum Planet, a project defines which elevation, clutter, and site file to
use for analyses. You need to create a Mobile Technology project before you
can define network and carrier settings, place sites, or generate analysis
layers. For detailed information on projects, see the Mentum Planet User
Guide.
When you create a mobile technology project, you can design a network that
supports a variety of technologies, including W-CDMA, cdma2000, and
TDMA/FDMA.
Once you have created a Mobile Technology project, you must specify that
you want to use W-CDMA technology and define W-CDMA network,
subscriber, and sector settings.

Workflow for creating a Mobile Technology project


Step 1 Gather technical information to support the project. See
“Gathering project information”.

Step 2 Create the Mobile Technology project. See “Creating a project for
W-CDMA” on page 20.

Gathering project information


To create a Mobile Technology project, you must have a digital elevation
model (DEM) file and, optionally, a clutter file. The results of network
analyses will be more accurate and complete if you start with as much
information as possible. It is recommended that you also have the following:
■ technical information about sites and sectors, such as location,
power, azimuth, tilt, and twist
■ manufacturer’s electronic antenna patterns

Creating a project for W-CDMA


The Project Wizard leads you through the process of creating a project and, by
default, is automatically displayed upon startup of Mentum Planet.
If you want Mentum Planet to automatically open the last project, instead of
the Project Wizard, in the Startup Options section of the User Preferences
dialog box, choose the Open Most Recent Project option. See “Defining User
Preferences” in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

20
Creating a Mobile Technology Project for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

You can use remote project folders to store and access Mentum Planet project
data. For example, you can use shared project folders for the following types
of project files to conserve disk space on your local computer:
■ bin files
■ signal (field) strength files
■ prediction view files (CDMA technologies only)
By default, these files are saved in the local project folder. If you use shared
project folders, the project files are stored in the shared folders, instead of the
local project folder. The shared folders must have read/write access
permissions for all Mentum Planet users accessing the shared folders.

If you are using shared folders and do not enable the corresponding
check box in the Sharing section of the Advanced Options tab in the
Project Settings dialog box, the shared path is not stored in Data Manager
when you check in the project. For any Data Manager users who perform a
Get on the project, all data will be stored within their local project folder.

You can choose to use a workspace to save your Map window settings,
although this is not required. For more information on workspaces, see
Chapter 1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in the Mentum Planet User
Guide.

To create a project for W-CDMA


1 Start Mentum Planet.
By default, the Project Wizard opens when you start Mentum Planet. To
use the wizard at any other time, choose File ➤ New Project.
2 Click Next on the first page of the Project Wizard.
3 In the Mobile Technology dialog box, choose a W-CDMA default
settings file and click OK.
When you choose a default settings file, default network settings,
including appropriate spectrum, are automatically applied to the settings
in the Network Settings dialog box and W-CDMA is enabled on the
Network Technologies panel. You can modify these settings after you
create the project. The default settings are based on defined standards for
the technology. These standards are available from various organizations.
For CDMA technologies, this list includes 3GPP2 (http://

21
Chapter 2
CDMA User Guide

www.3gpp2.org), TIA/EIA (http://www.tiaonline.org) and ANSI (http://


www.ansi.org).
4 Follow the pages of the Project Wizard and supply the appropriate
information to create your project.
5 Click Finish.
The Project Settings dialog box opens.
6 On the Data tab, type a project description in the Description box.
7 In the Project File box, type a name for the project file or accept the
default.
By default, the folder name specified in the Wizard is used as the .dBp file
name.
8 If you want to use a workspace, enable the Use a Workspace check box.
For more information on workspaces, see Chapter 1, “Getting Started
with Mentum Planet”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
9 If you want to update the workspace file automatically each time you
close a project, enable the Workspace Autosave check box.
With both the “Use a Workspace” and “Workspace Autosave” check
boxes enabled, the specified workspace will be automatically saved when
you close a project. When you re-open the project, the project will be
displayed exactly as it appeared when you last closed the project.
10 Click the Folders tab.
11 If you want to change the default paths for bin, signal strength, prediction
view, or settings files, for any of the following boxes, click Browse,
navigate to the shared folder, and click OK.
■ Bin—<project>\bin folder, used for prediction files
■ Signal Strength—<project>\SignalStrength folder, used for
field strength files
■ Prediction View—<project>\PredictionView folder, used when
you generate a CDMA Monte Carlo simulation
■ Global—Program Files\Mentum Planet 4\Global folder, used
for default settings files
12 If you intend to use the Data Manager with shared project files, in the
Project Settings dialog box, click the Advanced Options tab, and in the

22
Creating a Mobile Technology Project for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Sharing section, enable the check boxes for each of the file types that
reference shared project data.
For information about the other options on the Advanced Options tab,
press the F1 key. For more detailed information, see “Defining output
settings” in Chapter 8, “Generating Predictions”, in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.
For information about the CDMA Analysis Optimization settings, see
“Optimizing W-CDMA analyses” on page 165.
13 Click OK to save your Mentum Planet project.
The Project Explorer opens, docked at the left edge of the application
window.

When you create a project, a set of default propagation model files is


copied to the Model folder located within the project folder. Each
propagation model references a default Clutter Property Assignment (.cpa) file
containing settings appropriate for the model. Ensure that the clutter
properties defined for the propagation model are set for the clutter grid file you
specify in the Project Settings dialog box.

For information on creating a default settings file, see “Creating a


default settings file for W-CDMA” on page 24.

To open the Project Settings dialog box once a project is open, choose
Edit ➤ Project Settings, or click the Project Settings button on the
Analysis toolbar.

Opening a project
You must close an open project before opening a new one. Only projects you
have recently worked with appear in the Open Mentum Planet Project dialog
box.

To open a project
1 Choose File ➤ Open Project.
The Open Mentum Planet Project dialog box opens.

23
Chapter 2
CDMA User Guide

2 If you want to see the paths in the Most Recently Used Projects list,
enable the Show Path check box.
3 Do one of the following:
■ Choose a project in the Most Recently Used Projects list and
click Open.
■ Click Browse, locate the project you want to open and then click
Open.
If you are opening a project that contains predictions from an earlier
version of Mentum Planet, see “Opening and closing projects” in Chapter
1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet,” in the Mentum Planet User
Guide.

Creating a default settings file for W-CDMA


When you create a project, you are prompted to choose a default settings
(.gsm) file. Mentum Planet includes default settings files for common
technologies. You can, however, create a custom default settings file that will
automatically appear in the Mobile Technologies list.
A default settings file for W-CDMA contains the settings that are defined in
the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog box, such as information
about which technologies are enabled in your network and how the spectrum
is allocated. When you open a project, the values contained in the W-CDMA
default settings file are loaded in the Mobile Technology – Network Settings
dialog box.

To create a default settings file for W-CDMA


1 Define the network settings.
For more information, see “Chapter 3: Defining a W-CDMA Network
Configuration” on page 27.
2 Export the network settings to a network settings (.gns) file to the
Mentum Planet 4\global\GSM\DefaultSets folder.
For more information on how to export a network settings file, see
“Exporting and importing Mobile Technology network settings files” in
Chapter 3, “Defining Network Technologies and Services”, in the
TDMA/FDMA User Guide.

24
Creating a Mobile Technology Project for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Mentum Mentum Planet 4\Global\GSM\DefaultSets folder, copy


any one of the existing default project settings (.gsm) files and rename it.
You must retain the .gsm extension. This will become the new default
settings file.
4 Open Notepad or any other ASCII text editor.
5 Open the default settings file you created in Step 3 and edit the network
settings parameter to refer to the network settings file you created in Step
2.
For example:
[Network Settings]
Default Settings File=myNetworkSettings.gns

Do not modify any other parameters in the file.


6 Save the default settings file.
The default settings file will be listed in the Mobile Technology dialog
box when you create a project.

25
Chapter 2
CDMA User Guide

26
Chapter 3: Defining a W-CDMA Network

3.
Configuration

Defining a W-CDMA
Network
Configuration
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to define a W-CDMA
following sections:
network configuration.
■ Understanding W-CDMA
network configuration settings
■ Workflow for defining a
W-CDMA network
configuration
■ Defining network operators for
W-CDMA
■ Allocating spectrum and
defining carriers for W-CDMA
■ Defining W-CDMA network
settings

27
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA network configuration settings


W-CDMA network configuration settings enable you to define spectrum and
operators for your W-CDMA network. In addition, you can configure carriers
and define other system-level settings. For each carrier, you can define
priorities (preference weightings) and soft thresholds, which are used in
conjunction with sector settings to allocate subscribers to carriers during
network analyses.You can also define HSDPA and HSUPA settings, which are
used for HSDPA and HSUPA analyses, if you have purchased an HSDPA or
HSUPA license.
If you want to model other technologies, you can enable them and define
spectrum and other settings.
If you chose a default W-CDMA settings file when you created the project,
W-CDMA is automatically added to the Network Technologies panel in the
Network Settings dialog box, and spectrum and carriers are allocated. In
addition to W-CDMA, you can add other technologies as required. For more
information on adding other technologies, see Chapter 3, “Defining Network
Technologies and Services”, and Chapter 4, “Defining Network
Configuration”, in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide.
When you enable technologies, you can assign colors that apply to each
technology. You can also assign colors to other network operators in the same
or neighboring geographic areas. These colors enable you to graphically
display how the spectrum is divided when you allocate portions of the
spectrum to each technology. For more information, see “Allocating spectrum
and defining carriers for W-CDMA” on page 30.

Workflow for defining a W-CDMA network configuration


Step 1 Define network operators in your network. See “Defining network
operators for W-CDMA” on page 29.

Step 2 If required, allocate spectrum and assign carriers to W-CDMA.


See “Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for W-CDMA” on
page 30.

Step 3 Define general, correlation model, power control, and carrier


settings for W-CDMA. See “Defining W-CDMA network settings”
on page 33.

28
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

Defining network operators for W-CDMA


Network operators are the companies that share the same or neighboring
geographic area. One operator, the Home operator, is included by default.
This operator represents the network of the company for which you work.
On the Spectrum Allocation panel of the Network Settings dialog box,
different colors are used to identify the technology type and the network
operators. The home operator is not assigned a color, but uses the color that
has been assigned for the technology. Additional operators are assigned a
unique color to visually indicate the division of the available spectrum.
For more information, see “Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for
W-CDMA” on page 30.

To define network operators for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Network Settings.
The Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog box opens, with the
Network Technologies panel selected by default. One or more
technologies will be enabled, depending on the default settings file you
chose when you created the project.

2 If you want to change the color for a technology, in the Technologies


table, click the Browse (...) button in the Select Color column, choose the
color that you want in the Color dialog box and click OK.

29
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

3 To add a network operator, click Add below the Network Operators


table.
4 If you want to rename the operator, click in the Name column for the
operator and type a new name.
5 If you want to change the color for an operator that you have added, click
the Browse (...) button in the Select Color column, choose the color that
you want in the Color dialog box and click OK.
You cannot assign a color to the Home operator. The color assigned for
the technology is used for the Home operator.
6 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.

You can also access the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box by clicking the Network Settings button on the Mobile Technology
toolbar.

Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for W-CDMA


Spectrum allocation involves assigning bands to technologies and network
operators, and defining the spectrum range and carriers for each band. This
section describes how to allocate the spectrum and define carriers for
W-CDMA.
If you chose a default W-CDMA settings file when you created the project,
spectrum is automatically allocated and carriers are assigned, but you can
modify the spectrum and add new bands as required.
For more information on allocating spectrum and defining carriers for other
technologies, see “Chapter 4: Defining Network Configuration” in the TDMA/
FDMA User Guide.

Spectrum allocation for W-CDMA


W-CDMA technology can occupy more than one band. This type of
configuration is necessary when the technology occupies spectrum in separate

30
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

bands or blocks of spectrum within one band, but not contiguous carrier
numbers. You can define as many as 15 bands.

If you have more than one band defined for W-CDMA, and you want to
generate predictions that include carriers from two different bands, you
need to ensure that your sectors are configured correctly. For more
information, see “Considerations for multi-band networks” on page 84.

If the band is assigned to the Home operator, you must define


■ the technology for the band
■ the start and end downlink frequencies, which must be within the
range allowed for W-CDMA within your area
■ the starting carrier number, which corresponds to the first carrier
at the start of the allocated band
If a band is assigned to another network operator (i.e., a competitor), you can
only assign the start and end downlink frequencies, not the technology or the
carriers.

When you assign carriers to technologies across multiple bands, you


must ensure that the carrier numbers are unique to each technology;
you cannot allocate the same number for a technology twice. For example,
you can have carrier number 1 in W-CDMA and carrier number 1 in GSM, but
you can only have carrier number 1 in W-CDMA once.

W-CDMA carriers
Carriers are the frequencies that carry signals for each band. When you add a
technology band, a new set of carriers is added automatically and spaced
along the band.
You assign carriers when you define W-CDMA sectors for your project. For
more information, see “Defining W-CDMA sector settings” on page 96.

31
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

To create a new W-CDMA technology band


1 In the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog box, choose
Spectrum Allocation in the tree view.

2 On the Spectrum Allocation panel, click Add.


A new band is added to the list.
3 If you want to allocate spectrum to another network operator, choose the
operator from the list in the Operator column.
The operators in the list are the ones that you defined on the Network
Technologies panel (see “Defining network operators for W-CDMA” on
page 29). The default operator is the Home operator. If you allocate
spectrum to an operator other than the Home operator, you can view the
spectrum assigned to the operator, but not the carriers or technologies.
This enables you to visually model the ranges of spectrum that belong to
your competitors or other adjacent operators.
4 In the Band Name column, type a name for the band, or accept the
default.
5 In the Downlink Center Frequency column, type a value in the Start
and End boxes to indicate the lower and upper frequencies for the band.
6 In the Carrier Start column, type the starting carrier number for the
band, or accept the default.
The Carrier End column updates automatically based on the carrier
spacing defined for W-CDMA.

32
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

7 In the Technology Type column, choose W-CDMA from the list.


8 To add another band, click Add, and repeat Step 3 to Step 7.
9 Click Refresh Carriers.
The carriers required for each technology band are automatically added to
the Carriers list on the Carrier tab of the W-CDMA panel of the Mobile
Technology - Network Settings dialog box.
10 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.

The frequency values entered in the Start and End boxes in the
Downlink Center Frequency column are the center frequencies of the
first and last carriers in the list you are allocating. The Spectrum graph shows
the actual spectrum occupied by all these carriers. Therefore, the start
frequency displayed in the graph is half the carrier bandwidth lower than the
center frequency defined for the first carrier, and the end frequency is half the
carrier bandwidth higher than the center frequency defined for the last carrier
in the table.

Defining W-CDMA network settings


After you have allocated spectrum and defined carriers for your network, you
can define the W-CDMA network settings. These settings are described in the
following sections.

General settings for W-CDMA


The general settings enable you to view the spreading chip rate of the system,
and to define
■ the common pilot channel (CPICH) pollution margin, which is
used to determine CPICH polluters when generating analyses.
Servers outside of this range are not considered polluters.
■ interference settings for other systems. These values are used to
account for interference that is not specifically modeled in
Mentum Planet.
You can also choose curves for CPICH factor mapping and usage factor
mapping. The CPICH factor mapping and usage factor mapping are combined

33
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

in the CPICH - Pollution Index layer. The CPICH - Pollution Index layer
shows the proportion of traffic likely to be affected by CPICH pollution,
providing a lesser weighting to areas where CPICH pollution may exist but
the affected traffic is low. The curves are used as follows:
■ CPICH Factor Mapping—This curve maps CPICH factors to
CPICH ratios. The CPICH factor is a non-dimensional factor
from 0 to 1. Typically, if the CPICH ratio exceeds 7 dB,
establishing a CPICH is unlikely. If it is less than 7 dB,
establishing a CPICH is more likely. The CPICH factor is high
(close to one) if establishing a CPICH in a bin is unlikely, and
low (close to zero) if establishing a CPICH is likely.
■ Usage Factor Mapping—This curve maps usage factors to user
densities. The usage factor is a non-dimensional factor from 0 to
1 that is determined for each bin in the analysis area. The usage
factor is high (close to one) in bins where the need to establish a
CPICH is high, and low (close to zero) in bins where the need to
establish a CPICH is low.
You can edit the usage and CPICH curves to modify the relationship between
the X- and Y-axes. This relationship affects the final calculated CPICH
Pollution Index values. Adjusting the usage and CPICH curves enables you to
model possible changes to your network or isolate any factors causing CPICH
pollution. For example, if you move the usage curve to the right, higher user
density/average user density ratio values must be met before the bins are
considered to be areas where the need for CPICH coverage is high.

The X-axis of the usage factor curve is in milli-Erlangs per km2. If you
have assigned a traffic map with values in subscribers per km2 to any
subscriber types, the values will be converted to Erlangs per km2 before the
usage factor curve is applied.

Correlation model settings for W-CDMA


The correlation model settings enable you to define settings for modeling
fading. You can define settings for the following two types of correlation
models for slow fading of signals:
■ Angular—uses a correlation factor for each pair of signals
received by the mobile from different sectors. The correlation
factor is based on the angular separation of the two sectors at the
mobile. The correlation factors are used in the calculation of

34
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

handover gain and in the generation of fading signal values. For


more information on the calculations used to determine the
angular correlation factor, see “Using a correlation model to
model slow fading” on page 516.
■ Non-angular—uses correlation factors for co-site sectors and
non co-site sectors
For more information on slow fading, see “Slow fading” on page 515.

Power control settings for W-CDMA


The power control settings enable you to define power control errors that you
can simulate during an analysis (see “To define Monte Carlo system settings
for W-CDMA” on page 170). Power control errors are caused by delays of
power control commands and power control step, and can affect network
performance. For more information on how effective power controls can
control interference, see “Controlling interference” on page 514.

Carrier settings for W-CDMA


The carrier settings enable you to define the power amplifier (PA) threshold,
noise rise, and preference weightings for the carriers that you created on the
Spectrum Allocation panel. The PA threshold, noise rise, and preference
weightings are soft thresholds. When you generate an analysis, subscribers
will be allocated to carriers according to the preference weightings until either
the PA threshold or noise rise value is reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers
will be distributed on carriers for which a threshold has not been reached.
If there are no more carriers, the traffic will exceed the soft limits rather than
be blocked. For more information on how to define carriers, see “Allocating
spectrum and defining carriers for W-CDMA” on page 30.
You can define the standard that is assigned to each carrier:
■ Rel 99—the carrier supports Rel 99 traffic only (QPSK
modulation)
■ Rel 99 & HSDPA—the carrier supports Rel 99 and HSDPA
carriers (QPSK and 16QAM modulation)
■ HSDPA—the carrier supports HSDPA traffic only (QPSK and
16QAM modulation)
■ Rel 99 & HSPA—the carrier supports Rel 99 and HSPA carriers
■ HSPA—the carrier supports HSDPA traffic on the downlink and
HSUPA traffic on the uplink.

35
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

PA Threshold
The PA Threshold value is a soft target for subscribers using Rel 99 bearers.
When you generate an analysis, subscribers will be allocated to carriers
according to the Preference Weightings until either the PA Threshold or Noise
Rise value is reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers will be distributed on
carriers for which a threshold has not been reached. If, however, soft targets
have been reached on all available carriers, then the analysis will carry
subscribers until other hard limits defined in the sector settings are reached.
If you have assigned HSDPA or Rel 99 & HSDPA carriers, the PA threshold is
also used to determine how much power is available for HSDPA channels.
Unused power within the PA threshold is available for HSDPA, after the Rel
99 traffic and common channels have had their share. For example, a PA
threshold of 100% means that all PA power is shared between Rel 99 channels
and HSDPA; a PA threshold of 60% means that 40% of the PA power is
reserved for Rel 99 channels and is unavailable for HSDPA.
For HSDPA only carriers, the PA Threshold is considered a hard limit. The
HS-DSCH power in a carrier is the unused power of the PA up to the PA
Threshold.

To define general settings for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Network Settings.
2 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose W-CDMA.
The W-CDMA panel opens with the General tab selected by default.

36
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

3 In the CPICH Pollution Margin box, type a value to define the power-
to-interference (Ec/Io) margin, relative to the best server Ec/Io, within
which a CPICH signal will interfere with the desired signal, or accept the
default.
4 Type a value in the Downlink Other System Interference box to define
the noise contributed by other systems on the downlink.
5 Type a value in the Uplink Other System Interference box to define the
noise contributed by other systems on the uplink.
6 In the Best Ec Threshold box, type a value to define the threshold for the
CPICH - Best Ec Server analysis layer.
This value is used only for the CPICH - Best Ec Server analysis layer. The
analysis layer shows the best server at each location where the Ec is above
this value. For more information on analysis layers, see “Understanding
W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 157.
7 In the CPICH Factor Mapping section, do one of the following, or
accept the default curve:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the curve file that you want to use,
and then click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create a CPICH Factor
Mapping curve and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
The CPICH Factor Mapping curve is used to determine the likelihood of
establishing a pilot for each bin in the analysis area.

37
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

8 In the Usage Factor Mapping section, do one of the following, or accept


the default curve:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the curve file that you want to use,
and then click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create a Usage Factor
Mapping curve and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
The Usage Factor Mapping curve is used with the CPICH Factor
Mapping curve to determine the CPICH Pollution Index analysis layer.
9 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define correlation model settings for W-CDMA


1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose W-CDMA.
2 On the W-CDMA panel, click the Correlation Model tab.

3 On the Correlation Model tab, do one of the following:


■ To use an angular correlation model, choose Angular from the
list, and type values in the boxes in the Parameters table. For

38
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

more information on these parameters and the associated


equation, see “Slow fading” on page 515.
■ To use a non-angular correlation model, choose Non-Angular
from the list, and type values in either of the following boxes in
the Parameters table:
Inter-site Correlation Factor—the correlation factor for

signals arriving from co-site sectors or carriers, which can


be other sectors within a site or other carriers within a
sector
Intra-site Correlation Factor—the correlation factor for

signals arriving from sectors at different sites


4 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define power control settings for W-CDMA


1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose W-CDMA.
2 On the W-CDMA panel, click the Power Control tab.

39
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

3 Type a value in either of the following boxes to define the power control
deviation:
■ Uplink Power Control Deviation—the standard deviation of
the uplink signal due to power control errors
■ Downlink Power Control Deviation—the standard deviation of
the downlink signal due to power control errors
4 Type values in either of the following boxes to define the power control
error:
■ Mean Uplink Power Control Error—the mean uplink signal
error due to power control errors.
■ Mean Downlink Power Control Error—the mean downlink
signal error due to power control errors.
5 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define carrier settings for W-CDMA


1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose W-CDMA.
2 On the W-CDMA panel, click the Carrier tab.

40
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

3 For each carrier listed in the Carrier column, type values in any of the
following columns:
■ Channel Name—an optional user-defined channel name. By
default, the Channel Name is the same as the Carrier. If you type
user-defined channel names in the Channel Name column, they
will be used throughout Mentum Planet instead of the Carrier.
■ PA Threshold—the target percentage of the power at the power
amplifier for all sectors assigned to the carrier. For more
information, see “PA Threshold” on page 36. For information on
assigning carriers to sectors, see “To assign carriers to sectors”
on page 99.
■ Noise Rise—the noise rise target for all sectors assigned to the
carrier. This value is a soft target. When you generate an
analysis, subscribers will be allocated to carriers according to the
Preference Weightings until either the PA Threshold or Noise
Rise value is reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers will be
distributed on carriers for which a threshold has not been
reached. If, however, soft targets have been reached on all
available carriers, then the analysis will carry subscribers until
other hard limits defined in the sector settings are reached.
■ Preference Weightings—a relative weighting value for the
carrier that represents the distribution of preferred use for the
carriers listed in the Carrier column. When you assign
weightings for carriers, the Preference column will automatically
update to display the percentage of use for each carrier. If you

41
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

assign a preference weight of 0, it does not mean that the carrier


will not carry any traffic, but that it is the least preferred carrier.
For more information on the Carriers table, press the F1 key.
4 From the Standard column, choose the type of 3GPP W-CDMA carrier:
■ Rel 99
■ Rel 99 & HSDPA
■ HSDPA
■ Rel 99 & HSPA
■ HSPA
For more information, see “Carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 35. If
you choose either HSDPA or Rel 99 & HSDPA, an HSDPA node is
created under the W-CDMA node in the Network Settings tree view.
When you choose HSPA or Rel 99 & HSPA, both an HSDPA and an
HSUPA node are created under the W-CDMA node in the Network
Settings tree view.
5 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define HSDPA network settings for W-CDMA


The HSDPA panels are only available if you assigned HSDPA or Rel 99 &
HSDPA to one or more carriers on the W-CDMA Carriers tab. For more
information, see “To define carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 40.
You must have a license to generate HSDPA analyses.
1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA, then expand W-CDMA and choose HSDPA
General.
Three HSDPA panels are displayed.

42
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

2 On the HSDPA General tab, enable any of the following check boxes:
■ Conversational—quality of service class that is guaranteed.
This class is given priority over all other traffic when allocating
traffic or negotiating data rates.
■ Streaming—quality of service class used for such activities as
web casts.
■ Interactive—quality of service class reserved for interactive
activities.
■ Background—the last quality of service class to be considered
when allocating traffic or negotiating data rates.
The traffic classes you enable affect how traffic is allocated and how data
rates are negotiated.
3 Click the TFRCs tab.
4 In the Use Data Rates With section, enable the check boxes for the
number of codes you want to use for the chosen Transport Format and
Rate Combinations (TFRCs). The number of codes you enable affects the
available data rates.
For example, if you enable 1 Code and 5 Codes, and enable TFRCs 1, 2,
and 3, then only the data rates for 1 Code and 5 Codes will be available
for TFRCs 1, 2, and 3. The maximum available data rate would be 1.78
Mbps (with TFRC 3). For information on HSDPA data rates, see
Table 9.1 on page 205.

43
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

5 Enable the check box beside each TFRC (Transport Format and Resource
Combination) that you want to use and type a value in the corresponding
Ec/Nt for Max Data Rate column or accept the defaults.
The Ec/Nt Code value represents the ratio of the HS-DSCH channel
symbol energy to the total spectral noise density.
6 Click the Terminal Downlink Data Rates tab.
7 From the Terminal Category list, choose the terminal category you want
to use.
In this release, only HSDPA terminal categories 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 12
are modeled.
8 In each field of the Data Rate (kbps) column, type a new value or accept
the default.
9 From the Modulation list for each data rate, choose the corresponding
modulation.
10 From the Codes list, choose the corresponding codes.
11 In the Ec/Nt (dB) column, for each data rate, type a new Ec/Nt value or
accept the default.
12 To delete a data rate, choose a row in the table and click Remove.
13 To add a new data rate, choose the data rate above which you want to
insert a new data rate and click Add.
14 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define HSUPA network settings for W-CDMA


The HSUPA panel (for uplink elements) is always shown with the HSDPA
panel (for downlink elements). It is only available if you assigned HSPA or
Rel 99 & HSPA to one or more carriers on the W-CDMA Carriers tab. For
more information, see “To define carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 40.
You must have a license to generate HSPA analyses.

44
Defining a W-CDMA Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog


box, expand CDMA, then expand W-CDMA and choose HSUPA.
The FRCs panel is displayed.
2 Enable the check boxes for the number of codes you want to use for the
chosen Fixed Reference Channels (FRCs).
Each FRC corresponds to a TTI length (2 or 10ms) and the number of
codes used for each spreading factor.

45
Chapter 3
CDMA User Guide

46
Chapter 4: Defining W-CDMA Subscribers

4. Defining W-CDMA
Subscribers

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to use the Subscriber
following sections:
Manager to define the subscribers in your network.
■ Understanding W-CDMA
subscribers
Subscribers are categorized into types, which are
■ Importing and exporting
subscriber information used when you generate an analysis of your
■ Workflow for creating W-CDMA network. Creating subscriber types that
W-CDMA subscriber types
■ Defining clutter types for account for the possible variations of subscribers
W-CDMA enables you to generate reliable and comprehensive
■ Defining W-CDMA bearers
analyses of your W-CDMA network.
■ Defining subscriber
equipment types for W-CDMA
■ Defining session types for
W-CDMA
■ Defining quality types for
W-CDMA
■ Defining service types for
W-CDMA
■ Defining subscriber types for
W-CDMA

47
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA subscribers


The characteristics of subscribers are defined using the categories in the
Subscriber Manager. You can create a diverse mix of subscribers by defining
different services, quality types, and user equipment types and assigning them
to subscriber types.
Subscriber types are used with Monte Carlo and rapid planning analyses.
Rapid planning analyses can also use a nominal subscriber, which contains a
subset of the subscriber information.
The nodes within the Subscriber Manager represent building blocks for
subscriber types:
■ Subscriber Types—consolidate the information from the other
nodes in the Subscriber Manager into various combinations to
represent the mix of subscribers in your network.
■ Services—are the applications that a subscriber uses. You can
define circuit-switched services and packet-switched services.
HSDPA can only be used with packet-switched services.
■ Qualities—define the guaranteed and maximum data rates of a
service.
■ Session Types—model the stream of packets which is used to
calculate the effective amount of time that a subscriber uses a
packet-switched service. You can assign session types to packet-
switched service types.
■ Subscriber Equipment Types—represent the types of mobile
equipment that are available in your network.
■ Bearers—represent traffic channels, and are assigned to
subscriber equipment types.
■ Clutter Types—enable you to define the characteristics of the
environments in which services are used. Typically, a Clutter
Type includes one or more clutter classes.
For each subscriber type, you must choose a subscriber equipment type and
traffic map. You can define multiple usage types, each of which comprises
weightings to spread subscribers within the four different environments, a
quality, and a service type.
Figure 4.1 shows how the information related to subscriber types is organized
hierarchically. This hierarchy is reflected in the workflow for defining
subscriber types. For example, you need to define bearers (or use the defaults)
before you define subscriber equipment bands, because you need to assign

48
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

bearers to subscriber equipment bands. For details on the workflow, see


“Workflow for creating W-CDMA subscriber types” on page 51.

Subscriber Types

Subscriber Equipment Types Usages


(defined as part of Subscriber Types)

Technology Bands Environments Services Qualities


(defined for each Clutter
Type and weighted per Usage)

Bearers Clutter Types Session Types

Figure 4.1 Subscriber Manager information hierarchy

For a detailed example of how to define a subscriber type, see “Defining


subscriber types for W-CDMA” on page 77. This example shows you how to
define usages, explains the effect of weighting, and describes how the settings
that you specify for the subscriber type translate into a real-world scenario.
Mentum Planet provides a set of default items for the Subscriber Manager,
including bearers, clutter types, services, and subscriber types. To use the
defaults, you must import subscriber settings using the Import Wizard. See
“Importing and exporting subscriber information” on page 50.

W-CDMA subscriber types and rapid planning


If you are generating a rapid planning analysis, you can use the subscriber
types defined using the Subscriber Manager or you can use a nominal
subscriber. Rapid planning uses only a small subset of the information in the
Subscriber Manager. Using a nominal subscriber enables you to define basic
subscriber characteristics quickly, rather than investing the time required to
define detailed subscriber types using the Subscriber Manager. For more
information on defining a nominal subscriber, see “Choosing subscriber types
for W-CDMA rapid planning” on page 138.

49
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

Importing and exporting subscriber information


You can import or export subscriber data using Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.
In order to simplify the process of subscriber creation, you can use pre-
defined subscriber worksheets to set common subscriber values. Pre-defined
templates are located in the Subscriber Data folder within a project folder.

As illustrated in Figure 4.1 on page 49, subscriber types consist of


many inter-related elements. In order for the import of pre-defined
subscriber types to be successful, all elements must be defined.

Before using the pre-defined templates, review the details in the


Readme.txt file located in the Subscriber Data folder.

To import pre-defined subscriber information


1 Right-click a node in the Subscriber Manager and choose Import.
The Import Wizard opens. For information on how to use the Import
Wizard, see Chapter 13, “Working with Network and Project Data”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.
2 On the File Location page, do the following:
■ Choose Microsoft Excel.
■ Click the Browse button, navigate to the Subscriber Data folder
located within the project folder, choose the pre-defined
templates you want to use and click Open.
3 Click Next.
4 On the Data Selection page, enable the check boxes next to the data you
want to import and click Finish.

50
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

To import or export subscriber information


When you export data, an Excel Spreadsheet is created that contains
subscriber settings divided into different worksheets.
1 Right-click a node in the Subscriber Manager and choose Import or
Export.
The Import Wizard or Export Wizard opens. For information on how to
use the Import Wizard or Export Wizard, see Chapter 13, “Working with
Network and Project Data”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
2 Follow the prompts in the Wizard.

Workflow for creating W-CDMA subscriber types


Step 1 Generate traffic maps for the services and area that you want to
analyze. For information on creating traffic maps, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 2 If required, define clutter types. See “Defining clutter types for
W-CDMA” on page 52.

Step 3 If required, define bearers and then define subscriber equipment


types, assigning bearers to the technology bands for each type.
See
■ “Defining W-CDMA bearers” on page 57
■ “Defining subscriber equipment types for
W-CDMA” on page 63

Step 4 If required, define session types, and then define service types,
assigning session types to packet-switched services. See
■ “Defining session types for W-CDMA” on
page 66
■ “Defining service types for W-CDMA” on page 70

Step 5 If required, define quality types. See “Defining quality types for
W-CDMA” on page 69.

51
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

Step 6 If required, create subscriber types. See “Defining subscriber


types for W-CDMA” on page 77.

To simplify the creation of subscriber types, you can import default


subscriber settings and then modify the settings as required. See
“Importing and exporting subscriber information” on page 50.

Defining clutter types for W-CDMA


Clutter types are groupings of clutter classes contained in the clutter grid. For
more information, see Chapter 1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in
the Mentum Planet User Guide.
Grouping clutter classes simplifies your workflow by enabling you to define
characteristics only once for the type (rather then once for each clutter class in
the clutter grid). For example, you could create a type called Populated Areas
- Low Density, and assign the clutter classes Suburban, Town, Village, and
Semi-Rural to it.
For each clutter type, you can define the characteristics of the environments
within that clutter type. The available environments are:
■ Outdoor—open air environments
■ Indoor—buildings or structures (normally representing areas
where single wall penetration is required)
■ Deep Indoor—in-building areas where two-wall penetration is
required, or dense buildings where higher than normal
penetration losses are experienced
■ Vehicular—moving vehicles
You can enable one or more of the environments for a clutter type.
Environments are used when you define usage types for a subscriber type (see
“Defining subscriber types for W-CDMA” on page 77 for details). For each
usage type, you can define a weighting indicating the amount of time that
usage type occurs in each environment (for example, you could define a
business subscriber who uses voice service in an outdoor environment 10% of
the time). For all of the environments, you can define the penetration loss and
the required fast fading margin. For the Vehicular environment, you can also
define the speed at which the vehicle is traveling.
Figure 4.2 shows a sample clutter file, and shows how example clutter types
could be applied to the clutter classes in the file. In the figure, the Village and
Suburban clutter classes are grouped into the Populated Areas - Low Density

52
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

clutter type, and the Urban and Dense Urban clutter classes are grouped into
the Populated Areas - High Density clutter type. Figure 4.2 also provides
example settings for each clutter type. These settings are typical of urban and
suburban environments.

Village

Dense urban

Urban

Suburban

Clutter type: Clutter type:


Populated Areas - Low Density Populated Areas - High Density

Outdoor Outdoor
fast fading: 6 dB fast fading: 7 dB
penetration loss: 0 dB penetration loss: 0 dB

Indoor Indoor
fast fading: 0 dB fast fading: 0 dB
penetration loss: 9 dB penetration loss: 11 dB

Deep Indoor Deep Indoor


not enabled fast fading: 0 dB
penetration loss: 22 dB
Vehicular
fast fading: 4 dB Vehicular
penetration loss: 6 dB fast fading: 3 dB
speed: 50 km/h penetration loss: 6 dB
speed: 30 km/h
Figure 4.2 Examples of clutter types

When you run a Monte Carlo simulation, if an environment does not apply to
a particular type of clutter (for example, in Figure 4.2, the deep indoor
environment does not apply to the Populated Areas - Low Density clutter
type), the simulation will not place any subscribers in that type of clutter in
that environment. In the example in Figure 4.2, no subscribers would be using

53
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

services in a deep indoor environment in the Populated Areas - Low Density


clutter type, but you could have subscribers using services in a deep indoor
environment in the Populated Areas - High Density clutter type.
When you assign clutter classes to a clutter type, each clutter class inherits the
settings that you defined for the clutter type. The W-CDMA Simulation tool
will use default settings, shown in Table 4.1, for clutter classes that are not
assigned to a clutter type.
Table 4.1 Default environment settings

Setting Outdoor Vehicular Indoor Deep Indoor

Fast fading margin 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB

Penetration loss 0 dB 7 dB 10 dB 20 dB

Speed N/A 50 km/h N/A N/A

For Downlink Orthogonality, the default value is 100%, and for Slow Fading
Standard Deviation, the default value is 7 dB.

To define clutter types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Clutter Types and choose New.
The Create New - Clutter Type dialog box opens.

54
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Name box, type a name for the clutter type.


3 In the Comments box, type a description for the clutter type.
4 To define the orthogonality factor for the clutter type, type a value in the
Downlink Orthogonality box.
A value of 100% represents perfect orthogonality.
5 To define the standard deviation for slow fading of the clutter type, type a
value in the Slow Fading Standard Deviation box.
This value is used to model the shadowing from obstacles that cannot be
handled by a propagation model. Slightly higher values (approximately
8 dB) may be appropriate for high density urban areas, lower values
(approximately 6.5 dB) for open areas.

55
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

6 Enable any of the following check boxes to choose environments for the
clutter type and define the fast fading margin and penetration loss specific
to the environment:
■ Enable Outdoor—enables the outdoor environment for the
clutter type
■ Enable Vehicular—enables the vehicular environment for the
clutter type
■ Enable Indoor—enables the indoor environment for the clutter
type
■ Enable Deep Indoor—enables the deep indoor environment for
the clutter type
For more information on the settings associated with these environments,
press the F1 key.
7 If you enabled the Vehicular environment, type a value in the Vehicular
Speed box or accept the default.
The speed is used in conjunction with the sector settings to determine
whether a subscriber will be served by a sector. Subscribers that exceed
the maximum speed for a sector will not be served by the sector. For more
information, see “Quality settings for W-CDMA” on page 98
8 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing clutter type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the clutter type and choosing Edit.

To assign clutter classes to clutter types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Clutter Types and choose Assign Clutter Classes.
The Assign Clutter Classes dialog box opens.

56
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 Choose a clutter type from the Clutter Types list, and then choose one or
more clutter classes from the Unassigned Clutter Classes list, and click
Assign.
The clutter classes in the Unassigned Clutter Classes list are defined in the
clutter grid file for the project. For more information, see Chapter 1,
“Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
The W-CDMA Simulation tool will use default settings for any
unassigned clutter classes.
3 Click Save and then click Close.

To unassign clutter classes from a clutter type, choose a clutter class


under a clutter type node in the Clutter Types section, and click
Unassign.

You can create a new clutter type by clicking New in the Assign Clutter
Classes dialog box. To modify the properties of the new clutter type,
click Edit. The Edit - Clutter Type dialog box opens.

Defining W-CDMA bearers


Bearers represent the traffic channels in terms of their service data rate and
dedicated bearers in terms of their channel data rate. Bearers are displayed
under the Bearers node in the Subscriber Manager and are assigned to

57
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

subscriber equipment types. A default set of bearers is supplied with Mentum


Planet, but you can define additional bearers or modify any of the default
bearers.
The following sections provide information about W-CDMA bearers. For
information about cdma2000 bearers, see “Defining cdma2000 bearers” on
page 299.

W-CDMA bearers
W-CDMA bearers are configured with
■ direction (uplink or downlink)
■ service and channel data rates
■ signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) to frame erasure rate (FER)
mapping table
■ downlink channel elements
■ downlink DPCH power offsets
Bearer Eb/No to FER
The Eb/No to FER mapping is defined using a curve that can be created or
edited using the Curve Editor. When you generate analysis layers, this
mapping is used to calculate the Downlink Service FER value from the
Downlink - Eb/No analysis layer. For information on the Downlink - Eb/No
layer and the Downlink Service FER value, see “Understanding W-CDMA
analysis layers” on page 157.
To ensure that borderline Eb/No values are accounted for, the points you
define for the curve should exceed the Eb/No values that you are interested in
analyzing. If values generated by the analysis exceed your defined range, they
will be represented by the last defined point.
The Curve Editor interpolates values linearly, based on Eb/No and FER pairs.
The FER values are calculated as follows:
■ For Eb/No values greater than the highest point in the curve, the
FER at that highest point is assigned. In the example in
Figure 4.3, for Eb/No values over 8.7 dB, a FER value of 0% is
assigned.
■ For Eb/No values defined in the range of the curve, the Curve
Editor linearly assigns a FER value based on the two nearest

58
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

values, above and below. In the example in Figure 4.3, an Eb/No


value of 4.3 dB is assigned a FER value of 12%.
■ For Eb/No values less than the lowest point in the curve, the
FER at the lowest point is assigned. In the example in Figure 4.3,
for Eb/No values less than -2.3 dB, a FER value of 90% is
assigned.

Figure 4.3 Curve Editor displaying the linear relationship between Eb/No and FER

To define W-CDMA bearers


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Bearers and choose New.
2 In the New Bearer dialog box, from the Select the Type of Bearer
Required list, choose W-CDMA Bearer, and click OK.
The Create New - W-CDMA Bearer dialog box opens.

59
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Name box, type a name for the bearer.


4 In the Comment box, type a description for the bearer.
5 In the Direction section, choose one of the following options to define the
direction of the bearer:
■ Uplink
■ Downlink
Typically, you would create a set of two bearers: one for the uplink and
one for the downlink.
6 In the Service Data Rate box, type the service data rate for the traffic
channels.
7 In the Channel Data Rate box, type the channel data rate for the
dedicated bearers.
8 From the Technology Type list, choose the type of technology for the
bearer.
The only technology available for the bearer is W-CDMA.

60
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

9 In the S/N to Error Rate Mapping section, do one of the following:


■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Eb/No to
FER curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Eb/No to FER
curve and click OK. For more information on the Curve Editor,
press the F1 key.
10 If you are defining a downlink bearer, in the Number of Channel
Elements box, type the number of channel elements used by the bearer.
This number represents the number of channel elements required for the
given Service Data Rate. The number of channel elements does not
necessarily map directly to the number of traffic channels (depending on
the hardware in your network).
The number of channel elements that each sector can support is defined
on the Hardware panel of the Sector Settings dialog box.
11 If you are defining a downlink bearer, type values for the following:
■ Maximum DPCH Power Offset—the maximum power
correction value to be applied for the bearer. This box, in
conjunction with the Minimum DPCH Power Offset, enables
you to adjust the DPCH power defined on a per-sector basis to
account for the different power requirements of bearers or
services with different data rates.
■ Minimum DPCH Power Offset—the minimum power
correction value to be applied for the bearer. This box, in
conjunction with the Maximum DPCH Power Offset, enables
you to adjust the DPCH power defined on a per-sector basis to
account for the different power requirements of bearers or
services with different data rates.
12 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing bearer from the Subscriber
Manager by right-clicking the bearer and choosing Edit.

61
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

To define HSDPA bearers


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Bearers and choose New.
2 In the New Bearer dialog box, from the Select the Type of Bearer
Required list, choose HSDPA Bearer, and click OK.
The Create New - HSDPA Bearer dialog box opens.

3 In the Name box, type a name for the bearer.


4 In the Comment box, type a description for the bearer.
The direction of the HSDPA bearer is uplink.
5 In the Service Data Rate box, choose the service data rate for the traffic
channels.
6 In the Channel Data Rate box, type the channel data rate for the
dedicated bearers.
7 From the Technology Type list, choose the type of technology for the
bearer.
The only technology available for the bearer is W-CDMA.

62
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

8 In the S/N to Error Rate Mapping section, do one of the following:


■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Eb/No to
FER curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Eb/No to FER
curve and click OK. For more information on the Curve Editor,
press the F1 key.
9 In the Number of Channel Elements box, type the number of channel
elements used by the bearer.
This number represents the number of channel elements required for the
given Service Data Rate. The number of channel elements does not
necessarily map directly to the number of traffic channels (depending on
the hardware in your network).
The number of channel elements that each sector can support is defined
on the Hardware panel of the Sector Settings dialog box.
10 Click OK.

Defining subscriber equipment types for W-CDMA


The Subscriber Manager enables you to group the mobile equipment types in
your network into subscriber equipment types. When you create a subscriber
equipment type, you can define subscriber equipment technology band types
that contain information about the performance of subscriber equipment for a
particular technology and band.
For example, you could create a subscriber equipment type that contains five
subscriber equipment technology bands that represent the capabilities of the
mobile on each of the bands. For more information on creating technology
bands, see “To create a new W-CDMA technology band” on page 32.

To define subscriber equipment types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Subscriber Equipment Types and choose New.
The Create New - Mobile Equipment dialog box opens.
2 In the Name box, type a name for the subscriber equipment type.
3 In the Comments box, type a description for the subscriber equipment
type.
4 Click OK.

63
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

To define subscriber equipment bands for W-CDMA


When you define subscriber equipment bands, you define the characteristics
of the band, and then assign bearers to it.
If you assign multiple bearers to the equipment band, when you run a Monte
Carlo analysis, the most efficient bearer that meets the quality requirement of
the service for the subscriber type will be used for each individual subscriber
in the analysis.
The most efficient bearer is the bearer with the highest data rate.
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, expand
Subscriber Equipment Types, expand an equipment type, right-click
Technology Bands and choose New.
The Create New - Mobile Equipment Technology Band dialog box opens.

64
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 To define the transmit power, type a value in the following boxes:


■ Maximum Transmit Power—the maximum transmit power at
the power amplifier output
■ Minimum Transmit Power—the minimum transmit power at
the power amplifier output
3 In the Maximum Active Servers box, type a value to define the
maximum number of handover servers in the active set (i.e., the number
of rake fingers) supported by the equipment type.
4 In the Antenna Gain box, type a value to define the antenna gain.
5 In the Receiver Noise Figure box, type a value to define the noise figure
of the receiver.
6 In the Body Loss (Voice) box, type a value to define the body loss for
voice traffic.
7 In the Body Loss (Data) box, type a value to define type a value to define
the body loss for data traffic.
8 From the Technology Band list, choose the band for this equipment type.
Technology bands are defined in the Mobile Technology - Network
Settings dialog box. For more information, see “Defining W-CDMA
network settings” on page 33.
9 If the mobile equipment type supports HSDPA, enable the HSDPA
Active check box and choose a terminal category from the HSDPA
Terminal Category list.
10 In the Bearers section, do either of the following:
■ To assign a bearer to the equipment type, choose a bearer from
the Available list and click Add. The bearer is added to the
Assigned list.
■ To unassign a bearer from the equipment type, choose a bearer
from the Selected list and click Remove. The bearer is added to
the Available list.
11 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing subscriber equipment


technology band from the Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the
subscriber equipment technology band and choosing Edit.

65
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

Defining session types for W-CDMA


Session types are used to characterize the size and distribution of sessions in
your network. A session defines the characteristics of a subscriber’s use of a
packet-switched service (for example, e-mail or Web browsing), and consists
of one or more packet arrivals. Once you create session types, they can be
assigned to packet-switched services. For more information on packet-
switched services, see “Defining service types for W-CDMA” on page 70.
For packet-switched traffic, the distribution of packets during simulation
impacts how queued traffic is modeled.
Packet-switched sessions use the traffic model recommended by the European
Telecommunications Standard Institute (ETSI) to model packet traffic. This
model is described in UMTS 30.03 version 3.2.0, “Universal Mobile
Telecommunications System (UMTS): Selection procedure for the choice of
radio transmission technologies of the UMTS”, which is available at http://
www.etsi.org.
Figure 4.4 shows how a packet call is modeled using this traffic model. The
horizontal axis represents the time elapsed, and the vertical lines represent
individual packets. The arrival of several packets in a burst is called a packet
call, and the arrival of these packet calls is called a packet service (or packet-
switched) session. The reading time is the amount of time that a user spends
studying data before making another packet call.
Packet timeout
Individual packet Reading time
Interarrival
First packet time between Last packet
arrives at base packets arrives at base
station buffer Packet calls station buffer

Time

Packet service session

Figure 4.4 Packet service session

66
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

When you define session types using the Session Type dialog box, the
following values in the dialog box refer to the ETSI model:
■ Mean No. of Packet Calls (Npc)
■ Mean Reading Time (Dpc)
■ Mean No. of Packets Within a Packet Call (Nd)
■ Mean Interarrival Time Between Packets (Dd)
■ Packet Timeout
Values used in the ETSI model are displayed in brackets following the label.
For example, Mean No. of Packet Calls refers to the Npc value in the ETSI
model.

To define session types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Session Types and choose New.
The Create New - Session Type dialog box opens.

2 In the Name box, type a name for the session type.


3 In the Comments box, type a description for the session type.

67
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

4 To define the packet settings, type a value in any of the following boxes
(see Figure 4.4 for details about how these values are modeled):
■ Mean No. of Packet Calls (Npc)—the mean number of packet
calls in a packet service session
■ Mean Reading Time (Dpc)—the mean reading time between
packet calls in seconds.
■ Mean No. of Packets Within a Packet Call (Nd)—the mean
number of packets in a packet call
■ Mean Interarrival Time Between Packets (Dd)—the mean
interarrival time between packets
■ Packet Timeout—the time between the last packet in a packet
call and the designated end of the packet call (i.e., before the
reading time starts)
5 In the Packet Size Distribution section, choose an option to model the
distribution of packet sizes:
■ Pareto—uses a Pareto distribution model
■ Poisson—uses a Poisson distribution model
6 To define the packet size based on distribution type, do one of the
following:
■ If you chose Pareto as the distribution type, type a value in all of
the following boxes to define the packet size:
■ Packet Size Alpha—the Alpha packet distribution
parameter for Pareto distributions
■ Minimum Packet Size—the minimum size of a packet
■ Maximum Packet Size—the maximum size of a packet
■ If you chose Poisson as the distribution type, type a value in the
Mean Packet Size box to define the mean packet size.
7 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing session type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the session type and choosing
Edit.

68
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

Defining quality types for W-CDMA


When you define the usages for subscriber types, you can specify the quality
for each usage. The quality type defines two levels of throughput in each
direction for the service assigned to the usage. Each quality type contains
settings for the guaranteed and maximum data rates of the service.
When you generate an analysis, if the guaranteed data rate is not available at a
location, then the service is not available at that location.

To define quality types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Qualities and choose New.
The Create New - Quality dialog box opens.

2 In the Name box, type a name for the quality type.


3 In the Comment box, type a description for the quality type.
4 To define the uplink data rate, type values in any of the following boxes:
■ Guaranteed Uplink Data Rate—the guaranteed uplink data
rate required by the quality type
■ Maximum Uplink Data Rate—the maximum uplink data rate
required by the quality type. This value cannot be lower than the
value specified for the Guaranteed Uplink Data Rate.
The guaranteed uplink data rate is used in a Monte Carlo analysis to
determine a suitable bearer for the uplink. If a bearer with a rate that falls

69
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

between the guaranteed and maximum data rate is not available, the
subscriber cannot be served.
5 To define the downlink data rate, type values in any of the following
boxes:
■ Guaranteed Downlink Data Rate—the guaranteed downlink
data rate required by the quality type
■ Maximum Downlink Data Rate—the maximum downlink data
rate required by the quality type. This value cannot be lower than
the value specified for the Guaranteed Downlink Data Rate.
The guaranteed downlink data rate is used in a Monte Carlo analysis to
determine a suitable bearer for the downlink. If a bearer with a rate that
falls between the guaranteed and maximum data rate is not available, the
subscriber cannot be served.
6 In the Traffic QoS Class section, choose the traffic class that applies to
the quality and its associated data rates.
7 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing quality type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the quality type and choosing
Edit.

Defining service types for W-CDMA


Service types are the applications that your subscribers are using. You can
define the following types of services:
■ Circuit-switched (such as voice)—these types of services are
delay intolerant, and require dedicated bearers
■ Packet-switched (such as Web browsing)—these types of
services have various levels of delay tolerance, from delay
intolerant to delay tolerant. The delay-intolerant services require
dedicated bearers, while the delay-tolerant services will use
shared bearers if available in the technology.

70
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

To define circuit-switched service types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Services and choose New.
2 In the New Service dialog box, choose Circuit Switched Service from
the list, and click OK.
The Create New - Circuit Switched Service dialog box opens.

3 In the Name box, type a name for the circuit-switched service type.
4 In the Comments box, type a description for the circuit-switched service
type.
5 In the Erlangs per Subscriber box, type a value to define the number of
Erlangs generated by each subscriber type associated with this service.
During a Monte Carlo analysis, when subscribers are distributed using the
traffic map associated with the subscriber type, this value determines the
number of subscribers that are distributed per service. For example, a
value of 1 in this box results in one subscriber distributed for each
subscriber in the traffic map. A value of 0.5 results in half the number of
subscribers that are in the traffic map being distributed.

71
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

6 To define the percentage of time that traffic is transmitted in a direction,


type values in either of the following boxes:
■ Uplink Activity Factor—the percentage of time uplink traffic is
actually transmitted. During the balance of time, the link is OFF.
■ Downlink Activity Factor—the percentage of time downlink
traffic is actually transmitted. During the balance of time, the
link is OFF.
7 To define the overhead factor for retransmit and control of traffic, type
values in either of the following boxes:
■ Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit
control overhead for uplink traffic
■ Downlink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit
control overhead for downlink traffic
The Uplink Channel Activity Factor updates automatically based on the
Uplink Activity Factor and Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead. The
Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead is calculated as a percentage of
the Uplink Activity Factor and then added to the Uplink Activity Factor.
For example, if the Uplink Activity Factor is 50% and the Uplink
Retransmit and Control Overhead value is 2%, then the Uplink Channel
Activity Factor is 51 = (50+50*0.02).
The Downlink Channel Activity Factor updates automatically in the same
way, based on the Downlink Activity Factor and Downlink Retransmit
and Control Overhead.
8 To define the priority of the service type, type a value in the Priority box.
Priorities are defined in decreasing order, with 0 being the highest
priority, and indicate the order in which services are allocated resources
when network capacity is limited.
You can also assign a priority to subscriber types. If you assign a priority
to a subscriber type, when you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, the
subscriber type priority overrides the service priority.
9 To define the probability of coverage required for a subscriber or bin to be
regarded as covered, type a value in the Cell Edge Coverage Probability
box.
The Cell Edge Coverage Probability value is used when you generate a
Monte Carlo or rapid planning analysis to calculate service coverage for

72
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

the Downlink - Best Server, Uplink - Best Server, and Other - Path
Balance layers.
For a Monte Carlo analysis, increasing this value may mean that some
locations with discrete subscribers will no longer be regarded as covered.
The discrete subscribers not being served will cause less downlink service
power to be transmitted by the sector. Because the sector downlink
service power is an input to the layer generation, the decrease in power
will affect many layers, including CPICH - Ec/Io.
10 To define the maximum FER/PER at which this service is able to
function, type values in either of the following boxes:
■ Required Uplink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
uplink
■ Required Downlink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
downlink
11 To define the number of circuits from one server that are available to the
subscriber type associated with this service type, type a value in the
Number of Downlink Connections box.
12 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing circuit-switched service


type from the Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the circuit-switched
service type and choosing Edit.

To define packet-switched service types for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Services and choose New.
2 In the New Service dialog box, choose Packet Switched Service from
the list, and click OK.
The Create New - Packet Switched Service dialog box opens.

73
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Name box, type a name for the packet-switched service type.
4 In the Comments box, type a description for the packet-switched service
type.
5 In the Input Load section, do one of the following to define the mean
input load:
■ To define the mean input load in kilobits per hour, choose the
Kilobits/Hour option and type a value in the box at the right of
the section.
■ To define the mean input load in sessions per hour, choose the
Sessions/Hour option and type a value in the box at the right of
the section.
■ To define the mean input load in Erlangs per subscriber, choose
the Erlangs/Subscriber option and type a value in the box at the
right of the section.
These values represent the average input load over a sustained period, not
a peak or instantaneous load.

74
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

6 From the Session Type list, choose a session type for this service type.
For more information on session types, see “Defining session types for
W-CDMA” on page 66.
7 In the Symmetry section, do one of the following to define the primary
and non-primary traffic on the channel:
■ Choose the Uplink option as the primary direction of traffic, and
then type in the Link Asymmetry Factor box a multiplier to
define the asymmetry factor between the primary and non-
primary directions.
■ Choose the Downlink option as the primary direction of traffic,
and then type in the Link Asymmetry Factor box a multiplier
to define the asymmetry factor between the primary and non-
primary directions.
The asymmetry factor defines the relationship between primary traffic
and non-primary traffic. For example, choosing Downlink as the primary
direction and defining an asymmetry factor of 0.1 would set the uplink
traffic to be 0.1 times that of the primary downlink direction.
8 To define the overhead factor for retransmit and control of traffic, type
values in either of the following boxes:
■ Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit and
control overhead for uplink traffic
■ Downlink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit and
control overhead for downlink traffic
9 To define the priority of the service type, type a value in the Priority box.
Priorities are defined in decreasing order, with 0 being the highest
priority, and indicate the order in which services are allocated resources
when network capacity is limited. You can also assign a priority to
subscriber types. If you assign a priority to a subscriber type, and enable
the Use Priority check box for the subscriber type, when you generate a
Monte Carlo analysis, the subscriber type priority will override the
service priority for that subscriber type.
10 To define the probability of coverage required for a subscriber or bin to be
regarded as covered, type a value in the Cell Edge Coverage Probability
box.
The Cell Edge Coverage Probability value is used when you generate a
Monte Carlo or rapid planning analysis to calculate service coverage for

75
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

the Downlink - Best Server, Uplink - Best Server, and Other - Path
Balance layers.
For a Monte Carlo analysis, increasing this value may mean that some
locations with discrete subscribers will no longer be regarded as covered.
The discrete subscribers not being served will cause less downlink service
power to be transmitted by the sector. Because the sector downlink
service power is an input to the layer generation, the decrease in power
will affect many layers, including CPICH - Ec/Io.
11 To define the FER/PER at which this service is able to function, type
values in either of the following boxes:
■ Required Uplink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
uplink
■ Required Downlink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
downlink
12 To define the number of circuits from one server that are available to the
subscriber type associated with this service type, type a value in the
Number of Downlink Connections box.
13 If you want to view information about the uplink and downlink channel
activity factors, click Illustration.
The Packet Switched Service Illustration dialog box opens. This dialog
box enables you to choose bearers that could potentially be assigned to
this service. When you choose a bearer, the fields update to show the
values that would be used in an analysis for this service type if the bearers
were to be used for this service.

76
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

14 From the Uplink Bearer and Downlink Bearer lists, choose the bearers
for which you want to view statistics.
The other fields in the dialog box automatically display values depending
on uplink bearer and downlink bearer that you choose.
The bearers that you choose in the entries in the Illustration window are
for illustration purposes only. They do not affect the analysis.
15 Click Close to close the Packet Switched Service Illustration dialog
box.
16 Click OK to close the Create New - Packet Switched Service dialog
box.

You can modify the properties of an existing packet-switched service


type from the Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the packet-switched
service type and choosing Edit.

Defining subscriber types for W-CDMA


Subscriber types are defined by:
■ the subscriber equipment used
■ the traffic map on which the subscriber type is based
■ the different kinds of services that a subscriber uses and the
quality that applies to each service
■ the environments where the usage takes place
The information contained in a subscriber type is used when you generate
Monte Carlo simulations or analysis layers.

The total number of subscribers is defined by the traffic map and


scaling, not by the number of usage types or environments. The total
number of subscribers for each subscriber type is spread across the usage
types and environments defined for the subscriber type.

Example
You might create a subscriber type called Advanced Business that represents
subscribers who use mobiles as their primary business tools. The subscribers
represented by this type use their mobiles for everything from downloading
email to placing cellular calls. After you create the usage types, you can
assign a ratio to determine the proportion of the traffic that is in each of the

77
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

available environments. In addition, you can set the service type and quality
type for each usage type. For example, if you set up four usage types for the
Advanced Business subscriber type, you could assign the weightings, service
types, and quality types shown in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2 Example usage type settings

Usage Deep Service


Indoor Outdoor Vehicular Quality type
type Indoor type

1 5 5 5 5 Voice 12.2kbps_Conver-
sational

2 1 2 1 0 Video 64kbps_Streaming

3 2 2 4 0 WWW 144kbps_Interactive

4 2 2 4 0 Email 12.2kbps_Back-
ground

In this example, the total weighting value calculated across all usage types is
40. Therefore, the Advanced Business subscriber type uses Usage 1 50% of
the time, Usage 2 10% of the time, Usage 3 20% of the time, and Usage 4
20% of the time.

To create a subscriber type for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Subscriber Types and choose New.
The Create New - Subscriber Type dialog box opens.

78
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Name box, type a name for the subscriber type.


3 In the Comment box, type a description for the subscriber type.
4 In the Traffic Scaling box, type a value to define how much traffic should
be scaled up or down from the traffic map associated with the subscriber
type.
Values greater than 1.0 indicate a greater number of subscribers of this
type than the value indicated in the associated traffic map.
5 If you want to define the priority in which the subscriber is served or
provided with the best level of service when network capacity is limited,
enable the Use Priority check box and type a priority value in the
Priority box.
Priorities are defined in decreasing order, with 0 being the highest
priority.
If you enable this check box, when you run a Monte Carlo analysis, this
subscriber is served according to the priority that you define. If you do not
enable this check box, the traffic is allocated according to the priority set

79
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

for the services, which is defined in the Priority box for both circuit-
switched and packet-switched services.
6 In the Variance section, choose one of the following options to define the
variability of the number of subscribers generated by different Monte
Carlo runs:
■ Mean—the same mean number of subscribers will be used on
every run.
■ Poisson—a Poisson distribution of subscribers will be used.
■ User Defined—choose this option to define a custom Poisson
distribution with modified variability. A value of 1 is a standard
Poisson distribution.
7 From the Subscriber Equipment Types list, choose the equipment type
of the subscriber type.
For more information on creating a subscriber equipment type, see
“Defining subscriber equipment types for W-CDMA” on page 63.
8 From the Traffic list, choose the traffic map that you want to associate
with the subscriber.
You can only choose traffic maps in subscribers/km2 or Erlangs/km2.
Traffic maps in Kbps/km2 are not valid. The type of traffic map that you
choose affects the service types that are available in the usage types
section. Packet-switched and circuit-switched services are available if you
chose a traffic map with an output format of subscribers/km2 from the
Traffic list. Only circuit-switched services are available if you chose a
traffic map in Erlangs/km2 from the Traffic list. For information on
generating and adding a traffic map to the project, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
9 Define usage types as described in “To define usage types for W-CDMA”
on page 81.
10 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing subscriber type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the subscriber type and choosing
Edit.

80
Defining W-CDMA Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

You can create traffic maps using the information defined in the
Subscriber Manager. The traffic maps combine the voice and packet
usages for all defined subscriber types. For more information, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To define usage types for W-CDMA


1 In the Create New - Subscriber Type dialog box, click New.
A new row is created in the table.
2 Click in the Short Name box and type a description for the usage type.
The description can be up to eight characters in length.
3 To define the weighting ratio for each clutter type, click in each of the
following boxes and type values or accept the defaults:
■ Indoor Weighting—the weighting for indoor usage as a ratio
between this and other usage types defined for a subscriber type
■ Deep Indoor Weighting—the weighting for deep indoor usage
as a ratio between this and other usage types defined for a
subscriber type
■ Outdoor Weighting—the weighting for outdoor usage as a ratio
between this and other usage types defined for a subscriber type
■ Vehicular Weighting—the weighting for vehicular usage as a
ratio between this and other usage types defined for a subscriber
type
Values must be positive integers. For more information, press the F1 key
or see “Example” on page 77 for information about how the weighting
numbers are used.
4 Click in the Service box and choose a service type for the usage type from
the list.
Packet-switched and circuit-switched services are available if you chose a
traffic map with an output format of subscribers/km2 from the Traffic list.
Only circuit-switched services are available if you chose a traffic map in
Erlangs/km2 from the Traffic list. For more information about circuit-
switched and packet-switched service types, see “Defining service types
for W-CDMA” on page 70.

81
Chapter 4
CDMA User Guide

5 Click in the Quality box and choose a quality type for the usage type
from the list.
For more information about quality types, see “Defining quality types for
W-CDMA” on page 69.
6 To add another usage type, repeat Step 1 to Step 5.
7 Click OK.

82
Chapter 5: Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites

5. Configuring and
Placing W-CDMA
Sites
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to configure and place a
following sections:
W-CDMA site, define sector settings specific to
■ Understanding W-CDMA sites
and sectors W-CDMA, and globally edit W-CDMA sector
■ Considerations for multi-band properties.
networks
■ Workflow for configuring and Once you have defined the W-CDMA network
placing W-CDMA sites
■ Creating W-CDMA sites configuration, you can configure and place the sites
■ Calculating base station link in your network.
budgets for W-CDMA sectors
■ Globally editing base station
link budget settings for
W-CDMA sectors
■ Defining W-CDMA sector
settings
■ Editing sites and sectors
■ Deleting sites
■ Viewing W-CDMA carrier
assignment and interference
information

83
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA sites and sectors


When you define the sectors in a site, you need to define the following
settings specific to W-CDMA technologies:
■ Carrier assignments (see “To assign carriers to sectors” on
page 99)
■ Hardware settings (see “Hardware settings for W-CDMA” on
page 96)
■ Resource settings (see “Resource settings for W-CDMA” on
page 97)
■ Implementation settings (see “Implementation settings for
W-CDMA” on page 97)
■ Quality settings (see “Quality settings for W-CDMA” on
page 98)
■ Power settings (see “Power settings for W-CDMA” on page 99)
For more information about general site and sector properties, see Chapter 2,
“Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide. For
information about TDMA/FDMA site and sector properties, see Chapter 5,
“Configuring and Placing TDMA/FDMA Sites”, in the TDMA/FDMA User
Guide.

Considerations for multi-band networks


If your network is configured with multiple bands (see “Allocating spectrum
and defining carriers for W-CDMA” on page 30), and you want to generate
different predictions for carriers on two different bands, you need to do the
following:
■ configure two different sectors, with same location and azimuth,
but different antenna patterns and propagation models (see
Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum
Planet User Guide)
■ assign a carrier from one band to one sector and the second band
to the second sector (see “To assign carriers to sectors” on
page 99)
■ when you generate the analysis, include both sectors
In the area where both sectors can serve subscribers, the subscribers that are
served by each sector will depend on the carrier preference weightings, and

84
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

the PA power and noise limits. For more information, see “To define carrier
settings for W-CDMA” on page 40.
This gives you the flexibility of simulating different scenarios, for example:
■ If all carriers have the same preference weightings, subscribers
will be allocated equally between the two sectors, except for an
area at the fringe where only the stronger sector can work, until
the PA power and noise limits are reached. At this point,
subscribers will be allocated to the remaining carrier or carriers.
■ Carriers on the weaker sector could be given a zero preference
weighting, so that only the stronger sector will be allocated
subscribers until the PA power and noise limits are reached. Any
additional subscribers would then be allocated to the weaker
sector. In this case, more users in the fringe area could be
blocked.

Workflow for configuring and placing W-CDMA sites


Step 1 Define the network configuration. See “Chapter 3: Defining a W-
CDMA Network Configuration” on page 27.

Step 2 Configure and place W-CDMA sites. See “Creating W-CDMA


sites” on page 85.

Creating W-CDMA sites


This section describes how to configure and place W-CDMA sites using a
new site configuration.
You can also create and place sites based on an existing site configuration. For
more information, see Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.

To create a W-CDMA site


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click Sites and
choose New.
2 In the Site Configuration dialog box, choose the Create a New
Configuration option, and click Continue.
The Site Properties dialog box opens.
3 Click the Site tab, and type a prefix for the site in the Site ID box.

85
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

4 If you want to add additional site information, type additional identifiers


or descriptions in the Site UID, Site Name, or Site Name 2 boxes.
5 Define the remaining site settings.
General site settings are described in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
6 Click the Sectors tab, and then click in the Technology field and choose
W-CDMA from the list.
7 Define the remaining general sector settings.
General sector settings are described in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites
and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
If you want to calculate the radiated power for a sector, you must place
the site first. Complete this procedure and then see “Calculating base
station link budgets for W-CDMA sectors” on page 87.
8 On the Sectors tab, click Add Sector to add as many sectors to the site as
required.
If you define W-CDMA sector settings before adding other sectors, the
settings that you used for the last sector will be automatically applied to
the new sectors that you add.
9 Click the Site tab and do either of the following to place the site:
■ Click in the Map window to add a site at that location.
■ Enable the Manual Entry check box, choose the coordinate
units from the Units list, type the coordinates in the X/Long and
Y/Lat boxes, and click Place Site.
The created site is displayed in the Map window and a site with the name
<Site>_1 is added to the Sites category in the Project Explorer.
10 If you want to use the configuration again, choose File ➤ Save
Configuration As, type a name for the site configuration (.dsc) file in the
File Name box, and click Save.
Site configuration files are stored in the Config\GSM subfolder of the
project folder. For more information on using an existing site
configuration, see Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide. When you save the .dsc file, the settings for
individual sectors (defined in the Sector Settings dialog box) are not
saved.

86
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

11 When you have finished placing sites, click Close.

You can edit the properties of a single site after you place it. In the
Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the site and choose
Edit. In the Site Properties dialog box, edit the properties, click Apply, and
then click Close.

Calculating base station link budgets for W-CDMA sectors


The Base Station Link Budget tool enables you to calculate the radiated power
for a sector based on the power output of the sector’s power amplifier (PA)
plus or minus system gains and losses. You can also use the Global Edit (Base
Station Link Budget) dialog box to define settings for specific sites, sector
groups, or flags. For more information, see “Globally editing base station link
budget settings for W-CDMA sectors” on page 92.
The value for ERP or EIRP on the Sectors tab of the Site Properties dialog
box is the same as the value for CPICH EIRP in the Base Station Link Budget
dialog box. The ERP or EIRP values on the Sectors tab are read-only and are
calculated as shown in Equation 5.1.

CPICH EIRP = First carrier CPICH power + Antenna boresight gain +


Downlink losses and gains
Equation 5.1 CPICH EIRP calculation

When you generate predictions, the power value used is the value in the ERP
or EIRP box for the sector.

Losses and gains


The Base Station Link Budget tool enables you to define specific losses and
gains for the sector and updates the total power for the sector using these
values.
For both the downlink and uplink, a default antenna gain value is added based
on the antenna type assigned to the sector. You cannot modify this value.
All new sites are also given a default Feeder value on both the downlink and
the uplink to account for cable and connector losses.
A default BTS Noise Figure is assigned to the uplink to account for base
station receiver noise gain. You should modify the BTS Noise Figure
according to the hardware manufacturer's specifications.
You can add additional losses and gains as required. Because the Friis noise
formula (see Equation 5.2) is used to calculate the Uplink Noise Figure, the

87
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

order of the items on the Base Station Losses & Gains tab in the Base Station
Link Budget dialog box must match the hierarchy of the sector hardware (see
Figure 5.1 and Figure 5.2). By default, the BTS Noise Figure is always the
last item in the list.

Antenna
Antenna Feeder Tail
Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMA)

Feeder
Feeder Tail
BTS Amplifier

Figure 5.1 Example sector hardware configuration

The hardware configuration shown in Figure 5.1 would be represented in the


Base Station Link Budget dialog box in Mentum Planet as shown in
Figure 5.2.

Figure 5.2 Example Uplink Losses & Gains settings

The Uplink Composite Noise Figure (Composite System Noise Figure (NFs))
is calculated as follows, using the Friis noise formula:
Equation 5.2 Uplink Composite Noise Figure calculation

88
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

f2 – 1 f3 – 1 f4 – 1 fn – 1
f s = f 1 + ------------ - + … + ---------------------------------------------
- + -------------- + --------------------
G1 G1 G2 G1 G2 G3 G 1 G 2 G 3 …G ( n – 1 )

Where:
All terms are in their linear form.
fs is the Composite System Noise Factor (linear ratio).
NF s = 10log 10 f s is the Composite System Noise Figure.
f 1 …f n is the Noise Factor of individual elements (linear ratio).
G 1 …G n is the numerical gain of individual elements (linear ratio).
Note that a loss (in dB) is taken as negative gain:
G ( db )
----------------
10
G = 10
NF ( db )
-------------------
10
f = 10

So, for passive elements:


1-
f = ---
G

Some subscriber-related settings must be configured in the Subscriber


Manager. For more information see “Defining subscriber equipment
types for W-CDMA” on page 63.

If you are using an Excel spreadsheet to import base station link budget
settings, you must use the Index column to specify the order of the
items in the Losses and Gains list. For more information, see “Importing and
exporting project data” in Chapter 13, “Working With Network and Project
Data”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To calculate base station link budgets for W-CDMA sectors


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the site for
which you want to modify the base station link budget settings, and
choose Edit.
2 In the Site Properties dialog box, click the Sectors tab.

89
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

3 Click in the ERP or EIRP box of the sector you want to modify, and then
click the Base Station Link Budget (...) button.
The Base Station Link Budget dialog box opens with the Uplink tab
selected.

4 Do one of the following to choose the carrier(s) to which you want to


apply the settings:
■ If you want to apply the settings to a single carrier, choose a
carrier from the Carrier list.
■ If you want to apply the settings to all carriers on the sector,
enable the Apply the Same Settings to All Carriers check box.
5 On the Base Station Losses & Gains tab, do the following to modify the
Feeder settings or accept the defaults:
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
■ If the type is a gain, in the Noise Figure box, type the thermal
noise associated with the gain.
6 To modify the BTS Noise Figure value, type a value in the Noise Figure
box.

90
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

7 Do the following to define any additional losses and gains for the uplink:
■ Click Add.
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
■ If the type is a gain, in the Noise Figure box, type the thermal
noise associated with the gain.
■ If required, use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change
the order of items in the list of losses and gains.
8 To remove an item from the Uplink tab, choose the item and click
Remove.
The Uplink Composite Noise Figure box at the bottom of the Base Station
Link Budget dialog box updates to reflect the loss, gain, and noise figure
values.
9 Click the Downlink tab at the bottom of the Base Station Losses &
Gains tab and do the following to modify the Feeder value for the
downlink, or accept the default:
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
10 Do the following to define any additional losses and gains for the
downlink:
■ Click Add.
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
■ If required, use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change
the order of items in the list of losses and gains.
11 To remove an item from the Downlink tab, choose the item and click
Remove.
The Total EIRP and CPICH EIRP boxes update to reflect the loss or gain
values.

91
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

12 To modify power information for the sector, type values in any of the
following boxes:
■ PA Power—the power at the power amplifier. When you change
this value, the CPICH % of PA Power box updates automatically
to reflect the new ratio of PA Power to CPICH Power. The Total
EIRP box updates automatically to reflect the new Total EIRP
for the power amplifier. You can also modify the PA power on
the Hardware panel of the Sector Settings dialog box. See “To
define hardware settings” on page 99. The two boxes are
interdependent. Changes in one location are reflected in the other
location.
■ CPICH Power—the power of the CPICH channel. When you
change this value, the CPICH % of PA Power box updates
automatically to reflect the new ratio of PA Power to CPICH
Power and the CPICH EIRP box updates automatically based on
Equation 5.1 on page 87.
■ CPICH % of PA Power—the CPICH power as a percentage of
PA power. When you change this value, the CPICH Power
updates automatically to reflect the new ratio and the CPICH
EIRP box updates automatically based on Equation 5.1 on page
87.
■ Total EIRP—the total PA power for the sector (calculated as
PA Power + Downlink losses and gains). When you change this
value, the PA Power box updates automatically to reflect the
change and the CPICH % of PA Power box updates
automatically to reflect the new ratio of PA Power to CPICH
Power.
13 Click OK.
The ERP or EIRP value is updated for the sector.

Globally editing base station link budget settings for W-CDMA


sectors
The Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) tool enables you to define base
station link budget settings and apply them to specific sites, sector groups, or
flags. You can add, remove, update, and reorder base station link budget
settings.

92
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

For example, you could use the Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) tool
with a newly created project to define a common set of losses and gains
according to the hardware used most often in your network. Using these
common settings as a base, you could then define individual or unique sector
settings as required.
Before using the Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) tool, you should be
familiar with the Base Station Link Budget tool. For more information, see
“Calculating base station link budgets for W-CDMA sectors” on page 87.

The Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) dialog box is not
technology-dependent and will update all of the sectors you choose
with the same settings. Depending on the options you choose, existing
settings may be lost.

To globally edit base station link budget settings for


W-CDMA sectors
1 In the Project Explorer, do one of the following:
■ To edit all sites, in the Sites category, right-click Sites and
choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link Budget.
■ To edit one or more sites, in the Sites category, choose the sites,
right-click and choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link
Budget.
■ To edit the sites in a group, in the Sites category, right-click the
group and choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link Budget.
■ To edit sites selected by flag condition, in the Sites category,
enable the flag conditions you want, right-click Flags, and
choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link Budget.
The Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) dialog box opens, displaying
the Uplink/Reverse settings for the first sector in the group, the first sector
with the specified flag condition, or the first sector chosen in the Project
Explorer.

93
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

2 From the Action list, choose the type of action that you want to perform:
■ Insert—adds additional losses/gains in the order specified, but
leaves existing settings intact.
■ Remove—removes any losses/gains that match the specified
name/order. You can choose to exclude individual losses/gains.
■ Replace—replaces the values for the specified losses/gains.
■ Update—updates values for losses/gains that match the
specified name/order. You can choose to update the name, the
associated value, or both.
You can only choose one action each time you apply changes to the base
station link budget settings. If you want to perform multiple actions, use
the Apply button each time you define settings for a specific action. If you
choose another action before applying the new settings, the changes for
the current action will be lost.

94
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

3 If you chose either Remove or Update in Step 2, choose one of the


following filters from the Action Options list:
■ By Name & Order—removes/updates only existing losses/
gains that match both the name and specified order.
■ By Name Only—removes/updates only existing losses/gains
with the same name.
■ By Order Only—removes/updates only existing losses/gains
that match the specified order.
4 On the Uplink/Reverse tab, do any of the following.
■ If you chose Insert, Remove, or Replace in Step 2, and you
want to add an item, click Add, then from the Type list choose
Loss or Gain, type a name in the Name box and a value in the
Value box. If you are adding a gain, a type a value in the Noise
Figure box. You can add additional losses/gains as required.
■ If you chose Remove in Step 2, enable the check box beside
each item that you want to remove.
■ If you chose Replace in Step 2, modify the values for the losses/
gains that you want to replace as required
■ If you chose Update in Step 2, enable the check box and modify
the values for each field that you want to update.
The options that are available will depend on the action that you chose in
Step 2.
5 If required, use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change the order
of items in the list of losses and gains.
6 If required, click the Downlink/Reverse tab and repeat Step 2 to Step 5.
7 Do one of the following:
■ To apply your changes and exit from the Global Edit (Base
Station Link Budget) dialog box, click OK.
■ To apply your changes and choose a new action from the Action
list, click Apply and repeat Step 3 to Step 7.

95
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

Defining W-CDMA sector settings


For each site in your project, you need to define W-CDMA sector settings.
The first step in defining sector settings is assigning the carriers to the sector.
For more information on defining bands and carriers, see “Allocating
spectrum and defining carriers for W-CDMA” on page 30.
After you assign carriers to sectors, you can define sector settings for each
carrier as described in the following sections. The sector settings that are
available will be slightly different, depending on the type of carrier.

Figure 5.3 W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box showing the Hardware panel

Hardware settings for W-CDMA


Hardware settings enable you to define the equipment for the sector, including
channel elements, noise figure, throughput, and link loss. A channel element

96
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

is a logical controller on a channel element card or server that controls and


routes data for services in the W-CDMA network. The number of channel
elements required per service depends upon the amount of throughput the
service needs and the vendor’s equipment. Services that require higher
throughput may need more channel elements. As part of the hardware
settings, you can also activate a specific technology for a sector and, in this
way, conserve network resources by offering only those services needed. For
example, if a sector is serving a sparsely populated area you can activate only
R99 even though the carrier is both R99 and HSDPA.
For more information, see “To define hardware settings” on page 99.

Resource settings for W-CDMA


Resource settings enable you to define how best to allocate sector resources
so that the maximum number of subscribers are served. Mentum Planet
considers the traffic channel limitations as well as the uplink and downlink
elements defined per carrier in the network analysis.
For more information, see “To define sector resources” on page 101.

Implementation settings for W-CDMA


Implementation settings enable you to define noise rise and traffic power
settings for rapid planning.
Rapid planning settings
Rapid planning provides a quick method of generating analysis layers, as an
alternative to the Monte Carlo simulation. It also provides the ability to create
layers for a given network or sector loads. For more information on rapid
planning, see “Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-
CDMA” on page 129. The rapid planning settings on the Implementation
panel are used when layers are generated using the rapid planning option.
Unlike the Monte Carlo method, which obtains many values required to
compute analysis layers from the operating points file, the Rapid Planning
method does not generate an operating points file. Instead, the Rapid Planning
method derives most of the values required to compute analysis layers from
the Powers panel of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box. The Current
Total Receive and Total Traffic Transmit Power values are the two exceptions;
to determine these values, the Uplink Noise Rise, DPCH Total Traffic Power,

97
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

and, for HSDPA, HS-DSCH Power values should be manually defined for the
sector.

If you do not define these values manually, you can enable the
Override All Cell Loads option on the System panel of the Analysis
Settings dialog box, and define values for DPCH Available Traffic Power, HS-
DSCH Available Traffic Power, HS-DSCH Activity Factor, and Uplink Load.
For more information, see “To define rapid planning system settings for
W-CDMA” on page 136.

The Uplink Noise Rise value is used to calculate equivalent Current Total
Receive Power, which is required to compute all uplink analysis layers. The
DPCH Total Traffic Power and, for HSDPA carriers, the HS-DSCH Power are
used to calculate Total Traffic Transmit Power, which is used to compute most
CPICH, downlink, and HSDPA analysis layers. The Current Total Receive
and Total Traffic Transmit Power are also used to compute the Other - Path
Balance layer.
For more information, see “To define implementation settings” on page 103.

Quality settings for W-CDMA


Quality settings enable you to define settings related to the quality of service
for the sector, including, among others, the maximum number of subscribers,
maximum speed of vehicular subscribers, and the handover margin.
The maximum speed assigned to the sector is used to determine whether
subscribers in a vehicular environment will be served by the sector. Vehicular
subscribers have an expected speed associated with them depending on the
clutter class in which the service is being provided. This speed is defined
when you create clutter types (see “Defining clutter types for W-CDMA” on
page 52). Subscribers in all environments other than vehicular are assigned a
fixed speed of 3 km/h. If the vehicular subscriber speed exceeds the
maximum, then the subscriber is not served by the sector. This enables you to
ensure that fast-moving subscribers are not served by certain sectors (for
example, microcells).
The maximum speed is used when you generate a Monte Carlo analysis,
During the random pattern generation phase, if a randomly generated
subscriber has an associated speed that exceeds the sector limit, the subscriber
will not be served by the sector.
For more information, see “To define quality settings” on page 104.

98
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

Power settings for W-CDMA


Power settings enable you to define the power requirements for the sector,
including the limits for CPICH power, control channels, and traffic power.
For more information, see “To define W-CDMA power settings” on page 105.

To assign carriers to sectors


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, double-click a site.
The Site Properties dialog box opens.
2 In the Site Properties dialog box, on the Sectors tab, click W-CDMA
Settings.
The Carriers panel of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box opens by
default.
3 In the Carrier Assignment section, enable the check boxes next to the
carrier IDs that you want to assign to the sector.
Only the technology bands that are assigned the W-CDMA technology
are displayed in this section. When you enable a carrier, the carrier is
added to the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box tree view. For more
information on defining bands and carriers, see “Allocating spectrum and
defining carriers for W-CDMA” on page 30.
4 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

To define hardware settings


1 In the tree view of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Hardware.
2 On the Hardware panel, in the Technology section, activate a technology
for the sector by choosing one of the available technologies from the
Activated Technology list.
3 In the HSDPA section, enable the 16-QAM supported if you want the
sector to support 16-QAM modulation.

99
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

4 In the Throughput Per Carrier section, type values in any of the


following boxes:
■ Maximum Pooled Downlink Throughput—the maximum
throughput for all traffic on the same carrier of the site
■ Maximum Packet Throughput—the proportion of the
maximum throughput that is allowed for packet sessions
■ Maximum Circuit Throughput—the proportion of the
maximum throughput that is allowed for circuit sessions
The Throughput Per Carrier settings apply only to Rel 99 Subscribers.
HSDPA throughput control is not explicitly enforced.
The sum of the maximum packet throughput and maximum circuit
throughput can exceed 100%, but within the analysis, the total of
maximum packet throughput and maximum circuit throughput cannot
total more than 100%.
Throughput for an analysis is calculated using the number of subscribers
carried multiplied by the rate used for each subscriber modified by the
activity factor (which is dependent on the bearer used for the service).
5 In the Base Station Link Budget section, if you want to modify any of
the values, click Base Station Link Budget.
The values shown in this section are read-only, and are calculated using
the Base Station Link Budget tool. For information on using the Base
Station Link Budget tool, see “Calculating base station link budgets for
W-CDMA sectors” on page 87.
6 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

If you open the Base Station Link Budget tool from the W-CDMA Sector
Settings dialog box, the carrier displayed is the carrier from which the
tool was launched. If the carrier is an EV-DO carrier, the Pilot Power column
and the Percentage column are read only columns.

100
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

To define sector resources


1 In the tree view of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Resources.
2 On the Resources panel, in the Traffic Channel Codes section, type a
value in the Maximum Number of Codes box to define the maximum
number of codes that can be allocated to traffic channels.
The Maximum Number of Codes value applies only to Rel 99
subscribers. For Rel 99 & HSDPA carriers, this value should be set to
reflect the actual number of Traffic Channel Codes used or reserved only
by Rel 99 subscribers. HSDPA Traffic Channel Codes are not explicitly
accounted for. It is implicitly assumed that HSDPA will use the leftover
Traffic Channel Codes in the base station that are not assigned to Rel 99
subscribers.
3 For HSDPA carriers or HSDPA & Rel 99 carriers, from the HS-DSCH
Codes list, choose the number of HS-DSCH traffic codes to use in the
network analysis.
4 In the Uplink Channel Elements Per Carrier section, type values in any
of the following boxes:
■ Total Available For The Site—displays the number of channel
elements available.
■ Total Dedicated For The Sector—displays the number of
channel elements dedicated for the sector.
■ Primary (Per Sector)—the number of channel elements
assigned to this carrier on this sector for primary traffic. Primary
traffic consists of the subscribers with this sector designated as
the best server.
■ Primary Pooled (Per Site)—the number of channel elements
pooled for this carrier for all sectors on this site for primary
traffic. You can combine primary and pooled channel elements,
or use only one or the other. If you want to specify that all of the
channel elements on the site are pooled, type 0 in the Primary
(Per Sector) box and type the total number of channel elements
in the Primary Pooled (Per Site) box. When you generate an
analysis, when this number has been reached, new calls for this
sector will be blocked.
■ Additional For Handover—the number of channel elements
allocated for handover for all sectors on the site for this carrier.

101
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

For example, if 39 channel elements are available at a site for


primary traffic and the system is expected to support 30%
handover, then 12 channel elements should be added to the site,
reserved for handover, for a total of 51 channel elements for that
site. A new user is blocked if all 39 channels are busy, even if
any or all of the 12 channels reserved for handover are available.
These channel element settings apply only to Rel 99 Subscribers. HSDPA
Channel Elements are not explicitly accounted for on the downlink. For
details on how these values are used to calculate the Total Available For
the Site and Total Dedicated For the Sector values, press the F1 key.
5 In the Downlink Channel Elements Per Carrier section, type values in
any of the following boxes:
■ Total Available For The Site—displays the number of channel
elements available.
■ Total Dedicated For The Sector—displays the number of
channel elements dedicated for the sector.
■ Primary (Per Sector)—the number of channel elements
assigned to this carrier on this sector for primary traffic. Primary
traffic consists of the subscribers with this sector designated as
the best server.
■ Primary Pooled (Per Site)—the number of channel elements
pooled for this carrier for all sectors on this site for primary
traffic. You can combine primary and pooled channel elements,
or use only one or the other. If you want to specify that all of the
channel elements on the site are pooled, type 0 in the Primary
(Per Sector) box and type the total number of channel elements
in the Primary Pooled (Per Site) box. When you generate an
analysis, when this number has been reached, new calls for this
sector will be blocked.
■ Additional For Handover—the number of channel elements
allocated for handover for all sectors on the site for this carrier.
For example, if 39 channel elements are available at a site for
primary traffic and the system is expected to support 30%
handover, then 12 channel elements should be added to the site,
reserved for handover, for a total of 51 channel elements for that
site. A new user is blocked if all 39 channels are busy, even if
any or all of the 12 channels reserved for handover are available.
6 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

102
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

To define implementation settings


1 In the tree view of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Implementation.
2 If you want to manually assign a scrambling code index or modify the
scrambling code index assigned to the sector, type a value in the
Scrambling Code Index box.
The Scrambling Code and Scrambling Code Group values update
automatically. For more information on scrambling codes, see “Chapter
10: Creating Scrambling Code Plans” on page 215.
3 Beside the HSDPA Scheduler Gain box, do one of the following to
define the BTS scheduler gain:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the scheduler
gain curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create a scheduler gain
curve and click OK. For more information on the Curve Editor,
press the F1 key.
If you do not assign a Scheduler Gain curve, Mentum Planet assumes that
there is no gain.
4 In the Rapid Planning section, define the settings for rapid planning:
■ Uplink DPCH Noise Rise—the noise rise in the receiver, above
the thermal noise floor, generated by traffic links.
■ DPCH Total Traffic Power—for Rel 99 and Rel 99 & HSDPA
carriers, the total traffic transmit power for dedicated Rel 99
channels for the sector.
■ HS-DSCH Power—for HSDPA and Rel 99 & HSDPA carriers,
the maximum transmit power for the downlink shared channel.
For information on how these values are used, see “Rapid planning
settings” on page 97.
5 For HSDPA and Rel 99 & HSDPA sectors, in the HS-DSCH Activity
Factor box, type the HSDPA downlink shared channel average activity
factor.
This setting is used to model the bursty nature of packet-type traffic, such
as Web browsing.
6 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

103
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

To define quality settings


1 In the tree view of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Quality.
2 On the Quality panel, in the Quality Parameters section, type values in
any of the following boxes:
■ CPICH Target Ec/Io—the target common pilot channel
(CPICH) signal-to-noise ratio (Ec/Io) that the system can attain
■ HS-SCCH Target Ec/Nt—the target High Speed Shared
Control Channel Ec/Nt that the system can attain. This parameter
is only visible when the carrier is HSDPA.
■ Maximum DPCH Noise Rise—the maximum noise rise
permitted for the sector. This value is used to limit the number of
users in a system based on noise rise.
■ Maximum Users (Per Sector)—the maximum number of
instantaneous users permitted at the sector.
■ Maximum Rel 99 Users (Per Sector)—the maximum number
of instantaneous users permitted at the sector on a Rel 99 carrier.
This parameter is only visible when for Rel 99 carriers.
■ Maximum HSDPA Users (Per Sector)—the maximum number
of instantaneous users permitted at the sector on a HSDPA
carrier. This parameter is only visible when for HSDPA carriers.
■ Handover Margin—the soft handover margin. For soft
handover, the system will consider all cells that are within the
value of the Handover Margin value from the best server and
also the CPICH Target Ec/Io value.
■ Maximum Intra-Site Servers—the maximum number servers
from the same site that are permitted for this sector
■ Maximum Cell Radius—the maximum cell radius permitted
for this sector
■ Maximum Speed—the maximum speed permitted for this
sector
3 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

104
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

To define W-CDMA power settings


1 In the tree view of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Powers.
2 On the Powers panel, from the Transmit Power Parameters In list,
choose the unit in which the transmit power settings are defined.
3 In the Absolute Power Values section, type a value in the Total PA
Power box to define the maximum power output by the sector's power
amplifier (PA).
The Total PA Power value and the PA Power value in the Link Budget
dialog box are interdependent. Changes to this value will affect link
budget calculations. For more information, see “Calculating base station
link budgets for W-CDMA sectors” on page 87.
4 To define CPICH power, do one of the following:
■ To define a fixed value for the CPICH power, type a value in the
Fixed CPICH Power box. The Fixed CPICH Power value and
the CPICH Power value in the Link Budget dialog box are
interdependent. Changes to this value will affect link budget
calculations. For more information, see “Calculating base station
link budgets for W-CDMA sectors” on page 87.
■ To automatically optimize CPICH power, enable the Optimize
CPICH check box and define the range of CPICH values in the
Maximum CPICH Power and Minimum CPICH Power
boxes.
If you choose to optimize CPICH power, the analysis calculates the
required CPICH power to ensure that all the users achieve the required
Ec/Io (Monte Carlo analyses only).
5 In the Control Powers (Relative to CPICH Power) section, type values
in the following boxes:
■ Relative SCH/P-CCPCH Power—the synchronization channel
(SCH)/primary common control physical channel (P-CCPCH)
power relative to the CPICH power
■ HS-SCCH Power—the power of the High Speed Shared
Control Channel. This parameter is only visible if the sector is
using a HSDPA or Rel 99 & HSDPA carrier.
■ HSUPA Control Channels Power—the combined power
required for the E-AGCH (E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel), E-

105
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

RGCH (E-DCH Relative Grant Channel), and the E-HICH (E-


DCH Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel).
■ Other Common Channel Powers—the power for other
common channels relative to the CPICH power
6 In the Traffic Power Limits (Relative to Max CPICH Power) section,
type values in the following boxes (not applicable to HSDPA carriers):
■ Maximum DPCH Power—the maximum service power for a
single DPCH relative to the maximum CPICH power. Note that
it is also possible to define the Maximum DPCH Power for
individual bearers (excluding HSDPA bearers) using the
Maximum DPCH Power Offset value in the Edit - W-CDMA
Bearer dialog box, accessible from the Subscriber Manager
category in the Project Explorer.
■ Minimum DPCH Power—the minimum service power for a
single DPCH relative to the maximum CPICH power. Note that
it is also possible to define the Minimum DPCH Power for
individual bearers (excluding HSDPA bearers) using the
Minimum DPCH Power Offset value in the Edit - W-CDMA
Bearer dialog box, accessible from the Subscriber Manager
category in the Project Explorer.
7 In the Other User Interference section, type a value in the Average
PRACH Interference Power box to define the interference for the
physical random access channel (PRACH) channel.
The Average PRACH Interference Power value is used to model the
uplink power that is used during Monte Carlo analyses. During Rapid
Planning analyses, the HSDPA uplink power is modelled using Uplink
Noise Rise setting on the Implementation panel.
8 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

Editing sites and sectors


You can edit individual sites or you can use the Global Editor to edit one or
more sites.

106
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

To edit a site
1 Do one of the following:
■ In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click on the
site that you want to edit and choose Edit.
■ Click the Edit Site button on the Site toolbar and then click in
the Map window on the site that you want to edit.
The Site Properties dialog box opens.
2 If there is more than one site at the chosen location, choose the site you
want to edit from the Editing Site list.
3 Do one of the following:
■ Modify any of the site properties and save them as a new
configuration if required. For information, see “Creating
W-CDMA sites” on page 85.
■ Load an existing configuration by choosing
File ➤ Open Configuration.
4 Click Apply to update your project.
5 Click Close.

To globally edit W-CDMA sectors


You can easily edit W-CDMA-specific sector properties for individual
carriers assigned to sites in your project or for a particular group of sites using
the W-CDMA Global Edit dialog box. You can also add or remove carriers
from sites.
The W-CDMA Global Edit dialog box is different from the standard Global
Edit dialog box that you can use with other technologies because it only
contains settings that are specific to W-CDMA. For more information on the
standard Global Edit dialog box, see Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

If you are modifying the W-CDMA power values, you have the option of
viewing data in dBm or Watts. However, if you want to modify the
Average PRACH Interference Power, you will only be able to use the full
range of values available for the field if you are using the dBm option.
If you prefer to use Watts, you can use the Watts option when you are
modifying other power values, and then change the units to dBm before
modifying the value for PRACH.

107
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

1 In the Project Explorer, do one of the following:


■ To edit all sites, in the Sites category, right-click Sites and
choose Global Edit ➤ W-CDMA.
■ To edit one or more sites, in the Sites category, choose the sites,
right-click and choose Global Edit ➤ W-CDMA.
■ To edit the sites in a group, in the Sites category, right-click the
group and choose Global Edit ➤ W-CDMA.
■ To edit sites selected by flag condition, in the Sites category,
enable the flag conditions you want, right-click Flags and
choose Global Edit ➤ W-CDMA.
The W-CDMA Global Edit dialog box opens.

108
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Sector Selection section, choose one of the following options:


■ All—apply changes to all sectors
■ Current Selection—apply changes to the sectors that are
selected in the Map window. For more information, see the
“Choosing sites” section in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ Group—apply changes only to sectors in group chosen from the
list
3 In the Carrier Selection section, choose one of the following options
from the Action list for each carrier ID that the changes affect:
■ Modify Existing—modify the sector settings for existing
carriers
■ Modify/Create—add a new carrier to the sector and modify the
sector settings for existing carriers
■ Delete—delete this carrier from the sector
■ Do Not Modify—do not modify the sector settings for this
carrier
4 In the Cell Equipment Parameters section, enable the check box beside
each setting that you want to update in the chosen table, click in the Value
column and type a new value for each setting.
5 Click Apply to update the settings and then click Close.

Deleting sites
You can delete sites using the Project Explorer or the Map window.

To delete a site
■ Do one of the following:
■ In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the
site, choose Delete, and click Yes to confirm the deletion.
■ In the Map window, choose the site, right-click and choose
Delete, and then click Delete to confirm the deletion.

109
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

Viewing W-CDMA carrier assignment and interference


information
Once you have created a project and assigned carriers to sectors, you can use
the Carrier In-Map Display tool to view co-channel and adjacent channel
interference in the Map window. You can also view carrier allocation
information.

To view W-CDMA frequency assignment and interference


information
1 On the Mobile Technology toolbar, click the Carrier In-Map Display
button, and then click in the Map window near the sector for which you
want to view interference information.
If you want to view only carrier allocation information, you can click
anywhere in the Map window.
The Carrier In-Map Display window opens with the Interactive tab open
by default. The Sector ID box shows the name of the sector closest to
where you clicked in the Map window and the Technology box displays
the sector assigned to the sector.
The display in the Map window updates to identify sectors in the Map
window that are co-channel interferers with the selected sector. For each
sector that is a co-channel interferer, the numbers of the carriers that cause
co-channel interference are displayed in the Map window. For the
selected sector, carrier information is displayed in red.

110
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites
CDMA User Guide

2 Do any of the following:


■ To view other types of interference in the Map window, from the
View list, choose the type of interference that you want to view.
The display in the Map window updates to show the interferers.
■ To choose another sector for which to view interference
information, click in the Map window near the sector.
■ To display the results again for a sector that you selected
previously, choose the sector from the Sector ID list.
3 If you want to view information in the Map window about frequency
allocation, click the Sector Selection tab.

111
Chapter 5
CDMA User Guide

4 From the View in Map Window list, choose Carriers.


5 From the Technology list, choose W-CDMA.
The list section of the dialog box updates to show all of the carriers
assigned to the technology.
6 Choose one or more of the listed items to display in the Map window and
click Display.
7 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors for which
you want to display the information.
8 If you want to choose a different group of sectors for which to display the
selected information, click Update Selection, and then in the Select
Sectors dialog box, choose another group of sectors and click OK.
9 If you want to clear the display, click Clear.

Visibility of the Carrier In-Map Display is affected by the same settings


that control the visibility of site labels. If you cannot see the sector
information in the Map window, see “Displaying and formatting site labels” in
Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User
Guide for information about changing the appearance of labels.

112
Chapter 6: Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors

6. Adding Repeaters to
W-CDMA Sectors

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to add repeaters to
following sections:
W-CDMA sectors in your project.
■ Understanding W-CDMA
repeaters
■ Workflow for adding repeaters
to W-CDMA sectors
■ Adding repeaters to W-CDMA
sectors
■ Repeaters and W-CDMA
predictions
■ Locating repeaters in a Map
window

113
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA repeaters


Repeaters are used to retransmit signals received from donor sectors to
locations that have insufficient coverage. For example, repeaters can be used
to extend coverage or fill in shadow areas caused by hills, large buildings, and
other structures that obstruct signals.
A repeater receives a signal from the donor antenna of a donor sector, and
then amplifies and retransmits the signal through its service antenna.
Repeaters are primarily used to reduce path loss without providing an increase
in network capacity. Generally, repeaters add noise and amplify noise in the
uplink, which can limit their effectiveness; however, a well placed repeater
can reduce noise levels within a W-CDMA network and enhance the overall
capacity.
Implementing repeaters can be an efficient and cost-effective method of
increasing the received signal strength for mobiles in an area without having
to place additional sites.
A repeater’s power is defined by its Effective Isotropic Radiated Power
(EIRP). EIRP measures the maximum radiated power in the direction of the
maximum gain relative to an isotropic antenna (typically in the direction the
antenna is pointing).
The EIRP of W-CDMA repeaters is based on the CPICH power of the first
active carrier, and is calculated as shown in Equation 6.1.

Repeater EIRP = CPICH Power – Lm + GD+ LD+ GR – LR – LS + GS


Equation 6.1 Repeater EIRP

Where:
CPICH Power is the pilot power of the first carrier from the W-CDMA Sector
Settings of the donor sector.
Lm is the masked path loss between the base station transmitter and the
repeater.
GD is the repeater donor antenna gain.
LD is the repeater donor antenna system loss (typically feeder loss).
GR is the repeater gain.
LR is the repeater loss.
LS is the repeater service antenna system loss (typically feeder loss).

114
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

GS is the repeater service antenna gain.

Repeaters and W-CDMA predictions


When you generate predictions for a sector that has one or more repeaters
assigned to it, signal strength grid (.grd) files are generated for the sector and
for each repeater. W-CDMA analyses use the separate predictions for the
donor sectors and repeaters.
A combined signal strength file is also generated, which merges the separate
sector and repeater signal strength files. Combined signal strength predictions
are used when the full coverage area of a sector is required, such as when you
generate a traffic map or interference matrix, or analyze the interference
between two sectors.
After you have generated predictions for a sector, you can choose to view a
prediction for the donor sector or individual repeaters. You can also view a
combined prediction that displays the combined signal strengths of the donor
sector and all of its repeaters. For information on generating and viewing
predictions, see “Chapter 8: Generating Predictions” in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.

Workflow for adding repeaters to W-CDMA sectors


Step 1 Configure and place W-CDMA sites. See “Chapter 5: Configuring
and Placing W-CDMA Sites” on page 83.

Step 2 Add repeaters to sectors with insufficient coverage. See “Adding


repeaters to W-CDMA sectors” on page 115.

Adding repeaters to W-CDMA sectors


To add a repeater to a sector, you must define general settings, such as the
donor sector for which the repeater will retransmit a signal, and the location of
the repeater. You must also define settings for service and donor antennas,
predictions, repeater links, and carriers.
You can add repeaters manually or you can import them from an existing file.

115
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

To add repeaters to W-CDMA sectors


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the sector to
which you want to add a repeater, and choose Add Repeater.
2 Click in the Map window in the location where you want to add the
repeater.
The Repeater Settings dialog box opens with the general settings panel
selected by default.

3 In the Repeater-Site ID box, type a unique name for the repeater.


4 If you want to add additional information, such as the associated Site ID,
in the Repeater-Site UID box, type an identifier or description.
5 If you want to change the donor sector, choose a sector from the list.

116
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

6 Do one of the following to define the status of the repeater:


■ To set the repeater as active, enable the Active check box.
■ To set the repeater as inactive, clear the Active check box.
Inactive repeaters are not used for predictions or analyses.
7 If you want to change the symbol and color settings used to represent
active or inactive repeaters in the Map window, in the Color/Symbol for
All Repeaters section, click the Active or Inactive swatch, choose the
font, font size, symbol, color, rotation angle, background, and effects, and
then click OK.
You can only change the symbol and color settings for the status (Active
or Inactive) that you applied to the repeater in Step 6. The symbol and
color settings will be applied to all Active or Inactive repeaters.
8 In the Repeater Connection Type section, choose one of the following
options:
■ RF—an antenna is used for communication between the donor
sector and the repeater.
■ Fiber—a fiber-optic link is used for communication between the
donor sector and the repeater.
If you choose the Fiber option, the donor antenna settings do not apply
(see “To define donor antenna settings for repeaters” on page 121).
9 If you want to place the service antenna according to precise coordinates,
in the Service Antenna Location section, type the coordinates in the X/
Longitude and Y/Latitude boxes.
The values displayed by default correspond to the location that you
clicked in the Map window in Step 2.
10 If you want to place the donor antenna according to precise coordinates,
in the Donor Antenna Location section, type the coordinates in the X/
Longitude and Y/Latitude boxes.
By default, the donor antenna and service antenna are placed at the same
location.
11 Define the service antenna settings.
See “To define service antenna settings for repeaters” on page 119.
12 If you chose the RF option in Step 8, define the donor antenna settings.
See “To define donor antenna settings for repeaters” on page 121.

117
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

13 Define the repeater prediction settings.


See “To define repeater prediction settings” on page 123.
14 Define the repeater equipment settings.
See “To define repeater equipment settings” on page 125.
15 Define the repeater carrier settings.
See “To define repeater carrier settings” on page 127.
16 Click Create to add the repeater to the sector, and then click Close to
close the Repeater Settings dialog box.
The repeater is displayed in the Sites category of the Project Explorer
under both the Repeaters node and the chosen donor sector.

You can also change the status of a repeater by right-clicking a


repeater node in the Project Explorer and choosing Activate Repeater
or Deactivate Repeater.

118
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define service antenna settings for repeaters


1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Service
Antenna.

2 On the Service Antenna panel, choose an antenna pattern from the


Pattern list.
This is the pattern that the service antenna will use to retransmit the signal
received from the donor sector. The gain value is derived from the
antenna pattern.
3 If you want to view or modify the antenna pattern, click Edit.
For more information on modifying antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

119
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

4 If you are using an antenna pattern with electrical downtilt, from the
Electrical Tilt list, choose the electrical downtilt pattern that you want to
use.
For information on electrical downtilt antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
5 Type values in the following boxes:
■ Azimuth—the horizontal direction the service antenna looks
towards. An azimuth value of 0 degrees is true north, 90 degrees
is east, 180 degrees is south, and 270 degrees is west. As you
rotate clockwise, the azimuth increases.
■ Tilt—the number of degrees that a service antenna is tilted
upward or downward. A positive (+) tilt value points the antenna
upwards, while a negative (-) tilt value points the antenna
downwards.
■ Twist—the number of degrees that a service antenna is twisted
counter-clockwise or clockwise. A positive (+) twist value
rotates the antenna counter-clockwise, while a negative (-) twist
value rotates the antenna clockwise.
■ Height—the height of the service antenna from ground level.
6 In the Elevation section, choose one of the following options:
■ Use DEM Elevation—sets the elevation height based on the
repeater location and the project digital elevation model (DEM)
grid file.
■ Manual Entry—enables you to define the elevation height for
the repeater. Type the elevation height in the Elevation box. This
option is useful if the repeater is being used as a microcell for
indoor coverage.
7 In the System Losses box, type a value for the service antenna system
feeder loss or any additional antenna system-related losses.
8 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

120
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define donor antenna settings for repeaters

Donor antenna settings only apply if the repeater type is RF. If a fiber-
optic connection is used between the donor and service antenna, the
donor antenna settings do not apply. For more information, see “To add
repeaters to W-CDMA sectors” on page 116.

1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Donor
Antenna.

2 On the Donor Antenna panel, choose an antenna pattern from the


Pattern list.
This is the pattern that the donor antenna will use to receive the signal
from the donor sector. The gain value is derived from the antenna pattern.
3 If you want to view or modify the antenna pattern, click Edit.
For more information on modifying antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

121
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

4 If you are using an antenna pattern with electrical downtilt, from the
Electrical Tilt list, choose the electrical downtilt pattern that you want to
use.
For details on electrical downtilt antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
5 In the Height box, type the height of the donor antenna from ground
level.
6 In the Elevation section, choose one of the following options:
■ Use DEM Elevation—sets the elevation height based on the
repeater location and the project digital elevation model (DEM)
grid file. This is the default option.
■ Manual Entry—enables you to define the elevation height for
the repeater. Type the elevation height in the Elevation box. This
option is useful if the repeater is being used as a microcell for
indoor coverage.
7 In the System Losses box, type a value for donor antenna system feeder
loss or any other antenna system-related losses.
The Isolation box indicates the calculated value of isolation between
antennas (masked path loss). For an accurate isolation value, the antenna
patterns assigned to the repeater must have a full definition of the vertical
pattern (all angles).
8 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

122
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define repeater prediction settings


1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Predictions.

2 On the Predictions panel, choose a propagation model from the


Propagation Model list.
3 In the Number of Radials box, type the number of radials to be used in
the prediction.
Prediction calculations are performed along radial lines. A higher number
of radials will produce more accurate results, but the calculation will take
more time.
4 In the Propagation Distance box, type the maximum distance from the
repeater for which the signal strength will be calculated.

123
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

5 Do one of the following:


■ In the Masked Path Loss from Donor box, type a value for the
repeater amplifier system loss.
■ Click Calculate, and in the Calculate Masked Path Loss dialog
box, type a value for any other known losses in the Additional
Losses box, choose the propagation model you want to use to
calculate the path loss, and click OK. The value in the Masked
Path Loss from Donor box is automatically updated.
6 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

For maximum accuracy, enter a measured value of pathloss in the


Masked Path Loss From Donor box. The measured pathloss can be
determined by measuring the signal strength with a known EIRP from the
donor sector. If you choose to calculate the masked path loss, ensure you
specify an appropriate model. The most appropriate propagation model will
depend on the specifics of the environment between donor sector and the
repeater donor antenna. If you suspect obstruction at the repeater location,
choose a deterministic model with the correct receiver height. You may need
to create a model specifically for repeater installations.
Mentum Planet will not update the stored masked pathloss automatically,
even if the current value is generated using the Calculate Masked Pathloss
dialog box. If there are changes to the network that would impact the pathloss
between the donor sector and the repeater, you must apply a new value to the
repeater, either by manually entering a new value in the Repeater Settings
dialog box or re-calculating the value using the Calculate Masked Pathloss
dialog box.

124
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define repeater equipment settings

The gain of a repeater in Mentum Planet is maintained at a constant


level. Any changes to the donor sector and repeater system that affect
the power received by the repeater will result in a similar change in the EIRP
of the repeater. For example, a change in the masked pathloss between the
donor sector and the repeater, the donor sector’s pilot power, or the antenna
system at the donor sector which results in a change to the EIRP of the sector,
will result in a similar change in the EIRP of the repeater. The EIRP value at
the repeater will also change in line with a change in either of the repeater’s
antenna systems. As such, it is important to review repeater settings following
any changes of this nature.

1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Equipment.

125
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

2 On the Equipment panel, do either of the following to define the repeater


EIRP:
■ In the Power EIRP box, type the CPICH EIRP based on the
CPICH power of the first carrier on the donor sector. The value
in the System Loss box is updated based on the value you enter.
■ In the Gain box, type a value for the repeater system gain. The
value in the Power EIRP box is updated based on the value you
enter.
3 In the System Loss box, type a value for the repeater system loss.
The value in the Power EIRP box is updated based on the value you enter.
4 In the Noise Figure box, type a value for the noise contribution of the
repeater to the uplink.
5 In the Forward Max Power Per Carrier box, type a value for the
achievable limit of power for the carrier.
6 In the Reverse Eb/No adjustment box, type a value for any adjustment
that should be applied to the required Eb/No for signals through the
repeater in the reverse path.
This value can be used to take into account the effects of the fixed path of
signals through the repeater, for example, to simulate the effect of a lack
of diversity gain on repeated signals at the donor sector.
7 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

126
Adding Repeaters to W-CDMA Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define repeater carrier settings


1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Carriers.

2 In the Carrier Assignment section, enable the check box beside each of
the carriers that you want assigned to the repeater.
All of the carriers assigned to the donor sector are enabled by default.
3 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

To edit repeater settings


After you have added a repeater to a sector, you can edit the repeater at any
time.
1 In the Project Explorer, in the tree view of the Sites category, expand the
site and sector to which the repeater belongs.
2 Right-click the repeater that you want to edit and choose Edit.
The Repeater Settings dialog box opens.

127
Chapter 6
CDMA User Guide

3 If you want to change the donor sector (re-parent), choose a sector from
the Donor Sector list.
4 Modify the other repeater settings as required.
For information, see “Adding repeaters to W-CDMA sectors” on
page 115.
5 Click Apply and then click Close.

You can also access all of the repeaters in your project from the
Repeaters node in the Sites category of the Project Explorer.

Locating repeaters in a Map window


You can use the Project Explorer to locate repeaters in a Map window.

To locate repeaters in a Map window


■ In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the repeater
and choose Locate.
The repeater is selected in the Map window.

128
Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for

7.
W-CDMA

Generating Rapid
Planning Analyses
for W-CDMA
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to generate a rapid
following sections:
planning analysis and view results.
■ Understanding rapid planning
for W-CDMA
A rapid planning analysis provides a quick
■ Workflow for generating a
rapid planning analysis for simulation of your network. You can use the results
W-CDMA
of a rapid planning analysis to make adjustments to
■ Defining default W-CDMA
rapid planning analysis your project settings and then run a more detailed
settings
Monte Carlo analysis.
■ Creating a rapid planning
analysis for W-CDMA
■ Defining rapid planning
system settings for W-CDMA
■ Choosing subscriber types for
W-CDMA rapid planning
■ Defining rapid planning
analysis area settings for
W-CDMA
■ Generating a rapid planning
analysis for W-CDMA
■ Generating analysis layers for
flag-specific information
■ Viewing W-CDMA analysis
layers
■ Deleting analyses

129
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

Understanding rapid planning for W-CDMA


Rapid planning uses minimal settings to generate a set of analysis layers that
you can use to analyze your network quickly. The analysis runs only once and
generates analysis layers automatically (as opposed to a Monte Carlo analysis,
for which you can generate layers automatically or as a separate step). A rapid
planning analysis does not require as much time as a Monte Carlo analysis,
but it also does not generate the detailed subscriber information that is
generated with a Monte Carlo analysis. For more information on Monte Carlo
simulations, see “Understanding Monte Carlo analyses for W-CDMA” on
page 148.

Prediction view files for W-CDMA analyses


Prediction view files contain predicted signal strength values for all potential
servers at each bin. By default, prediction view files are created when you
generate an analysis. Using prediction view files is optional. You can
determine whether or not to use them by considering the balance between
analysis speed and disk space usage in your particular case. See “Optimizing
W-CDMA analyses” on page 165 for more information.

W-CDMA analysis layers


The analysis layers that you can generate using rapid planning depend on
whether you choose to use subscribers defined using the Subscriber Manager
or a nominal subscriber. For more information on choosing subscribers, see
“Choosing subscriber types for W-CDMA rapid planning” on page 138.
■ If you use subscribers defined using the Subscriber Manager, the
layers available are the same as the analysis layers available
when you generate a Monte Carlo simulation, with the exception
of the Downlink - Throughput and Uplink - Throughput analysis
layers. Throughput layers are not available for rapid planning.
■ If you use a nominal subscriber, the throughput layers are not
available, and the CPICH - Pollution Index layer is also not
available, because no traffic map is used in this kind of rapid
planning analysis.
For details on each analysis layer, see “Understanding W-CDMA analysis
layers” on page 157.

130
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Understanding data rate negotiation


By default, Mentum Planet implements data rate negotiation across your
network. Data rate negotiation is the process of reducing the data rate for a
connection from the maximum desirable rate, to the highest achievable rate,
given the radio channel conditions at the time. The data rate negotiation
process is illustrated in Table 7.1. It is assumed that bearers are available for
each technology layer to carry the service at the required/negotiated rates. It is
also assumed that HSDPA traffic classes are set as defaults in the network
settings (Interactive and Background).
Data rate negotiation is applied to both circuit and packet switched services.

If you don’t want data rate negotiation to be simulated in your network,


define only one bearer within the quality constraints you set in the
Subscriber Manager.

Table 7.1 Data rate negotiation process for W-CDMA

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS Rel 99 & HSDPA &


Rel 99 & GSM GSM Only
Combination HSDPA & GSM GSM

Voice (Circuit Carried on Rel Carried on Rel On GSM On GSM


Conversational 99 (fixed rate), 99 (fixed rate), as Voice as Voice
below 15 kbps) then on GSM as then on GSM as
Voice if blocked Voice if blocked
in Rel 99) in Rel 99)

Circuit Symmetric Symmetric On GSM On GSM


Conversational negotiation negotiation as Data as Data
above 15 kbps) within Rel 99, within Rel 99,
then on GSM as then on GSM as
Data if blocked Data if blocked
in Rel 99 in Rel 99

Circuit streaming Symmetric Symmetric On GSM On GSM


negotiation negotiation as Data as Data
within Rel 99, within Rel 99,
then on GSM as then on GSM as
Data if blocked Data if blocked
in Rel 99 in Rel 99

131
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS Rel 99 & HSDPA &


Rel 99 & GSM GSM Only
Combination HSDPA & GSM GSM

Packet Negotiated Negotiated On GSM On GSM


Conversational/ within R99, then within R99, then as Data as Data
Streaming on GSM as Data on GSM as Data
if blocked in R99 if blocked in R99

Packet or Circuit Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated On GSM


Interactive/ within HSDPA within R99 then within as Data
Background then within R99, on GSM as Data HSDPA
then on GSM as if blocked in R99 then on
Data GSM as
Data if
blocked in
HSDPA

Data rate downgrading


In the process of data rate negotiation, a subscriber may be downgraded to a
second generation technology if conditions warrant. Table 7.1 on page 131
details the downgrade path.This is the last step in the data rate negotiation
process. If a subscriber cannot receive service on the GSM network layer,
then the subscriber is dropped based on the priority defined for the subscriber
type.

Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation


Mentum Planet provides several means of analyzing the results of data rate
negotiation. You can:
■ view coverage maps showing the coverage probability for
different rates for one usage. In particular, you can view the
Downlink - Bearer Coverage layer, the Downlink - Max
Achievable Coverage layer as well as the Uplink - Bearer
Coverage layer and Uplink - Max Achievable Coverage layer.
■ review statistics showing the number of subscribers carried at
the maximum and the negotiated rates, and the average achieved
rate per usage and per sector/carrier. In particular, you can
examine the system - mobile report and the carrier - sector-
mobile report. See “Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports”
on page 225.

132
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA


Step 1 Define prediction view settings. See “Optimizing W-CDMA
analyses” on page 165.

Step 2 Define rapid planning settings for the sectors that you want to
include in your analysis. See “To define implementation settings”
on page 103.

Step 3 If you want to use the same settings for a number of analyses,
define default analysis settings. See “Defining default W-CDMA
rapid planning analysis settings” on page 133.

Step 4 Create a new rapid planning analysis. See “Creating a rapid


planning analysis for W-CDMA” on page 134.

Step 5 Define the analysis settings and generate the analysis. See
“Defining rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA” on
page 136.

Step 6 View the results of the analysis. See “Viewing W-CDMA analysis
layers” on page 145.

Defining default W-CDMA rapid planning analysis settings


If you want to use the same settings for a number of rapid planning analyses,
you can define default settings. When you create a new analysis, these
defaults are automatically used.

133
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

To define default W-CDMA rapid planning analysis settings


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Default W-CDMA Analysis Settings.
2 Define the default settings that you want to use, and click OK.
For more information defining analysis settings, see the following
sections:
■ “Defining rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA” on
page 136
■ “Choosing subscriber types for W-CDMA rapid planning” on
page 138
■ “Defining rapid planning analysis area settings for W-CDMA”
on page 143

The Runtime Parameters settings in the Default W-CDMA Analysis


Settings dialog box apply only to Monte Carlo analyses. For more
information, see “To define runtime parameter settings for W-CDMA” on
page 175.

Creating a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA


When you create a new analysis, it is displayed in the Project Explorer in the
Network Analyses category under the W-CDMA Analyses node. You can
create any number of analyses (rapid planning or Monte Carlo) for a project.

A rapid planning analysis enables you to perform analyses on carriers


that have been assigned to the W-CDMA technology. If you want to
perform analyses for carriers assigned to a TDMA/FDMA technology, you
must create a TDMA/FDMA analysis under the TDMA/FDMA Analyses node.
For more information, see Chapter 7, “Generating TDMA/FDMA Analysis
Layers”, in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide.

A Monte Carlo analysis takes more time than rapid planning, but generates
detailed subscriber information that a rapid planning analysis does not. For

134
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

more information on Monte Carlo analyses, see “Chapter 8: Generating


Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 147.

If you want to generate network analyses at the same resolution as


predictions created using either the Volcano or WaveSight propagation
models, you need to specify the resolution of the analyses in the Analysis
Resolution box and choose an elevation file and, optionally, a clutter file, that
uses the same resolution as the predictions on the Advanced tab in the
Propagation Model Editor.

To create a new rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose New Network Analysis.
The W-CDMA Analysis dialog box opens.

2 In the Analysis Name box, type a name for the analysis.


3 In the Description box, type a description of the analysis.
4 From the Analysis Mode list, choose Rapid Planning and click OK.
A new W-CDMA analysis node is created in the Project Explorer.

If you want to choose the sectors to use for the analysis, right-click the
analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node, choose Select Sectors,
and then in the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that
you want to use, and click Continue.
If you do not choose the sectors to use for the analysis, you will be prompted
to do so when you run the analysis. For more information, see “Generating a
rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA” on page 144.

135
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

To add an existing analysis to the W-CDMA Analyses node


If you have an existing analysis that was generated as part of another project
(whether by you or by someone else) and you want to view it with your
current project, you can add it to the project so that it appears under the
W-CDMA Analyses node. The analysis should cover at least a portion of the
same geographic area as your current project.
1 In Windows Explorer, copy the folder containing the analysis to the
W-CDMA_Analyses folder in the current project folder.
2 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Refresh Analyses.
The list of analyses updates to show the new analysis.

Defining rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA


System settings enable you to define network characteristics that you want to
simulation in your analysis (e.g., slow fading and soft handover gain).

To define rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node and choose Generate.
The W-CDMA Simulation dialog box opens.
2 In the tree view, choose System.

136
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

3 If you want to calculate soft handover gain due to macro-diversity, enable


the Use Soft Handover Gain check box.
If enabled, the PA power of mobiles in handover will be reduced. If
cleared, the calculated handover gain is not taken into account for the
uplink link analysis for the mobile.
4 From the Nth Best Server for Delta Layer list, choose the server to
compare with best server in the CPICH - Delta Ec/Io layer.
The CPICH - Delta Ec/Io layer displays the difference in Ec/Io between
the best server and the Nth best server that you choose. For example, you
can compare the Ec/Io levels between the third best server and the best
server to determine if the signal from the third best server is causing any
significant interference for the best server.

137
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

5 If you want to override the rapid planning settings on the Sector Settings -
Implementation panel for this analysis, enable the Override All Cell
Loads check box.
Typically, you would use the Override All Cell Loads option if you are
doing nominal planning or network dimensioning. If you are optimizing
an existing network using switch statistics, you would use the rapid
planning settings on the Implementation panel for the sector.
6 For each applicable W-CDMA carrier, define the following:
■ DPCH Uplink Load—For Rel 99, Rel 99 & HSDPA, HSDPA,
and Rel99 & HSPA sectors, the percentage of cell loading you
want to target on the DPCH uplink.
■ Total Uplink Load—For Rel 99 & HSPA, and HSPA sectors,
the percentage of cell loading that you want to target for the
uplink. This load percentage is used to update the total noise rise
per sector
■ DPCH Available Traffic Power—For Rel 99, Rel 99 &
HSDPA, and Rel 99 & HSPA sectors, the percentage of the total
power available for the dedicated physical channel (DPCH).
■ HS-DSCH Available Traffic Power—For Rel 99 & HSDPA,
HSDPA, Rel99 & HSPA, HSPA sectors, the percentage of the
total power available for the high-speed downlink shared
channel (HS-DSCH)
■ HS-DSCH Activity Factor—For Rel 99 & HSDPA, HSDPA,
Rel99 & HSPA, HSPA sectors, the downlink shared channel
average activity factor.
The total power available is the remaining PA power after power for the
CPICH and other common channels has been assigned.
7 Choose another item in the tree view.

Choosing subscriber types for W-CDMA rapid planning


When you choose subscriber types for a rapid planning analysis, you have two
options:
■ You can choose a subscriber type that you have defined using the
Subscriber Manager. For information on the Subscriber

138
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Manager, see “Chapter 4: Defining W-CDMA Subscribers” on


page 47.
■ You can choose the Nominal Subscriber type, which enables you
to define basic subscriber characteristics for a simple rapid
planning analysis. This option is available only for rapid
planning.

The Monte Carlo planning option requires the detailed information


provided by the Subscriber Manager.

To choose a defined subscriber type for W-CDMA rapid


planning
1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Subscribers in the tree
view.

2 On the Subscribers panel, choose the Subscriber Manager option.

139
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

3 Enable the check boxes for the subscriber types that you want to include
in the analysis.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

To choose a nominal subscriber for W-CDMA rapid


planning
Using a nominal subscriber enables you to define the minimum subscriber
settings required to run a rapid planning analysis.
1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Subscribers in the tree
view.
2 On the Subscribers panel, choose the Nominal Subscriber option.

140
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

3 On the Nominal Subscribers tab, in the Mobile Equipment section,


define values for the following:
■ Max Transmit Power—maximum transmit power at the mobile
power amplifier in the box.
■ Antenna Gain—the antenna gain for the mobile equipment
band type used by the nominal subscriber type
■ Body Loss—the signal loss as a result of the proximity of
objects located near the transmitter.
■ Max Active Servers—the maximum number of handover
servers supported by the equipment type that the nominal
subscriber type will use
■ Noise Figure—the noise figure at the receiver for the equipment
type that the nominal subscriber type will use
4 If the network supports HSDPA, in the HSDPA section, enable the
HSDPA Active check box and choose a terminal category from the
associated list.
Only terminal categories 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 12 are available in this
release.
5 In the Cell Edge Coverage Probability box, type a value to define the
probability of coverage required for a subscriber or bin to be regarded as
covered.
The Cell Edge Coverage Probability value is used when you generate a
rapid planning analysis to calculate service coverage for the Downlink -
Best Server, Uplink - Best Server, and Other - Path Balance layers.
6 From the Environment list, choose one of the following environment
types for the nominal subscriber:
■ Outdoor—open air environments
■ Indoor—buildings or structures
■ Deep Indoor—dense buildings, such as office towers
■ Vehicular—moving vehicles
In order to view results for a chosen environment, you must have
specified the environment parameters in the New Clutter Type or Edit
Clutter Type dialog box in the Subscriber Manager and you must have
assigned the clutter classes to the appropriate clutter types.
7 Click the Nominal Bearers tab.

141
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

8 In the Downlink Bearer section, define values for the following:


■ Required Downlink Eb/No—the received signal-to-noise ratio
(Eb/No) required for a given quality, such as FER, on the
downlink.
■ Downlink Service Traffic Rate—the data rate for the downlink.
■ Maximum DPCH Power Offset—the maximum power
correction value to be applied for the nominal subscriber.
This box, in conjunction with the Minimum DPCH Power Offset,
enables you to adjust the DPCH power defined on a per-sector basis to
account for the different power requirements of services with different
data rates.
■ Minimum DPCH Power Offset—the minimum power
correction value to be applied for the nominal subscriber.
This box, in conjunction with the Maximum DPCH Power Offset,
enables you to adjust the DPCH power defined on a per-sector basis to
account for the different power requirements of services with different
data rates.
■ Downlink Eb/No to FER—do one of the following:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Eb/No
to FER curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Eb/No to
FER curve, and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
For details about how the Eb/No to FER curve is used, see “Defining
W-CDMA bearers” on page 57.
9 In the Uplink Bearer section, define values for the following:
■ In the Required Uplink Eb/No box, type the received signal-to-
noise ratio (Eb/No) required for a given quality, such as FER, on
the uplink.
■ In the Uplink Service Traffic Rate box, type the data rate for
the uplink traffic.
10 Choose another item in the tree view.

142
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Defining rapid planning analysis area settings for W-CDMA


The analysis area is the area over which the analysis is computed. You have
the option of using the full area covered by the analysis or defining
boundaries to limit the analysis area. By limiting the analysis area, you can
significantly reduce the computation time by eliminating all of the areas in
which you are not interested.

To define rapid planning analysis area settings for W-CDMA


1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Analysis Area in the
tree view.
2 On the Analysis Area panel, choose one of the following options:
■ Use the Combined Area of Selected Predictions—indicates
that the analysis area is the full area covered by the signal
strength predictions
■ Use Analysis Bounds—enables you to specify x and y
coordinates to limit the extent of the simulation. Do one of the
following:
■ Type values in the X and Y coordinate boxes
■ Click Update Bounds With Active View if you have
resized or zoomed your Map window. The x and y
coordinates update to show the bounds of the active Map
window.
■ Use An Analysis Grid—enables you to choose a classified grid
(.grc) file to limit the analysis area. The grid must have the same
projection as the signal strength grids but can have any
resolution. All null bins are considered part of the analysis area.
You would typically choose this option if you have created a
project area using the Trimmer tool that is smaller than your
current project area and want to run the simulation for the
smaller area only. For more information on the Trimmer tool, see
Chapter 5, “Working with the Grid Manager”, in the Grid
Analysis User Guide.
■ Use An Area Grid—enables you to choose a predefined area
grid. For information on creating area grids, see Chapter 14,
“Working with Grids”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

143
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Analysis Resolution box, type a value for the resolution of the
analysis.
For more information on this box, press the F1 key.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

Generating a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA


Before generating a rapid planning analysis, you must define the settings on
each panel in the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box as described in “Defining
rapid planning system settings for W-CDMA” on page 136.

To generate a rapid planning analysis for W-CDMA


1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, click Analyze.
2 If you have not defined the sectors to use for the analysis, in the Select
Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that you want to include
in the analysis, and click Continue.
3 In the W-CDMA Analysis Layers dialog box, clear the check boxes for
any layers that you do not want to generate, and click OK.
By default, the check boxes are enabled for all of the layers that you chose
in the analysis layer filter.
A dialog box opens that shows the progress of the analysis. When the
analysis is complete, the analysis node in the Project Explorer expands to
include the layers in the analysis.

Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information


You can generate a network analysis for sectors identified with certain flags
and conditions. For example, you could generate a network analysis for sites
in Phase 1 that are installed and operational. To do this, you define the flags
and conditions, and then generate a network analysis. In the Select Sectors
dialog box, you choose the Flags Filter. For more information on flags and
conditions, see “Working with flags”, in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

144
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, enable the flag conditions
that you want to use.
2 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis and choose
Select Sectors.
3 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose Flags Filter and click Continue.
4 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis you want to
generate and choose Generate.
5 Define the analysis settings as described starting in “Defining rapid
planning system settings for W-CDMA” on page 136, and then follow the
procedure described in “To generate a rapid planning analysis for
W-CDMA” on page 144.

Viewing W-CDMA analysis layers


Once you have generated your analysis, you can view the analysis layers that
it contains.

To view W-CDMA analysis layers


■ In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category,
right-click an analysis layer under the W-CDMA Analysis node and
choose View.
The analysis layer is displayed in the Map window.

To remove an analysis layer from the Map window, in the Project


Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, under the W-CDMA
Analysis node, right-click an analysis layer, and choose Remove.

You can obtain statistical and composite reports for the analysis layers
using the Layer Statistics Analysis tool. For more information, see
“Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports” on page 225.

145
Chapter 7
CDMA User Guide

Deleting analyses
Files generated from a network analysis can take up a lot of hard disk space.
You can delete analyses that are no longer required.

To delete analyses
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, do any of
the following:
■ Choose one or more analyses, right-click and choose Delete.
■ Expand an analysis node, choose one or more analysis layers,
right-click and choose Delete.
2 In the Mentum Planet dialog box, click Yes.
The analyses or analysis layers you chose are removed from the Project
Explorer and the files are deleted from the project folder.

146
Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-

8.
CDMA

Generating Monte
Carlo Analyses for
W-CDMA
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to generate a Monte
following sections:
Carlo analysis for W-CDMA and view results. A
■ Understanding Monte Carlo
analyses for W-CDMA Monte Carlo analysis provides two types of results:
■ Understanding data rate
negotiation ■ information about sectors, carriers and
■ Workflow for generating a subscribers in your network
Monte Carlo analysis for ■ analysis layers
W-CDMA
You can also generate a rapid planning analysis,
■ Optimizing W-CDMA
analyses which provides only analysis layers, but takes less
■ Defining default W-CDMA
time. For more information on rapid planning, see
Monte Carlo analysis settings
■ Creating a Monte Carlo Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for
analysis for W-CDMA
W-CDMA.
■ Defining Monte Carlo analysis
settings for W-CDMA
■ Generating a Monte Carlo
analysis for W-CDMA
■ Viewing discrete subscriber
information for W-CDMA
■ Generating additional runs for
a W-CDMA Monte Carlo
analysis
■ Generating W-CDMA analysis
layers
■ Analyzing CPICH pollution for
W-CDMA sectors

147
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Understanding Monte Carlo analyses for W-CDMA


A Monte Carlo analysis uses Monte Carlo simulation techniques to determine
the characteristics of your network over repeated runs.
A run consists of the distribution of random numbers of subscribers
throughout the analysis area in a random pattern, and an analysis of the uplink
and downlink. On the last run, operating points and discrete subscriber
information are generated. Once the runs are completed, you can view the
results and generate analysis layers (either automatically or as a separate
step).
Statistically, individual runs are of little value. However, over many Monte
Carlo runs, the average result provides a realistic representation of network
performance. The results are averaged to create the operating points that are
used when you generate analysis layers.
The following sections describe the phases of a Monte Carlo run and explain
the methods for determining how many runs are required.

Monte Carlo phases


This section explains the phases of a Monte Carlo run:
■ placing subscribers in a random pattern
■ uplink and downlink analysis
■ generation of operating points and subscriber information
Placing subscribers in a random pattern
Each run begins with the placement of subscribers in a random pattern
throughout the analysis area. This pattern is created using input values from
the carriers defined for the band and the subscribers defined in the Subscriber
Manager. The random distribution pattern corresponds to the traffic map, and
is an efficient method for establishing transmission patterns when the exact
location of each subscriber cannot be established.
Analyzing the uplink and downlink
The goal of the uplink and downlink analysis phase is to determine the
subscribers that can be served, taking into account the impact of each served
subscriber on the network.
The uplink analysis begins by considering the subscribers in the simulation,
then the serving sectors for each subscriber.

148
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

The uplink analysis


■ determines the best uplink server that is also the best downlink
server
■ identifies the second and third best uplink servers
■ calculates the handover gain based on the degree of correlation
of the active serving sectors and adjusts the uplink power
accordingly
■ calculates the received signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) and checks
that the required coverage probability is achieved
■ calculates the noise rise and checks that the limit is not exceeded
on all sectors
■ checks that the cell radius and speed limit are not exceeded
The downlink analysis
■ calculates the required downlink power of the serving sector
■ determines whether the received serving sector common pilot
channel (CPICH) power-to-interference ratio (Ec/Io) is above
the target
■ calculates the received signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) and checks
that the required coverage probability is achieved
■ checks that the channel element, user limit, PA power,
throughput, and code limits are not exceeded
The analysis also checks the carrier soft limits for noise rise and PA threshold,
as defined on the Carrier tab of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings
dialog box. Subscribers will be allocated to carriers according to the
preference weightings until either the PA Threshold or Noise Rise value is
reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers will be distributed on carriers for
which a threshold has not been reached. If, however, soft targets have been
reached on all available carriers, then the analysis will carry subscribers until
other hard limits defined in the sector settings are reached.
Generating operating points and subscriber information
On the last run, operating points and subscriber information are generated.
Operating points provide detailed information about each sector, carrier, and
subscriber type in the analysis. The operating points are averaged and stored.
You can view the actual values (i.e., standard deviation and range) of the
operating points by opening the operating points text (.txt) file that is stored in
the W-CDMA_Analyses folder of your project. For more information on

149
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

operating points, see “Appendix C: W-CDMA Operating Points Table


Format” on page 523.
You can also view the mean values of the operating points by designing a
report using one of the following types of report data:
■ System-mobile
■ Carrier-sector
■ Carrier-sector-mobile
■ Throughput
For more information, see “Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports” on
page 225.
Subscriber information provides details on the coverage status of subscribers
(also known as discrete subscribers). Snapshots of each subscriber’s status are
compiled on each run of the simulation. When the simulation is complete, the
coverage status of each subscriber is displayed automatically in the Map
window. The discrete subscriber information is also stored in a MapInfo table
(.tab file) that you can view. For more information, see “Viewing discrete
subscriber information for W-CDMA” on page 182 and “Appendix B: W-
CDMA Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on page 521. In order to get a
visual snapshot of the results of data rate negotiation across the network, you
can create a traffic map that highlights unserved subscribers. The unserved
traffic maps are created using the discrete subscribers table that is generated
during a Monte-Carlo analysis. See “Creating an unserved subscriber traffic
map” on page 183.

Defining the number of Monte Carlo runs


Before you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, you must define the number of
runs to complete. You have two options for determining the number of runs:
■ user-defined method
■ convergence method
These options are defined on the Runtime Parameters panel of the W-CDMA
Simulation tool dialog box, and are described in detail in the following
sections. You can choose either the user-defined method, or the convergence
method, or you can choose a combination of both methods. For more
information on the Runtime Parameters panel, see “To define runtime
parameter settings for W-CDMA” on page 175.

150
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

User-defined method
Using the Fixed Number of Runs option on the Runtime Parameters panel,
you can define the exact number of runs to complete in the Monte Carlo
analysis.
You need to consider the minimum number of runs that will present an
accurate model of the system; with too few runs, the results will not
accurately reflect the distribution of subscribers within the network. Too
many runs will not degrade the outputs of the analysis, but may take a long
time. If the analysis does not achieve what you consider to be an accurate
model of the network using the number of runs that you specified, you can
generate additional runs. See “To generate additional Monte Carlo runs for
W-CDMA” on page 185.
The number of runs required to achieve a given level of accuracy can vary
dramatically based on several factors, which include the following:
■ the number of bins in the analysis, which is directly proportional
to the analysis area and resolution. The number of bins in the
analysis has an impact as it will provide the number of potential
points for subscribers. The more potential points for subscribers,
the greater the likelihood of variation.
■ the number of subscribers to be spread. This, coupled with the
type of subscriber (for example, high data rate subscribers) and
the traffic map, has potentially the greatest impact on the number
of runs required. If you spread very few subscribers over a large
area, then you need many runs to get a good statistical
representation. If these subscribers are spread in a limited area,
then fewer runs are likely required.
■ the impact of each individual subscriber on the analysis, which is
essentially the required Eb/No. Higher data rate subscribers
create a bigger load and have a bigger impact in all respects.
They are also are more likely to be served or not served.
■ the potential variation in the locations of the subscribers in the
analysis according to the assigned traffic maps. A flat traffic map
will likely require more runs than a map where all of the
subscribers are concentrated.
■ the number of sectors in the analysis. A greater number of
servers, coupled with the potential for overlapping coverage
areas, handover regions, and gaps in coverage, results in a higher

151
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

potential for different sectors providing service, and more runs


being required.
In general, the greater potential variability then the greater the number of runs
required to ensure a reasonable level of accuracy. It is often useful to do a
single run first, especially for large analyses. A single run can identify
obvious errors quickly, for example, incorrect PA power settings for a sector.
To help determine whether additional runs are required, you view discrete
subscriber information (see “Viewing discrete subscriber information for
W-CDMA” on page 182) and you can generate reports to view the operating
points. For more information on reports, see “Chapter 11: Generating W-
CDMA Reports” on page 225.

Convergence method
The Convergence Achieved option on the Runtime Parameters panel enables
you to have more refined control over the simulation process than the Fixed
Number of Runs option.
The distribution of subscribers is affected by the traffic density. The greater
the traffic density, the fewer runs will be required.
Using this approach, the runs continue until the convergence target is reached.
After each run, the tool calculates the convergence factor (see “Convergence
factor calculation” on page 153). When the convergence factor is equal to or
less than the value that you define in the Convergence Achieved box, the runs
are complete.
To achieve results that are statistically valid, you must determine an
appropriate Convergence Achieved value. If you specify a lower value (for
example, 1%), more runs will be required for the solution to converge. A
lower Convergence Achieved value generally requires a higher resolution
digital elevation model (DEM) to ensure accurate results. If the DEM has low
resolution, small variations in the interference calculations between runs
might cause significant differences in the coverage area for a particular site.
The Convergence Achieved option requires a minimum of three runs to
complete.

152
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Convergence factor calculation


The following calculations are used to determine the convergence factor
during a run.
First, the number of dropped users is calculated using Equation 8.1.

⎛ n ⎞
⎜ Si⎟
⎜∑ ⎟
⎝i = 0 ⎠
Mean number of dropped users = Sn = --------------------
n
Equation 8.1 Mean number of dropped users

Where:
S is the mean number of dropped users for a particular run
n is the number of simulation runs
The divergence of consecutive values is continually calculated using the mean
value. For example:

Divergence = Max { Sn – 4,Sn – 3,Sn – 2,Sn – 1,Sn } –


M in { Sn – 4,Sn – 3,Sn – 2,Sn – 1,Sn }
Equation 8.2 Divergence of consecutive values

Where:
Max is the maximum number of dropped users
Min is the minimum number of dropped users
S is the mean number of dropped users for a particular run
n is the number of simulation runs
The Sn value from Equation 8.1 and the divergence value from Equation 8.2
are then used to determine the convergence factor, as shown in Equation 8.3.

( Divergence ) ⁄ ( Sn ) × 100

Equation 8.3 Convergence factor

153
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Understanding data rate negotiation


By default, Mentum Planet implements data rate negotiation across your
network. Data rate negotiation is the process of reducing the data rate for a
connection from the maximum desirable rate, to the highest achievable rate,
given the radio channel conditions at the time. The data rate negotiation
process is illustrated in Table 8.1. It is assumed that bearers are available for
each technology layer to carry the service at the required/negotiated rates. It is
also assumed that HSDPA traffic classes are set as defaults in the network
settings (Interactive and Background).
Data rate negotiation is applied to both circuit and packet switched services.

If you don’t want data rate negotiation to be simulated in your network,


define only one bearer within the quality constraints you set in the
Subscriber Manager.

Table 8.1 Data rate negotiation process for W-CDMA

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS R99 & HSDPA & HSDPA &


R99 & GSM GSM Only
Combination GSM GSM

Voice (Circuit Carried on R99 Carried on R99 On GSM On GSM


Conversational (fixed rate), then (fixed rate), then as Voice as Voice
below 15 kbps) on GSM as on GSM as
Voice if blocked Voice if blocked
in R99) in R99)

Circuit Symmetric Symmetric On GSM On GSM


Conversational negotiation negotiation as Data as Data
above 15 kbps) within R99, then within R99, then
on GSM as Data on GSM as Data
if blocked in R99 if blocked in R99

Circuit streaming Symmetric Symmetric On GSM On GSM


negotiation negotiation as Data as Data
within R99, then within R99, then
on GSM as Data on GSM as Data
if blocked in R99 if blocked in R99

154
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS R99 & HSDPA & HSDPA &


R99 & GSM GSM Only
Combination GSM GSM

Packet Negotiated Negotiated On GSM On GSM


Conversational/ within R99, then within R99, then as Data as Data
Streaming on GSM as Data on GSM as Data
if blocked in R99 if blocked in R99

Packet or Circuit Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated On GSM


Interactive/ within HSDPA within R99 then within as Data
Background then within R99, on GSM as Data HSDPA
then on GSM as if blocked in R99 then on
Data GSM as
Data if
blocked in
HSDPA

Data rate downgrading


In the process of data rate negotiation, a subscriber may be downgraded to a
second generation technology if conditions warrant. Table 8.1 on page 154
details the downgrade path.This is the last step in the data rate negotiation
process. If a subscriber cannot receive service on the GSM network layer,
then the subscriber is dropped based on the priority defined for the subscriber
type.

Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation


Mentum Planet provides several means of analyzing the results of data rate
negotiation. You can:
■ view coverage maps showing the coverage probability for
different rates for one usage. In particular, you can view the
Downlink - Bearer Coverage layer, the Downlink - Max
Achievable Coverage layer as well as the Uplink - Bearer
Coverage layer and Uplink - Max Achievable Coverage layer.
■ review statistics showing the number of subscribers carried at
the maximum and the negotiated rates, and the average achieved
rate per usage and per sector/carrier. In particular, you can
examine the system - mobile report and the carrier - sector-

155
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

mobile report. See “Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports”


on page 225.
■ create a traffic map from the un-served users based on a Monte
Carlo analysis. See “Creating an unserved subscriber traffic
map” on page 183.
■ use the Grid Info tool or the Info tool to view details about the
data rate negotiation. See “Chapter 5: Working with the Grid
Manager” in the Grid Analysis User Guide. For information
about the Info tool, see the MapInfo Professional User Guide.
■ browse the discrete subscriber table for details about data rate
negotiations. In particular, examine the following columns:
■ Block Reason. See “Appendix B: W-CDMA Discrete
Subscriber Table Format” on page 521.
■ Achieved Downlink Rate. See “Appendix B: W-CDMA
Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on page 521.
■ Achieved Uplink Rate. See “Appendix B: W-CDMA
Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on page 521.
■ Negotiation State. See “Negotiation States”.
Negotiation States
You can generate a Monte Carlo analysis with discrete subscriber information.
When you do so, the discrete subscriber table contains a Negotiation State
column. There are five possible states:
■ Non-negotiated—a subscriber who is carried at the maximum
data rate on both the uplink and downlink.
■ Forward negotiated—a subscriber who is carried where the
downlink is at less than the maximum downlink data rate, but the
uplink is at the maximum data rate.
■ Reverse negotiated—a subscriber who is carried where the
uplink is at less than the maximum uplink data rate, but the
downlink is at the maximum data rate.
■ Negotiated—a subscriber who is carried where neither the
downlink or uplink are at the maximum data rates.
■ Not Served—a subscriber can not be served.

156
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers


Analysis layers are generated after the final Monte Carlo run. The following
types of analysis layers are available to enable you to visualize and optimize
the coverage of your network:
■ Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) analysis
■ Uplink interference analysis
■ Downlink interference analysis
■ Handover analysis
■ Throughput analysis
■ Path balance analysis
■ HSDPA analysis (see “Chapter 9: Generating HSDPA and
HSUPA Analysis Layers” on page 201)
■ HSUPA analysis (see “Chapter 9: Generating HSDPA and
HSUPA Analysis Layers” on page 201)
W-CDMA analysis layers are stored in the W-CDMA_Analyses folder of
your project.

W-CDMA analysis layers are generated separately from TDMA/FDMA


analysis layers. For more information on TDMA/FDMA analysis layers,
see Chapter 7, “Generating TDMA/FDMA Analysis Layers”, in the TDMA/
FDMA User Guide.

CPICH analysis
CPICH analysis layers (see Table 8.2 on page 158) enable you to visualize
CPICH coverage and interference over the analysis area.
As a subscriber becomes more distant from the serving site, the path loss
increases, decreasing the CPICH power (Ec). As the subscriber moves away
from the serving site and closer to other sites, interference (Io) occurs. The
boundary of CPICH coverage varies due to load, environmental, and bearer
conditions. Generating CPICH analysis layers enables you to quantify this
effect by calculating the maximum propagation loss for a given load,

157
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

environment, or bearer. For more information, see “CPICH interference” on


page 513.
Table 8.2 CPICH analysis layers

Layer Description

CPICH - Best Server Displays the coverage area of each sector’s CPICH.
The coverage area is based on achieving at least the
CPICH Target Ec/Io defined in the W-CDMA Sector
Settings dialog box. See “To define quality settings” on
page 104.

CPICH - Composite Identical to the CPICH - Best Server layer, except that for
Best Server sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

CPICH - Ec/Io Displays the CPICH Ec/Io at each bin based on the power
limits defined in the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box
(see “To define W-CDMA power settings” on page 105)
rather than the CPICH Target Ec/Io value. See “To define
quality settings” on page 104.

CPICH - Coverage Displays the coverage area of all the sectors within the
analysis area

CPICH - 2nd Server Displays the second best CPICH to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

CPICH - 3rd Server Displays the third best CPICH to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

CPICH - 4th Server Displays the fourth best CPICH to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

CPICH - 5th Server Displays the fifth best CPICH to be used if it is a candidate
for the active set of sectors

CPICH - 6th Server Displays the sixth best CPICH to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

CPICH - 7th Server Displays the seventh best CPICH to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

CPICH - Best Ec Displays the best server at each location where the Best
Server Ec is better than the value defined in the Best Ec
Threshold box on the General tab of the Mobile
Technology - Network Settings dialog box, or null if the
Best Ec is worse than the threshold value.

158
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Table 8.2 CPICH analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

CPICH - Composite Identical to the CPICH - Best Ec Server layer, except that
Best Ec Server for sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

CPICH - Best Ec Displays the Ec (the energy received per chip) for the best
CPICH.

CPICH - Total Ec Displays the total Ec for the pilots in the active set. The
total Ec is computed as the sum of Ec powers of the pilots
in active set.

CPICH - Pollution Index Displays the areas in your coverage region where CPICH
coverage is not sufficient.
The CPICH - Pollution Index is a numeric grid (.grd) file
that uses a percentage for each bin. Values closer to
100% indicate areas where CPICH pollution and/or
CPICH coverage may be a problem.
This index is created based on the number of users in an
area (usage factor) and the probability of CPICH pollution
(CPICH factor) in that area. High values occur when there
is a low CPICH-to-interference ratio and/or there is a high
concentration of users in relation to the available signal
strength. The usage factor is based on the traffic map and
the usage factor curve defined in the Mobile Technology -
Network Settings dialog box and the traffic factor is based
on the CPICH factor curve define in the Mobile Technology
- Network Settings dialog box.

CPICH - Delta Ec/Io Displays the difference in CPICH Ec/Io between the best
server and the server that you choose in the Nth Best
Server for Delta Layer box on the System panel of the
Analysis Settings dialog box. See “To define Monte Carlo
system settings for W-CDMA” on page 170 for details.

CPICH - Polluters Displays the number of CPICH polluters at each bin.


A CPICH is a polluter if it is not a best or handover server
and its Ec/Io is within the CPICH Pollution Margin defined
in the Mobile Technology – Network Settings dialog box.
See “To define general settings for W-CDMA” on page 36.

159
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Table 8.2 CPICH analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

CPICH - Worst Polluter Displays the worst CPICH polluter at each bin.

CPICH - Sum of CPICH Displays the total CPICH signal strength within the
minus Best CPICH network minus the best CPICH signal strength. This
indicates whether the best CPICH is the primary
component of the composite signal. In areas where there
are too many different signals of similar strength, the
signal-to-interference ratio will be too high and calls may
be dropped. It is more effective for W-CDMA networks to
have a dominant CPICH signal throughout the desired
coverage area.

Downlink interference analysis


Downlink interference analysis layers (see Table 8.3) enable you to determine
the interference generated on the downlink connections in your network.
Table 8.3 Downlink analysis layers

Layer Description

Downlink - Best Server Displays the service channel coverage area for each
sector

Downlink - Composite Identical to the Downlink - Best Server layer, except that
Best Server for sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

Downlink - Coverage Displays the probability of downlink coverage at each bin.


Probability

Downlink - Eb/No Displays the downlink service Eb/No at each bin without
limiting it to the downlink target Eb/No.
The W-CDMA analysis layer generation process assumes
that perfect power control will cause the power to set itself
at a level that will achieve the target Eb/No. See
“Controlling interference” on page 514.

Downlink - FER Displays the frame erasure rate (FER) at each bin based
on the FER to Eb/No curve defined in the W-CDMA Bearer
dialog box. See “Defining W-CDMA bearers” on page 57.

Downlink - Received Io Displays the total downlink noise received at the mobile
receiver. This value represents the downlink received
signal strength including thermal noise.

160
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Table 8.3 Downlink analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

Downlink- Outdoor Io Displays the total interference outdoors at the location of


the receiver. Thermal noise is not included. This analysis
layer does not take into account the penetration loss or the
mobile antenna gain.

Downlink - In Cell to Displays the in-cell to out-of-cell interference ratio based


Out of Cell Interference on the ratio of the signal energy from the best serving
sector divided by the energy from all other sectors. The
signal energy includes overhead channels as well as
traffic channels. This measurement is always below zero
(i.e., out-of-cell energy is greater than in-cell energy) at the
edge of primary coverage.

Downlink - i-Factor Displays the other-to-own cell interference ratio based on


all other sectors and the in-cell signal strength. This layer
is the reciprocal of the Downlink - In Cell to Out of Cell
Interference layer in linear form.

Downlink - Throughput Displays the mean downlink throughput for each bin.

Downlink - Bearer Displays the coverage probability for each bearer


Coverage specified in the analysis.

Downlink - Max Displays the maximum achieved data rates over the
Achievable Coverage analysis area.

Uplink interference analysis


Uplink interference analysis layers (see Table 8.4) enable you to determine
the interference generated on the uplink connections in your network.
Table 8.4 Uplink interference analysis layers

Layer Description

Uplink - Best Server Displays the uplink coverage for each sector

Uplink - Composite Identical to the Uplink - Best Server layer, except that for
Best Server sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

Uplink - Coverage Displays the probability of uplink highest bearer coverage.


Probability The highest bearer is determined from the bearers
available in the subscriber equipment settings depending
on the maximum uplink data rate defined in the Qualities
settings..

161
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Table 8.4 Uplink interference analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

Uplink - Req Mobile Displays the EIRP values for a mobile at each bin that are
EIRP required to close the uplink. This is calculated as follows:
Required EIRP = Required PA Power + Mobile Antenna
Gain = Required Eb/No - Processing Gain + Penetration
Loss + Masked Pathloss + Noise Rise + Composite Noise
Figure + kTB
The composite noise figure is taken from the link budget
for the sector (and, optionally, the carrier). See
“Calculating base station link budgets for W-CDMA
sectors” on page 87.
The required mobile EIRP will vary for different subscriber
types.

Uplink - Mobile EIRP Displays the difference between the maximum possible
Margin mobile EIRP and the actual required EIRP for each bin

Uplink - Load Displays the best server cell load for each bin. The load at
a bin is the cell loading of the uplink best server for that
bin.

Uplink - Throughput Displays the mean uplink throughput for each bin.

Uplink - Bearer Displays the coverage probability for each bearer specified
Coverage in the analysis.

Uplink - Max Displays the maximum achieved data rates over the
Achievable Coverage analysis area.

Throughput will only exist in areas where CPICH coverage and path
balance exists.

Handover analysis
Handover analysis layers (see Table 8.5) enable you to determine the
handover status of each sector included in an analysis. For more information
on how handover and soft handover occur, see “Appendix A: Modeling W-
CDMA Networks” on page 511.

162
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

All handover calculations are based on the Handover Margin value defined on
the Quality panel of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box. For more
information, see “To define quality settings” on page 104.
Table 8.5 Handover analysis layers

Layer Description

Handover - Status Displays the handover state of each sector within the
analysis area. The handover states are:
■ Not in handover (N)—there is only one available server

■ Soft handover (S)—the subscriber is served by two


sectors from two different sites
■ Softer handover (SS)—the subscriber is served by two
sectors from the same site
■ Softer-Soft handover (SS-S)—the subscriber is served
by three sectors. The subscriber’s best server and
either the second or third best server is situated at one
site and the remaining server is at another site.
■ Soft-Softer handover (S-SS)—the subscriber is served
by three sectors. The subscriber’s best server is
situated at one site and the next two best servers are
situated at another site.
■ Soft-Soft handover (S-S)—all three servers are located
at different sites
■ Softer-Softer (SSS)—the subscriber is served by three
sectors, all from the same site
■ 4 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by four
sectors (irrespective of the sites)
■ 5 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by five
sectors (irrespective of the sites)
■ 6 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by six
sectors (irrespective of the sites)
■ 7 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by seven
sectors (irrespective of the sites)

Handover - Soft Displays the uplink soft handover gain at each bin. The
Handover Gain gain is produced by the ability of the subscribers and sites
to operate at a lower power value when engaged in soft
handover and still meet the system quality requirements
for the FER.

Handover - Active Displays the total number of serving sectors (i.e., the
Server Count sectors in soft handover)

Handover - Active Site Displays the total number of serving sites (i.e., the sites
Count where sectors are in soft handover)

163
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Other analysis
The path balance analysis layer (see Table 8.6) enables you to determine
whether coverage has been achieved on both the uplink and downlink paths.
Table 8.6 Path balance analysis layer

Layer Description

Other - Path Balance Displays the balance between the downlink and uplink.
The downlink is considered covered at a bin if both CPICH
coverage and service coverage are achieved.
Path balance is achieved when the probability of both the
uplink and downlink coverage is equal to or greater than
the Cell Edge Coverage Probability value in the Circuit
Switched Service or Packet Switched Service dialog box.
See “Defining service types for W-CDMA” on page 70.

Other - Combined The combined coverage probability for the downlink and
Probability uplink (Downlink - Coverage Probability layer and Uplink -
Coverage Probability layer). For each pixel, the combined
probability layer represents the minimum probability of the
two layers.

Workflow for generating a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA


Step 1 Ensure that you have defined a traffic map for the subscriber
types that covers the same area as your Monte Carlo analysis.
See “Defining subscriber types for W-CDMA” on page 77 and
Chapter 10, “Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.

Step 2 Optionally, generate a rapid planning analysis. See “Chapter 7:


Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129.

Step 3 Define prediction view settings. See “Optimizing W-CDMA


analyses” on page 165.

Step 4 Create a new W-CDMA analysis. See “Creating a Monte Carlo


analysis for W-CDMA” on page 168.

Step 5 Define settings and generate a Monte Carlo analysis. See


“Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for W-CDMA” on
page 170.

164
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Step 6 View and interpret discrete subscriber information and operating


points. See “Viewing discrete subscriber information for
W-CDMA” on page 182 and “Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA
Reports” on page 225.

Step 7 If required, generate additional runs. See “Generating additional


runs for a W-CDMA Monte Carlo analysis” on page 185.

Step 8 Define, generate, and view analysis layers. See


■ “Defining W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 186
■ “Generating W-CDMA analysis layers” on
page 188
■ “Viewing W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 189

Step 9 Generate statistical reports for analysis layers. See “Chapter 11:
Generating W-CDMA Reports” on page 225.

Optimizing W-CDMA analyses


You can optimize analysis speed or disk space usage by choosing whether or
not to use prediction view files. Using prediction view files is optional and
your decision should be based on a consideration of the balance between
analysis speed and disk space usage in your particular case.
By default, when you generate an analysis, prediction view files are created.
Prediction view files contain predicted signal strength values for all potential
servers at each bin.
Using prediction view files results in faster analyses because Mentum Planet
only reads one file to access information about signal strength for all potential
servers. If you do not use prediction view files, Mentum Planet opens
individual prediction files to query signal strength. However, prediction view
files occupy additional disk space and can take a significant amount of time to
generate initially, especially if you are working with multi-resolution
predictions over a large area.
Prediction view files work at a single resolution. If you are analyzing a large
area with mostly low resolution data and small amounts of higher resolution
data, the disk space requirements can be significantly higher than the
combined disk space requirements of the prediction data if the analysis is
carried out at the higher resolution. This is because the prediction view files
will be created at the higher resolution over the entire area. Also, separate

165
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

prediction views are created for each of the required analysis resolutions,
which can further add to disk space requirements.
For example, an area that is 100 km x 100 km with a 10-meter resolution and
an average of 10 overlapping predictions requires approximately 2 GB of disk
space for prediction view files, whereas an area that is 200 km x 200 km with
a 5-meter resolution and an average of 10 overlapping predictions requires
approximately 32 GB of disk space for prediction view files.

To define CDMA Analysis Optimization settings


1 Choose Edit ➤ Project Settings.
2 In the Project Settings dialog box, click the Advanced Options tab.

3 In the CDMA Analysis Optimization section, do the following to define


the number of predictions considered at each location (especially in
calculating total downlink interference) and specify the maximum
pathloss:
■ In the Maximum Number of Predictions box, type a value for
the number of overlapping predictions considered at each
location when you generate analyses. Limiting the number of
overlapping predictions is useful in situations such as a dense
urban area where there are thousands of overlapping predictions,

166
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

but the total interference is dominated by a small number of the


strongest signals. The default value in this box will provide good
results. It is recommended that you do not change it.
■ In the Maximum Pathloss box, type a value for the maximum
pathloss that will be considered (within the Maximum Number
of Predictions restriction). This value enables you to exclude
weak signals from your analyses. The default value in this box
will provide good results. It is recommended that you do not
change it.
4 Click OK.

Defining default W-CDMA Monte Carlo analysis settings


If you want to use the same settings for a number of Monte Carlo analyses,
you can define default settings. When you create a new analysis, these
defaults are automatically used.

To define default W-CDMA Monte Carlo analysis settings


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Default W-CDMA Analysis Settings.
2 Define the default settings that you want to use, and click OK.
For more information defining analysis settings, see the following
sections:
■ “To define Monte Carlo system settings for W-CDMA” on
page 170
■ “To choose the subscriber types for a W-CDMA Monte Carlo
analysis” on page 173
■ “To define Monte Carlo Analysis Area settings for W-CDMA”
on page 177
■ “To define runtime parameter settings for W-CDMA” on
page 175

Defining default analysis layers for W-CDMA


After you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, nodes are created in the Project
Explorer under the W-CDMA analysis name for the carriers, subscriber types,

167
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

usage types, and environments that were included in the analysis. W-CDMA
analysis layers are generated for each environment under the usage type.
By default, all of the available W-CDMA analysis layers are generated. If you
have a large project, to avoid lengthy generation times, you can omit layers
that you do not need using the W-CDMA Analysis Layer Filter. The
W-CDMA Analysis Layer Filter enables you to define a default list of
analysis layers that will be available for all of the W-CDMA analyses that you
create for the current project.

To define the default W-CDMA analysis layer list


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Analysis Layer Filter.

2 In the W-CDMA Analysis Layer Filter dialog box, enable the check
boxes for the analysis layers that you want to generate, and click OK.
For more information on each analysis layer, see “Understanding
W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 157.

Creating a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA


When you create a new analysis, it is displayed in the Project Explorer in the
Network Analyses category under the W-CDMA Analyses node. You can
create any number of analyses (rapid planning or Monte Carlo) for a project.
Rapid planning is a quicker analysis method than Monte Carlo, but does not
provide the detailed subscriber information that a Monte Carlo analysis does.

168
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

For more information on rapid planning, see “Chapter 7: Generating Rapid


Planning Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129.

A W-CDMA analysis enables you to perform analyses on carriers that


have been assigned to the W-CDMA technology. If you want to perform
analyses for carriers assigned to a TDMA/FDMA technology, you must create
a TDMA/FDMA analysis under the TDMA/FDMA Analyses node. For more
information, see Chapter 7, “Generating TDMA/FDMA Analysis Layers”, in the
TDMA/FDMA User Guide.

If you want to generate network analyses at the same resolution as


predictions created using either the Volcano or WaveSight propagation
models, you need to specify the resolution of the analyses in the Analysis
Resolution box and choose an elevation file and, optionally, a clutter file, that
uses the same resolution as the predictions on the Advanced tab in the
Propagation Model Editor.

To create a new Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose New Network Analysis.
The W-CDMA Analysis dialog box opens.

2 In the Analysis Name box, type a name for the analysis.


3 In the Description box, type a description of the analysis.

169
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

4 From the Analysis Mode list, choose Monte Carlo, and click OK.
A new W-CDMA analysis node is created in the Project Explorer.

If you want to choose the sectors to use for the analysis, right-click the
analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node, choose Select Sectors,
and then in the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that
you want to use and click Continue.
If you do not choose the sectors to use for the analysis, you will be prompted
to do so when you run the analysis. For more information, see “To generate a
Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA” on page 181.

Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for W-CDMA


You define the settings for the Monte Carlo analysis using the W-CDMA
Simulation dialog box. When you are satisfied with the settings, you can
generate the analysis directly from this dialog box.

To define Monte Carlo system settings for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node and choose Generate.
The W-CDMA Simulation dialog box opens.
2 In the tree view, choose System.

170
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

3 If you want to perform statistical modeling of the effect of power control


imperfections or errors, on the System panel, enable the Simulate Power
Control Errors check box.
For more information on defining power control settings, see “To define
power control settings for W-CDMA” on page 39. For general
information on controlling interference using power controls, see
“Appendix A: Modeling W-CDMA Networks” on page 511.
4 If you want to calculate soft handover within the Monte Carlo simulation
to limit macro-diversity soft handover gain, enable the Use Soft
Handover Gain check box.
If enabled, the PA power of mobiles in handover will be reduced. If
cleared, the calculated handover gain is not taken into account for the
uplink link analysis for the mobile.

171
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

5 If you want to perform statistical modeling of the effects of slow fading,


enable the Model Slow Fading check box.
For more information on slow fading, see “How slow fading is modeled”
on page 515.
6 From the Nth Best Server for Delta Layer list, choose the server to
compare with best server in the CPICH - Delta Ec/Io layer.
The CPICH - Delta Ec/Io layer displays the difference in Ec/Io between
the best server and the Nth best server that you choose. For example, you
can compare the Ec/Io levels between the fourth best server and the best
server to determine if the signal from the fourth best server is causing any
significant interference for the best server.
7 Choose another item in the tree view.

172
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

To choose the subscriber types for a W-CDMA Monte Carlo


analysis
1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Subscribers in the tree
view.

2 On the Subscribers panel, enable the check boxes for the subscriber
types that you want to include in the simulation.
3 Choose another item in the tree view.

To define Simulation Area settings for W-CDMA


The simulation area controls traffic spreading for Monte Carlo analyses.

173
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Simulation Area in the


tree view.

2 On the Simulation Area panel, choose one of the following options:


■ Use the Combined Area of Selected Predictions—indicates
that the simulation area is the full area covered by the signal
strength predictions of the sectors selected for the analysis
■ Use Analysis Bounds—enables you to specify x and y
coordinates to limit the extent of the simulation. Do one of the
following:
■Type values in the X and Y coordinate boxes
■Click Update Bounds With Active View. The x and y
coordinates update to show the bounds of the active Map
window.
3 In the Simulation Resolution box, type a value for the resolution of the
simulation.

174
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

For more information on this box, press the F1 key.


4 Choose another item in the tree view.

To define runtime parameter settings for W-CDMA


1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Runtime Parameters
in the tree view.

2 On the Runtime Parameters panel, in the Analysis Target section, do


one of the following:
■ To enable the simulation to run a specific number of times,
choose the Use Fixed Number of Runs option and type a value
in the Number of Runs box.
■ To enable the simulation to run until a convergence target is
reached, choose the Use Convergence Achieved option and
type a value in the Convergence Required box.

175
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

■ To enable the simulation to run until both the specified number


of runs have completed and the convergence target has been
reached, choose the Use Number of Runs and Convergence
Required option and type values in the Number of Runs and
Convergence Required boxes.
■ To enable the simulation to run until either the specified number
of runs have completed or the convergence target has been
reached (whichever comes first), choose the Use Number of
Runs or Convergence Required option and type values in the
Number of Runs and Convergence Required boxes.
For more information on these settings, see “Defining the number of
Monte Carlo runs” on page 150.
3 In the Options section, do any of the following:
■ To collect information about discrete subscribers that you can
display once the analysis is complete, enable the Collect
Discrete Information check box. For more information on
displaying discrete subscriber information, see “Viewing
discrete subscriber information for W-CDMA” on page 182.
■ To automatically generate W-CDMA analysis layers when the
Monte Carlo runs are complete, enable the Automatically
Generate Layers check box. By default, the analysis layers that
are enabled in the W-CDMA Analysis Layer Filter dialog box
are generated. If you do not enable this check box, you can still
generate layers after the Monte Carlo runs are complete. For
more information on generating analysis layers and the Analysis
Layer Filter dialog box, see “Generating W-CDMA analysis
layers” on page 188.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

176
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

To define Monte Carlo Analysis Area settings for W-CDMA


1 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Analysis Area in the
tree view.

177
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

2 On the Analysis Area panel, choose one of the following options:


■ Use the Combined Area of Selected Predictions—indicates
that the analysis area is the full area covered by the signal
strength predictions of the sectors selected for the analysis
■ Use Analysis Bounds—enables you to specify x and y
coordinates to limit the extent of the simulation. Do one of the
following:
■ Type values in the X and Y coordinate boxes
■ Click Update Bounds With Active View. The x and y
coordinates update to show the bounds of the active Map
window.
■ Use An Analysis Grid—enables you to choose a classified grid
(.grc) file to limit the analysis area. The grid must have the same
projection as the signal strength grids but can have any
resolution. All null bins are considered part of the analysis area.
You would typically choose this option if you have created a
project area using the Trimmer tool that is smaller than your
current project area and want to run the simulation for the
smaller area only. This option is useful to ensure that the analysis
area remains the same over repeated analyses. For more
information on the Trimmer tool, see Chapter 5, “Working with
the Grid Manager”, in the Grid Analysis User Guide.
3 In the Analysis Resolution box, type a value for the resolution of the
analysis.
For more information on this box, press the F1 key.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

178
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Defining discrete subscriber display settings for W-CDMA


You can define different colors for each coverage state associated with a
subscriber and for each subscriber type defined. Coverage states are:
■ Served, Not Negotiated—The subscriber was served at the
maximum data rate on both the downlink and uplink.
■ Served, Downlink Negotiated—The subscriber was served but
the downlink was not at the maximum data rate although the
uplink was.
■ Served, Uplink Negotiated—The subscriber was served but the
uplink was not at the maximum data rate although the downlink
was.
■ Served, Negotiated—The subscriber was served but neither the
uplink or downlinkwere at the maximum data rate.
■ Mobile PA Power—The subscriber was dropped because the
mobile PA power was not sufficient to achieve the Eb/No target
on the uplink.
■ Noise Rise—The subscriber was dropped because the mobile
signal caused one or more sectors to exceed its noise rise limit.
■ Channel Elements—The subscriber was dropped because there
were insufficient channel elements available on the serving
sector.
■ User Limit—The subscriber was dropped because the maximum
user limit was reached on the serving sector.
■ Sector PA Power—The subscriber was dropped due to
insufficient PA power at the serving sector.
■ Traffic Power—The subscriber was dropped due to insufficient
traffic power on the downlink to meet the subscriber’s Eb/No
target.
■ CPICH Power—The subscriber was dropped due to insufficient
CPICH power on the downlink, which means that the CPICH
power was not sufficient to meet the Ec/Io target of the mobile.
■ Unknown Drop State—The subscriber was dropped for an
unknown reason.
■ Code Limit—The subscriber was dropped due to insufficient
codes on the downlink.

179
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

■ Cell Radius Limit—The subscriber was dropped because he or


she was outside of the maximum cell radius for the serving
sector.
■ Speed Limit—The subscriber was dropped because he or she
exceeded the speed limit for the sector.
■ Throughput Limit—The subscriber was dropped because the
throughput limit for the serving site was exceeded.

To define discrete subscriber display settings for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
the W-CDMA Analyses node and choose Discrete Subscriber
Preferences.
The Discrete Subscriber Preferences dialog box opens.

180
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

2 If you want to change the color used for a coverage state, do the
following:
■ Click the Browse (...) button in the Edit column for the coverage
state.
■ In the Color dialog box, choose or define the color, and click
OK.
3 If you want to change the properties for the symbol that is displayed in the
Map window for a subscriber type, do the following:
■ Click the Browse (...) button in the Edit column for the
subscriber type.
■ In the Symbol Style dialog box, modify the symbol properties
and click OK.
For more information on the Symbol Style dialog box, press the F1 key.

Generating a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA


Once you have finished defining settings for an analysis, you can generate it
directly from the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box.

To generate a Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA


1 Define the settings on each panel in the W-CDMA Simulation dialog
box as described in “Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for
W-CDMA” on page 170.
2 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, click Analyze.
3 If you have not defined the sectors to use for the analysis, in the Select
Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that you want to include
in the analysis, and click Continue.
4 If you chose to generate layers automatically, in the W-CDMA Analysis
Layers dialog box, clear the check boxes for any layers that you do not
want to generate, and click OK.
A dialog box opens that shows the progress of the analysis. When the
analysis is complete, the dialog box closes and the analysis node in the
Project Explorer expands to include each subscriber type and carrier in
the analysis.
If you chose to generate layers automatically, the layers are generated and
displayed in the Project Explorer under the analysis. If you did not

181
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

generate layers automatically, you can generate them as a separate step.


See “Generating W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 188.

If you cancel an analysis generation before it has completed, the


number of runs completed and the convergence level achieved (if
applicable) are indicated at the bottom of the Runtime Parameters panel of
the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box.

Adding an existing analysis to the W-CDMA Analyses node


If you have an existing analysis that was generated as part of another project
(whether by you or by someone else) and you want to view it with your
current project, you can add it to the project so that it appears under the
W-CDMA Analyses node. The analysis should cover at least a portion of the
same geographic area as your current project.

To add an existing analysis to the W-CDMA Analyses node


1 In Windows Explorer, copy the folder containing the analysis to the
W-CDMA_Analyses folder in the current project folder.
2 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Refresh Analyses.
The list of analyses updates to show the new analysis.

Viewing discrete subscriber information for W-CDMA


If you chose to collect information about discrete subscribers during the
Monte Carlo simulation (see “To define runtime parameter settings for
W-CDMA” on page 175), the status of each subscriber is automatically
displayed in the Map window when the simulation completes. The coverage

182
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

states are displayed using the colors that you chose in the Discrete Subscribers
Preferences dialog box.

If you generate multiple runs for a Monte Carlo simulation, the discrete
subscriber information that is displayed automatically applies only to
the last run. If you want to view discrete subscriber information that applies to
all runs in a Map window, in the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses
category, right-click the analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node and
choose Display Discrete Subscribers.
The Display Discrete Subscribers command will not work if you have cleared
the Visible check box for the analysis in the Windows category of the Project
Explorer.

The discrete subscriber information from each run of the analysis is stored in
a MapInfo table (.tab file) in the W-CDMA_Analyses folder of your project
using the naming convention <AnalysisName>_<Run Number>.
You can also display discrete subscriber information in a tabular form using a
new Browser window. For more information on the columns and format of the
table, see “Appendix B: W-CDMA Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on
page 521.

To display discrete subscriber information for W-CDMA in


table format
1 Choose File ➤ Open Table.
2 In the Open dialog box, navigate to the W-CDMA_Analyses folder of
your project and choose the MapInfo table (.tab file) that you want to
display.
3 From the Preferred View list, choose Browser.
4 Click Open.
The discrete subscriber table opens in a new Browser window.

Creating an unserved subscriber traffic map


When you view discrete subscribers, you may notice a high number of
subscribers who are not being served by a particular sector. In order to better
understand the reason behind this, you can create a traffic map of unserved
subscribers. Using the Grid Info tool, you can determine how much unserved
traffic there is at a particular bin. If your network consists of a 3G technology

183
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

overlaid on a 2G technology, you can use the unserved subscriber traffic map
in a network analysis of the 2G network layer.

Before creating an unserved subscriber traffic map, you must have


generated a Monte Carlo analysis and collected discrete subscriber
information. For the traffic map to contain meaningful values, the Monte Carlo
analysis should consist of several runs.

To create an unserved subscriber traffic map


1 Do one of the following in the Project Explorer:
■ In the Project Data category, right-click the Traffic Maps node
and choose Create Unserved Traffic Map from Monte-Carlo
Analysis.
■ In the Network Analyses category, right-click the Monte Carlo
analysis from which you want to create the unserved subscriber
traffic map and choose Unserved Subscriber Traffic Map.
2 In the Unserved Subscribers Traffic Map Generator dialog box, in the
Traffic Map Output Name box, type a name for the traffic map.
3 In the Subscriber Types section, enable the check boxes next to the
subscriber types for which you want to view the unserved subscribers.
4 Click Generate.
The traffic map is added to the Traffic Maps node in the Project Data
category.
5 Right-click the generated map and do any of the following:
■ To view the map, right-click the generated map and choose
View.
■ To update the traffic information for the sectors with traffic
information from a traffic map, choose Capture.
■ To combine multiple compatible traffic maps into one new
traffic map, choose Combine.
■ To scale the traffic values in a traffic map, choose Scale.

Use the Zoom-In tool to zoom in on individual areas of the map and
better view unserved subscribers.

184
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Generating additional runs for a W-CDMA Monte Carlo


analysis
After viewing the operating points (see “Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA
Reports” on page 225) and discrete subscriber information, you might
determine that additional runs are required to achieve greater accuracy.
You can modify the runtime parameters of an existing analysis and perform
additional runs. The new results are added to the operating points of the final
run of the existing analysis.

If you make changes to your project outside of the W-CDMA Simulation


dialog box (for example, if you modify the usages assigned to a
subscriber type in the Subscribers category in the Project Explorer) these
changes will not be reflected in the additional runs.

To generate additional Monte Carlo runs for W-CDMA


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node and choose Generate.
2 In the W-CDMA Simulation dialog box, choose Runtime Parameters
in the tree view.
3 On the Runtime Parameters panel as required, do one of the following:
■ If you originally used the Fixed Number of Runs option, increase
the number of runs.
■ If you originally used the Convergence Achieved option, modify
the convergence value.
For more information, see “To define runtime parameter settings for
W-CDMA” on page 175.
4 If you want to change the settings in the Options section, enable or clear
the check boxes as required.
5 Click Append.

Updating W-CDMA rapid planning target values with Monte


Carlo results
Once you have generated a Monte Carlo simulation, you have the option of
using the results of the simulation to update the target values for Uplink
DPCH Noise Rise and Downlink Total Traffic Power on the Sector Settings -

185
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Implementation panel. These values are used in rapid planning. For more
information on rapid planning, see “Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning
Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129.

If you apply cell loads and there is 0 required traffic for a carrier-sector,
a value of -200 dBm is applied to the Downlink Total Traffic Power box
on the Sector Settings - Implementation panel.

To update W-CDMA target values


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click a
Monte Carlo analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node and choose
Apply Cell Loads.
2 In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
The rapid planning settings are updated for all sectors in the group chosen
for the analysis.

Defining W-CDMA analysis layers


If you chose not to generate layers automatically as part of the analysis, you
can generate them afterward. To manage the analysis layers for an individual
analysis, you can use the W-CDMA Analysis Layers dialog box to define the
availability of analysis layers for each environment. This enables you to
generate the same analysis layers for all of the environments, or different
analysis layers for different environments.

You can also generate W-CDMA analysis layers at the same time as
operating points and subscriber information. For more information, see
“To define runtime parameter settings for W-CDMA” on page 175.

186
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

To define the W-CDMA analysis layers to use in an analysis


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the W-CDMA Analysis node and choose Layers.
The W-CDMA Analysis Layers dialog box opens, showing nodes for
each carrier, subscriber type, quality, and environment, and the layers that
are available for each.
■ If the check box is enabled for a node, all of the layers that apply
to the node will be generated.
■ If the check box is cleared, no layers that apply to the node will
be generated.
■ If the check box contains a black square, only some of the layers
that apply to the node will be generated. You can expand the
nodes to view which layers are chosen.

187
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

2 In the W-CDMA Analysis Layers dialog box, expand the environment


nodes, enable the check boxes for the analysis layers that you want to
generate, and click OK.
This dialog box includes only the default analysis layers you chose in the
Analysis Layer Filter dialog box. To modify the default analysis layers,
see “To define the default W-CDMA analysis layer list” on page 168.
For more information on each analysis layer, see “Understanding
W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 157.

You can generate the W-CDMA analysis layers directly from the
W-CDMA Analysis Layers dialog box by clicking Generate.

Generating W-CDMA analysis layers


Once you have defined the analysis layers, you can generate the analysis.

To generate W-CDMA analysis layers


■ In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category,
right-click an analysis under the W-CDMA Analyses node and
choose Generate Layers.
A dialog box opens that displays the status of the operation. Any errors
are displayed in a separate dialog box. If required, path loss and signal
strength predictions are updated during the analysis.

Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information


You can generate a network analysis for sectors identified with certain flags
and conditions. For example, you could generate a network analysis for sites
in Phase 1 that are installed and operational. To do this, you define the flags
and conditions, and then generate a network analysis. In the Select Sectors
dialog box, you choose the Flags Filter. For more information on flags and
conditions, see “Working with flags”, in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

188
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, enable the flag conditions
that you want to use.
2 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis and choose
Select Sectors.
3 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose Flags Filter and click Continue.
4 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis you want to
generate and choose Generate.
5 Define the analysis settings as described in as described in “Defining
Monte Carlo analysis settings for W-CDMA” on page 170, and then
follow the procedure described in “To generate a Monte Carlo analysis for
W-CDMA” on page 181.

Viewing W-CDMA analysis layers


Once you have generated an analysis, you can view the analysis layers that it
contains.

To view W-CDMA analysis layers


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, under the
W-CDMA Analyses node, expand the carrier, subscriber type, usage
type, and environment for which you want to view analysis layers.
2 Right-click an analysis and choose View.
The analysis layer is displayed in the Map window.

If you rename an analysis in the Project Explorer, any layers currently


open or displayed in the Map window will be closed.

To remove an analysis layer from the Map window, in the Project


Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, under the W-CDMA
Analysis node, right-click an analysis layer, and choose Remove.

You can obtain statistical and composite reports for the analysis layers
using the Layer Statistics Analysis tool. For more information, see
“Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports” on page 225.

189
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Recoloring best serving sector layers


The Best Serving Sector Recolor tool enables you to change the color scheme
used to display best serving sector analysis layers (classified grid files).
You can use the colors defined in a sector display scheme or choose from the
default color schemes used to display TDMA/FDMA and CDMA best serving
sector analysis layers. Sector display schemes enable you to display analysis
layers based on sector properties, such as the forward link load for CDMA
technologies or carried traffic for TDMA/FDMA technologies. When you use
a sector display scheme with the Best Serving Sector Recolor tool, only the
colors that have been defined for the scheme are used; other sector display
scheme settings, such as symbol and size, are ignored.
For information about defining sector display schemes, see “Customizing
sector symbols for multiple sites” in Chapter 2, “Working With Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To recolor best serving sector layers


1 Choose Tools ➤ Best Serving Sector Recolor.
The Best Serving Sector Recolor dialog box opens.

2 Click Browse, navigate to the WCDMA_Analysis project folder, choose


the best serving sector layer (.grc) file that you want to recolor, and then
click Open.

190
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Select Sector Display Scheme section, choose a color scheme and
click Apply.
The best serving sector layers are displayed in the Map window using the
new color scheme.

You can modify an existing sector display scheme from within in the
Best Serving Sector Recolor dialog box by right-clicking a local or
shared scheme and choosing Edit.

Deleting analyses
Files generated from a network analysis can take up a lot of hard disk space.
You can delete analyses that are no longer required.

To delete analyses
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, do any of
the following:
■ Choose one or more analyses, right-click and choose Delete.
■ Expand an analysis node, choose one or more analysis layers,
right-click and choose Delete.
2 In the Mentum Planet dialog box, click Yes.
The analyses or analysis layers you chose are removed from the Project
Explorer and the files are deleted from the project folder.

Using the CDMA Pixel Info tool for W-CDMA


You can obtain per-pixel information about a W-CDMA analysis by selecting
an area in the Map window and using the CDMA Pixel Info tool.

The CDMA Pixel Info tool is available only for Monte Carlo analyses.

191
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

For each subscriber type and carrier that you choose, the CDMA Pixel Info
dialog box displays:
■ the pixel co-ordinates (location)
■ the number of predictions available
■ uplink details, including:
■Best Server
■Required ERP
■ERP Margin
■Coverage Probability
■ downlink details, including:
■Service Best Server
■Service Eb/No and Service Margin
■Coverage Probability
■Received Noise
■ CPICH details, including:
■ received power
■ Ec/Io
■ masked path loss polluter indicator and server status at the
specified pixel location

To obtain per-pixel information about a W-CDMA analysis


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, expand
W-CDMA Analyses, right-click the analysis for which you want to
obtain per-pixel information and choose Pixel Info.
The CDMA Pixel Info dialog box opens. The Type box displays the
technology for which the analysis that you chose was generated. The
Analysis box displays the analysis for which you chose to display pixel
information.

192
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

2 From the SubCat list, choose the usage type for which you want to view
analysis information.
Usage types are defined for a subscriber type, and consist of a service
type, quality, and environments. Usage types are displayed in the SubCat
list using the syntax of <short name> <first letter of the environment
name>. In the example above, Voice is the short name and I indicates that
the environment is Indoor. For more information on usage types, see
“Defining subscriber types for W-CDMA” on page 77.
3 From the Carrier list, choose the carrier for which you want to view
analysis information.
4 Click in the Map window to display analysis information for each pixel in
the CDMA Pixel Info dialog box.
5 Click Close.

You can also access the CDMA Pixel Info tool by clicking the CDMA
Pixel Info button on the Mobile Technology toolbar.

193
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Analyzing CPICH pollution for W-CDMA sectors


CPICH pollution occurs when there is an excessive number of pilot signals
with high power levels. CPICH pollution can create high levels of
interference, resulting in dropped calls, poor voice quality, and poor data
throughput.
The CPICH Pollution Inspector enables you to identify polluting sectors at
specific locations, modify the appropriate sector settings, and then view the
effects of your changes. The level of CPICH pollution is analyzed by
comparing the powers of the pilot channels with the power of the best serving
pilot channel, taking into account the active set (the set of pilots currently
participating in the call) and the CPICH pollution margin.
Before you use the CPICH Pollution Inspector, you need to identify the areas
that may be affected by CPICH pollution. For example, you can generate a
Rapid Planning or Monte Carlo analysis and examine the CPICH - Delta Ec/
Io layer. You can also use drive test data or network data to identify potential
problem areas.
When you click a location in a Map window, the CPICH Pollution Inspector
analyzes the location for pilot pollution based on specific carrier, downlink
loading, and subscriber settings. You can use settings from a network analysis
or define these settings in the CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog box.
For a specified location, the CPICH Pollution Inspector displays the following
information in a graph window:
■ Best serving sector
■ soft handover sectors
■ polluting sectors (if any)
Horizontal lines in the graph window indicate the threshold levels for the best
serving, handover, and polluting sectors. You can define the number of
polluting sectors that are displayed in the graph window, as well as the colors
and pilot value (Ec/Io or Ec) used for the display. Additional location and
sector information is displayed in the Analysis Info section (see Figure 8.1).

194
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Threshold levels

Graph display of
analyzed sectors

Location and
analysis information

Figure 8.1 CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog box

In the Mentum Planet Map window, lines are drawn from the specified
analysis location to each of the corresponding sectors: Best Server, Handover,
CPICH Polluter, and CPICH Detected (see Figure 8.2). The color of the lines
corresponds to the colors used in the graph window of the CPICH Pollution
Inspector.

195
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

Figure 8.2 Map window displaying the CPICH - Delta Ec/Io analysis layer. For the
specified location, the CPICH Pollution Inspector adds lines indicating the best serving
sector (green), handover sectors (yellow), and polluting sectors (red).

After you have identified the polluting sectors, you can leave the CPICH
Pollution Inspector dialog box open, use the Site Properties dialog box to
change the antenna downtilt, azimuth, or height for the polluting sectors, and
then update the display in the CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog box to see the
effects of your changes.

Workflow for analyzing CPICH pollution


Minimizing CPICH pollution is an iterative process; you may need to repeat
the steps in the workflow to achieve the desired results. The workflow
outlined in this section shows the typical order of steps only. Depending on
your work practices, you may not complete the steps in the same order.
Step 1 Generate a Rapid Planning/Monte Carlo analysis or use drive
test data to identify potential polluters. See “Generating a rapid
planning analysis for W-CDMA” on page 144 or “Generating a
Monte Carlo analysis for W-CDMA” on page 181.

Step 2 Use the CPICH Pollution Inspector to identify polluters.

196
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

Step 3 Modify the configuration of polluter sectors. See “Editing sites


and sectors” on page 106.

Step 4 Regenerate predictions for the modified sectors. See Chapter 8,


“Generating Predictions”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 5 Use the CPICH Pollution Inspector to verify the improvements.

Step 6 Generate an additional Rapid Planning/Monte Carlo analysis to


evaluate the overall impact of the sector configuration changes.

To analyze CPICH pollution for W-CDMA sectors


1 Do one of the following to open the CPICH Pollution Inspector:
■ In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category,
right-click an analysis and choose CPICH Pollution Inspector.
■ On the Mobile Technology toolbar, click the CPICH Pollution
Inspector button, click an area in the Map window, then in the
Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that you
want to include in the analysis and click Continue.
The CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog box opens. If you open the CPICH
Pollution Inspector from an analysis node in the Project Explorer, the
sector, subscriber, carrier, and loading information from the analysis is
used. You can use the settings from the analysis or edit them as required,
as outlined in this procedure.
2 On the System tab, from the Carrier list, choose the carrier that you want
to analyze.
If you opened the CPICH Pollution Inspector from an analysis node, the
first carrier included in the analysis is chosen by default.
3 In the Forward Loading section, choose one of the following options to
define the forward loading that will be used for the analysis:
■ Use the Loading Defined in the Sector Settings—uses the
DCH Total Traffic Power value specified on the Implementation
panel of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box. For more
information, see “Defining W-CDMA sector settings” on
page 96.
■ Use Global Loading—type a value to define the percentage of
the total PA power that will be used for the analysis. This value

197
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

will override the total traffic power defined for individual


sectors.
■ Use Loading From Analysis—choose an analysis from the list.
The forward loading values from the analysis will be used.
4 Click the Subscribers tab.
5 Choose one of the following options to define the subscriber type that will
be used for the CPICH pollution analysis:
■ Subscriber Type—choose a predefined subscriber type from the
list.
■ Nominal Subscriber—type values for each of the following:
■Antenna Gain—the antenna gain for the mobile
equipment band type used by the nominal subscriber
■Maximum Active Servers—the maximum number of
handover servers supported by the equipment type used
by the nominal subscriber
■Noise Figure—the noise figure at the receiver for the
equipment type used by the nominal subscriber
6 From the Environment list, choose the type of environment that will be
used for the analysis.
7 Click the Analysis Settings tab.
8 In the Maximum Polluters box, type the number of polluting sectors that
you want displayed in the CPICH Pollution Inspector graph window and
the Map window.
9 From the Pilot Value list, choose the value that you want to use for the
display in the graph window.
10 If you want to change the colors used in the graph window, in the Legend
Profile section, do any of the following:
■ To edit the current color settings, click Edit, define the colors for
the sector categories, and then click OK.
■ To load an existing legend color profile, click Load, choose a
Pilot Inspector color (.pic) file, and then click Open.
■ To save the current legend color profile, click Save, type a name
in the File Name box, and then click Save.

198
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA
CDMA User Guide

11 Click on a location in the Map window that you have identified as being
affected by CPICH pollution.
The CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog box displays CPICH pollution
information for the location.
12 If you want to save a report containing information for the location
currently displayed in the CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog box, click
Export Report, type a name in the File Name box, and then click Save.
The location and pollution information is saved in a Microsoft Excel file.

After you have clicked an area in the Map window, you can modify any
of the System, Subscriber, or Analysis Settings and then click Update
to refresh the information displayed in the CPICH Pollution Inspector dialog
box based on the new settings.

199
Chapter 8
CDMA User Guide

200
Chapter 9: Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis

9.
Layers

Generating HSDPA
and HSUPA Analysis
Layers
This chapter contains the This chapter describes High Speed Downlink Packet
following sections:
Access (HSDPA) analysis layers as well as High
■ Understanding HSDPA in
Mentum Planet Speed Uplink Packet Access analysis layers, and
■ Workflow for generating explains how to generate them.
HSDPA analysis layers
■ Understanding HSUPA in You must have a license for HSDPA and HSUPA in
Mentum Planet
■ Workflow for generating order to generate analysis layers.
HSPA analysis layers

201
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

Understanding HSDPA in Mentum Planet


High Speed Downlink Packet Data Access (HSDPA) is a high-speed,
downlink-only shared channel used for packet data in primarily urban or
indoor environments. In real-world networks, the dynamic power allocation
ability available using HSDPA results in more subscribers being served and
cell power being used more efficiently.
Unlike Release 99, where unused power is lost, with HSDPA the unused
power is used to optimize network capacity as shown in Figure 9.1 and
Figure 9.2.

Power

Unused power
Total cell power

Dedicated channels (power controlled)

Common channels
t
Figure 9.1 In Release 99, unused power is lost

202
Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Power

HS-DSCH (rate controlled)


Total cell power

Dedicated channels (power controlled)

Common channels
t
Figure 9.2 HSDPA, through the use of the HS-DSCH channel, utilizes unused power
to maximize network efficiency

To generate HSDPA analysis layers, you need to assign either the Rel 99 &
HSDPA or HSDPA carrier type on the Carriers panel in the Network Settings
dialog box (see “To define carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 40) and
assign the carriers to sectors in your project (see “To assign carriers to
sectors” on page 99).
HSDPA analysis layers include only sectors that are assigned Rel 99 &
HSDPA and HSDPA carriers, and consist of standard Rel 99 analysis layers as
well as layers that are specific to HSDPA. For more information, see “HSDPA
analysis layers” on page 206 and “Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers”
on page 157.
For information on configuring and generating network analyses, see
“Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129
and “Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA” on
page 147.

HSDPA Monte Carlo analysis


In HSDPA, the following channels are defined and accounted for in a Monte
Carlo analysis:
■ HS-DSCH (High-Speed Downlink Shared Channel)—carries
downlink data. Power is allocated dynamically. Defined on the
Implementation panel in the Sector Settings dialog box. Within a
Monte Carlo analysis, the maximum data rate for a served

203
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

subscriber is determined by the received HS-DSCH Ec/Nt and


the corresponding data rate for the terminal category.
■ HS-SCCH (High-Speed Shared Control Channel)—controls
scheduling. Power is user defined and relative to the CPICH
power. Defined on the Powers panel in the Sector Settings dialog
box.
■ A-DCH (Associated Dedicated Channel)—carries uplink packet
data associated with the HS-DSCH channel. There is one
A-DCH channel associated with every served subscriber. Uplink
A-DCH bearers support 64,128 and 384 Kbps.
Modeling HSDPA discrete subscribers
HSDPA discrete subscribers are modeled within a Monte Carlo analysis on
both the uplink and the downlink. The number of subscribers spread during an
analysis is based on the selected traffic map and the defined input load. The
maximum number of HSDPA users allowed per sector is limited by the
quality parameters you specify.
HSDPA terminal categories are also modeled during an analysis when an
A-DCH (Associated Dedicated Channel) uplink bearer is assigned to the
sector. The icon next to the Technology Band in the Subscriber Manager of
the Project Explorer identifies HSDPA capable terminals. Terminal categories
add support for more codes and modulation types thus enabling additional
achievable maximum data rates.

In this release of Mentum Planet, only HSDPA terminal categories 5, 6,


7, 8, 9, 10, and 12 are modeled.

Downlink analysis
When you generate a network analysis using Rel 99 & HSDPA or HSDPA
carriers, Mentum Planet first evaluates the amount of power used by overhead
and dedicated Rel 99 channels. This power is then subtracted from the total
PA power minus the PA threshold for the carrier, defined on the Carriers tab
in the Network Settings dialog box.
The PA threshold acts as a hard limit for the calculated power of the HSDPA
part of a carrier, which represents the unused PA power up to the PA
threshold. This is unlike Rel 99 power, where the PA threshold is only a soft
limit; which will be breached if subscribers need to be served up to the total
PA power.

204
Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Ec/Nt, which represents the ratio of the high-speed downlink shared channel
(HS-DSCH) energy per symbol to the total spectral noise density, is then
calculated for 1 code throughout the simulation area. The coverage
probability for each one of the transport format and resource combinations
(TFRC) selected is calculated for the desired number of HSDPA codes.
Additionally, the TFRC selection algorithm will select the maximum
achievable data rate provided by a TFRC/Number of Codes combination
based on quality indicators that reflect the channel conditions, represented by
Ec/Nt.
Table 9.1 shows the available HSDPA data rates based on the TFRC and
number of codes.
Table 9.1 Downlink data rates for HSDPA

TFRC Modulation Code rate Data Rate (mbps)

1 code 5 codes 10 codes 15 codes

1 QPSK 1/4 .119 .595 1.190 1.785

2 QPSK 1/2 .237 1.185 2.370 3.555

3 QPSK 3/4 .356 1.780 3.560 5.340

4 16QAM 1/2 .477 2.385 4.770 7.155

5 16QAM 3/4 .712 3.560 7.120 10.680

Uplink analysis
To model the uplink noise associated with HS-DSCH channels, a Monte Carlo
analysis of Rel 99 & HSDPA and HSDPA carriers requires the use of the
Average PRACH Interference Power value from the Powers panel of the
W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box. The A-DCH channel is also modeled
using 64, 128 or 384 kbps bearers. The use of the A-DCH channel add
flexibility and gives you more codes and modulations to choose from.
For a Rapid Planning analysis of Rel 99 & HSDPA and HSDPA carriers, the
Uplink DPCH Noise Rise on the Implementation panel of the W-CDMA
Sector Settings dialog box includes the uplink noise rise associated with HS-
DSCH channels; that is in addition to uplink Rel 99 DCH channels in the case
of Rel 99 & HSDPA carriers.
The uplink layers generated for a DCH service are equally applicable to an
HS-DSCH service with the same uplink noise (load) parameters.

205
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

HSDPA analysis layers


When you generate an HSDPA analysis, you can create most of the standard
W-CDMA analysis layers. You can also generate HSDPA analysis layers for
any combination of TFRC and HS-DSCH codes.
For example, to model an HSDPA terminal capable only of QPSK modulation
and up to 5 codes, you would enable TFRC 1, 2, and 3 and then enable 1 and
5 codes on the HSDPA panel in the Network Settings dialog box. Using these
settings, the following HSDPA coverage probability layers can be generated:
■ HSDPA - Downlink Coverage For TFRC 1 for 1 Code
■ HSDPA - Downlink Coverage For TFRC 1 for 5 Codes
■ HSDPA - Downlink Coverage For TFRC 2 for 1 Code
■ HSDPA - Downlink Coverage For TFRC 2 for 5 Codes
■ HSDPA - Downlink Coverage For TFRC 3 for 1 Code
■ HSDPA - Downlink Coverage For TFRC 3 for 5 Codes
For information about standard W-CDMA analysis layers, see
“Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 157.

If you are using only HSDPA carriers, not all of the standard W-CDMA
downlink analysis layers will be generated. You can only generate a full
set of downlink layers if you are using Rel 99 or Rel 99 & HSDPA carriers.

206
Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Table 9.2 HSDPA analysis layers

Layer Description

HS-DSCH - Max Achievable Data Rate

Displays the predicted highest achievable forward link data rate per bin
(see Table 9.1). This rate is automatically selected from those provided
by the chosen combinations of TRFC and HS-DSCH codes in the
Network Settings dialog box. The data rate prediction is based on the
predicted Ec/Nt and the slow fade margin that is required to ensure a
certain level of coverage probability.
The slow fade margin required depends on the coverage probability
requirement and the slow fading standard deviation assumptions.
When predicting the Forward Max Achievable Data Rate, the required
fade margin is computed at each bin, and then a coverage probability is
calculated for each data rate according the required Ec/Nt threshold,
predicted Ec/Nt and the fade margin. For each bin, the data rates with
coverage probabilities lower than the required threshold are considered
as having no coverage in the bin. There may be more than one data
rate for which the coverage probabilities are above the coverage
probability requirement. In this case, the highest data rate is considered
as the Forward Max Achievable Data Rate for the bin.

HS-DSCH Ec/Nt

Displays the ratio of HS-DSCH symbol energy to total spectral noise


density for each bin. Ec/Nt is derived from the predicted Ec/Nt. The
mobile constantly measures this parameter in order to predict the
highest achievable data rate over next the packet.
During an HSDPA analysis, the forward SINR represented by Ec/Nt for
1 code is computed for each bin according to the signal predictions of
the serving sector, its HS-DSCH power, and the total output power and
signal predictions of all other interfering sectors. The values in this layer
represent the best SINR in an ideal situation.

HS-DSCH - Coverage for TFRC <number> for <number> Codes

Displays a coverage map for each HSDPA data rate provided by the
chosen combinations of TRFC and HS-DSCH codes in the Network
Settings dialog box (see Table 9.1).

HS-DSCH - Cell Throughput

Displays the average HS-DSCH throughput on a per-sector basis. This


layer is only generated for Monte-Carlo analyses.

HS-SCCH - Best Server

Displays the coverage area of each sector supporting HSDPA when


CPICH coverage and HS-SCCH coverage are achieved.

207
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

Table 9.2 HSDPA analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

HS-SCCH - EIRP Margin

Displays the difference between the HS-SCCH Ec/Nt and the


HS-SCCH Ec/Nt target.

HS - SCCH Ec/Nt

Displays the ratio of the high-speed downlink shared channel (HS-


DSCH) energy per chip to the total spectral noise density.

HS - SCCH Coverage

Displays the downlink coverage of the High Speed Shared Control


Channel based on the HS-SCCH target Ec/Nt threshold.

208
Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating HSDPA analysis layers


Step 1 Assign the Rel 99 & HSDPA or HSDPA technology to at least one
W-CDMA carrier and define HSDPA technology settings for the
network. See “To define carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 40
and “To define HSDPA network settings for W-CDMA” on
page 42.

Step 2 Assign Rel 99 & HSDPA and/or HSDPA carriers to at least one
sector in your project, and define HSDPA settings for the sector.
See “To assign carriers to sectors” on page 99 and “Editing sites
and sectors” on page 106.

Step 3 Generate an analysis, ensuring that you choose the HSDPA


carrier, and view the results. See “Chapter 7: Generating Rapid
Planning Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129 and “Chapter 8:
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 147.

Understanding HSUPA in Mentum Planet


High Speed Uplink Packet Data Access (HSUPA) is based on high-speed,
uplink-only dedicated channels used for packet data in primarily urban or
indoor environments. It is always used in tandem with HSDPA (on the
downlink) and provides high uplink data rates resulting in more subscribers
being served and cell power being used more efficiently. Figure 9.3 on
page 210 illustrates how resources are shared within an HSUPA channel.
HSUPA offers similar enhancements on the uplink as those provided by
HSDPA on the downlink. The carrier name, HSPA, reflects that both
technologies are used and both technologies are added to the tree view when
HSPA is chosen in the Network Settings dialog box.

209
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

The main differences between the implementation of HSDPA and HSUPA


are:
■ In HSUPA, the shared resource is the interference headroom
whereas in HSDPA the shared resource is the transmission
power and the code space.
■ In HSUPA, traffic is carried on a dedicated channel with time
multiplexing whereas in HSDPA traffic is carried on dedicated
channels with no time multiplexing.
■ In HSUPA, a constant transmission power rate adaptation is
implemented to deal with the non orthogonality of signals (i.e.,
fast power control is required).
■ In HSUPA, soft handover is supported on the uplink to limit the
amount of interference generated by neighboring cells; thus
power control from multiple cells is allowed.

Maximum Allowable Interference

HSUPA Interference Headroom


Interference Level

Rel99 In-Cell Interference

Inter Cell Interference

Thermal Noise
t

Figure 9.3 In HSUPA, the maximum allowable interference level is exploited in order
to allow the highest data rate transfer possible.

To generate HSPA analysis layers, you need to assign either the Rel 99 &
HSPA or HSPA carrier type on the Carriers panel in the Network Settings
dialog box (see “To define carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 40) and
assign the carriers to sectors in your project (see “To assign carriers to
sectors” on page 99).

210
Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

HSPA analysis layers include only sectors that are assigned Rel 99 & HSPA
and HSPA carriers, and consist of standard Rel 99 analysis layers as well as
layers that are specific to HSUPA. For more information, see “HSDPA
analysis layers” on page 206 and “Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers”
on page 157.
For information on configuring and generating network analyses, see
“Chapter 7: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129
and “Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA” on
page 147.

HSPA Rapid Planning analysis


In Mentum Planet 4.4, only Rapid Planning analyses for HSPA are available.
As a result, you cannot model site capacity; however, you can model site
coverage.
In HSPA, the HSDPA channels are used on the downlink (see “HSDPA Monte
Carlo analysis” on page 203) as well as the following additional downlink
channels:
■ E-AGCH (E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel)—carries absolute
grants for uplink E-DCH scheduling.
■ E-HICH (E-DCH Hybrid ARQ Channel)—carries hybrid ARQ
ACK/NACK indicator.
■ E-RGCH (E-DCH Relative Grant Channel)—carries relative
grants for uplink E-DCH scheduling.
You define a combined control power for these channels in the HSUPA
Control Channels Power box on the Powers panel in the W-CDMA Sector
Settings dialog box.
On the uplink, the following channels are used:
■ E-DPDCH (E-DCH Dedicated physical Data Channel)—carries
uplink user data
■ E-DPCCH (E-DCH Dedicated physical Control Channel)—
carries control information.

HSPA analysis
On the downlink, HSDPA elements are used. See “Downlink analysis” on
page 204 for information on the channels included in the analysis. In addition,
the HSUPA Control Channel Power value defined on the Powers panel in the
W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box is also included.

211
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

On the uplink, the total uplink load defined on the Implementation panel in
the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box or in the W-CDMA Simulation
dialog box is used.

During an HSPA Monte Carlo analysis, HSPA carriers will spread


HSDPA subscribers and HSPA & Rel 99 carriers will spread HSDPA
and Rel 99 subscribers.

Analysis layers
When you generate an HSPA analysis, you can create most of the standard W-
CDMA analysis layers. You can also generate HSPA analysis layers for any
combination of FRCs. Each FRC corresponds to a TTI length (2 or 10ms) and
the number of codes used for each spreading factor. For example, to model an
HSUPA terminal capable of transmitting 2 codes with a spreading factor of 4
(terminal category 2), you need to enable the check box next to FRC 1 and
FRC 5 on the HSUPA panel in the Network Settings dialog box. Using these
settings, the following HSUPA coverage probability layers are generated:
■ E-DCH - Coverage for FRC 1
■ E-DCH - Coverage for FRC 5
For information about standard W-CDMA analysis layers, see
“Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 157. Table 9.3 details
HSUPA analysis layers.
Table 9.3 HSUPA-specific layers

Layer Description

E-DCH - Coverage for FRC

Displays the coverage for the selected FRC based on the slow
fading standard deviation and required Ec/No for the FRC.

E-DCH - Max Achievable Data Rate

Displays the data rate for the FRC that achieves the cell edge
coverage probability defined in the Packet Switched Service dialog
box.

E-DCH - Average Data Rate

Displays the average data rate calculated from the coverage


probability for each FRC.

212
Generating HSDPA and HSUPA Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating HSPA analysis layers


Step 1 Assign the Rel 99 & HSPA or HSPA technology to at least one W-
CDMA carrier and define HSPA technology settings for the
network. See “To define carrier settings for W-CDMA” on page 40
and “To define HSUPA network settings for W-CDMA” on
page 46.

Step 2 Assign Rel 99 & HSPA and/or HSPA carriers to at least one
sector in your project, and define HSPA settings for the sector.
See “To assign carriers to sectors” on page 99 and “Editing sites
and sectors” on page 106.

Step 3 Generate a rapid planning analysis, ensuring that you choose the
HSPA carrier, and view the results. See “Chapter 7: Generating
Rapid Planning Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 129.

In this release of Mentum Planet, only the rapid planning analysis is


available for HSPA.

213
Chapter 9
CDMA User Guide

214
Chapter 10: Creating Scrambling Code Plans

10. Creating Scrambling


Code Plans

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to use the Scrambling
following sections:
Code Planning tool to allocate scrambling codes to
■ Understanding scrambling
code planning sectors in your network.
■ Workflow for scrambling code
planning
■ Creating a scrambling code
plan
■ Defining general scrambling
code plan settings
■ Defining scrambling code plan
exceptions
■ Working with scrambling code
planning results

215
Chapter 10
CDMA User Guide

Understanding scrambling code planning


Downlink scrambling codes are used to separate sectors within a W-CDMA
network. The Scrambling Code Planning tool enables you to allocate
scrambling codes automatically based on distance or interference. When you
create a scrambling code plan, each sector is assigned a scrambling code. The
scrambling code is made up of a group code, which is the primary scrambling
code, and a secondary code. There are 512 primary scrambling codes
available for each carrier. For each primary code, there are 15 secondary
codes.

Workflow for scrambling code planning


Step 1 Create a group of sites that you will use for your neighbor list and
scrambling code planning. See Chapter 2, “Working with Sites
and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 2 Create a neighbor list using the group of sites. See Chapter 12,
“Working with Neighbor Lists”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 3 If you are planning by interference, create an interference matrix


using the group of sites. See Chapter 11, “Working with
Interference Matrices”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 4 Define scrambling code planning settings and generate a plan.


See “Creating a scrambling code plan” on page 216.

Creating a scrambling code plan


The Scrambling Code Planning tool enables you to allocate scrambling codes
while minimizing interference using either of the following methods:
■ By Distance—reuses scrambling codes with the aim of
maximizing the distance between reused scrambling codes. This
method assumes that the greater the distance is between reused
codes, the less interference will occur. This is a quick and useful
method for planning macrocells and areas with a low site
density.
■ By Interference—reuses scrambling codes with the aim of
minimizing interference between sectors that share the same
scrambling code. This method provides a more exact plan in that
it also considers information from an interference matrix. This

216
Creating Scrambling Code Plans
CDMA User Guide

method is useful for planning microcells and areas with a high


site density.

To create a scrambling code plan


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
W-CDMA Analyses and choose Scrambling Code Planning Tool.
2 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors for which
you want to generate the plan and click Continue.
If you have sectors in your project that are not W-CDMA sectors, a dialog
box is displayed identifying the sectors. These sectors will not be
included in the plan.
The Scrambling Code Planning dialog box opens.

3 Define the general settings.


See “Defining general scrambling code plan settings” on page 218.
4 Optionally, define exceptions for the plan, including illegal carriers and
sectors that cannot share scrambling codes.
See “Defining scrambling code plan exceptions” on page 220.

217
Chapter 10
CDMA User Guide

5 Click Generate.
The Scrambling Code Planning tool creates and displays a plan in table
format that lists the sectors in the plan and provides information about the
assigned scrambling codes.
6 To apply the scrambling code plan to your project, choose File ➤
Commit Plan.
The scrambling codes are assigned to each sector, and are displayed on
the Implementation panel of the Sector Settings dialog box.

Defining general scrambling code plan settings


To create a scrambling code plan, you must choose the planning algorithm
that you want to use, and specify the carriers to plan. You must also choose a
neighbor list. If you are using the By Interference method of planning, you
must specify an interference matrix and define advanced settings.

To define general settings


1 On the Settings tab of the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, from
the Planning Algorithm list, choose one of the following methods for
planning scrambling codes:
■ By Distance—plans codes by maximizing the distance between
reused codes
■ By Interference—plans codes by using an interference matrix
to minimize the interference between sectors that use the same
code
2 In the Plan Name box, type a name for the scrambling code plan.
3 From the W-CDMA Carriers list, choose a carrier for which to plan.
If you choose All Carriers, the same scrambling code is applied to all
carriers in a sector.

218
Creating Scrambling Code Plans
CDMA User Guide

4 If you want to use a neighbor list as input to the scrambling code plan,
from the Neighbor List list, choose which one to use.
The neighbor list should include the group of sites for which you are
creating the plan. The algorithm will not assign the same code to two
neighbors.
If neighbor information is missing for any sites that you are planning, a
scrambling code plan is still created, but a warning message is displayed,
identifying the sectors with missing neighbor information.
5 If you chose the By Interference planning method, from the Interference
Matrix list, choose the interference matrix to use for the plan.
This option is not available if you are planning by distance.
6 If you have already generated a plan or have loaded a previously saved
plan and want to keep the scrambling codes that have already been
assigned, enable the Keep Existing Codes check box.
If you do not enable this check box, any codes already assigned are
replaced.
You can review or modify the plan before deciding whether to keep the
existing codes. For more information, see “Working with scrambling code
planning results” on page 222.
7 If you are planning by interference, in the Advanced Interference
Settings section, do any of the following:
■ Use the Quality/Speed slider to choose a value between Fast
and Best to define the balance between quality and speed that
you want to use when producing the scrambling code plan.
Choosing a value closer to Fast means that the plan is created
using fewer iterations. This is useful if you want to fine-tune a
plan, for example, to check the effects of changing a threshold
value. Choosing a value closer to Best means that the plan is
created using more iterations, which produces a higher quality
plan and takes more time.
■ In the Random Seed box, type a number for random seed. This
number enables you to start the plan from a different point,
which can result in slightly different results when the plan is run.
You can run the same plan repeatedly using different random

219
Chapter 10
CDMA User Guide

seed numbers and then choose the version that gives you the best
result.
■ In the Ignore Interference Less Than (%) box, type a
percentage value below which interference will be ignored in
planning. Use this option to filter out very low interference
values that are not significant and that would slow down the
planning process.
8 To define exceptions, click the Exceptions tab.
For more information on defining exceptions, see “To define scrambling
code planning exceptions” on page 221.
9 To generate the plan, click Generate.
The Scrambling Code Planning tool creates and displays a report in table
format that lists the sectors in the plan and provides information about the
scrambling codes assigned to each sector.

Defining scrambling code plan exceptions


You can define exceptions for the entire network, one or more groups of sites,
one or more sites, or one or more sectors in a site.
Scrambling code exceptions are:
■ illegal scrambling codes (codes that cannot be used for a chosen
sector, site, group of sites, or network)
■ sectors that cannot share the same scrambling code

Once you generate a scrambling code plan, you can view details about
illegal codes and relationships between sectors by clicking the Statistics
tab and choosing Exceptions from the Statistics Selection list.

220
Creating Scrambling Code Plans
CDMA User Guide

To define scrambling code planning exceptions


1 In the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, click the Exceptions tab.

2 If you have an existing exceptions file that you want to use as a starting
point, choose File ➤ Load Exceptions, navigate to the folder that
contains the file and click Open.
3 In the Site Selection section, from Selection Type list, choose one of the
following options:
■ Network—applies illegal codes to all sites in your project.
■ Site Groups—applies illegal codes to one or more groups of
sites.
■ Sites—applies illegal codes to one or more sites. The sites that
appear in the Sites list are the sites in the group that you chose in
Step 2 in “To create a scrambling code plan” on page 217. If you
choose this option, you must choose one or more sites from the
Sites list.
■ Sector—applies illegal codes to one or more sectors. The sites
that appear in the Sites list are the sites in the group that you
chose in Step 2 in “To create a scrambling code plan” on

221
Chapter 10
CDMA User Guide

page 217. If you choose this option, you must choose a site from
the Sites list and one or more sectors from the Sectors list.
4 In the Illegal Scrambling Codes section, do one of the following:
■ If you want to make a scrambling code illegal for the groups,
sites, or sectors that you chose in Step 3, choose the code in the
Available Codes list and click >>.
■ If you want to make an illegal code available for the groups,
sites, or sectors that you chose in Step 3, choose the code in the
Illegal Codes list and click <<.
5 In the Illegal Sectors for Code Sharing section:
■ If you want to define sectors that cannot share the same
scrambling code as the groups, sites, or sectors that you chose in
Step 3, choose the sector in the Available Sectors list and click
>>.
■ If you want to make a sector available to share codes with the
groups, sites, or sectors that you chose in Step 3, choose the
sector in the Illegal Sectors list and click <<.
6 If you want to save exceptions, choose File ➤ Save Exceptions, and then
in the Save SCP Exceptions dialog box, navigate to the folder where you
want to save the file and click Save.

Working with scrambling code planning results


Once you generate a scrambling code plan, you can modify the scrambling
code index assigned to a sector and view statistics about the plan. The
scrambling code index is related directly to the scrambling code, and is
typically used for manual planning to simplify the planning process.

To modify the scrambling code index assigned to a sector


■ In the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, on the Plan tab, click
in the Scrambling Code Index box for the sector that you want to
modify and type the new value.
The scrambling code value updates automatically.

222
Creating Scrambling Code Plans
CDMA User Guide

To view statistics for a plan


The statistics available for a plan include information about the distance
between reused codes, the amount of interference between reused codes, and
the number of times a code index was assigned.
1 In the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, click the Statistics tab.
2 From the Statistics Selection list, choose the type of statistics to view.
For more information on each type of statistics, press the F1 key.

To open a plan in Excel


■ In the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, choose File ➤ Export
to Excel.
The plan opens in an Excel spreadsheet.

To save a plan
By default, scrambling code plans are saved to the <project>/SCP folder.
1 In the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, choose File ➤ Save Plan
To File.
2 In the Save Scrambling Code Plan dialog box, navigate to the folder
where you want to save the plan, type a name for the file in the File Name
box and click Save.

To load a plan
If you want to view or continue working with a plan that you have saved,
you can load the plan.
1 In the Scrambling Code Planning dialog box, choose File ➤ Load Plan
From File.
2 In the Load Scrambling Code Plan dialog box, navigate to the
scrambling code plan that you want to load and click Open.

223
Chapter 10
CDMA User Guide

224
Chapter 11: Generating W-CDMA Reports

11. Generating W-CDMA


Reports

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to design and generate
following sections:
reports about data in your W-CDMA network.
■ Understanding W-CDMA
reports
■ Predefined report designs
■ Workflow for generating
W-CDMA reports
■ Generating a W-CDMA report
using a predefined report
design
■ Designing a W-CDMA report
■ Generating a W-CDMA report
■ Calculating statistics for
W-CDMA analysis layers

225
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Understanding W-CDMA reports


A report is a table of data in HTML or Excel format that provides information
about your network. You can design, preview, save, and generate reports. You
can include the following types of data in a report:
■ general data—applies to all technologies enabled in your
network. You can include the following types of general data in
your report:
■ cell equipment data—data about the sectors in the project
(you can choose W-CDMA, cdma2000, or TDMA/
FDMA)
■ antenna data
■ subscriber data
■ data generated using the layer statistics tool
■ W-CDMA-specific data—applies only to W-CDMA. You can
include the following types of W-CDMA-specific data in your
report:
■ Monte Carlo simulation data
■ W-CDMA analysis layer statistic data
■ cdma2000-specific data—applies only to cdma2000. You can
include the following types of cdma2000-specific data in your
report:
Monte Carlo simulation data

cdma2000 analysis layer statistic data


You can design and generate a report or you can generate a report using one of
the predefined report designs provided with Mentum Planet. For details on
predefined report designs, see “Predefined report designs” on page 228.
When you design a report, you define the types of data to include, and then
choose the specific items within each type to include. The following sections
provide details about the types of W-CDMA-specific data available for
reports.

W-CDMA Monte Carlo simulation data


The Monte Carlo simulation data available for reports is divided into four
categories:
■ Carrier-sector—the types of power received by the carriers and
sectors listed in the report, for example, total power, in-cell

226
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

power, CPICH power, traffic channel powers, and other channel


powers
■ Carrier-sector-mobile—data on a carrier-sector basis about the
Monte Carlo simulation for selected subscriber types, for
example, total number of users, number of users not served,
number of users in each handover state, and number of users
blocked due to power amplifier (PA), user, channel element,
user, cell radius, speed, throughput and code limits
■ System-mobile—system-level data about the Monte Carlo
simulation for selected subscriber types, for example, total
number of users, number of users not served, number of users in
each handover state, and number of users blocked due to power
amplifier (PA), user, channel element, user, cell radius, speed,
throughput and code limits
■ Throughput—primary and secondary downlink and primary
uplink throughput data for sectors, carriers, and subscriber types
The data for each category is based on the average of the operating points
generated during the Monte Carlo simulation. For overview information on
operating points, see “Generating operating points and subscriber
information” on page 149. For details on each operating point, see “Appendix
C: W-CDMA Operating Points Table Format” on page 523.
Using more than one type of data in a report
You can create a report using one or more types of data. If you choose to use
more than one type, you may need to specify how you want the information to
be related by choosing a key column for both the parent and the child table. In
general, this is handled automatically for reports with similar data, but for
some combinations, you will need to specify the relationship. For a row in the
child table to reference a row in the parent table, the chosen key columns for
both tables must contain matching data values. If they do not, the rows are
omitted from the resulting report.
For example, if you add carrier-sector-mobile data to carrier-sector data, and
you choose Site Id as the key column for both tables, then the resulting table
contains a row for each Site Id that exists in both tables.

W-CDMA analysis layer data


After you generate W-CDMA analysis layers, you can calculate statistics for
an analysis layer using information from a clutter grid file, a traffic map, or a
user-defined filter.

227
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

The statistics generated include the analysis area and a percentage value, and
any additional columns created by the applied traffic map, clutter, or filter. For
more information, see “Calculating statistics for W-CDMA analysis layers”
on page 248.

Using report data to help in W-CDMA network analysis


You can use the data in a report to help you interpret and adjust the factors
influencing coverage and performance in your W-CDMA network. In a
typical W-CDMA analysis, you would generate a report using data from an
initial Monte Carlo simulation for additional information about the analysis. If
you determine that the simulation requires more runs, you can append more
runs to the simulation and generate another report to view the results.

Predefined report designs


A set of predefined report designs is provided for you to use to generate
reports quickly and easily. Each predefined report design comprises two files:
■ a .wrp file, which identifies the columns included in the report.
These files are stored in the Reports\WCDMA folder in your
project.
■ an Excel template file, which formats the information. These
files are stored in the Reports\exceltemplates folder in your
project.
The Excel files contain macros that create appropriate column names and
provide other functions, for example, the carrier-sector report contains a
macro that converts values from mW to dBm for easier interpretation and
comparison. You can view the raw data for any report by clicking the
PlanetEvExport tab in the Excel report.
The following sections describe the predefined report designs.

System-mobile-simple report
This report provides a row for users served for each subscriber type and
environment combination. Columns are color coded. Dark blue indicates
general information, such as site and sector ID. Purple indicates served users.
Light blue indicates users that are not served. Figure 11.1 shows a portion of
an example system-mobile-simple report.

228
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Figure 11.1 Example system-mobile-simple report

Carrier-sector-mobile report
This report shows users served on a per-sector basis. This report uses the same
color scheme as the system-mobile-simple report.

Carrier-sector
This report provides a summary of the powers per sector for each site/sector/
subscriber type/environment combination.

System-mobile
This report provides a pivot table in Excel that enables you to click and drag
items to create the set of columns that you want to view. It also provides pie
charts for the available statistics.

Throughput
This report provides a row for throughput for each site/sector/subscriber type/
environment combination.

Columns in predefined reports


Table 11.1 describes the columns available for predefined reports and
identifies the reports in which the column appears.

229
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Site Id Name of the site. 5 5 5
Sector Id Name of the sector. 5 5 5
Site Sector Id Combined site and sector name. 5 5 5
Carrier Name Automatically assigned carrier name. 5 5 5
Channel Name User-defined carrier name. 5 5 5
Subscriber Type Name of the subscriber type. 5 5 5 5 5
Service Name of the service. 5 5 5 5 5
Quality Name of the quality. 5 5 5 5 5
Environment Name of the environment. 5 5 5 5 5
Primary Downlink Downlink throughput as primary. 5
Throughput

Secondary Downlink Downlink throughput as secondary (handover). 5


Throughput

Primary Uplink Uplink throughput as primary. 5


Throughput

Secondary Uplink Uplink throughput as secondary (handover). 5


Throughput

Percentage of Downlink throughput as a percentage of the 5


Maximum Downlink maximum downlink pooled throughput.
Pooled Throughput

Average Achieved Rate Average achieved rate for Downlink Primary 5


for Downlink Primary Subscribers.
Subscribers

230
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Average Achieved Rate Average achieved rate for Downlink Secondary 5
for Downlink Secondary Subscribers.
Subscribers

Average Achieved Rate Average Achieved Rate for Uplink Primary 5


for Uplink Primary Subscribers.
Subscribers

Average Achieved Rate Average Achieved Rate for Uplink Secondary 5


for Uplink Secondary Subscribers.
Subscribers

Throughput on HSDPA Throughput achieved on HSDPA. 5


Average Achieved Average Achieved Forward Rate for HSDPA 5
Forward Rate for subscribers.
HSDPA Subscribers

Primary HS-DSCH HS-DSCH Downlink throughput as primary. 5


Downlink Throughput

Primary Rel 99 Rel 99 Downlink throughput as primary. 5


Downlink Throughput

Secondary Rel 99 Rel 99 Downlink throughput as secondary. 5


Downlink Throughput

Primary A-DCH Uplink Uplink throughput on A-DCH channels as primary. 5


Throughput

Secondary A-DCH Uplink throughput on A-DCH channels as 5


Uplink throughput secondary.

Primary Rel 99 Uplink Rel 99 Uplink throughput as primary. 5


Throughput

Secondary Rel 99 Rel 99 Uplink throughput as secondary. 5


Uplink Throughput

HSDPA Scheduler Gain Scheduler Gain. 5

231
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Downlink Captured The downlink captured subscriber throughput is 5
Subscriber Throughput calculated by multiplying the number of served
subscribers by the service data rate and by the
packet call activity factor.

Not Served Number of subscribers not served for any reason. 5 5


Dropped Number of subscribers not served for any reason. 5
Not in Handover Number of subscribers not in handover. 5 5 5
Softer Handover Number of subscribers in softer handover. 5 5 5
Soft Handover Number of subscribers in soft handover. 5 5 5
Softer Soft Handover Number of subscribers in softer-soft handover. 5 5 5
Soft Softer Handover Number of subscribers in soft-softer handover. 5 5 5
Soft Soft Handover Number of subscribers in soft-soft handover. 5 5 5
Softer Softer Handover Number of subscribers in softer-softer handover. 5 5 5
4 Way Handover Number of subscribers in four-server handover. 5 5 5
5 Way Handover Number of subscribers in five-server handover. 5 5 5
6 Way Handover Number of subscribers in six-server handover. 5 5 5
7 Way Handover Number of subscribers in seven-server handover. 5 5 5
Served Total number of subscribers who have been 5 5 5
served.

Served on HSDPA Number of subscribers served on a HSDPA carrier. 5

232
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Non-negotiated The number of users served where the Uplink is 5 5 5
served at the highest available bearer rate, and
Downlink is negotiated to a lower rate from the
highest available.

Downlink Negotiated The number of users served where the Downlink 5 5 5


path has been negotiated to a rate lower than that
of the highest available bearer rate, but the Uplink
is at the highest available bearer rate.

Uplink Negotiated The number of users served where the Uplink path 5 5 5
has been negotiated to a rate lower than that of the
highest available bearer rate, but the Downlink is
at the highest available bearer rate.

Negotiated The number of users served where both the Uplink 5 5 5


and Downlink paths have been negotiated to a rate
lower than that of the highest available bearer rate.

Served by Repeater Total number of subscribers who have been 5


served by repeaters on the sector as primary.

Handover with Number of subscribers in handover where a 5


Repeater repeater on this sector is the handover server.

Mobile PA Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5 5


insufficient mobile ERP to achieve their Eb/No
target on the downlink.

Uplink Noise Rise Number of subscribers not served due to the 5 5 5


maximum load being reached at one or more
sectors.
A subscriber will not be served if its signal pushes
any sector over its noise rise (load) limit.

233
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
DownlinkChannel Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5 5
Element Limit insufficient channel element on the downlink.
The Monte Carlo simulation uses the greatest
number of channel elements required by the
subscriber when determining if there are sufficient
channel elements to take the call.

Uplink Channel Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5 5


Element Limit insufficient channel element on the Uplink.
The Monte Carlo simulation uses the greatest
number of channel elements required by the
subscriber when determining if there are sufficient
channel elements to take the call.

Rel 99 User Limit Number of Rel 99 subscribers not served due to 5 5 5


the maximum Rel 99 subscriber limit being
reached on the attempted sector. This field applies
to the downlink.

HSDPA User Limit Number of HSDPA subscribers not served due to 5 5 5


the maximum HSDPA subscriber limit being
reached on the attempted sector. This field applies
to the downlink.

Cell Radius Limit Number of subscribers on the downlink not served 5 5 5


because they are outside the maximum cell radius.

Speed Limit Number of subscribers not served because they 5 5 5


exceed the speed limit for the cell.

Throughput Limit Number of subscribers not served because the 5 5 5


throughput limit for the site was exceeded.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served due to 5


to Rel 99 Code insufficient codes being available for Rel 99 traffic
on the downlink.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served on the downlink 5


to PA due to insufficient PA power at the best server.

234
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served on the downlink 5
to CPICH due to insufficient CPICH Ec/Io from the best
server.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served on the downlink 5


to DPCH due to insufficient voice power.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


To HS-SCCH insufficient power being available for the HS-
SCCH channel in primary.

Handover Dropped Due Number of handover connections refused during 5


to Downlink CE downlink analysis due to insufficient handover
channel elements.

Handover Dropped Due Number of handover connections refused during 5


to Uplink CE Uplink analysis due to insufficient handover
channel elements.

Handover Dropped Due Number of handover connections refused due to 5


to Code insufficient channel codes.

Handover Dropped Due Number of handover connections refused during 5


to PA downlink analysis due to insufficient PA power.

Handover Dropped Due Number of handover connections refused during 5


to DPCH downlink analysis due to insufficient voice power.

Used Uplink Channel Number of Uplink channel elements used. 5


Elements

Required Uplink Number of Uplinkchannel elements that would be 5


Channel Elements required to serve all served subscribers and those
refused due to insufficient channel elements.

Used Downlink Number of Downlink channel elements used. 5


Channel Elements

235
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Required Downlink Number of Downlink channel elements that would 5
Channel Elements be required to serve all served subscribers and
those refused due to insufficient channel elements.

Total Downlink PA Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient power amplifier (PA) power available at
the serving sector.
Insufficient PA power can cause either the voice or
CPICH to have insufficient signal strength to meet
the subscriber’s target.

Downlink Rel 99 Code Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


Limit insufficient codes being available for Rel 99 on the
downlink.

CPICH Power Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient CPICH power on the downlink. The
CPICH power is caused by the maximum CPICH
power/fixed CPICH power being insufficient to
meet the Ec/Io target of the mobile.

DPCH Power Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient power on the downlink to meet the
subscriber’s Eb/No target.

HS-SCCH Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5


insufficient power being available for the
HS-SCCH channel.

Prev Total Rel 99 Rcv Power received on previous iteration of the 5


Power_mW simulation. This is used to determine the received
power from subscribers.
The previous run noise is used to determine the
subscribers output powers.

236
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Current Total Rel 99 Power received on the final iteration of the 5
Rcv Power_mW simulation.
This is the actual receive power used to determine
noise.

Total Rel99 InCell Total power received from subscribers on the final 5
Power_mW iteration.

CPICH Power_mW Output power of the CPICH channel. 5


Sync Power_mW Output power of the sync channel. 5
Paging Power_mW Output power of the paging channel. 5
HS-DSCH Activity The activity factor for the HS-DSCH channel. 5
Factor (%)

HS-DSCH Power_mW For HSDPA and Rel 99 & HSDPA sectors, the 5
maximum transmit power for the downlink shared
channel.

HS-SCCH Power_mW For HSDPA and Rel 99 & HSDPA sectors, the 5
power of the High Speed Shared Control Channel.

HSUPA Control For HSPA and Rel99 & HSPA sectors, the 5
Power_mW combined power required for the E-AGCH (E-DCH
Absolute Grant Channel), E-RGCH (E-DCH
Relative Grant Channel), and the E-HICH (E-DCH
Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel).

Current Rel 99 Rcv Power received on the final iteration of the 5


Power_mW simulation. This is the actual receive power used
to determine noise.

Rel 99 In Cell Power received from subscribers within the cell on 5


Power_mW the final iteration of the simulation.

Attenuated Power_mW In-cell power attenuated by the uplink 5


orthogonality factor.

237
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Total DPCH Power per Total power of all best server voice channels. 5
Run_mW This value includes the voice activity factor.

Average DPCH Power Average power of a single voice channel. 5


per Subscriber_mW This value does not include the voice activity
factor.

Max DPCH Power per Maximum power of the best server voice channel. 5
Channel_mW This value does not include the voice activity
factor.

Min DPCH Power per Minimum power of the best server voice channel. 5
Channel_mW This value does not include the voice activity
factor.

DPCH Noise Rise Noise rise on the uplink. 5


Total Noise Rise Total noise rise on the uplink. 5
Rx Eb_No Eb/No on the uplink. 5
DPCH Load Sector load on the downlink. 5
DPCH Sector load on the downlink as a percentage.
Load_Percentage

Load_Percentage Uplink load given as a percentage. 5


Total Load Total sector load. 5
Total Load_Percentage Total sector load as a percentage. 5
Frequency Re-use Frequency re-use efficiency given as a 5
Efficiency percentage, equal to:
(in cell interference) / (total interference)*100

238
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 11.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Other Cell Interference Other-cell interference factor (OCIF) given in a 5
Factor linear form, equal to:
(other cell interference) / (own cell interference)

F-Factor F-factor given as a linear term, equal to: 5


(own cell interference) / (total interference)

Mean Rel 99 Required Mean value of the required receive powers 5


Receive Power from all subscribers in the uplink.
Standard Dev Rel 99 Standard deviation of the required receive powers 5
Required Receive from all subscribers in the uplink.
Power

Workflow for generating W-CDMA reports


Step 1 Generate a Monte Carlo simulation. See “Chapter 8: Generating
Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 147.

Step 2 If you want to include W-CDMA analysis layer statistics in a


report, do the following:
■ Generate W-CDMA analysis layers. See
“Understanding W-CDMA analysis layers” on
page 157.
■ Generate statistics for W-CDMA analysis layers
and add them to the Report Designer. See
“Calculating statistics for W-CDMA analysis
layers” on page 248.

Step 3 Optionally, design a report. See “Generating a W-CDMA report


using a predefined report design” on page 240 or “Designing a
W-CDMA report” on page 241.

239
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

Step 4 Generate a report using a predefined report design or using the


report design that you created. See “Generating a W-CDMA
report using a predefined report design” on page 240 or
“Generating a W-CDMA report” on page 247.

Generating a W-CDMA report using a predefined report design


Using predefined reports removes the need for you to design a report before
generating it. The predefined report designs use templates that are in Excel
format. When you create a new project, the predefined report designs are
automatically copied into the Reports folder for the project. If you are using
an existing project and want to use the predefined report designs, you will
need to copy all of the folders in the Mentum Planet 4\global\Reports folder to
the Reports folder in your project.
Each report contains macros that format the data. You can view the raw data
used to create any predefined report by clicking the PlanetEvExport tab in the
report.

Modifying a predefined report design


If you want to modify a predefined report design, you can modify the Excel
template without making changes to the report design (the .wrp file), but if
you modify the report design, you need to modify the Excel template (i.e., if
you remove a column by clearing the check box on the Design tab of the
Report Designer, you need to delete it from the Excel template as well). You
should only modify the Excel template if you are familiar with Excel. To
modify the report design, you need to load it into the Report Designer and
modify it. See “To modify an existing W-CDMA report design” on page 247.

To generate a W-CDMA report using a predefined report


design
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, expand
W-CDMA Analyses, right-click the analysis for which you want to
generate the report and choose Generate Reports.
2 In the Generate Report dialog box, choose the report design that you
want to generate and click OK.
For details on the predefined reports that are available, see “Predefined
report designs” on page 228.

240
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

3 From the Select Output Format list, choose Excel and click OK.
The report is generated and opens in Excel.

You can also generate reports for a group of sectors or for a flag
condition by doing the following:
• To generate reports for a group of sectors, right-click a group in the
Sites category in the Project Explorer and choose Generate Reports.
• To generate reports for sectors that have been assigned a flag
condition, enable the flag condition in the Project Explorer, right-click
the Flags node, and choose Generate Reports.
In either case, you must choose the analysis to use in the Select Data dialog
box.

Designing a W-CDMA report


The Report Designer enables you to create an overall design for a report
before you generate it. You can customize the data that in the report and
define the output format of the report.
After you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, the operating points are
automatically available in the Report Designer. If you want to use layer
statistics in a report, you must manually add the data to the Report Designer.
For more information, see “Calculating statistics for W-CDMA analysis
layers” on page 248.
The Report Designer enables you to preview the report before you save it or
generate it. Previewing a report enables you to customize the data or output
settings until you are satisfied with the result.
Once you are satisfied with the design, you can save it until you want to
generate the report. Report designs are stored in the Reports folder of your
project.
You can also load and modify report designs in the Report Designer even after
you have generated reports. This option is useful, for example, if you want to
add layer statistics data to an existing report that only contains Monte Carlo
operating points.

To design a W-CDMA report


1 Choose Data ➤ Design Report.
The Report Designer opens.

241
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

2 On the Data tab, in the Available Data section, expand one of the
following nodes and choose the type of W-CDMA data to add to the
report:
■ Cell Equipment—contains data about sector settings. For more
information, see Chapter 5, “Configuring and Placing TDMA/
FDMA Sites” in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide, “Chapter 5:
Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites” on page 83, and
“Chapter 16: Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites” on
page 327. Additional information can be found in “Appendix E:
Import and Export Tables” in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ Antenna—contains data about the antenna patterns in the
project. For more information, see Chapter 3, “Working with
Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ Subscribers—contains data about the subscriber information in
the Subscriber Manager. For information on the columns
available in this report, see the Subscriber_Equipment_Types
worksheet and the Subscriber worksheet in “Appendix E: Import
and Export Tables” in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ <analysis name>—contains the following categories of data:
■ Carrier-sector—contains mean values from per-sector
operating points. For more information, see “W-CDMA

242
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

Monte Carlo simulation data” on page 226 and “Per-


sector operating points” on page 526.
■ Carrier-sector-mobile—contains mean values from
per-subscriber type operating points. For more
information, see “W-CDMA Monte Carlo simulation
data” on page 226 and “Per-subscriber type operating
points” on page 527.
■ System-mobile—contains mean values from
sub-category operating points. For more information, see
“W-CDMA Monte Carlo simulation data” on page 226
and “Sub-category operating points” on page 524.
■ Throughput—contains mean values from per-subscriber
type operating points. For more information, see
“W-CDMA Monte Carlo simulation data” on page 226
and “Per-subscriber type operating points” on page 527.
■ Layer Statistics—contains statistics from a W-CDMA analysis
layer. Layer statistics will only appear in the Available Data
section if you have calculated them and added them to the report
design. For more information, see “Calculating statistics for
W-CDMA analysis layers” on page 248.
3 Type a description for the data in the Edit Description for the Data
section, and click the right arrow.
The data is added to the Selected Data section.
4 To add more data to the report, repeat Step 2 and Step 3.
5 If the Relation Selector dialog box is displayed, do the following:
■ To define the data from a parent table, do the following:
■ From the Select Parent Table list, choose the table that
contains the rows to be referenced by the child table.
■ From the Select Key Column From Parent Table list,
choose the column in the parent table that contains the

243
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

data values used to join related table rows in the parent


and child tables.
■ To define the data from a child table, do both of the following:
■ From the Select Child Table list, choose the table that
contains the rows that you want to be referenced by the
parent table.
■ From the Select Key Column From Child Table list,
choose the column in the child table that contains the data
values used to join related table rows in the parent and
child tables.
■ Click OK to close the Relation Selector dialog box.
6 To display a preview of the report, click Preview.
The report design is displayed in a Web browser.

To define the data columns for a W-CDMA report


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, click the Design tab.

2 To change the name of a column, click in the Column Label box and type
a name.

244
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

3 To include or exclude columns from the report, do any of the following:


■ To exclude a single column, clear the check box in the Show
column.
■ To exclude all columns, click Clear All.
■ To include all columns, click Show All.
4 To change the order of the columns, choose one or more columns and
click the up arrow or down arrow.
To choose a column, click the column number.
5 To display a preview of the report, click Preview.
The report design is displayed in a Web browser.

To define the export settings for a W-CDMA report


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, click the Output tab.

245
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Select Export Destination section, choose one of the following


formats from the Format list:
■ Excel—the report is opened in Microsoft Excel. Using Microsoft
Excel, you can save the report in .xls format. To use this option,
you must have Microsoft Excel installed.
■ HTML—the report is saved in HTML (.htm) format. If you
choose this option, you can choose, from the Output list,
whether to save the report to a file or open it in a Web browser.
■ MapInfo—the report is saved in a MapInfo (.tab) file
3 In the Export Settings section, define the settings that are specific to the
type of format that you chose.
■ If you chose Excel in Step 2, you can define the sheet name (the
name of the first tab in the Excel file), template file name, and
macros to use. Typically, you would use these fields if you have
designed a custom Excel template and want to use it for your
report data. If you are modifying a predefined report design, you
can choose the predefined Excel template that corresponds to the
data that you are including in the report (i.e., if you are including
carrier-sector data in your report, you should choose the carrier-
sector Excel template).
■ If you chose HTML in Step 2, you can define HTML-specific
export settings, including the file to be used for the report header
and footer. If you want to use the header and footer provided
with Mentum Planet, do the following:
■ Click Browse next to the Header Filename box, navigate
to the Reports\HtmlHeaderFooter\Header.htm file in your
project folder and click Open.
■ Click Browse next to the Footer Filename box, navigate
to the Reports\HtmlHeaderFooter\Footer.htm file in your
project folder and click Open.
■ If you chose MapInfo in Step 2, you can define MapInfo-specific
settings. No template files are provided with Mentum Planet for
this option.
For more information on the settings in this section, press the F1 key. If
you do not define custom settings, the default settings will be used.
4 To define output settings for another format, repeat Step 2 and Step 3.

246
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

5 To display a preview of the report, click Preview.


The report design is displayed in a Web browser.

To save the W-CDMA report design


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, choose File ➤ Save As.
2 In the Save Report dialog box, type a name for the report in the Report
Name box.
3 From the Report Category list, choose W-CDMA, and click OK.
The report design will be saved in the Reports\WCDMA folder of your
project. Report designs are saved with the file extension of .wrp.

To modify an existing W-CDMA report design


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, choose File ➤ Load.
2 In the Open Report dialog box, choose the report that you want to open,
and click OK.
3 In the Report Designer, modify the settings of the report design.
For more information on these settings, see “To design a W-CDMA
report” on page 241.

To delete a W-CDMA report design


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, choose File ➤ Remove.
2 In the Remove Report dialog box, choose the report that you want to
delete, and click Remove.

Generating a W-CDMA report


After you have designed and saved a report design in the W-CDMA category,
you can use the Generate Report dialog box to generate multiple reports
simultaneously.

247
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

To generate a W-CDMA report


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, expand
W-CDMA Analyses, right-click the analysis for which you want to
generate the report and choose Generate Reports.
2 In the Generate Report dialog box, choose the report that you want to
generate.
3 From the Select Output Format list, choose the format for the report
output.
The output settings for each format are defined on the Output tab of the
Report Designer and saved in the report design that you are generating
(see “To define the export settings for a W-CDMA report” on page 245).
You can output the report in any of the three formats.
4 Click OK.
The report is generated and displayed or saved in the output format that
you chose.

You can also generate reports for a group of sectors or for a flag
condition by doing the following:
• To generate reports for a group of sectors, right-click a group in the
Sites category in the Project Explorer and choose Generate Reports.
• To generate reports for sectors that have been assigned a flag
condition, enable the flag condition in the Project Explorer, right-click
the Flags node, and choose Generate Reports.
In either case, you must choose the analysis to use in the Select Data dialog
box.

Calculating statistics for W-CDMA analysis layers


You can calculate statistics on the individual W-CDMA analysis layers that
you have generated. You can calculate statistics based on the entire numeric
grid (.grd) file, an area grid, or a selection in the Map window. You can further
customize the statistics based on a clutter grid file, traffic map, or a user-
defined filter.

248
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

After you calculate statistics, you can add them to a new or existing report
design.

When you calculate layer statistics, they are automatically displayed in


Microsoft Excel. In order to use the Layer Statistics Analysis tool, you
must have Microsoft Excel installed.

To calculate W-CDMA layer statistics


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, choose the
analysis layers that you want to add to the report, right-click one of the
analysis layers and choose Statistics.
The Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box opens.
2 To manually add additional analysis layers to the list, click Add Layer,
navigate to the file that you want to add, and click Open.
3 In the tree view, choose Analysis Settings.
The Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box opens.

249
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

4 On the Analysis Settings panel, choose one of the following from the
Analysis Area list:
■ Current Window—statistics are generated based on the area
displayed in the Map window
■ Entire Layer—statistics are generated based on the area defined
in the W-CDMA analysis layer(s) used
■ Selected Rectangle—statistics are generated for the area that is
enclosed by the selected rectangle in the Map window. You can
use the MapInfo rectangle tool to create a rectangle. For more
information, see the MapInfo Professional User Guide.
■ Area—statistics are generated based on an area grid. For more
information, see “Creating area grids” in Chapter 14, “Working
With Grids”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
5 To remove bins with null values from the analysis layer calculations,
enable the Exclude Null Values check box.
6 To generate additional statistics, broken down by a classification, enable
the Use Classified Grid check box, click Browse to navigate to the file,
choose the file and click OK.
The default classified grid file is the clutter grid file defined for the
project.
Any classified grid can be used to perform different kinds of statistical
analysis. For example, to produce a statistical breakdown for each sector,
use a best server layer as the classification grid. This breaks the statistics
down by best server area.
7 To generate traffic statistics, enable the Use Traffic Map check box and
choose a traffic map from the Traffic Map list.
8 To filter the analysis area based on a grid file, enable the Apply Area
Filter check box.
The area filter is applied globally to all layers.
9 If you want to define individual area filters for each layer, enable the Set
Area Filter By Layer check box.

250
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

10 If you are applying area filters globally to all layers, do the following:
■ To define the area raster, click Browse, navigate to the grid file,
and click OK.
■ To define the condition for the filter, type an expression in the
Condition box. For example, choosing the SignalStrength.grd
file and defining the expression v > 100 would only consider
pixels within the analysis area that have a signal strength greater
than 100.
For more information on creating expressions, press the F1 key.
11 To discard statistical results that only contain zero values, enable the
Discard Result That Only Contains Zero Statistics check box.
With this check box enabled, records where all columns contain zero
values will be removed from the statistical report.
12 From the Export Format list, choose one of the following formats:
■ Excel—statistics will be displayed in Microsoft Excel when they
are generated.
■ Html—statistics are generated in an HTML (.htm) file and
stored in the <project>\Reports\LayerStatistics\Html folder in
the project. There will be one .htm file for each layer for which
you are generating statistics. These files will not be displayed
automatically.
■ MapInfo Table—statistics are generated in MapInfo (.tab) file
and stored in the <project>\Reports\LayerStatistics\MapInfo
folder. There will be one .tab file for each layer for which you
are generating statistics. These files will not be displayed
automatically. To display the files, see “To display W-CDMA
layer statistics in table format” on page 253.
13 If the Layers node in the tree view does not contain layers, click Add
Layer, choose the numeric grid (.grd) file that you want to add, and click
Open.
14 In the tree view, expand Layers and choose the analysis layer for which
you want to obtain statistics.
The Layers panel opens to display layer information about the data type,
resolution, and the area.

251
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

15 If you want to define classification settings for the analysis layer, define
any of the available settings in the Classifications Settings section.
The settings that are available in this section are dependent on the data
type of the analysis layer (classified or numeric). Do any of the following:
■ In the Classifications box, choose the classification for the
analysis layer. This setting is only available if the data type of
the analysis layer is classified.
■ To split the classification by site and sector names, enable the
Split Classification to Get Site and Sector Names check box.
This setting is only available if the data type of the analysis layer
is classified.
■ To define the data ranges for which to calculate statistics, type
the threshold values in the Threshold Definition box, separated
by semi-colons. The default thresholds are set by equally
dividing the range of Zmin and Zmax values contained in the
chosen analysis layer. This setting is only available if the data
type of the analysis layer is numeric.
■ In the Classification Name box, type a name for the
classification in this box. This option is available for both the
classified and numeric data types.

252
Generating W-CDMA Reports
CDMA User Guide

16 If you want to define area filters for individual layers and enabled the Set
Area Filter By Layer check box on the Analysis Settings panel, click the
Area Filters button.
Area filter settings are saved in LayerStatistics.set file located in the
Settings/Layer Statistics folder within the project folder.
17 In the Area Filters dialog box, do the following:
■ Click the Add Row button.
■ Click the Browse (...) button next to the Area Raster box,
navigate to where the raster file is saved, and click Open.
■ Click in the Condition box and define a filter condition for the
layer. Press the F1 key for more information on creating
conditions.
18 Repeat the previous step until you have defined all the required filters and
click OK.
19 Click Calculate Statistics.
The settings in the Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box are saved
automatically for use the next time you calculate layer statistics.

You can also access the Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box by
choosing Analysis ➤ Layer Statistics.

To display W-CDMA layer statistics in table format


If you saved your statistics in MapInfo (.tab) format, you can view them in a
Map window.
1 Choose File ➤ Open Table.
2 In the Open dialog box, navigate to the Reports\LayerStatistics\MapInfo
folder of your project and choose the MapInfo (.tab) file that you want to
display.
3 From the Preferred View list, choose Browser.
4 Click Open.
The layer statistics table opens in a new Browser window.

253
Chapter 11
CDMA User Guide

To add W-CDMA layer statistics to a report design


1 After the statistics have been calculated, in the Layer Statistics Analysis
dialog box, click Design Report.
The Report Designer opens, with the layers in the Available Data section.
2 Design the report using the instructions provided in “Designing a
W-CDMA report” on page 241.
3 Generate the report using the instructions provided in “Generating a
W-CDMA report” on page 247.

254
Section 2: cdma2000

Section 2
cdma2000
This section explains how to use the cdma2000 technology provided with
Mentum Planet.

For information about W-CDMA, see “Section 1: W-CDMA” on page 11.


Chapter 12: Overview of cdma2000

12. Overview of
cdma2000

This chapter contains the This chapter provides an overview of cdma2000 and
following sections:
presents a typical workflow for cdma2000 planning.
■ Understanding cdma2000
technology
■ cdma2000 features
■ Workflow for cdma2000
network planning
■ Suggested reading

257
Chapter 12
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 technology


Due to the complex nature of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
networks, you should be familiar with CDMA technology and basic network
design principles before you start working with Mentum Planet and the
cdma2000 technology.
cdma2000 networks support a range of different services (e.g., speech, web
browsing, email, and video) and service levels. As a result, planning a
cdma2000 network is more complex than designing other second-generation
voice-centric communication systems. All signals within a CDMA network
share the same bandwidth because each signal is spread across the entire 1.25
MHz channel. Signals are distinguished from each other by a unique
channelization code (a Walsh code) that can be detected only by the
equipment to which a specific signal is directed.
Although a coded signal is broadcast to all users on the forward link, the users
to whom the signal is not directed receive the undesired signals (or a portion
thereof) as interference. This interference includes energy from non-
orthogonal signals broadcast from the same serving site and signals directed
at users served by another site.
Interference levels within CDMA networks fluctuate according to the number
and location of users. The amount of internal and external interference across
the network determines network capacity (i.e., the number of calls or sessions
that the network can support is inversely proportional to the amount of
interference).
On the reverse link, users communicating with a site cause in-cell
interference. Some of these users have their transmitted power controlled by
the site and will generally be involved in controlling the downlink power.
Other users who are in second, or greater levels of handoff, will likely have
their equipment power controlled by a different site, typically the site that is
providing the strongest pilot signal. Interference is also caused by signal
energy received at the site receiver from users who are communicating with
other sites (i.e., out-of-cell interference). In addition to in- and out-of-cell
interference on the reverse link, front end noise and foreign noise are present.
Mentum Planet enables you to simulate, assess, and balance the power and
interference levels associated with cdma2000 networks in your effort to
provide superior coverage, capacity, and quality of service.

258
Overview of cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

cdma2000 features
Mentum Planet enables you to plan and assess the coverage and performance
of your multi-layer (2G and 3G) and multi-technology networks using
features described in the following sections.

Multi-technology planning features


Mentum Planet enables you to define a cdma2000 configuration
simultaneously with TDMA/FDMA configurations.
The Subscriber Manager enables you to effectively plan your network with a
diverse mix of subscribers and usage types. You can group the service, bearer,
quality, and session requirements of each subscriber into subscriber types,
which are used when you analyze the network.

cdma2000 analyses
You can generate analyses using one of two methods:
■ Monte Carlo
■ rapid planning
Monte Carlo
The Monte Carlo option enables you to perform a detailed analysis of the
network using Monte Carlo simulation techniques to analyze a set of
randomly generated points (i.e., subscribers) distributed according to traffic
maps. For more information, see “Chapter 19: Generating Monte Carlo
Analyses for cdma2000” on page 397.
Rapid planning
The rapid planning option provides a faster alternative for generating analysis
layers based on user-defined levels of network loading on the forward and
reverse links. The simulation runs only once, and does not generate the
detailed operating points that the Monte Carlo simulation generates. This
option is useful when you want a quick overview of your network. You can
then use the Monte Carlo option for a more detailed view. For more
information on rapid planning, see “Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning
Analyses for cdma2000” on page 377.
cdma2000 analysis layers
Analysis layers are generated for both the Monte Carlo and rapid planning
options. Analysis layers enable you to compare and query layers of

259
Chapter 12
CDMA User Guide

information for details on interference, coverage, and handoff. For example,


the generated analysis layers can help you to determine:
■ pilot coverage
■ reverse link interference
■ forward link interference
■ throughput
■ handoff states and constraints
■ path balance between the forward link and the reverse link
You can generate analysis layers for the entire network or for a particular
geographic region within the network. For more information, see
“Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.

cdma2000 reports
The Report Designer enables you to view data from antenna patterns, sector
settings, Monte Carlo simulations, and cdma2000 analysis layers in a report.
You can output reports to a Microsoft® Excel (.xls) file, MapInfo (.tab) file, or
HTML (.htm) file.
You can also calculate statistics for cdma2000 analysis layers and obtain
per-pixel information about cdma2000 analyses. For more information, see
“Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports” on page 481.

PN offset planning
The PN Offset Planning tool enables you to efficiently allocate PN offset
codes to sectors in your network. It also enables you to manage PN offset
plans and to apply a plan to a group of sites.
For more information, see “Chapter 21: Generating PN Offset Plans” on
page 463.

Workflow for cdma2000 network planning


The workflow outlined in this section shows the typical order of steps only.
Depending on your work practices, you may not complete the steps in the
same order.
Before you begin this workflow, you should review the list of Mentum Planet
activities listed in Chapter 1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide. You should also read the “Understanding...”
sections in each chapter for an overview of the planning process.

260
Overview of cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Step 1 Create a project. See “Chapter 13: Creating a Mobile Technology


Project for cdma2000” on page 263.

Step 2 Define your cdma2000 network configuration as follows:


■ Generate traffic maps for the services and area
that you plan to analyze. For general procedures
for working with traffic maps, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum
Planet User Guide.
■ Define subscribers using the Subscriber
Manager. See “Chapter 15: Defining cdma2000
Subscribers” on page 289.

Step 3 Optionally, edit the propagation models supplied with Mentum


Planet. See Chapter 4, “Working with Propagation Models”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 4 Configure and place sites. See “Chapter 16: Configuring and
Placing cdma2000 Sites” on page 327.

Step 5 Optionally, analyze survey data or tune propagation models. See


Chapter 4, “Working with Propagation Models”, in the Mentum
Planet User Guide.

Step 6 Optionally, if you have purchased Capesso, optimize your sites


using the workflow described in the Capesso online Help.

Step 7 Generate a rapid planning or Monte Carlo analysis and view


results. See:
■ “Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning
Analyses for cdma2000” on page 377
■ “Chapter 19: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses
for cdma2000” on page 397
■ “Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports” on
page 481

Step 8 Optionally, plan PN offsets. See “Chapter 21: Generating PN


Offset Plans” on page 463.

Step 9 Optionally, create coverage maps and FCC Service Area


Boundary reports, see Chapter 15, “Generating Reports”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.

261
Chapter 12
CDMA User Guide

Suggested reading
Holma H., A. Toskala. HSDPA/HSUPA for UMTS: High Speed Radio Access
for Mobile Communications, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
Laiho, J. , A.Wacker, T. Novosad. Radio Network Planning and Optimization
for UMTS, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
Nawrocki, Maciej J., Mischa Dohler, A. Hamid Aghvami, Understanding
UMTS Radio Network Modelling, Planning and Automated Optimization,
John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
Kim, Kyoung Il. Handbook of CDMA System Design, Engineering, and
Optimization, Prentice Hall, Inc., 1999.
Lee, Jhong Sam & Leonard E. Miller. CDMA Systems Engineering
Handbook. Artech House Publishers, 1998.
Yang, Samuel C. CDMA RF System Engineering. Artech House Publishers,
1998.

262
Chapter 13: Creating a Mobile Technology Project

13.
for cdma2000

Creating a Mobile
Technology Project
for cdma2000
This chapter contains the This chapter explains how to create a Mobile
following sections:
Technology project.
■ Understanding Mobile
Technology projects
Once you have created a project, you can define
■ Workflow for creating a Mobile
Technology project network settings and carrier settings, as described in
■ Gathering project information the following chapters.
■ Creating a project for
cdma2000
■ Opening a project
■ Converting cdma2000
projects from previous
versions
■ Creating a default settings file
for cdma2000

263
Chapter 13
CDMA User Guide

Understanding Mobile Technology projects


In Mentum Planet, a project defines which elevation, clutter, and site file to
use for analyses. You need to create a Mobile Technology project before you
can define network and carrier settings, place sites, or generate analysis
layers. For detailed information on projects, see the Mentum Planet User
Guide.
When you create a mobile technology project, you can design a network that
supports a variety of technologies, including W-CDMA, cdma2000, and
TDMA/FDMA.
Once you have created a Mobile Technology project, you must specify that
you want to use cdma2000 technology and define cdma2000 network,
subscriber, and sector settings.

Workflow for creating a Mobile Technology project


Step 1 Gather technical information to support the project. See
“Gathering project information”.

Step 2 Create the Mobile Technology project. See “Creating a project for
cdma2000” on page 264.

Gathering project information


To create a Mobile Technology project, you must have a digital elevation
model (DEM) file and, optionally, a clutter file. The results of network
analyses will be more accurate and complete if you start with as much
information as possible. It is recommended that you also have the following:
■ technical information about sites and sectors, such as location,
power, azimuth, tilt, and twist
■ manufacturer’s electronic antenna patterns

Creating a project for cdma2000


The Project Wizard leads you through the process of creating a project and, by
default, is automatically displayed upon startup of Mentum Planet.
If you want Mentum Planet to automatically open the last project, instead of
the Project Wizard, in the Startup Options section of the User Preferences
dialog box, choose the Open Most Recent Project option. See “Defining User
Preferences” in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

264
Creating a Mobile Technology Project for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

You can use remote project folders to store and access Mentum Planet project
data. For example, you can use shared project folders for the following types
of project files to conserve disk space on your local computer:
■ bin files
■ signal (field) strength files
■ prediction view files (CDMA technologies only)
By default, these files are saved in the local project folder. If you use shared
project folders, the project files are stored in the shared folders, instead of the
local project folder. The shared folders must have read/write access
permissions for all Mentum Planet users accessing the shared folders.

If you are using shared folders and do not enable the corresponding
check box in the Sharing section of the Advanced Options tab in the
Project Settings dialog box, the shared path is not stored in Data Manager
when you check in the project. For any Data Manager users who perform a
Get on the project, all data will be stored within their local project folder.

You can choose to use a workspace to save your Map window settings,
although this is not required. For more information on workspaces, see
Chapter 1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in the Mentum Planet User
Guide.

To create a project for cdma2000


1 Start Mentum Planet.
By default, the Project Wizard opens when you start Mentum Planet. To
use the wizard at any other time, choose File ➤ New Project.
2 Click Next on the first page of the Project Wizard.
3 In the Mobile Technology dialog box, choose a cdma2000 default
settings file and click OK.
When you choose a default settings file, default network settings,
including appropriate spectrum, are automatically applied to the settings
in the Network Settings dialog box and cdma2000 is enabled on the
Network Technologies panel. You can modify these settings after you
create the project. The default settings are based on defined standards for
the technology. These standards are available from various organizations.
For CDMA technologies, this list includes 3GPP2 (http://

265
Chapter 13
CDMA User Guide

www.3gpp2.org), TIA/EIA (http://www.tiaonline.org) and ANSI (http://


www.ansi.org).
4 Follow the pages of the Project Wizard and supply the appropriate
information to create your project.
5 Click Finish.
The Project Settings dialog box opens.
6 On the Data tab, type a project description in the Description box.
7 In the Project File box, type a name for the project file or accept the
default.
By default, the folder name specified in the Wizard is used as the .dBp file
name.
8 If you want to use a workspace, enable the Use a Workspace check box.
For more information on workspaces, see Chapter 1, “Getting Started
with Mentum Planet”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
9 If you want to update the workspace file automatically each time you
close a project, enable the Workspace Autosave check box.
With both the “Use a Workspace” and “Workspace Autosave” check
boxes enabled, the specified workspace will be automatically saved when
you close a project. When you re-open the project, the project will be
displayed exactly as it appeared when you last closed the project.
10 Click the Folders tab.
11 If you want to change the default paths for bin, signal strength, prediction
view, or settings files, for any of the following boxes, click Browse,
navigate to the shared folder, and click OK.
■ Bin—<project>\bin folder, used for prediction files
■ Signal Strength—<project>\SignalStrength folder, used for
field strength files
■ Prediction View—<project>\PredictionView folder, used when
you generate a CDMA Monte Carlo simulation
■ Global—Program Files\Mentum Planet 4\Global folder, used
for default settings files
12 If you intend to use the Data Manager with shared project files, in the
Project Settings dialog box, click the Advanced Options tab, and in the

266
Creating a Mobile Technology Project for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Sharing section, enable the check boxes for each of the file types that
reference shared project data.
For information about the other options on the Advanced Options tab,
press the F1 key. For more detailed information, see “Defining output
settings” in Chapter 8, “Generating Predictions”, in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.
For information about the CDMA Analysis Optimization settings, see
“Optimizing cdma2000 analyses” on page 416.
13 Click OK to save your Mentum Planet project.
The Project Explorer opens, docked at the left edge of the application
window.

When you create a project, a set of default propagation model files is


copied to the Model folder located within the project folder. Each
propagation model references a default Clutter Property Assignment (.cpa) file
containing settings appropriate for the model. Ensure that the clutter
properties defined for the propagation model are set for the clutter grid file you
specify in the Project Settings dialog box.

For information on creating a default settings file, see “Creating a


default settings file for cdma2000” on page 268.

To open the Project Settings dialog box once a project is open, choose
Edit ➤ Project Settings, or click the Project Settings button on the
Analysis toolbar.

Opening a project
You must close an open project before opening a new one. Only projects you
have recently worked with appear in the Open Mentum Planet Project dialog
box.

To open a project
1 Choose File ➤ Open Project.
The Open Mentum Planet Project dialog box opens.

267
Chapter 13
CDMA User Guide

2 If you want to see the paths in the Most Recently Used Projects list,
enable the Show Path check box.
3 Do one of the following:
■ Choose a project in the Most Recently Used Projects list and
click Open.
■ Click Browse, locate the project you want to open and then click
Open.
If you are opening a project that contains predictions from an earlier
version of Mentum Planet, see “Opening and closing projects” in Chapter
1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet,” in the Mentum Planet User
Guide.

Converting cdma2000 projects from previous versions


If you need to convert a project created using a previous version of Mentum
Planet cdma2000 (AIIM) or Planet 2.8 or Planet DMS, contact customer
service. See “Contacting Mentum” on page 3.

Creating a default settings file for cdma2000


When you create a project, you are prompted to choose a default settings
(.gsm) file. Mentum Planet includes default settings files for common
technologies. You can, however, create a custom default settings file that will
automatically appear in the Mobile Technologies list.
A default settings file for cdma2000 contains the settings that are defined in
the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog box, such as information
about which technologies are enabled in your network and how the spectrum
is allocated. When you open a project, the values contained in the cdma2000
default settings file are loaded in the Mobile Technology – Network Settings
dialog box.

To create a default settings file for cdma2000


1 Define the network settings.
For more information, see “Chapter 14: Defining a cdma2000 Network
Configuration” on page 271.

268
Creating a Mobile Technology Project for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

2 Export the network settings to a network settings (.gns) file to the


Mentum Planet 4\global\GSM\DefaultSets folder.
For more information on how to export a network settings file, see
“Exporting and importing Mobile Technology network settings files” in
Chapter 3, “Defining Network Technologies and Services”, in the
TDMA/FDMA User Guide.
3 In the Mentum Mentum Planet 4\Global\GSM\DefaultSets folder, copy
any one of the existing default project settings (.gsm) files and rename it.
You must retain the .gsm extension. This will become the new default
settings file.
4 Open Notepad or any other ASCII text editor.
5 Open the default settings file you created in Step 3 and edit the network
settings parameter to refer to the network settings file you created in Step
2.
For example:
[Network Settings]
Default Settings File=myNetworkSettings.gns

Do not modify any other parameters in the file.


6 Save the default settings file.
The default settings file will be listed in the Mobile Technology dialog
box when you create a project.

269
Chapter 13
CDMA User Guide

270
Chapter 14: Defining a cdma2000 Network

14.
Configuration

Defining a cdma2000
Network
Configuration
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to define a cdma2000
following sections:
network configuration.
■ Understanding cdma2000
network configuration settings
■ Workflow for defining a
cdma2000 network
configuration
■ Defining network operators for
cdma2000
■ Allocating spectrum and
defining carriers for
cdma2000
■ Defining cdma2000 network
settings

271
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 network configuration settings


cdma2000 network configuration settings enable you to define spectrum and
operators for your cdma2000 network. In addition, you can configure carriers
and define other system-level settings. For each carrier, you can define
priorities (preference weightings) and soft thresholds, which are used in
conjunction with sector settings to allocate subscribers to carriers during
network analyses. You can also define EV-DO settings, which are used for
EV-DO analyses, if you have purchased an EV-DO license.
If you want to model other technologies, you can enable them and define
spectrum and other settings.
If you chose a default cdma2000 settings file when you created the project,
cdma2000 is automatically added to the Network Technologies panel in the
Network Settings dialog box, and spectrum and carriers are allocated. In
addition to cdma2000, you can add other technologies as required. For more
information on adding other technologies, see Chapter 3, “Defining Network
Technologies and Services”, and Chapter 4, “Defining Network
Configuration”, in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide.
When you enable technologies, you can assign colors that apply to each
technology. You can also assign colors to other network operators in the same
or neighboring geographic areas. These colors enable you to graphically
display how the spectrum is divided when you allocate portions of the
spectrum to each technology. For more information, see “Allocating spectrum
and defining carriers for cdma2000” on page 274.

Workflow for defining a cdma2000 network configuration


Step 1 Define network operators in your network. See “Defining network
operators for cdma2000” on page 273.

Step 2 If required, allocate spectrum and assign carriers to cdma2000.


See “Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for cdma2000” on
page 274.

Step 3 Define general, correlation model, power control, and carrier


settings for cdma2000. See “Defining cdma2000 network
settings” on page 277.

272
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

Defining network operators for cdma2000


Network operators are the companies that share the same or neighboring
geographic area. One operator, the Home operator, is included by default.
This operator represents the network of the company for which you work.
On the Spectrum Allocation panel of the Network Settings dialog box,
different colors are used to identify the technology type and the network
operators. The home operator is not assigned a color, but uses the color that
has been assigned for the technology. Additional operators are assigned a
unique color to visually indicate the division of the available spectrum.
For more information, see “Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for
cdma2000” on page 274.

To define network operators for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Network Settings.
The Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog box opens, with the
Network Technologies panel selected by default. One or more
technologies will be enabled, depending on the default settings file you
chose when you created the project.

2 If you want to change the color for a technology, in the Technologies


table, click the Browse (...) button in the Select Color column, choose the
color that you want in the Color dialog box and click OK.

273
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

3 To add a network operator, click Add below the Network Operators


table.
4 If you want to rename the operator, click in the Name column for the
operator and type a new name.
5 If you want to change the color for an operator that you have added, click
the Browse (...) button in the Select Color column, choose the color that
you want in the Color dialog box and click OK.
You cannot assign a color to the Home operator. The color assigned for
the technology is used for the Home operator.
6 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.

You can also access the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box by clicking the Network Settings button on the Mobile Technology
toolbar.

Allocating spectrum and defining carriers for cdma2000


Spectrum allocation involves assigning bands to technologies and network
operators, and defining the spectrum range and carriers for each band. This
section describes how to allocate the spectrum and define carriers for
cdma2000.
If you chose a default cdma2000 settings file when you created the project,
spectrum is automatically allocated and carriers are assigned, but you can
modify the spectrum and add new bands as required.
For more information on allocating spectrum and defining carriers for other
technologies, see “Chapter 4: Defining Network Configuration” in the TDMA/
FDMA User Guide.

Spectrum allocation for cdma2000


cdma2000 technology can occupy more than one band. This type of
configuration is necessary when the technology occupies spectrum in separate

274
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

bands or blocks of spectrum within one band, but not contiguous carrier
numbers. You can define as many as 15 bands.

If you have more than one band defined for cdma2000, and you want to
generate predictions that include carriers from two different bands, you
need to ensure that your sectors are configured correctly. For more
information, see “Considerations for multi-band networks” on page 328.

If the band is assigned to the Home operator, you must define


■ the technology for the band
■ the start and end downlink frequencies, which must be within the
range allowed for cdma2000 within your area
■ the starting carrier number, which corresponds to the first carrier
at the start of the allocated band
If a band is assigned to another network operator (i.e., a competitor), you can
only assign the start and end downlink frequencies, not the technology or the
carriers.

When you assign carriers to technologies across multiple bands, you


must ensure that the carrier numbers are unique to each technology;
you cannot allocate the same number for a technology twice. For example,
you can have carrier number 1 in cdma2000 and carrier number 1 in GSM, but
you can only have carrier number 1 in cdma2000 once.

cdma2000 carriers
Carriers are the frequencies that carry signals for each band. When you add a
technology band, a new set of carriers is added automatically and spaced
along the band.
You assign carriers when you define cdma2000 sectors for your project. For
more information, see “Defining cdma2000 sector settings” on page 341.

275
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

To create a new cdma2000 technology band


1 In the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog box, choose
Spectrum Allocation in the tree view.

2 On the Spectrum Allocation panel, click Add.


A new band is added to the list.
3 If you want to allocate spectrum to another network operator, choose the
operator from the list in the Operator column.
The operators in the list are the ones that you defined on the Network
Technologies panel (see “Defining network operators for cdma2000” on
page 273). The default operator is the Home operator. If you allocate
spectrum to an operator other than the Home operator, you can view the
spectrum assigned to the operator, but not the carriers or technologies.
This enables you to visually model the ranges of spectrum that belong to
your competitors or other adjacent operators.
4 In the Band Name column, type a name for the band, or accept the
default.
5 In the Downlink Center Frequency column, type a value in the Start
and End boxes to indicate the lower and upper frequencies for the band.
6 In the Carrier Start column, type the starting carrier number for the
band, or accept the default.
The Carrier End column updates automatically based on the carrier
spacing defined for cdma2000.

276
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

7 In the Technology Type column, choose cdma2000 from the list.


8 To add another band, click Add, and repeat Step 3 to Step 7.
9 Click Refresh Carriers.
The carriers required for each technology band are automatically added to
the Carriers list on the Carrier tab of the cdma2000 panel of the Mobile
Technology - Network Settings dialog box.
10 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.

The frequency values entered in the Start and End boxes in the
Downlink Center Frequency column are the center frequencies of the
first and last carriers in the list you are allocating. The Spectrum graph shows
the actual spectrum occupied by all these carriers. Therefore, the start
frequency displayed in the graph is half the carrier bandwidth lower than the
center frequency defined for the first carrier, and the end frequency is half the
carrier bandwidth higher than the center frequency defined for the last carrier
in the table.

Defining cdma2000 network settings


After you have allocated spectrum and defined carriers for your network, you
can define the cdma2000 network settings. These settings are described in the
following sections.

General settings for cdma2000


The general settings enable you to view the spreading chip rate of the system,
and to define
■ the pilot pollution margin, which is used to determine pilot
polluters when generating analyses. Servers outside of this range
are not considered polluters.
■ interference settings for other systems. These values are used to
account for interference that is not specifically modeled in
Mentum Planet.
You can also choose curves for pilot factor mapping and usage factor
mapping. The pilot factor mapping and usage factor mapping are combined in

277
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

the Pilot - Pollution Index layer. The Pilot - Pollution Index layer shows the
proportion of traffic likely to be affected by pilot pollution, providing a lesser
weighting to areas where pilot pollution may exist but the affected traffic is
low. The curves are used as follows:
■ Pilot Factor Mapping—This curve maps pilot factors to pilot
ratios. The pilot factor is a non-dimensional factor from 0 to 1.
Typically, if the pilot ratio exceeds 7 dB, establishing a pilot is
unlikely. If it is less than 7 dB, establishing a pilot is more likely.
The pilot factor is high (close to one) if establishing a pilot in a
bin is unlikely, and low (close to zero) if establishing a pilot is
likely.
■ Usage Factor Mapping—This curve maps usage factors to user
densities. The usage factor is a non-dimensional factor from 0 to
1 that is determined for each bin in the analysis area. The usage
factor is high (close to one) in bins where the need to establish a
pilot is high, and low (close to zero) in bins where the need to
establish a pilot is low.
You can edit the usage and pilot curves to modify the relationship between the
X- and Y-axes. This relationship affects the final calculated Pilot Pollution
Index values. Adjusting the usage and pilot curves enables you to model
possible changes to your network or isolate any factors causing pilot
pollution. For example, if you move the usage curve to the right, higher user
density/average user density ratio values must be met before the bins are
considered to be areas where the need for pilot coverage is high.

The X-axis of the usage factor curve is in milli-Erlangs per km2. If you
have assigned a traffic map with values in subscribers per km2 to any
subscriber types, the values will be converted to Erlangs per km2 before the
usage factor curve is applied.

Correlation model settings for cdma2000


The correlation model settings enable you to define settings for modeling
fading. You can define settings for the following two types of correlation
models for slow fading of signals:
■ Angular—uses a correlation factor for each pair of signals
received by the mobile from different sectors. The correlation
factor is based on the angular separation of the two sectors at the
mobile. The correlation factors are used in the calculation of

278
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

handover gain and in the generation of fading signal values. For


more information on the calculations used to determine the
angular correlation factor, see “Using a correlation model to
model slow fading” on page 538.
■ Non-angular—uses correlation factors for co-site sectors and
non co-site sectors
For more information on slow fading, see “Slow fading” on page 537.

Power control settings for cdma2000


The power control settings enable you to define power control errors that you
can simulate during an analysis (see “To define Monte Carlo system settings
for cdma2000” on page 422). Power control errors are caused by delays of
power control commands and power control step, and can affect network
performance. For more information on how effective power controls can
control interference, see “Controlling interference” on page 536.

Carrier settings for cdma2000


The carrier settings enable you to define the power amplifier (PA) threshold,
noise rise, and preference weightings for the carriers that you created on the
Spectrum Allocation panel. The PA threshold, noise rise, and preference
weightings are soft thresholds. When you generate an analysis, subscribers
will be allocated to carriers according to the preference weightings until either
the PA threshold or noise rise value is reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers
will be distributed on carriers for which a threshold has not been reached.
If there are no more carriers, the traffic will exceed the soft limits rather than
be blocked. For more information on how to define carriers, see “Allocating
spectrum and defining carriers for cdma2000” on page 274.
You can define the standard that is assigned to each carrier:
■ IS-95—the carrier supports Interim Standard 95 (IS-95) traffic
only. Traffic on this carrier will be limited to bearers with radio
configurations RC1 and RC2.
■ 1xRTT—the carrier supports single carrier (1x) radio
transmission technology (1xRTT). Traffic on this carrier is
permitted in all radio configurations.
■ EV-DO—the carrier supports Evolution - Data Only (EV-DO)
traffic (IS-856).

279
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

PA Threshold
The PA Threshold value is a soft target. When you generate an analysis,
subscribers will be allocated to carriers according to the Preference
Weightings until either the PA Threshold or Noise Rise value is reached on a
carrier. Then, subscribers will be distributed on carriers for which a threshold
has not been reached. If, however, soft targets have been reached on all
available carriers, then the analysis will carry subscribers until other hard
limits defined in the sector settings are reached. The PA Threshold does not
apply to EV-DO carriers.

To define general settings for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Network Settings.
2 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose cdma2000.
The cdma2000 panel opens with the General tab selected by default.

3 In the Pilot Pollution Margin box, type a value to define the power-to-
interference (Ec/Io) margin, relative to the best server Ec/Io, within which
a Pilot signal will interfere with the desired signal, or accept the default.
4 Type a value in the Reverse Other System Interference box to define
the noise contributed by other systems on the reverse link.
5 Type a value in the Forward Other System Interference box to define
the noise contributed by other systems on the forward link.

280
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

6 In the Best Ec Threshold box, type a value to define the threshold for the
Pilot - Best Ec Server analysis layer.
This value is used only for the Pilot - Best Ec Server analysis layer. The
analysis layer shows the best server at each location where the Ec is above
this value. For more information on analysis layers, see “Understanding
cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.
7 In the Pilot Factor Mapping section, do one of the following, or accept
the default curve:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the curve file that you want to use,
and then click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create a Pilot Factor
Mapping curve and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
The Pilot Factor Mapping curve is used to determine the likelihood of
establishing a pilot for each bin in the analysis area.
8 In the Usage Factor Mapping section, do one of the following, or accept
the default curve:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the curve file that you want to use,
and then click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create a Usage Factor
Mapping curve and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
The Usage Factor Mapping curve is used with the Pilot Factor Mapping
curve to determine the Pilot Pollution Index analysis layer.
9 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define correlation model settings for cdma2000


1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose cdma2000.
2 On the cdma2000 panel, click the Correlation Model tab.

281
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

3 On the Correlation Model tab, do one of the following:


■ To use an angular correlation model, choose Angular from the
list, and type values in the boxes in the Parameters table. For
more information on these parameters and the associated
equation, see “Slow fading” on page 537.
■ To use a non-angular correlation model, choose Non-Angular
from the list, and type values in either of the following boxes in
the Parameters table:
Inter-site Correlation Factor—the correlation factor for

signals arriving from co-site sectors or carriers, which can


be other sectors within a site or other carriers within a
sector
Intra-site Correlation Factor—the correlation factor for

signals arriving from sectors at different sites


4 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

282
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

To define power control settings for cdma2000


1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose cdma2000.
2 On the cdma2000 panel, click the Power Control tab.

3 Type a value in either of the following boxes to define the power control
deviation:
■ Reverse Power Control Deviation—the standard deviation of
the reverse signal due to power control errors
■ Forward Power Control Deviation—the standard deviation of
the forward signal due to power control errors
4 Type values in either of the following boxes to define the power control
error:
■ Mean Reverse Power Control Error—the mean reverse signal
error due to power control errors.
■ Mean Forward Power Control Error—the mean forward
signal error due to power control errors.
5 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

283
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

To define carrier settings for cdma2000


1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA and choose cdma2000.
2 On the cdma2000 panel, click the Carrier tab.

3 For each carrier listed in the Carrier column, type values in any of the
following columns:
■ Channel Name—an optional user-defined channel name. By
default, the Channel Name is the same as the Carrier. If you type
user-defined channel names in the Channel Name column, they
will be used throughout Mentum Planet instead of the Carrier.
■ PA Threshold—the target percentage of the power at the power
amplifier for all sectors assigned to the carrier. For more
information, see “PA Threshold” on page 280. For information
on assigning carriers to sectors, see “To assign carriers to
sectors” on page 345.
■ Noise Rise—the noise rise target for all sectors assigned to the
carrier. This value is a soft target. When you generate an
analysis, subscribers will be allocated to carriers according to the
Preference Weightings until either the PA Threshold or Noise
Rise value is reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers will be
distributed on carriers for which a threshold has not been
reached. If, however, soft targets have been reached on all

284
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

available carriers, then the analysis will carry subscribers until


other hard limits defined in the sector settings are reached.
■ Preference Weightings—a relative weighting value for the
carrier that represents the distribution of preferred use for the
carriers listed in the Carrier column. When you assign
weightings for carriers, the Preference column will automatically
update to display the percentage of use for each carrier. If you
assign a preference weight of 0, it does not mean that the carrier
will not carry any traffic, but that it is the least preferred carrier.
EV-DO carriers are considered separately from IS-95 and 1xRTT
carriers.
For more information on the Carriers table, press the F1 key.
4 From the Standard column, choose the type of 3GPP cdma2000 carrier:
■ IS-95
■ 1xRTT
■ EV-DO
For more information, see “Carrier settings for cdma2000” on page 279.
If you choose EV-DO, an EV-DO node is created under the cdma2000
node in the Network Settings tree view.
5 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.
■ Click another tab.

To define EV-DO network settings for cdma2000


The EV-DO panel is only available if you assigned EV-DO to one or more
carriers on the cdma2000 Carriers tab. For more information, see “To define
carrier settings for cdma2000” on page 284.
You must have a license to generate EV-DO analyses. For more information
on EV-DO analyses, see “Chapter 20: Generating EV-DO Analysis Layers”
on page 453.
1 In the tree view of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings dialog
box, expand CDMA, then expand cdma2000 and choose EV-DO.
The EV-DO panel is displayed with the EV-DO General tab selected.

285
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

2 From the EV-DO Revision list, choose one of the following:


■ Rev. 0—supports the EV-DO IS-856 Rev. 0 standard.
■ Rev. A—supports the EV-DO IS-856 Rev. A standard
If there is no suitable EV-DO bearer for the chosen revision, a compatible
EV-DO bearer from the other revision will be used.
3 In the EV-DO Pilot Pollution Margin box, type a value to define the
power-to-interference (Ec/Io) margin, relative to the best server, within
which a pilot signal will interfere with the desired signal, or accept the
default.
4 In the EV-DO Traffic Classes section, enable any of the following
options:
■ Conversational—circuit-switched traffic such as voice or video
conferencing
■ Interactive—interactive applications, such as Web browsing
■ Streaming—streaming video
■ Background—email, telemetry
These options identify the QoS traffic classes to be carried by EV-DO
carriers.

286
Defining a cdma2000 Network Configuration
CDMA User Guide

5 In the DRC Gain To Handoff State Map table, modify the DRC Gain
value for any of the handoff states or accept the defaults.
The DRC Gain value is relative to the power of the reverse pilot channel.
The DRC Gain value is used to calculate the power of the reverse DRC
channel. Handoff state for EV-DO is defined on the reverse link only.
6 Click the Forward Data Rates tab.

7 In the Available column, enable any of the forward data rates that you
want to have available for use.
8 If you want to change the Ec/Nt value for a data rate, type a new value in
the Ec/Nt column.
The Ec/Nt value is the ratio of pilot channel chip energy to total spectral
noise density, which comprises sector-to-sector interference, thermal
noise, and noise power from other networks. The mobile constantly
measures Ec/Nt in order to predict the highest achievable data rate for the
packet. In an EV-DO forward link simulation, this value is calculated for
each bin. The default values are the required Ec/Nt to achieve 1% packet
error rate (PER).
9 Do one of the following:
■ Click OK to save your settings and close the Network Settings
dialog box.
■ Choose another item in the tree view.

287
Chapter 14
CDMA User Guide

288
Chapter 15: Defining cdma2000 Subscribers

15. Defining cdma2000


Subscribers

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to use the Subscriber
following sections:
Manager to define the subscribers in your network.
■ Understanding cdma2000
subscribers
Subscribers are categorized into types, which are
■ Importing and exporting
subscriber information used when you generate an analysis of your
■ Workflow for creating cdma2000 network. Creating subscriber types that
cdma2000 subscriber types
■ Defining clutter types for account for the possible variations of subscribers
cdma2000 enables you to generate reliable and comprehensive
■ Defining cdma2000 bearers
analyses of your cdma2000 network.
■ Defining subscriber
equipment types for
cdma2000
■ Defining session types for
cdma2000
■ Defining quality types for
cdma2000
■ Defining service types for
cdma2000
■ Defining subscriber types for
cdma2000

289
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 subscribers


The characteristics of subscribers are defined using the categories in the
Subscriber Manager. You can create a diverse mix of subscribers by defining
different services, quality types, and user equipment types and assigning them
to subscriber types.
Subscriber types are used with Monte Carlo and rapid planning analyses.
Rapid planning analyses can also use a nominal subscriber, which contains a
subset of the subscriber information.
The nodes within the Subscriber Manager represent building blocks for
subscriber types:
■ Subscriber Types—consolidate the information from the other
nodes in the Subscriber Manager into various combinations to
represent the mix of subscribers in your network.
■ Services—are the applications that a subscriber uses. You can
define circuit-switched services and packet-switched services.
EV-DO can only be used with packet-switched services.
■ Qualities—define the guaranteed and maximum data rates of a
service.
■ Session Types—model the stream of packets which is used to
calculate the effective amount of time that a subscriber uses a
packet-switched service. You can assign session types to packet-
switched service types.
■ Subscriber Equipment Types—represent the types of mobile
equipment that are available in your network.
■ Bearers—represent traffic channels representing the various
cdma2000 1xRTT and EV-DO Radio Configurations, and are
assigned to subscriber equipment types. For EV-DO, only
reverse bearers need to be defined.
■ Clutter Types—enable you to define the characteristics of the
environments in which services are used. Typically, a Clutter
Type includes one or more clutter classes.
For each subscriber type, you must choose a subscriber equipment type and
traffic map. You can define multiple usage types, each of which comprises
weightings to spread subscribers within the four different environments, a
quality, and a service type.
Figure 15.1 shows how the information related to subscriber types is
organized hierarchically. This hierarchy is reflected in the workflow for

290
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

defining subscriber types. For example, you need to define bearers (or use the
defaults) before you define subscriber equipment bands, because you need to
assign bearers to subscriber equipment bands. For details on the workflow, see
“Workflow for creating cdma2000 subscriber types” on page 293.

Subscriber Types

Subscriber Equipment Types Usages


(defined as part of Subscriber Types)

Technology Bands Environments Services Qualities


(defined for each Clutter
Type and weighted per Usage)

Bearers Clutter Types Session Types

Figure 15.1 Subscriber Manager information hierarchy

For a detailed example of how to define a subscriber type, see “Defining


subscriber types for cdma2000” on page 321. This example shows you how to
define usages, explains the effect of weighting, and describes how the settings
that you specify for the subscriber type translate into a real-world scenario.
Mentum Planet provides a set of default items for the Subscriber Manager,
including bearers, clutter types, services, and subscriber types. To use the
defaults, you must import subscriber settings using the Import Wizard. See
“Importing and exporting subscriber information” on page 292.

cdma2000 subscriber types and rapid planning


If you are generating a rapid planning analysis, you can use the subscriber
types defined using the Subscriber Manager or you can use a nominal
subscriber. Rapid planning uses only a small subset of the information in the
Subscriber Manager. Using a nominal subscriber enables you to define basic
subscriber characteristics quickly, rather than investing the time required to
define detailed subscriber types using the Subscriber Manager. For more

291
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

information on defining a nominal subscriber, see “Choosing subscriber types


for cdma2000 rapid planning” on page 386.

Importing and exporting subscriber information


You can import or export subscriber data using Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.
In order to simplify the process of subscriber creation, you can use pre-
defined subscriber worksheets to set common subscriber values. Pre-defined
templates are located in the Subscriber Data folder within a project folder.

As illustrated in Figure 15.1 on page 291, subscriber types consist of


many inter-related elements. In order for the import of pre-defined
subscriber types to be successful, all elements must be defined.

Before using the pre-defined templates, review the details in the


Readme.txt file located in the Subscriber Data folder.

To import pre-defined subscriber information


1 Right-click a node in the Subscriber Manager and choose Import.
The Import Wizard opens. For information on how to use the Import
Wizard, see Chapter 13, “Working with Network and Project Data”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.
2 On the File Location page, do the following:
■ Choose Microsoft Excel.
■ Click the Browse button, navigate to the Subscriber Data folder
located within the project folder, choose the pre-defined
templates you want to use and click Open.
3 Click Next.
4 On the Data Selection page, enable the check boxes next to the data you
want to import and click Finish.

292
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

To import or export subscriber information


When you export data, an Excel Spreadsheet is created that contains
subscriber settings divided into different worksheets.
1 Right-click a node in the Subscriber Manager and choose Import or
Export.
The Import Wizard or Export Wizard opens. For information on how to
use the Import Wizard or Export Wizard, see Chapter 13, “Working with
Network and Project Data”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
2 Follow the prompts in the Wizard.

Workflow for creating cdma2000 subscriber types


Step 1 Generate traffic maps for the services and area that you want to
analyze. For information on creating traffic maps, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 2 If required, define clutter types. See “Defining clutter types for
cdma2000” on page 294.

Step 3 If required, define bearers and then define subscriber equipment


types, assigning bearers to the technology bands for each type.
See
■ “Defining cdma2000 bearers” on page 299
■ “Defining subscriber equipment types for
cdma2000” on page 307

Step 4 If required, define session types, and then define service types,
assigning session types to packet-switched services. See
■ “Defining session types for cdma2000” on
page 309
■ “Defining service types for cdma2000” on
page 314

Step 5 If required, define quality types. See “Defining quality types for
cdma2000” on page 312.

293
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

Step 6 If required, create subscriber types. See “Defining subscriber


types for cdma2000” on page 321.

To simplify the creation of subscriber types, you can import default


subscriber settings and then modify the settings as required. See
“Importing and exporting subscriber information” on page 292.

Defining clutter types for cdma2000


Clutter types are groupings of clutter classes contained in the clutter grid. For
more information, see Chapter 1, “Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in
the Mentum Planet User Guide.
Grouping clutter classes simplifies your workflow by enabling you to define
characteristics only once for the type (rather then once for each clutter class in
the clutter grid). For example, you could create a type called Populated Areas
- Low Density, and assign the clutter classes Suburban, Town, Village, and
Semi-Rural to it.
For each clutter type, you can define the characteristics of the environments
within that clutter type. The available environments are:
■ Outdoor—open air environments
■ Indoor—buildings or structures (normally representing areas
where single wall penetration is required)
■ Deep Indoor—in-building areas where two-wall penetration is
required, or dense buildings where higher than normal
penetration losses are experienced
■ Vehicular—moving vehicles
You can enable one or more of the environments for a clutter type.
Environments are used when you define usage types for a subscriber type (see
“Defining subscriber types for cdma2000” on page 321 for details). For each
usage type, you can define a weighting indicating the amount of time that
usage type occurs in each environment (for example, you could define a
business subscriber who uses voice service in an outdoor environment 10% of
the time). For all of the environments, you can define the penetration loss and
the required fast fading margin. For the Vehicular environment, you can also
define the speed at which the vehicle is traveling.
Figure 15.2 shows a sample clutter file, and shows how example clutter types
could be applied to the clutter classes in the file. In the figure, the Village and
Suburban clutter classes are grouped into the Populated Areas - Low Density

294
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

clutter type, and the Urban and Dense Urban clutter classes are grouped into
the Populated Areas - High Density clutter type. Figure 15.2 also provides
example settings for each clutter type. These settings are typical of urban and
suburban environments.

Village

Dense urban

Urban

Suburban

Clutter type: Clutter type:


Populated Areas - Low Density Populated Areas - High Density

Outdoor Outdoor
fast fading: 6 dB fast fading: 7 dB
penetration loss: 0 dB penetration loss: 0 dB

Indoor Indoor
fast fading: 0 dB fast fading: 0 dB
penetration loss: 9 dB penetration loss: 11 dB

Deep Indoor Deep Indoor


not enabled fast fading: 0 dB
penetration loss: 22 dB
Vehicular
fast fading: 4 dB Vehicular
penetration loss: 6 dB fast fading: 3 dB
speed: 50 km/h penetration loss: 6 dB
speed: 30 km/h
Figure 15.2 Examples of clutter types

When you run a Monte Carlo simulation, if an environment does not apply to
a particular type of clutter (for example, in Figure 15.2, the deep indoor
environment does not apply to the Populated Areas - Low Density clutter
type), the simulation will not place any subscribers in that type of clutter in
that environment. In the example in Figure 15.2, no subscribers would be

295
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

using services in a deep indoor environment in the Populated Areas - Low


Density clutter type, but you could have subscribers using services in a deep
indoor environment in the Populated Areas - High Density clutter type.
When you assign clutter classes to a clutter type, each clutter class inherits the
settings that you defined for the clutter type. The cdma2000 Simulation tool
will use default settings, shown in Table 15.1, for clutter classes that are not
assigned to a clutter type.
Table 15.1 Default environment settings

Setting Outdoor Vehicular Indoor Deep Indoor

Fast fading margin 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB

Penetration loss 0 dB 7 dB 10 dB 20 dB

Speed N/A 50 km/h N/A N/A

For Downlink Orthogonality, the default value is 100%, and for Slow Fading
Standard Deviation, the default value is 7 dB.

To define clutter types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Clutter Types and choose New.
The Create New - Clutter Type dialog box opens.

296
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Name box, type a name for the clutter type.


3 In the Comments box, type a description for the clutter type.
4 To define the orthogonality factor for the clutter type, type a value in the
Downlink Orthogonality box.
A value of 100% represents perfect orthogonality.
5 To define the standard deviation for slow fading of the clutter type, type a
value in the Slow Fading Standard Deviation box.
This value is used to model the shadowing from obstacles that cannot be
handled by a propagation model. Slightly higher values (approximately
8 dB) may be appropriate for high density urban areas, lower values
(approximately 6.5 dB) for open areas.

297
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

6 Enable any of the following check boxes to choose environments for the
clutter type and define the fast fading margin and penetration loss specific
to the environment:
■ Enable Outdoor—enables the outdoor environment for the
clutter type
■ Enable Vehicular—enables the vehicular environment for the
clutter type
■ Enable Indoor—enables the indoor environment for the clutter
type
■ Enable Deep Indoor—enables the deep indoor environment for
the clutter type
For more information on the settings associated with these environments,
press the F1 key.
7 If you enabled the Vehicular environment, type a value in the Vehicular
Speed box or accept the default.
The speed is used in conjunction with the sector settings to determine
whether a subscriber will be served by a sector. Subscribers that exceed
the maximum speed for a sector will not be served by the sector. For more
information, see “Quality settings for cdma2000” on page 344.
8 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing clutter type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the clutter type and choosing Edit.

To assign clutter classes to clutter types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Clutter Types and choose Assign Clutter Classes.
The Assign Clutter Classes dialog box opens.

298
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 Choose a clutter type from the Clutter Types list, and then choose one or
more clutter classes from the Unassigned Clutter Classes list, and click
Assign.
The clutter classes in the Unassigned Clutter Classes list are defined in the
clutter grid file for the project. For more information, see Chapter 1,
“Getting Started with Mentum Planet”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
The cdma2000 Simulation tool will use default settings for any
unassigned clutter classes.
3 Click Save and then click Close.

To unassign clutter classes from a clutter type, choose a clutter class


under a clutter type node in the Clutter Types section, and click
Unassign.

You can create a new clutter type by clicking New in the Assign Clutter
Classes dialog box. To modify the properties of the new clutter type,
click Edit. The Edit - Clutter Type dialog box opens.

Defining cdma2000 bearers


Bearers represent the traffic channels in terms of their service data rate and
dedicated bearers in terms of their channel data rate. Bearers are displayed
under the Bearers node in the Subscriber Manager and are assigned to

299
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

subscriber equipment types. A default set of bearers is supplied with Mentum


Planet, but you can define additional bearers or modify any of the default
bearers.
The following sections provide information about cdma2000 bearers. For
information about W-CDMA bearers, see “Defining W-CDMA bearers” on
page 57. If you intend to generate an analysis using EV-DO carriers, you must
define at least one EV-DO reverse link bearer. See “To define EV-DO bearers”
on page 305.

cdma2000 bearers
Standard cdma2000 bearers are configured with
■ direction (reverse or forward)
■ radio configuration
■ service data rate
■ signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) to frame erasure rate (FER)
mapping table for both fundamental and supplemental channels
■ forward link channel elements required for the fundamental
channel and supplemental channels
■ forward link traffic channel power offsets
Bearer Eb/No to FER
The Eb/No to FER mapping is defined using a curve that can be created or
edited using the Curve Editor. When you generate analysis layers, this
mapping is used to calculate the Forward Service FER value from the
Forward - Eb/No analysis layer. For information on the Forward - Eb/No layer
and the Forward Service FER value, see “Understanding cdma2000 analysis
layers” on page 407.
To ensure that borderline Eb/No values are accounted for, the points you
define for the curve should exceed the Eb/No values that you are interested in
analyzing. If values generated by the analysis exceed your defined range, they
will be represented by the last defined point.
The Curve Editor interpolates values linearly, based on Eb/No and FER pairs.
The FER values are calculated as follows:
■ For Eb/No values greater than the highest point in the curve, the
FER at that highest point is assigned. In the example in

300
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

Figure 15.3, for Eb/No values over 8.7 dB, a FER value of 0% is
assigned.
■ For Eb/No values defined in the range of the curve, the Curve
Editor linearly assigns a FER value based on the two nearest
values, above and below. In the example in Figure 15.3, an Eb/
No value of 4.3 dB is assigned a FER value of 12%.
■ For Eb/No values less than the lowest point in the curve, the
FER at the lowest point is assigned. In the example in
Figure 15.3, for Eb/No values less than -2.3 dB, a FER value of
90% is assigned.

Figure 15.3 Curve Editor displaying the linear relationship between Eb/No and FER

Supplemental channels
cdma2000 supports the modeling of supplemental channels. As many as
seven supplemental channels are supported per fundamental channel for RC1
and RC2 (IS-95B only) and as many as two for radio configurations RC3 to
RC5. Supplemental channels are allocated to a call as needed to send a burst
of data. They are not handed off. When you define cdma2000 bearers, you can
choose the radio configuration and define the data rate for the bearer such that
supplemental channels are automatically allocated as required. For example,
if you choose RC1 with a data rate of 9.6 kbps, only one fundamental channel

301
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

is allocated. If you choose a data rate of 19.2 kbps, one fundamental channel
and one supplemental channel are allocated.
When you generate analysis layers, supplemental channels are taken into
consideration. For example, if a mobile is transmitting using a fundamental
and a supplemental channel, the power used is greater than if only a
fundamental channel were in use.

To define cdma2000 bearers

For information on defining EV-DO bearers, see “To define EV-DO


bearers” on page 305.

1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-


click Bearers and choose New.
2 In the New Bearer dialog box, from the Select the Type of Bearer
Required list, choose cdma2000 Bearer, and click OK.
The Create New - cdma2000 Bearer dialog box opens.

302
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Name box, type a name for the bearer.


4 In the Comment box, type a description for the bearer.
5 In the Direction section, choose one of the following options to define the
direction of the bearer:
■ Reverse
■ Forward
Typically, you would create a set of two bearers: one for the reverse link
and one for the forward link.
6 In the Radio Configuration section, choose the traffic channel
transmission format that applies to the bearer.
The configurations that are available depend on whether you choose
Reverse or Forward in the Direction section (see Step 5). For the reverse
link, you can choose from RC1 to RC4, and for the forward link, you can
choose from RC1 to RC5. These are standard cdma2000 radio
configurations with a spreading rate of 1. Radio configurations with a
spreading rate of 3 are not supported.
7 From the Service Data Rate list, choose the service data rate for the
traffic channels.
The Number of Supplemental Channels box updates automatically to
show the number of supplemental channels that will be assigned to
support the data rate that you specified.
The Channel Data Rate box updates automatically to take into account the
applicable Forward Error Correction (FEC) Convolutional Coding rate
dictated by the standard that is applied to the service data rate.
8 From the Technology Type list, choose the type of technology for the
bearer.
The only technology available for the bearer is cdma2000.
9 In the Fundamental Eb/No to FER Mapping section, do one of the
following:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Eb/No to
FER curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Eb/No to FER
curve and click OK. For more information on the Curve Editor,
press the F1 key.

303
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

10 If you are defining a forward link bearer, in the Fundamental Channel


Elements box, type the number of channel elements used by the bearer.
This number represents the number of channel elements required by the
fundamental channel for the given Service Data Rate. The number of
channel elements does not necessarily map directly to the number of
traffic channels (depending on the hardware in your network).
The number of channel elements that each sector can support is defined
on the Hardware panel of the Sector Settings dialog box.
11 In the Supplemental Eb/No to FER Mapping section, do one of the
following:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Eb/No to
FER curve and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Eb/No to FER
curve and click OK. For more information on the Curve Editor,
press the F1 key.
You must choose an Eb/No to FER curve for supplemental channels, even
for bearers that do not need a supplemental channel.
12 If you are defining a forward link bearer, type values for the following:
■ Maximum Traffic Channel Power Offset—the maximum
power correction value to be applied for the bearer. This box, in
conjunction with the Minimum Traffic Channel Power Offset,
enables you to adjust the traffic channel power defined on a per-
sector basis to account for the different power requirements of
bearers or services with different data rates.
■ Minimum Traffic Channel Power Offset—the minimum
power correction value to be applied for the bearer. This box, in
conjunction with the Maximum Traffic Channel Power Offset,
enables you to adjust the traffic channel power defined on a per-
sector basis to account for the different power requirements of
bearers or services with different data rates.
■ Supplemental Channel Elements—the number of
supplemental channel elements used by the bearer. This number
represents the number of channel elements required by the
Supplemental channel(s) for the given Service Data Rate. The
number of channel elements does not necessarily map directly to
the number of traffic channels (depending on the hardware in
your network).

304
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

13 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing bearer from the Subscriber
Manager by right-clicking the bearer and choosing Edit.

To define EV-DO bearers


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Bearers and choose New.
2 In the New Bearer dialog box, from the Select the Type of Bearer
Required list, choose cdma2000 1xEV-DO Bearer, and click OK.
The Create New - cdma2000 1xEV-DO Bearer dialog box opens.

3 In the EV-DO Revision section, choose one of the following:


■ Rev. 0—enables the data rates supported by IS-856 Revision 0
■ Rev. A—enables the data rates supported by IS-856 Revision A
Voice over IP (a Conversational Traffic QoS Class used with a packet-
switched service) is allowed only with EV-DO Rev. A.

305
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

4 From the Service Data Rate list, choose the rate for user data carried by
the data channel or accept the default.
The Service Data Rate must be within the Guaranteed Uplink Data Rate
and the Maximum Uplink Data Rate of the associated Quality types. For
more information, see “Defining quality types for cdma2000” on
page 312.
5 In the Data Channel Gain box, type a value to define the gain for the
data channel or accept the default.
The default value will change, depending on the Service Data Rate you
chose in Step 4.
6 From the Technology Type list, choose the type of technology for the
bearer.
The only technology available for the bearer is cdma2000.
7 In the Pilot Ec/Nt to Data PER section, do one of the following:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Pilot Ec/Nt to
Data PER curve and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Pilot Ec/Nt to
Data PER curve and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
The Pilot Ec/Nt to Data PER curve relates to both the data channel and the
pilot channel. This curve, along with the Required Uplink FER/PER of
the data channel (specified for the service in the Subscriber Manager),
determine the Required Pilot Channel Ec/Nt at the base station receiver
for each user’s reverse link signal in order to guarantee the desired PER
on the data channel.
8 In the Site Channel Elements box, type the number of channel elements
used by the bearer for the reverse link.
This number represents the number of channel elements required by the
site for the chosen Service Data Rate. The number of channel elements
that each sector can support is defined on the Hardware panel of the
cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box.
9 Click OK.

306
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

Defining subscriber equipment types for cdma2000


The Subscriber Manager enables you to group the mobile equipment types in
your network into subscriber equipment types. When you create a subscriber
equipment type, you can define subscriber equipment technology band types
that contain information about the performance of subscriber equipment for a
particular technology and band.
For example, you could create a subscriber equipment type that contains five
subscriber equipment technology bands that represent the capabilities of the
mobile on each of the bands. For more information on creating technology
bands, see “To create a new cdma2000 technology band” on page 276.

To define subscriber equipment types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Subscriber Equipment Types and choose New.
The Create New - Mobile Equipment dialog box opens.
2 In the Name box, type a name for the subscriber equipment type.
3 In the Comments box, type a description for the subscriber equipment
type.
4 Click OK.

To define subscriber equipment bands for cdma2000


When you define subscriber equipment bands, you define the characteristics
of the band, and then assign bearers to it.
If you assign multiple bearers to the equipment band, when you run a Monte
Carlo analysis, the most efficient bearer that meets the quality requirement of
the service for the subscriber type will be used for each individual subscriber
in the analysis.
The most efficient bearer is determined by the radio configuration with the
most efficient coding scheme (for example, RC4 will be chosen over RC3). If
multiple bearers are available with the chosen radio configuration, then the
bearer with the highest data rate is used.
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, expand
Subscriber Equipment Types, expand an equipment type, right-click
Technology Bands and choose New.
The Create New - Mobile Equipment Technology Band dialog box opens.

307
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

2 To define the transmit power, type a value in the following boxes:


■ Maximum Transmit Power—the maximum transmit power at
the power amplifier output
■ Minimum Transmit Power—the minimum transmit power at
the power amplifier output
3 In the Maximum Active Servers box, type a value to define the
maximum number of handover servers in the active set (i.e., the number
of rake fingers) supported by the equipment type.
4 In the Antenna Gain box, type a value to define the antenna gain.
5 In the Receiver Noise Figure box, type a value to define the noise figure
of the receiver.
6 In the Body Loss (Voice) box, type a value to define the body loss for
voice traffic.
7 In the Body Loss (Data) box, type a value to define type a value to define
the body loss for data traffic.

308
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

8 From the Technology Band list, choose the band for this equipment type.
Technology bands are defined in the Mobile Technology - Network
Settings dialog box. For more information, see “Defining cdma2000
network settings” on page 277.
9 If the mobile equipment type supports HSDPA, enable the HSDPA
Active check box and choose a terminal category from the HSDPA
Terminal Category list.
10 In the Bearers section, do either of the following:
■ To assign a bearer to the equipment type, choose a bearer from
the Available list and click Add. The bearer is added to the
Assigned list.
■ To unassign a bearer from the equipment type, choose a bearer
from the Selected list and click Remove. The bearer is added to
the Available list.
11 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing subscriber equipment


technology band from the Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the
subscriber equipment technology band and choosing Edit.

Defining session types for cdma2000


Session types are used to characterize the size and distribution of sessions in
your network. A session defines the characteristics of a subscriber’s use of a
packet-switched service (for example, e-mail or Web browsing), and consists
of one or more packet arrivals. Once you create session types, they can be
assigned to packet-switched services. For more information on packet-
switched services, see “Defining service types for cdma2000” on page 314.
For packet-switched traffic, the distribution of packets during simulation
impacts how queued traffic is modeled.
Packet-switched sessions use the traffic model recommended by the European
Telecommunications Standard Institute (ETSI) to model packet traffic. This
model is described in UMTS 30.03 version 3.2.0, “Universal Mobile
Telecommunications System (UMTS): Selection procedure for the choice of
radio transmission technologies of the UMTS”, which is available at http://
www.etsi.org.
Figure 15.4 shows how a packet call is modeled using this traffic model. The
horizontal axis represents the time elapsed, and the vertical lines represent

309
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

individual packets. The arrival of several packets in a burst is called a packet


call, and the arrival of these packet calls is called a packet service (or packet-
switched) session. The reading time is the amount of time that a user spends
studying data before making another packet call.
Packet timeout
Individual packet Reading time
Interarrival
First packet time between Last packet
arrives at base packets arrives at base
station buffer Packet calls station buffer

Time

Packet service session

Figure 15.4 Packet service session

When you define session types using the Session Type dialog box, the
following values in the dialog box refer to the ETSI model:
■ Mean No. of Packet Calls (Npc)
■ Mean Reading Time (Dpc)
■ Mean No. of Packets Within a Packet Call (Nd)
■ Mean Interarrival Time Between Packets (Dd)
■ Packet Timeout
Values used in the ETSI model are displayed in brackets following the label.
For example, Mean No. of Packet Calls refers to the Npc value in the ETSI
model.

To define session types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Session Types and choose New.
The Create New - Session Type dialog box opens.

310
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Name box, type a name for the session type.


3 In the Comments box, type a description for the session type.
4 To define the packet settings, type a value in any of the following boxes
(see Figure 15.4 for details about how these values are modeled):
■ Mean No. of Packet Calls (Npc)—the mean number of packet
calls in a packet service session
■ Mean Reading Time (Dpc)—the mean reading time between
packet calls in seconds.
■ Mean No. of Packets Within a Packet Call (Nd)—the mean
number of packets in a packet call
■ Mean Interarrival Time Between Packets (Dd)—the mean
interarrival time between packets
■ Packet Timeout—the time between the last packet in a packet
call and the designated end of the packet call (i.e., before the
reading time starts)
5 In the Packet Size Distribution section, choose an option to model the
distribution of packet sizes:
■ Pareto—uses a Pareto distribution model
■ Poisson—uses a Poisson distribution model

311
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

6 To define the packet size based on distribution type, do one of the


following:
■ If you chose Pareto as the distribution type, type a value in all of
the following boxes to define the packet size:
■ Packet Size Alpha—the Alpha packet distribution
parameter for Pareto distributions
■ Minimum Packet Size—the minimum size of a packet
■ Maximum Packet Size—the maximum size of a packet
■ If you chose Poisson as the distribution type, type a value in the
Mean Packet Size box to define the mean packet size.
7 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing session type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the session type and choosing
Edit.

Defining quality types for cdma2000


When you define the usages for subscriber types, you can specify the quality
for each usage. The quality type defines two levels of throughput in each
direction for the service assigned to the usage. Each quality type contains
settings for the guaranteed and maximum data rates of the service.
When you generate an analysis, if the guaranteed data rate is not available at a
location, then the service is not available at that location.

To define quality types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Qualities and choose New.
The Create New - Quality dialog box opens.

312
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Name box, type a name for the quality type.


3 In the Comment box, type a description for the quality type.
4 To define the reverse link data rate, type values in any of the following
boxes:
■ Guaranteed Uplink Data Rate—the guaranteed reverse link
data rate required by the quality type
■ Maximum Uplink Data Rate—the maximum reverse link data
rate required by the quality type. This value cannot be lower than
the value specified for the Guaranteed Uplink Data Rate.
The guaranteed uplink data rate is used in a Monte Carlo analysis to
determine a suitable bearer for the uplink. If a bearer with a rate that falls
between the guaranteed and maximum data rate is not available, the
subscriber cannot be served. In an EV-DO analysis, however, Mentum
Planet always attempts to serve subscribers at the highest possible data
rate on the downlink.
5 To define the forward link data rate, type values in any of the following
boxes:
■ Guaranteed Downlink Data Rate—the guaranteed forward
link data rate required by the quality type
■ Maximum Downlink Data Rate—the maximum forward link
data rate required by the quality type. This value cannot be lower
than the value specified for the Guaranteed Downlink Data Rate.
The guaranteed downlink data rate is used in a Monte Carlo analysis to
determine a suitable bearer for the downlink. If a bearer with a rate that

313
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

falls between the guaranteed and maximum data rate is not available, the
subscriber cannot be served.
6 In the Traffic QoS Class section, choose the traffic class that applies to
the quality and its associated data rates.
7 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing quality type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the quality type and choosing
Edit.

Defining service types for cdma2000


Service types are the applications that your subscribers are using. You can
define the following types of services:
■ Circuit-switched (such as voice)—these types of services are
delay intolerant, and require dedicated bearers
■ Packet-switched (such as Web browsing)—these types of
services have various levels of delay tolerance, from delay
intolerant to delay tolerant. The delay-intolerant services require
dedicated bearers, while the delay-tolerant services will use
shared bearers if available in the technology.

To define circuit-switched service types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Services and choose New.
2 In the New Service dialog box, choose Circuit Switched Service from
the list, and click OK.
The Create New - Circuit Switched Service dialog box opens.

314
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Name box, type a name for the circuit-switched service type.
4 In the Comments box, type a description for the circuit-switched service
type.
5 In the Erlangs per Subscriber box, type a value to define the number of
Erlangs generated by each subscriber type associated with this service.
During a Monte Carlo analysis, when subscribers are distributed using the
traffic map associated with the subscriber type, this value determines the
number of subscribers that are distributed per service. For example, a
value of 1 in this box results in one subscriber distributed for each
subscriber in the traffic map. A value of 0.5 results in half the number of
subscribers that are in the traffic map being distributed.
6 To define the percentage of time that traffic is transmitted in a direction,
type values in either of the following boxes:
■ Uplink Activity Factor—the percentage of time reverse link
traffic is actually transmitted. During the balance of time, the
link is OFF.
■ Downlink Activity Factor—the percentage of time forward link
traffic is actually transmitted. During the balance of time, the
link is OFF.

315
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

7 To define the overhead factor for retransmit and control of traffic, type
values in either of the following boxes:
■ Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit
control overhead for reverse link traffic
■ Downlink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit
control overhead for forward link traffic
The Uplink Channel Activity Factor updates automatically based on the
Uplink Activity Factor and Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead. The
Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead is calculated as a percentage of
the Uplink Activity Factor and then added to the Uplink Activity Factor.
For example, if the Uplink Activity Factor is 50% and the Uplink
Retransmit and Control Overhead value is 2%, then the Uplink Channel
Activity Factor is 51 = (50+50*0.02).
The Downlink Channel Activity Factor updates automatically in the same
way, based on the Downlink Activity Factor and Downlink Retransmit
and Control Overhead.
8 To define the priority of the service type, type a value in the Priority box.
Priorities are defined in decreasing order, with 0 being the highest
priority, and indicate the order in which services are allocated resources
when network capacity is limited.
You can also assign a priority to subscriber types. If you assign a priority
to a subscriber type, when you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, the
subscriber type priority overrides the service priority.
9 To define the probability of coverage required for a subscriber or bin to be
regarded as covered, type a value in the Cell Edge Coverage Probability
box.
The Cell Edge Coverage Probability value is used when you generate a
Monte Carlo or rapid planning analysis to calculate service coverage for
the Forward - Best Server, Reverse - Best Server, and Other - Path
Balance layers.
For a Monte Carlo analysis, increasing this value may mean that some
locations with discrete subscribers will no longer be regarded as covered.
The discrete subscribers not being served will cause less forward link
service power to be transmitted by the sector. Because the sector forward
link service power is an input to the layer generation, the decrease in
power will affect many layers, including Pilot - Best Ec/Io.

316
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

10 To define the maximum FER/PER at which this service is able to


function, type values in either of the following boxes:
■ Required Uplink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
reverse link
■ Required Downlink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
forward link
11 To define the number of circuits from one server that are available to the
subscriber type associated with this service type, type a value in the
Number of Downlink Connections box.
For cdma2000, this value is typically 1.
12 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing circuit-switched service


type from the Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the circuit-switched
service type and choosing Edit.

To define packet-switched service types for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Services and choose New.
2 In the New Service dialog box, choose Packet Switched Service from
the list, and click OK.
The Create New - Packet Switched Service dialog box opens.

317
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Name box, type a name for the packet-switched service type.
4 In the Comments box, type a description for the packet-switched service
type.
5 In the Input Load section, do one of the following to define the mean
input load:
■ To define the mean input load in kilobits per hour, choose the
Kilobits/Hour option and type a value in the box at the right of
the section.
■ To define the mean input load in sessions per hour, choose the
Sessions/Hour option and type a value in the box at the right of
the section.
■ To define the mean input load in Erlangs per subscriber, choose
the Erlangs/Subscriber option and type a value in the box at the
right of the section.
These values represent the average input load over a sustained period, not
a peak or instantaneous load.

318
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

6 From the Session Type list, choose a session type for this service type.
For more information on session types, see “Defining session types for
cdma2000” on page 309.
7 In the Symmetry section, do one of the following to define the primary
and non-primary traffic on the channel:
■ Choose the Uplink option as the primary direction of traffic, and
then type in the Link Asymmetry Factor box a multiplier to
define the asymmetry factor between the primary and non-
primary directions.
■ Choose the Downlink option as the primary direction of traffic,
and then type in the Link Asymmetry Factor box a multiplier
to define the asymmetry factor between the primary and non-
primary directions.
The asymmetry factor defines the relationship between primary traffic
and non-primary traffic. For example, choosing Downlink as the primary
direction and defining an asymmetry factor of 0.1 would set the reverse
link traffic to be 0.1 times that of the primary forward link direction.
8 To define the overhead factor for retransmit and control of traffic, type
values in either of the following boxes:
■ Uplink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit and
control overhead for reverse link traffic
■ Downlink Retransmit and Control Overhead—retransmit and
control overhead for forward link traffic
9 To define the priority of the service type, type a value in the Priority box.
Priorities are defined in decreasing order, with 0 being the highest
priority, and indicate the order in which services are allocated resources
when network capacity is limited. You can also assign a priority to
subscriber types. If you assign a priority to a subscriber type, and enable
the Use Priority check box for the subscriber type, when you generate a
Monte Carlo analysis, the subscriber type priority will override the
service priority for that subscriber type.
10 To define the probability of coverage required for a subscriber or bin to be
regarded as covered, type a value in the Cell Edge Coverage Probability
box.
The Cell Edge Coverage Probability value is used when you generate a
Monte Carlo or rapid planning analysis to calculate service coverage for

319
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

the Forward - Best Server, Reverse - Best Server, and Other - Path
Balance layers.
For a Monte Carlo analysis, increasing this value may mean that some
locations with discrete subscribers will no longer be regarded as covered.
The discrete subscribers not being served will cause less forward link
service power to be transmitted by the sector. Because the sector forward
link service power is an input to the layer generation, the decrease in
power will affect many layers, including Pilot - BestEc/Io.
11 To define the FER/PER at which this service is able to function, type
values in either of the following boxes:
■ Required Uplink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
reverse link
■ Required Downlink FER/PER—the required FER/PER at the
forward link
12 To define the number of circuits from one server that are available to the
subscriber type associated with this service type, type a value in the
Number of Downlink Connections box.
For cdma2000, this value is typically 1.
13 If you want to view information about the reverse link and forward link
channel activity factors, click Illustration.
The Packet Switched Service Illustration dialog box opens. This dialog
box enables you to choose bearers that could potentially be assigned to
this service. When you choose a bearer, the fields update to show the
values that would be used in an analysis for this service type if the bearers
were to be used for this service.

320
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

14 From the Uplink Bearer and Downlink Bearer lists, choose the bearers
for which you want to view statistics.
The other fields in the dialog box automatically display values depending
on reverse link bearer and forward link bearer that you choose.
The bearers that you choose in the entries in the Illustration window are
for illustration purposes only. They do not affect the analysis.
15 Click Close to close the Packet Switched Service Illustration dialog
box.
16 Click OK to close the Create New - Packet Switched Service dialog
box.

You can modify the properties of an existing packet-switched service


type from the Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the packet-switched
service type and choosing Edit.

Defining subscriber types for cdma2000


Subscriber types are defined by:
■ the subscriber equipment used
■ the traffic map on which the subscriber type is based
■ the different kinds of services that a subscriber uses and the
quality that applies to each service
■ the environments where the usage takes place
The information contained in a subscriber type is used when you generate
Monte Carlo simulations or analysis layers.

The total number of subscribers is defined by the traffic map and


scaling, not by the number of usage types or environments. The total
number of subscribers for each subscriber type is spread across the usage
types and environments defined for the subscriber type.

Example
You might create a subscriber type called Advanced Business that represents
subscribers who use mobiles as their primary business tools. The subscribers
represented by this type use their mobiles for everything from downloading
email to placing cellular calls. After you create the usage types, you can
assign a ratio to determine the proportion of the traffic that is in each of the

321
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

available environments. In addition, you can set the service type and quality
type for each usage type. For example, if you set up four usage types for the
Advanced Business subscriber type, you could assign the weightings, service
types, and quality types shown in Table 15.2.
Table 15.2 Example usage type settings

Usage Deep Service


Indoor Outdoor Vehicular Quality type
type Indoor type

1 5 5 5 5 Voice 12.2kbps_Conver-
sational

2 1 2 1 0 Video 64kbps_Streaming

3 2 2 4 0 WWW 144kbps_Interactive

4 2 2 4 0 Email 12.2kbps_Back-
ground

In this example, the total weighting value calculated across all usage types is
40. Therefore, the Advanced Business subscriber type uses Usage 1 50% of
the time, Usage 2 10% of the time, Usage 3 20% of the time, and Usage 4
20% of the time.

To create a subscriber type for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Subscriber Manager category, right-
click Subscriber Types and choose New.
The Create New - Subscriber Type dialog box opens.

322
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Name box, type a name for the subscriber type.


3 In the Comment box, type a description for the subscriber type.
4 In the Traffic Scaling box, type a value to define how much traffic should
be scaled up or down from the traffic map associated with the subscriber
type.
Values greater than 1.0 indicate a greater number of subscribers of this
type than the value indicated in the associated traffic map.
5 If you want to define the priority in which the subscriber is served or
provided with the best level of service when network capacity is limited,
enable the Use Priority check box and type a priority value in the
Priority box.
Priorities are defined in decreasing order, with 0 being the highest
priority.
If you enable this check box, when you run a Monte Carlo analysis, this
subscriber is served according to the priority that you define. If you do not
enable this check box, the traffic is allocated according to the priority set

323
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

for the services, which is defined in the Priority box for both circuit-
switched and packet-switched services.
6 In the Variance section, choose one of the following options to define the
variability of the number of subscribers generated by different Monte
Carlo runs:
■ Mean—the same mean number of subscribers will be used on
every run.
■ Poisson—a Poisson distribution of subscribers will be used.
■ User Defined—choose this option to define a custom Poisson
distribution with modified variability. A value of 1 is a standard
Poisson distribution.
7 From the Subscriber Equipment Types list, choose the equipment type
of the subscriber type.
For more information on creating a subscriber equipment type, see
“Defining subscriber equipment types for cdma2000” on page 307.
8 From the Traffic list, choose the traffic map that you want to associate
with the subscriber.
You can only choose traffic maps in subscribers/km2 or Erlangs/km2.
Traffic maps in Kbps/km2 are not valid. The type of traffic map that you
choose affects the service types that are available in the usage types
section. Packet-switched and circuit-switched services are available if you
chose a traffic map with an output format of subscribers/km2 from the
Traffic list. Only circuit-switched services are available if you chose a
traffic map in Erlangs/km2 from the Traffic list. For information on
generating and adding a traffic map to the project, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
9 Define usage types as described in “To define usage types for cdma2000”
on page 325.
10 Click OK.

You can modify the properties of an existing subscriber type from the
Subscriber Manager by right-clicking the subscriber type and choosing
Edit.

324
Defining cdma2000 Subscribers
CDMA User Guide

You can create traffic maps using the information defined in the
Subscriber Manager. The traffic maps combine the voice and packet
usages for all defined subscriber types. For more information, see Chapter 10,
“Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To define usage types for cdma2000


1 In the Create New - Subscriber Type dialog box, click New.
A new row is created in the table.
2 Click in the Short Name box and type a description for the usage type.
The description can be up to eight characters in length.
3 To define the weighting ratio for each clutter type, click in each of the
following boxes and type values or accept the defaults:
■ Indoor Weighting—the weighting for indoor usage as a ratio
between this and other usage types defined for a subscriber type
■ Deep Indoor Weighting—the weighting for deep indoor usage
as a ratio between this and other usage types defined for a
subscriber type
■ Outdoor Weighting—the weighting for outdoor usage as a ratio
between this and other usage types defined for a subscriber type
■ Vehicular Weighting—the weighting for vehicular usage as a
ratio between this and other usage types defined for a subscriber
type
Values must be positive integers. For more information, press the F1 key
or see “Example” on page 321 for information about how the weighting
numbers are used.
4 Click in the Service box and choose a service type for the usage type from
the list.
Packet-switched and circuit-switched services are available if you chose a
traffic map with an output format of subscribers/km2 from the Traffic list.
Only circuit-switched services are available if you chose a traffic map in
Erlangs/km2 from the Traffic list. For more information about circuit-
switched and packet-switched service types, see “Defining service types
for cdma2000” on page 314.

325
Chapter 15
CDMA User Guide

5 Click in the Quality box and choose a quality type for the usage type
from the list.
For more information about quality types, see “Defining quality types for
cdma2000” on page 312.
6 To add another usage type, repeat Step 1 to Step 5.
7 Click OK.

326
Chapter 16: Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites

16. Configuring and


Placing cdma2000
Sites
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to configure and place a
following sections:
cdma2000 site, define sector settings specific to
■ Understanding cdma2000
sites and sectors cdma2000, and globally edit cdma2000 sector
■ Considerations for multi-band properties.
networks
■ Workflow for configuring and Once you have defined the cdma2000 network
placing cdma2000 sites
■ Creating cdma2000 sites configuration, you can configure and place the sites
■ Calculating base station link in your network.
budgets for cdma2000
sectors
■ Globally editing base station
link budget settings for
cdma2000 sectors
■ Defining cdma2000 sector
settings
■ Editing sites and sectors
■ Deleting sites
■ Viewing cdma2000 carrier
assignment and interference
information

327
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 sites and sectors


When you define the sectors in a site, you need to define the following
settings specific to cdma2000 technologies:
■ Carrier assignments (see “To assign carriers to sectors” on
page 345)
■ Hardware settings (see “Hardware settings for cdma2000” on
page 341)
■ Resource settings (see “Resource settings for cdma2000” on
page 342)
■ Implementation settings (see “Implementation settings for
cdma2000” on page 342)
■ Quality settings (see “Quality settings for cdma2000” on
page 344)
■ Power settings (see “Power settings for cdma2000” on page 345)
For more information about general site and sector properties, see Chapter 2,
“Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide. For
information about TDMA/FDMA site and sector properties, see Chapter 5,
“Configuring and Placing TDMA/FDMA Sites”, in the TDMA/FDMA User
Guide.

Considerations for multi-band networks


If your network is configured with multiple bands (see “Allocating spectrum
and defining carriers for cdma2000” on page 274), and you want to generate
different predictions for carriers on two different bands, you need to do the
following:
■ configure two different sectors, with same location and azimuth,
but different antenna patterns and propagation models (see
Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum
Planet User Guide)
■ assign a carrier from one band to one sector and the second band
to the second sector (see “To assign carriers to sectors” on
page 345)
■ when you generate the analysis, include both sectors
In the area where both sectors can serve subscribers, the subscribers that are
served by each sector will depend on the carrier preference weightings, and

328
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

the PA power and noise limits. For more information, see “To define carrier
settings for cdma2000” on page 284.
This gives you the flexibility of simulating different scenarios, for example:
■ If all carriers have the same preference weightings, subscribers
will be allocated equally between the two sectors, except for an
area at the fringe where only the stronger sector can work, until
the PA power and noise limits are reached. At this point,
subscribers will be allocated to the remaining carrier or carriers.
■ Carriers on the weaker sector could be given a zero preference
weighting, so that only the stronger sector will be allocated
subscribers until the PA power and noise limits are reached. Any
additional subscribers would then be allocated to the weaker
sector. In this case, more users in the fringe area could be
blocked.

Workflow for configuring and placing cdma2000 sites


Step 1 Define the network configuration. See “Chapter 14: Defining a
cdma2000 Network Configuration” on page 271.

Step 2 Configure and place cdma2000 sites. See “Creating cdma2000


sites” on page 329.

Creating cdma2000 sites


This section describes how to configure and place cdma2000 sites using a
new site configuration.
You can also create and place sites based on an existing site configuration. For
more information, see Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide.

To create a cdma2000 site


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click Sites and
choose New.
2 In the Site Configuration dialog box, choose the Create a New
Configuration option, and click Continue.
The Site Properties dialog box opens.
3 Click the Site tab, and type a prefix for the site in the Site ID box.

329
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

4 If you want to add additional site information, type additional identifiers


or descriptions in the Site UID, Site Name, or Site Name 2 boxes.
5 Define the remaining site settings.
General site settings are described in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
6 Click the Sectors tab, and then click in the Technology field and choose
cdma2000 from the list.
7 Define the remaining general sector settings.
General sector settings are described in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites
and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
If you want to calculate the radiated power for a sector, you must place
the site first. Complete this procedure and then see “Calculating base
station link budgets for cdma2000 sectors” on page 331.
8 On the Sectors tab, click Add Sector to add as many sectors to the site as
required.
If you define cdma2000 sector settings before adding other sectors, the
settings that you used for the last sector will be automatically applied to
the new sectors that you add.
9 Click the Site tab and do either of the following to place the site:
■ Click in the Map window to add a site at that location.
■ Enable the Manual Entry check box, choose the coordinate
units from the Units list, type the coordinates in the X/Long and
Y/Lat boxes, and click Place Site.
The created site is displayed in the Map window and a site with the name
<Site>_1 is added to the Sites category in the Project Explorer.
10 If you want to use the configuration again, choose File ➤ Save
Configuration As, type a name for the site configuration (.dsc) file in the
File Name box, and click Save.
Site configuration files are stored in the Config\GSM subfolder of the
project folder. For more information on using an existing site
configuration, see Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the
Mentum Planet User Guide. When you save the .dsc file, the settings for
individual sectors (defined in the Sector Settings dialog box) are not
saved.

330
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

11 When you have finished placing sites, click Close.

You can edit the properties of a single site after you place it. In the
Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the site and choose
Edit. In the Site Properties dialog box, edit the properties, click Apply, and
then click Close.

Calculating base station link budgets for cdma2000 sectors


The Base Station Link Budget tool enables you to calculate the radiated power
for a sector based on the power output of the sector’s power amplifier (PA)
plus or minus system gains and losses. You can also use the Global Edit (Base
Station Link Budget) dialog box to define settings for specific sites, sector
groups, or flags. For more information, see “Globally editing base station link
budget settings for cdma2000 sectors” on page 337.
The value for ERP or EIRP on the Sectors tab of the Site Properties dialog
box is the same as the value for Pilot EIRP in the Base Station Link Budget
dialog box. The ERP or EIRP values on the Sectors tab are read-only and are
calculated as shown in Equation 16.1.

Pilot EIRP = First carrier pilot power + Antenna boresight gain +


Forward link losses and gains
Equation 16.1 Pilot EIRP calculation

If a sector has EV-DO and 1xRTT or IS-95 carriers, the first carrier refers to
the first 1xRTT or IS-95 carrier. If a sector has only EV-DO carriers, the Pilot
EIRP equation is modified as shown in Equation 16.2.

Pilot EIRP = First carrier PA power + Antenna boresight gain +


Forward link losses and gains
Equation 16.2 Pilot EIRP equation for sectors with EV-DO carriers only

When you generate predictions, the power value used is the value in the ERP
or EIRP box for the sector.

Losses and gains


The Base Station Link Budget tool enables you to define specific losses and
gains for the sector and updates the total power for the sector using these
values.

331
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

For both the forward link and reverse link, a default antenna gain value is
added based on the antenna type assigned to the sector. You cannot modify
this value.
All new sites are also given a default Feeder value on both the forward link
and the reverse link to account for cable and connector losses.
A default BTS Noise Figure is assigned to the reverse link to account for base
station receiver noise gain. You should modify the BTS Noise Figure
according to the hardware manufacturer's specifications.
You can add additional losses and gains as required. Because the Friis noise
formula (see Equation 16.3) is used to calculate the Reverse Noise Figure, the
order of the items on the Base Station Losses & Gains tab in the Base Station
Link Budget dialog box must match the hierarchy of the sector hardware (see
Figure 16.1 and Figure 16.2). By default, the BTS Noise Figure is always the
last item in the list.

Antenna
Antenna Feeder Tail
Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMA)

Feeder
Feeder Tail
BTS Amplifier

Figure 16.1 Example sector hardware configuration

The hardware configuration shown in Figure 16.1 would be represented in the


Base Station Link Budget dialog box in Mentum Planet as shown in
Figure 16.2.

332
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

Figure 16.2 Example Reverse Losses & Gains settings

The Reverse Composite Noise Figure (Composite System Noise Figure


(NFs)) is calculated as follows, using the Friis noise formula:

f2 – 1 f3 – 1 f4 – 1 fn – 1
f s = f 1 + ------------ - + … + ---------------------------------------------
- + -------------- + --------------------
G1 G1 G2 G1 G2 G3 G 1 G 2 G 3 …G ( n – 1 )

Equation 16.3 Reverse Composite Noise Figure calculation

Where:
All terms are in their linear form.
fs is the Composite System Noise Factor (linear ratio).
NF s = 10log 10 f s is the Composite System Noise Figure.
f 1 …f n is the Noise Factor of individual elements (linear ratio).
G 1 …G n is the numerical gain of individual elements (linear ratio).
Note that a loss (in dB) is taken as negative gain:
G ( db )-
---------------
10
G = 10

333
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide
NF ( db )
-------------------
10
f = 10

So, for passive elements:


1-
f = ---
G

Some subscriber-related settings must be configured in the Subscriber


Manager. For more information see “Defining subscriber equipment
types for cdma2000” on page 307.

If you are using an Excel spreadsheet to import base station link budget
settings, you must use the Index column to specify the order of the
items in the Losses and Gains list. For more information, see “Importing and
exporting project data” in Chapter 13, “Working With Network and Project
Data”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To calculate base station link budgets for cdma2000 sectors


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the site for
which you want to modify the base station link budget settings, and
choose Edit.
2 In the Site Properties dialog box, click the Sectors tab.
3 Click in the ERP or EIRP box of the sector you want to modify, and then
click the Base Station Link Budget (...) button.
The Base Station Link Budget dialog box opens with the Reverse tab
selected.

334
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

4 Do one of the following to choose the carrier(s) to which you want to


apply the settings:
■ If you want to apply the settings to a single carrier, choose a
carrier from the Carrier list.
■ If you want to apply the settings to all carriers on the sector,
enable the Apply the Same Settings to All Carriers check box.
5 On the Base Station Losses & Gains tab, do the following to modify the
Feeder settings or accept the defaults:
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
■ If the type is a gain, in the Noise Figure box, type the thermal
noise associated with the gain.
6 To modify the BTS Noise Figure value, type a value in the Noise Figure
box.

335
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

7 Do the following to define any additional losses and gains for the reverse
link:
■ Click Add.
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
■ If the type is a gain, in the Noise Figure box, type the thermal
noise associated with the gain.
■ If required, use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change
the order of items in the list of losses and gains.
8 To remove an item from the Reverse tab, choose the item and click
Remove.
The Reverse Composite Noise Figure box at the bottom of the Base
Station Link Budget dialog box updates to reflect the loss, gain, and noise
figure values.
9 Click the Forward tab at the bottom of the Base Station Losses & Gains
tab and do the following to modify the Feeder value for the forward link,
or accept the default:
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
10 Do the following to define any additional losses and gains for the forward
link:
■ Click Add.
■ From the Type list, choose Loss or Gain.
■ In the Name box, type a name for the loss or gain.
■ In the Value box, type a value for the loss or gain.
■ If required, use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change
the order of items in the list of losses and gains.
11 To remove an item from the Forward tab, choose the item and click
Remove.
The Total EIRP and Pilot EIRP boxes update to reflect the loss or gain
values.

336
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

12 To modify power information for the sector, type values in any of the
following boxes:
■ PA Power—the power at the power amplifier. When you change
this value, the Pilot % of PA Power box updates automatically to
reflect the new ratio of PA Power to Pilot Power. The Total EIRP
box updates automatically to reflect the new Total EIRP for the
power amplifier. You can also modify the PA power on the
Hardware panel of the Sector Settings dialog box. See “To define
hardware settings” on page 346. The two boxes are
interdependent. Changes in one location are reflected in the other
location.
■ Pilot Power—the power of the pilot channel. When you change
this value, the Pilot % of PA Power box updates automatically to
reflect the new ratio of PA Power to Pilot Power and the Pilot
EIRP box updates automatically based on Equation 16.1 on page
331.
■ Pilot % of PA Power—the pilot power as a percentage of PA
power. When you change this value, the Pilot Power updates
automatically to reflect the new ratio and the Pilot EIRP box
updates automatically based on Equation 16.1 on page 331.
■ Total EIRP—the total PA power for the sector (calculated as
PA Power + Forward link losses and gains). When you change
this value, the PA Power box updates automatically to reflect the
change and the Pilot % of PA Power box updates automatically
to reflect the new ratio of PA Power to Pilot Power.
13 Click OK.
The ERP or EIRP value is updated for the sector.

Globally editing base station link budget settings for cdma2000


sectors
The Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) tool enables you to define base
station link budget settings and apply them to specific sites, sector groups, or
flags. You can add, remove, update, and reorder base station link budget
settings.
For example, you could use the Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) tool
with a newly created project to define a common set of losses and gains
according to the hardware used most often in your network. Using these

337
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

common settings as a base, you could then define individual or unique sector
settings as required.
Before using the Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) tool, you should be
familiar with the Base Station Link Budget tool. For more information, see
“Calculating base station link budgets for cdma2000 sectors” on page 331.

The Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) dialog box is not
technology-dependent and will update all of the sectors you choose
with the same settings. Depending on the options you choose, existing
settings may be lost.

To globally edit base station link budget settings for


cdma2000 sectors
1 In the Project Explorer, do one of the following:
■ To edit all sites, in the Sites category, right-click Sites and
choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link Budget.
■ To edit one or more sites, in the Sites category, choose the sites,
right-click and choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link
Budget.
■ To edit the sites in a group, in the Sites category, right-click the
group and choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link Budget.
■ To edit sites selected by flag condition, in the Sites category,
enable the flag conditions you want, right-click Flags, and
choose Global Edit ➤ Base Station Link Budget.
The Global Edit (Base Station Link Budget) dialog box opens, displaying
the Uplink/Reverse settings for the first sector in the group, the first sector
with the specified flag condition, or the first sector chosen in the Project
Explorer.

338
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

2 From the Action list, choose the type of action that you want to perform:
■ Insert—adds additional losses/gains in the order specified, but
leaves existing settings intact.
■ Remove—removes any losses/gains that match the specified
name/order. You can choose to exclude individual losses/gains.
■ Replace—replaces the values for the specified losses/gains.
■ Update—updates values for losses/gains that match the
specified name/order. You can choose to update the name, the
associated value, or both.
You can only choose one action each time you apply changes to the base
station link budget settings. If you want to perform multiple actions, use
the Apply button each time you define settings for a specific action. If you
choose another action before applying the new settings, the changes for
the current action will be lost.

339
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

3 If you chose either Remove or Update in Step 2, choose one of the


following filters from the Action Options list:
■ By Name & Order—removes/updates only existing losses/
gains that match both the name and specified order.
■ By Name Only—removes/updates only existing losses/gains
with the same name.
■ By Order Only—removes/updates only existing losses/gains
that match the specified order.
4 On the Uplink/Reverse tab, do any of the following.
■ If you chose Insert, Remove, or Replace in Step 2, and you
want to add an item, click Add, then from the Type list choose
Loss or Gain, type a name in the Name box and a value in the
Value box. If you are adding a gain, a type a value in the Noise
Figure box. You can add additional losses/gains as required.
■ If you chose Remove in Step 2, enable the check box beside
each item that you want to remove.
■ If you chose Replace in Step 2, modify the values for the losses/
gains that you want to replace as required
■ If you chose Update in Step 2, enable the check box and modify
the values for each field that you want to update.
The options that are available will depend on the action that you chose in
Step 2.
5 If required, use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change the order
of items in the list of losses and gains.
6 If required, click the Downlink/Reverse tab and repeat Step 2 to Step 5.
7 Do one of the following:
■ To apply your changes and exit from the Global Edit (Base
Station Link Budget) dialog box, click OK.
■ To apply your changes and choose a new action from the Action
list, click Apply and repeat Step 3 to Step 7.

340
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

Defining cdma2000 sector settings


For each site in your project, you need to define cdma2000 sector settings.
The first step in defining sector settings is assigning the carriers to the sector.
For more information on defining bands and carriers, see “Allocating
spectrum and defining carriers for cdma2000” on page 274.
After you assign carriers to sectors, you can define sector settings for each
carrier as described in the following sections. The sector settings that are
available will be slightly different, depending on the type of carrier.

Figure 16.3 cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box showing the Hardware panel

Hardware settings for cdma2000


Hardware settings enable you to define the equipment for the sector, including
channel elements, noise figure, throughput, and link loss. A channel element

341
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

is a logical controller on a channel element card or server that controls and


routes data for services in the cdma2000 network. The number of channel
elements required per service depends upon the amount of throughput the
service needs and the vendor’s equipment. Services that require higher
throughput may need more channel elements. As part of the hardware
settings, you can also activate a specific technology for a sector and, in this
way, conserve network resources by offering only those services needed. For
example, if a sector is serving a sparsely populated area you can activate only
R99 even though the carrier is both R99 and HSDPA.
For more information, see “To define hardware settings” on page 346.

Resource settings for cdma2000


Resource settings enable you to define how best to allocate sector resources
so that the maximum number of subscribers are served. Mentum Planet
considers the traffic channel limitations as well as the uplink and downlink
elements defined per carrier in the network analysis.
For more information, see “To define sector resources” on page 347.

Implementation settings for cdma2000


Implementation settings enable you to define PN offset planning settings and
noise rise and traffic power settings for rapid planning.
PN offset planning settings
When you define PN offset planning settings, you can manually enter a value
for PN offset and you can specify search window sizes for the active
neighboring sets of sectors.
Allocating PN offsets manually (i.e., without the assistance of PN offset plans
and the PN offset planning tool, described in “Chapter 21: Generating PN
Offset Plans” on page 463) involves assigning a PN offset value to one or
more sectors that are to be included in the PN offset plan and if required,
changing the associated search window settings. The PN offset for a sector (a
value from 0 to 511) corresponds to a starting point in a PN offset index. If
you plan to assign PN offset values to sectors manually, you must specify
enough separation between time shifts to avoid interference between sectors.
Search window sizes are set using an index value, which corresponds to a
window size in chips. For more information on PN offset planning, see
“Chapter 21: Generating PN Offset Plans” on page 463.

342
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

The valid index values and corresponding window sizes (in chips) are shown
in Table 16.1.
Table 16.1 Search window settings

Index Value Window Size (Chips)

0 4

1 6

2 8

3 10

4 14

5 20

6 28

7 40

8 60

9 80

10 100

11 130

12 160

13 226

14 320

15 452

Rapid planning settings


Rapid planning provides a quick method of generating analysis layers, as an
alternative to the Monte Carlo simulation. It also provides the ability to create
layers for a given network or sector loads. For more information on rapid
planning, see “Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for
cdma2000” on page 377. The rapid planning settings on the Implementation
panel are used when layers are generated using the rapid planning option.
Unlike the Monte Carlo method, which obtains many values required to
compute analysis layers from the operating points file, the Rapid Planning
method does not generate an operating points file. Instead, the Rapid Planning
method derives most of the values required to compute analysis layers from
the Powers panel of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box. The Current

343
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

Total Receive and Total Traffic Transmit Power values are the two exceptions;
to determine these values, the Reverse Noise Rise and Forward Total Traffic
Power values should be manually defined for the sector.

If you do not define these values manually, you can enable the
Override All Cell Loads option on the System panel of the Analysis
Settings dialog box, and define values for Forward Available Traffic Power
and Reverse Load. For more information, see “To define rapid planning
system settings for cdma2000” on page 384.

The Reverse Noise Rise value is used to calculate equivalent Current Total
Receive Power, which is required to compute all reverse link analysis layers.
The Forward Total Traffic Power is used to calculate Total Traffic Transmit
Power, which is used to compute most pilot and reverse link analysis layers.
The Current Total Receive and Total Traffic Transmit Power are also used to
compute the Other - Path Balance layer.
For more information, see “To define implementation settings” on page 349.

Quality settings for cdma2000


Quality settings enable you to define settings related to the quality of service
for the sector, including, among others, the maximum number of subscribers,
maximum speed of vehicular subscribers, and the handover margin.
The maximum speed assigned to the sector is used to determine whether
subscribers in a vehicular environment will be served by the sector. Vehicular
subscribers have an expected speed associated with them depending on the
clutter class in which the service is being provided. This speed is defined
when you create clutter types (see “Defining clutter types for cdma2000” on
page 294). Subscribers in all environments other than vehicular are assigned a
fixed speed of 3 km/h. If the vehicular subscriber speed exceeds the
maximum, then the subscriber is not served by the sector. This enables you to
ensure that fast-moving subscribers are not served by certain sectors (for
example, microcells).
The maximum speed is used when you generate a Monte Carlo analysis,
During the random pattern generation phase, if a randomly generated
subscriber has an associated speed that exceeds the sector limit, the subscriber
will not be served by the sector.
For more information, see “To define quality settings” on page 350.

344
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

Power settings for cdma2000


Power settings enable you to define the power requirements for the sector,
including the limits for pilot power, control channels, and traffic power.
For more information, see “To define cdma2000 power settings” on page 351.

To assign carriers to sectors


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, double-click a site.
The Site Properties dialog box opens.
2 In the Site Properties dialog box, on the Sectors tab, click cdma2000
Settings.
The Carriers panel of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box opens by
default.
3 In the Carrier Assignment section, enable the check boxes next to the
carrier IDs that you want to assign to the sector.
Only the technology bands that are assigned the cdma2000 technology are
displayed in this section. When you enable a carrier, the carrier is added to
the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box tree view. For more information
on defining bands and carriers, see “Allocating spectrum and defining
carriers for cdma2000” on page 274.
4 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

345
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

To define hardware settings


1 In the tree view of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Hardware.
2 On the Hardware panel, in the Throughput Per Carrier section, type
values in any of the following boxes:
■ Maximum Pooled Forward Throughput—the maximum
throughput for all traffic on the same carrier of the site
■ Maximum Packet Throughput—the proportion of the
maximum throughput that is allowed for packet sessions (not
applicable to EV-DO carriers)
■ Maximum Circuit Throughput—the proportion of the
maximum throughput that is allowed for circuit sessions (not
applicable to EV-DO carriers)
The sum of the maximum packet throughput and maximum circuit
throughput can exceed 100%, but within the analysis, the total of
maximum packet throughput and maximum circuit throughput cannot
total more than 100%.
Throughput for an analysis is calculated using the number of subscribers
carried multiplied by the rate used for each subscriber modified by the
activity factor (which is dependent on the bearer used for the service).
3 In the Base Station Link Budget section, if you want to modify any of
the values, click Base Station Link Budget.
The values shown in this section are read-only, and are calculated using
the Base Station Link Budget tool. For information on using the Base
Station Link Budget tool, see “Calculating base station link budgets for
cdma2000 sectors” on page 331.
4 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

If you open the Base Station Link Budget tool from the cdma2000
Sector Settings dialog box, the carrier displayed is the carrier from
which the tool was launched. If the carrier is an EV-DO carrier, the Pilot Power
column and the Percentage column are read only columns.

346
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

To define sector resources


1 In the tree view of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Resources.
2 On the Resources panel, in the Walsh Codes section, type a value in the
Maximum Number of Codes box to define the maximum number of
codes that can be allocated to traffic channels.
Walsh Codes are not applicable to EV-DO carriers.
3 In the Reverse Channel Elements Per Carrier section, type values in
any of the following boxes:
■ Total Available For The Site—displays the number of channel
elements available.
■ Total Dedicated For The Sector—displays the number of
channel elements dedicated for the sector.
■ Primary (Per Sector)—the number of channel elements
assigned to this carrier on this sector for primary traffic. Primary
traffic consists of the subscribers with this sector designated as
the best server.
■ Primary Pooled (Per Site)—the number of channel elements
pooled for this carrier for all sectors on this site for primary
traffic. You can combine primary and pooled channel elements,
or use only one or the other. If you want to specify that all of the
channel elements on the site are pooled, type 0 in the Primary
(Per Sector) box and type the total number of channel elements
in the Primary Pooled (Per Site) box. When you generate an
analysis, when this number has been reached, new calls for this
sector will be blocked.
■ Additional For Handoff—the number of channel elements
allocated for handoff for all sectors on the site for this carrier.
For example, if 39 channel elements are available at a site for
primary traffic and the system is expected to support 30%
handoff, then 12 channel elements should be added to the site,
reserved for handoff, for a total of 51 channel elements for that
site. A new user is blocked if all 39 channels are busy, even if
any or all of the 12 channels reserved for handoff are available.
For EV-DO carriers, channel elements are accounted for on the reverse
link and for 1xRTT and IS-95 carriers, channel elements are accounted for
on the forward link. For details on how these values are used to calculate

347
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

the Total Available For the Site and Total Dedicated For the Sector values,
press the F1 key.
4 In the Forward Channel Elements Per Carrier section, type values in
any of the following boxes:
■ Total Available For The Site—displays the number of channel
elements available.
■ Total Dedicated For The Sector—displays the number of
channel elements dedicated for the sector.
■ Primary (Per Sector)—the number of channel elements
assigned to this carrier on this sector for primary traffic. Primary
traffic consists of the subscribers with this sector designated as
the best server.
■ Primary Pooled (Per Site)—the number of channel elements
pooled for this carrier for all sectors on this site for primary
traffic. You can combine primary and pooled channel elements,
or use only one or the other. If you want to specify that all of the
channel elements on the site are pooled, type 0 in the Primary
(Per Sector) box and type the total number of channel elements
in the Primary Pooled (Per Site) box. When you generate an
analysis, when this number has been reached, new calls for this
sector will be blocked.
■ Additional For Handoff—the number of channel elements
allocated for handoff for all sectors on the site for this carrier.
For example, if 39 channel elements are available at a site for
primary traffic and the system is expected to support 30%
handoff, then 12 channel elements should be added to the site,
reserved for handoff, for a total of 51 channel elements for that
site. A new user is blocked if all 39 channels are busy, even if
any or all of the 12 channels reserved for handoff are available.
5 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

348
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

To define implementation settings


1 In the tree view of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Implementation.
2 If you want to assign PN offset information to the sector to generate a PN
offset plan, do the following:
■ If you want to assign a specific PN offset value to this sector, in
the PN Offset box, type a PN offset value. For more information
on PN offsets, see “Chapter 21: Generating PN Offset Plans” on
page 463.
■ Edit the PN offset search window sizes or accept the defaults:
■ SRCH_WIN_A—an index value corresponding to the
size of the search window associated with the set of active
and candidate pilots
■ SRCH_WIN_N—an index value corresponding to the
size of the search window associated with the set of
neighbor pilots
The valid index values and corresponding window sizes (in chips) are
shown in Table 16.1 on page 343.
3 Beside the Scheduler Gain Curve box, do one of the following to define
the BTS scheduler gain:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the scheduler
gain curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create a scheduler gain
curve and click OK. For more information on the Curve Editor,
press the F1 key.
If you do not assign a Scheduler Gain curve, Mentum Planet assumes that
there is no gain.

349
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

4 In the Rapid Planning section, define the settings for rapid planning:
■ Reverse Noise Rise—the noise rise in the receiver, above the
thermal noise floor, generated by traffic links.
■ Forward Total Traffic Power—the total traffic transmit power
for the sector.
■ Forward Activity Factor—for EV-DO sectors, the average
ratio of non-idle traffic slots to the total number of traffic slots.
For information on how these values are used, see “Rapid planning
settings” on page 343.
5 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

To define quality settings


1 In the tree view of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Quality.
2 On the Quality panel, in the Quality Parameters section, type values in
any of the following boxes:
■ Pilot Detection Threshold—the minimum pilot signal-to-noise
ratio (Ec/Io) value required for adding a pilot to the active set. If
no pilot signal has an Ec/Io above the pilot detection threshold,
when a subscriber attempts a connection, the call will be refused.

■ Maximum Noise Rise—the maximum noise rise permitted for


the sector. This value is used to limit the number of users in a
system based on noise rise.
■ Mac Index/Maximum Users (Per Sector)—the maximum
number of instantaneous users permitted at the sector, or, for EV-
DO sectors, the maximum number of active users permitted.
■ T Drop—the threshold value for removing a pilot from the
active set. If a pilot has an Ec/Io that falls below the T Drop
value, it is removed from the active set. If the pilot signal is
above the T Drop threshold, then it is a candidate for the active
set. The number of servers in the active set is limited to the value
defined in the Maximum Active Servers box in the relevant
Mobile Equipment Technology Band. For example, if the
number of active servers is set to three and the fourth server is
within the T Drop threshold, then the fourth server is a polluter.

350
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

This value is used when generating pilot pollution analysis


layers. For more information on pilot pollution analysis layers,
see “Pilot analysis” on page 407.
■ Maximum Intra-Site Servers—the maximum number servers
from the same site that are permitted for this sector
■ Maximum Cell Radius—the maximum cell radius permitted
for this sector
■ Maximum Speed—the maximum speed permitted for this
sector
3 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

To define cdma2000 power settings


1 In the tree view of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box, expand the
carrier that you want to define and choose Powers.
2 On the Powers panel, from the Transmit Power Parameters In list,
choose the unit in which the transmit power settings are defined.
3 In the Absolute Power Values section, type a value in the Total PA
Power box to define the maximum power output by the sector's power
amplifier (PA).
The Total PA Power value and the PA Power value in the Link Budget
dialog box are interdependent. Changes to this value will affect link
budget calculations. For more information, see “Calculating base station
link budgets for cdma2000 sectors” on page 331.
EV-DO carriers use all of the PA power for the pilot whereas 1xRTT and
IS-95 carriers use only a portion of it.
4 To define pilot power, do one of the following (not applicable to EV-DO
carriers):
■ To define a fixed value for the pilot power, type a value in the
Fixed Pilot Power box. The Fixed Pilot Power value and the
Pilot Power value in the Link Budget dialog box are
interdependent. Changes to this value will affect link budget

351
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

calculations. For more information, see “Calculating base station


link budgets for cdma2000 sectors” on page 331.
■ To automatically optimize pilot power, enable the Optimize
Pilot check box and define the range of Pilot values in the
Maximum Pilot Power and Minimum Pilot Power boxes.
If you choose to optimize pilot power, the analysis calculates the required
pilot power to ensure that all the users achieve the required Ec/Io (Monte
Carlo analyses only).
5 In the Control Powers (Relative to Pilot Power) section, type values in
the following boxes (not applicable to EV-DO carriers):
■ Relative Sync Power—the synchronization channel power
relative to the pilot power
■ Relative Paging Power—the power for the paging channel and
other overhead channels relative to the pilot power. Other
overhead channels include the broadcast control, quick paging,
common power control, and common assignment channels.
6 In the Traffic Power Limits (Relative to Max Pilot Power) section, type
values in the following boxes (not applicable to EV-DO carriers):
■ Maximum Traffic Channel Power—the maximum service
power for a single traffic channel relative to the maximum pilot
power. Note that it is also possible to define the Maximum
Traffic Channel Power for individual bearers (excluding EV-DO
bearers) using the Maximum Traffic Channel Power Offset value
in the Edit - cdma2000 Bearer dialog box, accessible from the
Subscriber Manager category in the Project Explorer.
■ Minimum Traffic Channel Power—the minimum service
power for a single traffic channel relative to the maximum pilot
power. Note that it is also possible to define the Minimum
Traffic Channel Power for individual bearers (excluding EV-DO
bearers) using the Minimum Traffic Channel Power Offset value
in the Edit - cdma2000 Bearer dialog box, accessible from the
Subscriber Manager category in the Project Explorer.
7 In the Other User Interference section, type a value in the Average
Reverse ACK Interference Power box to define the interference for the
acknowledgement (ACK) channel.

352
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

8 For EV-DO carriers, in the Idle Transmission Attenuation box, type a


value to define the idle transmission power from the PA during traffic
time slots to be used when the sector has no served subscribers.
9 Click OK to save your settings or choose another item in the tree view.

Editing sites and sectors


You can edit individual sites or you can use the Global Editor to edit one or
more sites.

To edit a site
1 Do one of the following:
■ In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click on the
site that you want to edit and choose Edit.
■ Click the Edit Site button on the Site toolbar and then click in
the Map window on the site that you want to edit.
The Site Properties dialog box opens.
2 If there is more than one site at the chosen location, choose the site you
want to edit from the Editing Site list.
3 Do one of the following:
■ Modify any of the site properties and save them as a new
configuration if required. For information, see “Creating
cdma2000 sites” on page 329.
■ Load an existing configuration by choosing
File ➤ Open Configuration.
4 Click Apply to update your project.
5 Click Close.

To globally edit cdma2000 sectors


You can easily edit cdma2000-specific sector properties for individual carriers
assigned to sites in your project or for a particular group of sites using the
cdma2000 Global Edit dialog box. You can also add or remove carriers from
sites.
The cdma2000 Global Edit dialog box is different from the standard Global
Edit dialog box that you can use with other technologies because it only
contains settings that are specific to cdma2000. For more information on the

353
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

standard Global Edit dialog box, see Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

If you are modifying the cdma2000 power values, you have the option
of viewing data in dBm or Watts. However, if you want to modify the
Average PRACH Interference Power, you will only be able to use the full
range of values available for the field if you are using the dBm option.
If you prefer to use Watts, you can use the Watts option when you are
modifying other power values, and then change the units to dBm before
modifying the value for PRACH.

1 In the Project Explorer, do one of the following:


■ To edit all sites, in the Sites category, right-click Sites and
choose Global Edit ➤ cdma2000.
■ To edit one or more sites, in the Sites category, choose the sites,
right-click and choose Global Edit ➤ cdma2000.
■ To edit the sites in a group, in the Sites category, right-click the
group and choose Global Edit ➤ cdma2000.
■ To edit sites selected by flag condition, in the Sites category,
enable the flag conditions you want, right-click Flags and
choose Global Edit ➤ cdma2000.
The cdma2000 Global Edit dialog box opens.

354
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Sector Selection section, choose one of the following options:


■ All—apply changes to all sectors
■ Current Selection—apply changes to the sectors that are
selected in the Map window. For more information, see the
“Choosing sites” section in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ Group—apply changes only to sectors in group chosen from the
list

355
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Carrier Selection section, choose one of the following options


from the Action list for each carrier ID that the changes affect:
■ Modify Existing—modify the sector settings for existing
carriers
■ Modify/Create—add a new carrier to the sector and modify the
sector settings for existing carriers
■ Delete—delete this carrier from the sector
■ Do Not Modify—do not modify the sector settings for this
carrier
4 In the Cell Equipment Parameters section, enable the check box beside
each setting that you want to update in the chosen table, click in the Value
column and type a new value for each setting.
5 Click Apply to update the settings and then click Close.

Deleting sites
You can delete sites using the Project Explorer or the Map window.

To delete a site
■ Do one of the following:
■ In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the
site, choose Delete, and click Yes to confirm the deletion.
■ In the Map window, choose the site, right-click and choose
Delete, and then click Delete to confirm the deletion.

Viewing cdma2000 carrier assignment and interference


information
Once you have created a project and assigned carriers to sectors, you can use
the Carrier In-Map Display tool to view co-channel and adjacent channel
interference in the Map window. You can also view carrier allocation
information.

356
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

To view cdma2000 frequency assignment and interference


information
1 On the Mobile Technology toolbar, click the Carrier In-Map Display
button, and then click in the Map window near the sector for which you
want to view interference information.
If you want to view only carrier allocation information, you can click
anywhere in the Map window.
The Carrier In-Map Display window opens with the Interactive tab open
by default. The Sector ID box shows the name of the sector closest to
where you clicked in the Map window and the Technology box displays
the sector assigned to the sector.
The display in the Map window updates to identify sectors in the Map
window that are co-channel interferers with the selected sector. For each
sector that is a co-channel interferer, the numbers of the carriers that cause
co-channel interference are displayed in the Map window. For the
selected sector, carrier information is displayed in red.

357
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

2 Do any of the following:


■ To view other types of interference in the Map window, from the
View list, choose the type of interference that you want to view.
The display in the Map window updates to show the interferers.
■ To choose another sector for which to view interference
information, click in the Map window near the sector.
■ To display the results again for a sector that you selected
previously, choose the sector from the Sector ID list.
3 If you want to view information in the Map window about frequency
allocation, click the Sector Selection tab.

4 From the View in Map Window list, choose Carriers.


5 From the Technology list, choose cdma2000.
The list section of the dialog box updates to show all of the carriers
assigned to the technology.
6 Choose one or more of the listed items to display in the Map window and
click Display.
7 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors for which
you want to display the information.

358
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites
CDMA User Guide

8 If you want to choose a different group of sectors for which to display the
selected information, click Update Selection, and then in the Select
Sectors dialog box, choose another group of sectors and click OK.
9 If you want to clear the display, click Clear.

Visibility of the Carrier In-Map Display is affected by the same settings


that control the visibility of site labels. If you cannot see the sector
information in the Map window, see “Displaying and formatting site labels” in
Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User
Guide for information about changing the appearance of labels.

359
Chapter 16
CDMA User Guide

360
Chapter 17: Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors

17. Adding Repeaters to


cdma2000 Sectors

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to add repeaters to
following sections:
cdma2000 sectors in your project.
■ Understanding cdma2000
repeaters
■ Workflow for adding repeaters
to cdma2000 sectors
■ Adding repeaters to
cdma2000 sectors
■ Repeaters and cdma2000
predictions
■ Locating repeaters in a Map
window

361
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 repeaters


Repeaters are used to retransmit signals received from donor sectors to
locations that have insufficient coverage. For example, repeaters can be used
to extend coverage or fill in shadow areas caused by hills, large buildings, and
other structures that obstruct signals.
A repeater receives a signal from the donor antenna of a donor sector, and
then amplifies and retransmits the signal through its service antenna.
Repeaters are primarily used to reduce path loss without providing an increase
in network capacity. Generally, repeaters add noise and amplify noise in the
reverse, which can limit their effectiveness; however, a well placed repeater
can reduce noise levels within a cdma2000 network and enhance the overall
capacity.
Implementing repeaters can be an efficient and cost-effective method of
increasing the received signal strength for mobiles in an area without having
to place additional sites.
A repeater’s power is defined by its Effective Isotropic Radiated Power
(EIRP). EIRP measures the maximum radiated power in the direction of the
maximum gain relative to an isotropic antenna (typically in the direction the
antenna is pointing).
The EIRP of cdma2000 repeaters is based on the pilot power of the first active
carrier, and is calculated as shown in Equation 17.1.

Repeater EIRP = Pilot Power – Lm + GD+ LD+ GR – LR – LS + GS


Equation 17.1 Repeater EIRP

If a sector has EV-DO and 1xRTT or IS-95 carriers, the first carrier refers to
the first 1xRTT or IS-95 carrier. If a sector has only EV-DO carriers, the
repeater EIRP is based on the sector PA power of the first EV-DO carrier, and
is calculated as shown in Equation 17.1.

Repeater EIRP = Sector PA Power – Lm + GD+ LD+ GR – LR – LS + GS


Equation 17.1 Repeater EIRP for EV-DO carriers

Where:
Pilot Power is the pilot power of the first carrier from the cdma2000 Sector
Settings of the donor sector.
Lm is the masked path loss between the base station transmitter and the
repeater.

362
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

GD is the repeater donor antenna gain.


LD is the repeater donor antenna system loss (typically feeder loss).
GR is the repeater gain.
LR is the repeater loss.
LS is the repeater service antenna system loss (typically feeder loss).
GS is the repeater service antenna gain.

Repeaters and cdma2000 predictions


When you generate predictions for a sector that has one or more repeaters
assigned to it, signal strength grid (.grd) files are generated for the sector and
for each repeater. cdma2000 analyses use the separate predictions for the
donor sectors and repeaters.
A combined signal strength file is also generated, which merges the separate
sector and repeater signal strength files. Combined signal strength predictions
are used when the full coverage area of a sector is required, such as when you
generate a traffic map or interference matrix, or analyze the interference
between two sectors.
After you have generated predictions for a sector, you can choose to view a
prediction for the donor sector or individual repeaters. You can also view a
combined prediction that displays the combined signal strengths of the donor
sector and all of its repeaters. For information on generating and viewing
predictions, see “Chapter 8: Generating Predictions” in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.

Workflow for adding repeaters to cdma2000 sectors


Step 1 Configure and place cdma2000 sites. See “Chapter 16:
Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites” on page 327.

Step 2 Add repeaters to sectors with insufficient coverage. See “Adding


repeaters to cdma2000 sectors” on page 363.

Adding repeaters to cdma2000 sectors


To add a repeater to a sector, you must define general settings, such as the
donor sector for which the repeater will retransmit a signal, and the location of

363
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

the repeater. You must also define settings for service and donor antennas,
predictions, repeater links, and carriers.
You can add repeaters manually or you can import them from an existing file.

To add repeaters to cdma2000 sectors


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the sector to
which you want to add a repeater, and choose Add Repeater.
2 Click in the Map window in the location where you want to add the
repeater.
The Repeater Settings dialog box opens with the general settings panel
selected by default.

3 In the Repeater-Site ID box, type a unique name for the repeater.


4 If you want to add additional information, such as the associated Site ID,
in the Repeater-Site UID box, type an identifier or description.
5 If you want to change the donor sector, choose a sector from the list.

364
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

6 Do one of the following to define the status of the repeater:


■ To set the repeater as active, enable the Active check box.
■ To set the repeater as inactive, clear the Active check box.
Inactive repeaters are not used for predictions or analyses.
7 If you want to change the symbol and color settings used to represent
active or inactive repeaters in the Map window, in the Color/Symbol for
All Repeaters section, click the Active or Inactive swatch, choose the
font, font size, symbol, color, rotation angle, background, and effects, and
then click OK.
You can only change the symbol and color settings for the status (Active
or Inactive) that you applied to the repeater in Step 6. The symbol and
color settings will be applied to all Active or Inactive repeaters.
8 In the Repeater Connection Type section, choose one of the following
options:
■ RF—an antenna is used for communication between the donor
sector and the repeater.
■ Fiber—a fiber-optic link is used for communication between the
donor sector and the repeater.
If you choose the Fiber option, the donor antenna settings do not apply
(see “To define donor antenna settings for repeaters” on page 369).
9 If you want to place the service antenna according to precise coordinates,
in the Service Antenna Location section, type the coordinates in the X/
Longitude and Y/Latitude boxes.
The values displayed by default correspond to the location that you
clicked in the Map window in Step 2.
10 If you want to place the donor antenna according to precise coordinates,
in the Donor Antenna Location section, type the coordinates in the X/
Longitude and Y/Latitude boxes.
By default, the donor antenna and service antenna are placed at the same
location.
11 Define the service antenna settings.
See “To define service antenna settings for repeaters” on page 367.
12 If you chose the RF option in Step 8, define the donor antenna settings.
See “To define donor antenna settings for repeaters” on page 369.

365
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

13 Define the repeater prediction settings.


See “To define repeater prediction settings” on page 371.
14 Define the repeater equipment settings.
See “To define repeater equipment settings” on page 373.
15 Define the repeater carrier settings.
See “To define repeater carrier settings” on page 375.
16 Click Create to add the repeater to the sector, and then click Close to
close the Repeater Settings dialog box.
The repeater is displayed in the Sites category of the Project Explorer
under both the Repeaters node and the chosen donor sector.

You can also change the status of a repeater by right-clicking a


repeater node in the Project Explorer and choosing Activate Repeater
or Deactivate Repeater.

366
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define service antenna settings for repeaters


1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Service
Antenna.

2 On the Service Antenna panel, choose an antenna pattern from the


Pattern list.
This is the pattern that the service antenna will use to retransmit the signal
received from the donor sector. The gain value is derived from the
antenna pattern.
3 If you want to view or modify the antenna pattern, click Edit.
For more information on modifying antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

367
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

4 If you are using an antenna pattern with electrical downtilt, from the
Electrical Tilt list, choose the electrical downtilt pattern that you want to
use.
For information on electrical downtilt antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
5 Type values in the following boxes:
■ Azimuth—the horizontal direction the service antenna looks
towards. An azimuth value of 0 degrees is true north, 90 degrees
is east, 180 degrees is south, and 270 degrees is west. As you
rotate clockwise, the azimuth increases.
■ Tilt—the number of degrees that a service antenna is tilted
upward or downward. A positive (+) tilt value points the antenna
upwards, while a negative (-) tilt value points the antenna
downwards.
■ Twist—the number of degrees that a service antenna is twisted
counter-clockwise or clockwise. A positive (+) twist value
rotates the antenna counter-clockwise, while a negative (-) twist
value rotates the antenna clockwise.
■ Height—the height of the service antenna from ground level.
6 In the Elevation section, choose one of the following options:
■ Use DEM Elevation—sets the elevation height based on the
repeater location and the project digital elevation model (DEM)
grid file.
■ Manual Entry—enables you to define the elevation height for
the repeater. Type the elevation height in the Elevation box. This
option is useful if the repeater is being used as a microcell for
indoor coverage.
7 In the System Losses box, type a value for the service antenna system
feeder loss or any additional antenna system-related losses.
8 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

368
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define donor antenna settings for repeaters

Donor antenna settings only apply if the repeater type is RF. If a fiber-
optic connection is used between the donor and service antenna, the
donor antenna settings do not apply. For more information, see “To add
repeaters to cdma2000 sectors” on page 364.

1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Donor
Antenna.

2 On the Donor Antenna panel, choose an antenna pattern from the


Pattern list.
This is the pattern that the donor antenna will use to receive the signal
from the donor sector. The gain value is derived from the antenna pattern.
3 If you want to view or modify the antenna pattern, click Edit.
For more information on modifying antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

369
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

4 If you are using an antenna pattern with electrical downtilt, from the
Electrical Tilt list, choose the electrical downtilt pattern that you want to
use.
For details on electrical downtilt antenna patterns, see Chapter 3,
“Working with Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
5 In the Height box, type the height of the donor antenna from ground
level.
6 In the Elevation section, choose one of the following options:
■ Use DEM Elevation—sets the elevation height based on the
repeater location and the project digital elevation model (DEM)
grid file. This is the default option.
■ Manual Entry—enables you to define the elevation height for
the repeater. Type the elevation height in the Elevation box. This
option is useful if the repeater is being used as a microcell for
indoor coverage.
7 In the System Losses box, type a value for donor antenna system feeder
loss or any other antenna system-related losses.
The Isolation box indicates the calculated value of isolation between
antennas (masked path loss). For an accurate isolation value, the antenna
patterns assigned to the repeater must have a full definition of the vertical
pattern (all angles).
8 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

370
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define repeater prediction settings


1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Predictions.

2 On the Predictions panel, choose a propagation model from the


Propagation Model list.
3 In the Number of Radials box, type the number of radials to be used in
the prediction.
Prediction calculations are performed along radial lines. A higher number
of radials will produce more accurate results, but the calculation will take
more time.
4 In the Propagation Distance box, type the maximum distance from the
repeater for which the signal strength will be calculated.

371
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

5 Do one of the following:


■ In the Masked Path Loss from Donor box, type a value for the
repeater amplifier system loss.
■ Click Calculate, and in the Calculate Masked Path Loss dialog
box, type a value for any other known losses in the Additional
Losses box, choose the propagation model you want to use to
calculate the path loss, and click OK. The value in the Masked
Path Loss from Donor box is automatically updated.
6 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

For maximum accuracy, enter a measured value of pathloss in the


Masked Path Loss From Donor box. The measured pathloss can be
determined by measuring the signal strength with a known EIRP from the
donor sector. If you choose to calculate the masked path loss, ensure you
specify an appropriate model. The most appropriate propagation model will
depend on the specifics of the environment between donor sector and the
repeater donor antenna. If you suspect obstruction at the repeater location,
choose a deterministic model with the correct receiver height. You may need
to create a model specifically for repeater installations.
Mentum Planet will not update the stored masked pathloss automatically,
even if the current value is generated using the Calculate Masked Pathloss
dialog box. If there are changes to the network that would impact the pathloss
between the donor sector and the repeater, you must apply a new value to the
repeater, either by manually entering a new value in the Repeater Settings
dialog box or re-calculating the value using the Calculate Masked Pathloss
dialog box.

372
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define repeater equipment settings

The gain of a repeater in Mentum Planet is maintained at a constant


level. Any changes to the donor sector and repeater system that affect
the power received by the repeater will result in a similar change in the EIRP
of the repeater. For example, a change in the masked pathloss between the
donor sector and the repeater, the donor sector’s pilot power, or the antenna
system at the donor sector which results in a change to the EIRP of the sector,
will result in a similar change in the EIRP of the repeater. The EIRP value at
the repeater will also change in line with a change in either of the repeater’s
antenna systems. As such, it is important to review repeater settings following
any changes of this nature.

1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Equipment.

373
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

2 On the Equipment panel, do either of the following to define the repeater


EIRP:
■ In the Power EIRP box, type the pilot EIRP based on the pilot
power of the first carrier on the donor sector. The value in the
System Loss box is updated based on the value you enter.
■ In the Gain box, type a value for the repeater system gain. The
value in the Power EIRP box is updated based on the value you
enter.
3 In the System Loss box, type a value for the repeater system loss.
The value in the Power EIRP box is updated based on the value you enter.
4 In the Noise Figure box, type a value for the noise contribution of the
repeater to the uplink.
5 In the Forward Max Power Per Carrier box, type a value for the
achievable limit of power for the carrier.
6 In the Reverse Eb/No adjustment box, type a value for any adjustment
that should be applied to the required Eb/No for signals through the
repeater in the reverse path.
This value can be used to take into account the effects of the fixed path of
signals through the repeater, for example, to simulate the effect of a lack
of diversity gain on repeated signals at the donor sector.
7 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

374
Adding Repeaters to cdma2000 Sectors
CDMA User Guide

To define repeater carrier settings


1 In the tree view of the Repeater Settings dialog box, choose Carriers.

2 In the Carrier Assignment section, enable the check box beside each of
the carriers that you want assigned to the repeater.
All of the carriers assigned to the donor sector are enabled by default.
3 Click Create to save your settings and add the repeater, or choose another
item in the tree view.

To edit repeater settings


After you have added a repeater to a sector, you can edit the repeater at any
time.
1 In the Project Explorer, in the tree view of the Sites category, expand the
site and sector to which the repeater belongs.
2 Right-click the repeater that you want to edit and choose Edit.
The Repeater Settings dialog box opens.

375
Chapter 17
CDMA User Guide

3 If you want to change the donor sector (re-parent), choose a sector from
the Donor Sector list.
4 Modify the other repeater settings as required.
For information, see “Adding repeaters to cdma2000 sectors” on
page 363.
5 Click Apply and then click Close.

You can also access all of the repeaters in your project from the
Repeaters node in the Sites category of the Project Explorer.

Locating repeaters in a Map window


You can use the Project Explorer to locate repeaters in a Map window.

To locate repeaters in a Map window


■ In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, right-click the repeater
and choose Locate.
The repeater is selected in the Map window.

376
Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for

18.
cdma2000

Generating Rapid
Planning Analyses
for cdma2000
This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to generate a rapid
following sections:
planning analysis and view results.
■ Understanding rapid planning
for cdma2000
A rapid planning analysis provides a quick
■ Understanding data rate
negotiation simulation of your network. You can use the results
■ Workflow for generating a of a rapid planning analysis to make adjustments to
rapid planning analysis for
cdma2000 your project settings and then run a more detailed
■ Defining default cdma2000 Monte Carlo analysis.
rapid planning analysis
settings
■ Creating a rapid planning
analysis for cdma2000
■ Defining rapid planning
system settings for cdma2000
■ Choosing subscriber types for
cdma2000 rapid planning
■ Defining rapid planning
analysis area settings for
cdma2000
■ Generating a rapid planning
analysis for cdma2000
■ Generating analysis layers for
flag-specific information
■ Viewing cdma2000 analysis
layers
■ Deleting analyses

377
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

Understanding rapid planning for cdma2000


Rapid planning uses minimal settings to generate a set of analysis layers that
you can use to analyze your network quickly. The analysis runs only once and
generates analysis layers automatically (as opposed to a Monte Carlo analysis,
for which you can generate layers automatically or as a separate step). A rapid
planning analysis does not require as much time as a Monte Carlo analysis,
but it also does not generate the detailed subscriber information that is
generated with a Monte Carlo analysis. For more information on Monte Carlo
simulations, see “Understanding Monte Carlo analyses for cdma2000” on
page 398.

Prediction view files for cdma2000 analyses


Prediction view files contain predicted signal strength values for all potential
servers at each bin. By default, prediction view files are created when you
generate an analysis. Using prediction view files is optional. You can
determine whether or not to use them by considering the balance between
analysis speed and disk space usage in your particular case. See “Optimizing
cdma2000 analyses” on page 416 for more information.

cdma2000 analysis layers


The analysis layers that you can generate using rapid planning depend on
whether you choose to use subscribers defined using the Subscriber Manager
or a nominal subscriber. For more information on choosing subscribers, see
“Choosing subscriber types for cdma2000 rapid planning” on page 386.
■ If you use subscribers defined using the Subscriber Manager, the
layers available are the same as the analysis layers available
when you generate a Monte Carlo simulation, with the exception
of the Forward - Throughput and Reverse - Throughput analysis
layers. Throughput layers are not available for rapid planning.
■ If you use a nominal subscriber, the throughput layers are not
available, and the Pilot - Pollution Index layer is also not
available, because no traffic map is used in this kind of rapid
planning analysis.
For details on each analysis layer, see “Understanding cdma2000 analysis
layers” on page 407.

378
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Understanding data rate negotiation


By default, Mentum Planet implements data rate negotiation across your
network. Data rate negotiation is the process of reducing the data rate for a
connection from the maximum desirable rate, to the highest achievable rate,
given the radio channel conditions at the time. The data rate negotiation
process is illustrated in Table 18.1. It is assumed that bearers are available for
each technology layer to carry the service at the required/negotiated rates and
that IS-95 is limited to cdma2000 radio configurations RC1 and RC2. It is
also assumed that EV-DO traffic classes are set as defaults in the network
settings (Interactive and Background).
Data rate negotiation is applied to both circuit and packet switched services.

If you don’t want data rate negotiation to be simulated in your network,


define only one bearer within the quality constraints you set in the
Subscriber Manager.

Table 18.1 Data rate negotiation process for cdma2000

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS IS-95 & 1xRTT 1xRTT & EV-DO


IS-95 & 1xRTT
Combination & EV-DO EV-DO Only

Voice (Circuit Carried on Carried on Carried on Not carried


Conversational 1xRTT), then on 1xRTT then on 1xRTT
below 15 kbps) IS-95 (fixed rate) IS-95 (fixed rate) (fixed rate)

Circuit Symmetric Symmetric Symmetric Not carried


Conversational negotiation negotiation negotiation
above 15 kbps) within 1xRTT within 1xRTT within
then within IS-95 then within IS-95 1xRTT

Circuit streaming Symmetric Symmetric Symmetric Not carried


negotiation negotiation negotiation
within 1xRTT within 1xRTT ten within
then within IS-95 within IS-95 1xRTT

379
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS IS-95 & 1xRTT 1xRTT & EV-DO


IS-95 & 1xRTT
Combination & EV-DO EV-DO Only

Packet Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated Not carried


Conversational/ within 1xRTT within 1xRTT within
Streaming then within IS-95 then within IS-95 1xRTT

Packet or Circuit Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated


Interactive/ within EV-DO within 1xRTT within EV- within EV-
Background then within then within IS-95 DO then DO
1xRTT, then within
within IS-95 1xRTT

Data rate downgrading


In the process of data rate negotiation, a subscriber may be downgraded to a
second generation technology if conditions warrant. Table 18.1 on page 379
details the downgrade path.This is the last step in the data rate negotiation
process. If a subscriber cannot receive service on the EV-DO network layer,
then the subscriber is dropped based on the priority defined for the subscriber
type.

Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation


Mentum Planet provides several means of analyzing the results of data rate
negotiation. You can:
■ view coverage maps showing the coverage probability for
different rates for one usage. In particular, you can view the
Downlink - Bearer Coverage layer, the Downlink - Max
Achievable Coverage layer as well as the Uplink - Bearer
Coverage layer and Uplink - Max Achievable Coverage layer.
■ review statistics showing the number of subscribers carried at
the maximum and the negotiated rates, and the average achieved
rate per usage and per sector/carrier. In particular, you can
examine the system - mobile report and the carrier - sector-
mobile report. See “Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports”
on page 481.

380
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000


Step 1 Define prediction view settings. See “Optimizing cdma2000
analyses” on page 416.

Step 2 Define rapid planning settings for the sectors that you want to
include in your analysis. See “To define implementation settings”
on page 349.

Step 3 If you want to use the same settings for a number of analyses,
define default analysis settings. See “Defining default cdma2000
rapid planning analysis settings” on page 381.

Step 4 Create a new rapid planning analysis. See “Creating a rapid


planning analysis for cdma2000” on page 382.

Step 5 Define the analysis settings and generate the analysis. See
“Defining rapid planning system settings for cdma2000” on
page 384.

Step 6 View the results of the analysis. See “Viewing cdma2000 analysis
layers” on page 394.

Defining default cdma2000 rapid planning analysis settings


If you want to use the same settings for a number of rapid planning analyses,
you can define default settings. When you create a new analysis, these
defaults are automatically used.

381
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

To define default cdma2000 rapid planning analysis settings


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Default cdma2000 Analysis Settings.
2 Define the default settings that you want to use, and click OK.
For more information defining analysis settings, see the following
sections:
■ “Defining rapid planning system settings for cdma2000” on
page 384
■ “Choosing subscriber types for cdma2000 rapid planning” on
page 386
■ “Defining rapid planning analysis area settings for cdma2000”
on page 391

The Runtime Parameters settings in the Default cdma2000 Analysis


Settings dialog box apply only to Monte Carlo analyses. For more
information, see “To define runtime parameter settings for cdma2000” on
page 427.

Creating a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000


When you create a new analysis, it is displayed in the Project Explorer in the
Network Analyses category under the cdma2000 Analyses node. You can
create any number of analyses (rapid planning or Monte Carlo) for a project.

A rapid planning analysis enables you to perform analyses on carriers


that have been assigned to the cdma2000 technology. If you want to
perform analyses for carriers assigned to a TDMA/FDMA technology, you
must create a TDMA/FDMA analysis under the TDMA/FDMA Analyses node.
For more information, see Chapter 7, “Generating TDMA/FDMA Analysis
Layers”, in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide.

A Monte Carlo analysis takes more time than rapid planning, but generates
detailed subscriber information that a rapid planning analysis does not. For

382
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

more information on Monte Carlo analyses, see “Chapter 19: Generating


Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000” on page 397.

If you want to generate network analyses at the same resolution as


predictions created using either the Volcano or WaveSight propagation
models, you need to specify the resolution of the analyses in the Analysis
Resolution box and choose an elevation file and, optionally, a clutter file, that
uses the same resolution as the predictions on the Advanced tab in the
Propagation Model Editor.

To create a new rapid planning analysis for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose New Network Analysis.
The cdma2000 Analysis dialog box opens.

2 In the Analysis Name box, type a name for the analysis.


3 In the Description box, type a description of the analysis.
4 From the Analysis Mode list, choose Rapid Planning and click OK.
A new cdma2000 analysis node is created in the Project Explorer.

If you want to choose the sectors to use for the analysis, right-click the
analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node, choose Select Sectors,
and then in the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that
you want to use, and click Continue.
If you do not choose the sectors to use for the analysis, you will be prompted
to do so when you run the analysis. For more information, see “Generating a
rapid planning analysis for cdma2000” on page 393.

383
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

To add an existing analysis to the cdma2000 Analyses node


If you have an existing analysis that was generated as part of another project
(whether by you or by someone else) and you want to view it with your
current project, you can add it to the project so that it appears under the
cdma2000 Analyses node. The analysis should cover at least a portion of the
same geographic area as your current project.
1 In Windows Explorer, copy the folder containing the analysis to the
cdma2000_Analyses folder in the current project folder.
2 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Refresh Analyses.
The list of analyses updates to show the new analysis.

Defining rapid planning system settings for cdma2000


System settings enable you to define network characteristics that you want to
simulation in your analysis (e.g., slow fading and soft handoff gain).

To define rapid planning system settings for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node and choose Generate.
The cdma2000 Simulation dialog box opens.
2 In the tree view, choose System.

384
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

3 If you want to calculate soft handoff gain due to macro-diversity, enable


the Use Soft Handoff Gain check box.
If enabled, the PA power of mobiles in handoff will be reduced. If cleared,
the calculated handoff gain is not taken into account for the reverse link
analysis for the mobile.
4 From the Nth Best Server for Delta Layer list, choose the server to
compare with best server in the Pilot - Delta Ec/Io layer.
The Pilot - Delta Ec/Io layer displays the difference in Ec/Io between the
best server and the Nth best server that you choose. For example, you can
compare the Ec/Io levels between the third best server and the best server
to determine if the signal from the third best server is causing any
significant interference for the best server.

385
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

5 If you want to override the rapid planning settings on the Sector Settings -
Implementation panel for this analysis, enable the Override All Cell
Loads check box and type values for the following:
■ Reverse Load—the percentage of cell loading that you want to
target for the reverse link
■ Forward Available Traffic Power—the percentage of available
power for traffic that you want to target for the forward link cell
loading. For example, a value of 75 means that only 75% of the
available traffic power (i.e., PA power minus overhead power) is
used in the analysis; a value of 100 means that all of the
available traffic power is used. This parameter does not apply to
EV-DO carriers.
■ EV-DO Forward Activity Factor—the average ratio of non-
idle traffic slots to the total number of traffic slots.
Typically, you would use the Override All Cell Loads option if you are
doing nominal planning or network dimensioning. If you are optimizing
an existing network using switch statistics, you would use the rapid
planning settings on the Implementation panel for the sector.
6 Choose another item in the tree view.

Choosing subscriber types for cdma2000 rapid planning


When you choose subscriber types for a rapid planning analysis, you have two
options:
■ You can choose a subscriber type that you have defined using the
Subscriber Manager. For information on the Subscriber
Manager, see “Chapter 15: Defining cdma2000 Subscribers” on
page 289.
■ You can choose the Nominal Subscriber type, which enables you
to define basic subscriber characteristics for a simple rapid
planning analysis. This option is available only for rapid
planning.

The Monte Carlo planning option requires the detailed information


provided by the Subscriber Manager.

386
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

To choose a defined subscriber type for cdma2000 rapid


planning
1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Subscribers in the tree
view.

2 On the Subscribers panel, choose the Subscriber Manager option.


3 Enable the check boxes for the subscriber types that you want to include
in the analysis.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

To choose a nominal subscriber for cdma2000 rapid


planning
Using a nominal subscriber enables you to define the minimum subscriber
settings required to run a rapid planning analysis.

387
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Subscribers in the tree


view.
2 On the Subscribers panel, choose the Nominal Subscriber option.

388
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

3 On the Nominal Subscribers tab, in the Mobile Equipment section,


define values for the following:
■ Max Transmit Power—maximum transmit power at the mobile
power amplifier in the box.
■ Antenna Gain—the antenna gain for the mobile equipment
band type used by the nominal subscriber type
■ Body Loss—the signal loss as a result of the proximity of
objects located near the transmitter.
■ Max Active Servers—the maximum number of handoff servers
supported by the equipment type that the nominal subscriber
type will use
■ Noise Figure—the noise figure at the receiver for the equipment
type that the nominal subscriber type will use
4 In the Cell Edge Coverage Probability box, type a value to define the
probability of coverage required for a subscriber or bin to be regarded as
covered.
The Cell Edge Coverage Probability value is used when you generate a
rapid planning analysis to calculate service coverage for the Forward -
Best Server, Reverse - Best Server, and Other - Path Balance layers.
5 From the Environment list, choose one of the following environment
types for the nominal subscriber:
■ Outdoor—open air environments
■ Indoor—buildings or structures
■ Deep Indoor—dense buildings, such as office towers
■ Vehicular—moving vehicles
In order to view results for a chosen environment, you must have
specified the environment parameters in the New Clutter Type or Edit
Clutter Type dialog box in the Subscriber Manager and you must have
assigned the clutter classes to the appropriate clutter types.
6 Click the Nominal Bearers tab.

389
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

7 In the Forward Bearer section, define values for the following:


■ Required Forward Fundamental Eb/No—the received signal-
to-noise ratio (Eb/No) required on the fundamental channel for a
given quality, such as FER, on the forward link.
■ Required Forward Supplemental Eb/No—the received signal-
to-noise ratio (Eb/No) required on the supplemental channels for
a given quality, such as FER, on the forward link.
■ Forward Radio Configuration—choose the radio
configuration to use for the forward link.
You can choose from RC1 to RC5. These are standard cdma2000 radio
configurations with a spreading rate of 1. Configurations with a
spreading rate of 3 are not supported. For more information on the
permitted radio configuration combinations for the forward and reverse
link, see Table 15.2 on page 322.
■ Forward Service Traffic Rate—the data rate for the forward
link.
■ Maximum Traffic Channel Power Offset—the maximum
power correction value to be applied for the nominal subscriber.
This box, in conjunction with the Minimum Traffic Channel Power
Offset, enables you to adjust the traffic channel power defined on a per-
sector basis to account for the different power requirements of services
with different data rates.
■ Minimum Traffic Channel Power Offset—the minimum
power correction value to be applied for the nominal subscriber.
This box, in conjunction with the Maximum Traffic Channel Power
Offset, enables you to adjust the traffic channel power defined on a per-

390
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

sector basis to account for the different power requirements of services


with different data rates.
■ Forward Fundamental Eb/No to FER—do one of the
following:
■ Click Browse, navigate to the file that contains the Eb/No
to FER curve, and click Open.
■ Click Edit, and in the Curve Editor, create an Eb/No to
FER curve, and click OK. For more information on the
Curve Editor, press the F1 key.
For details about how the Eb/No to FER curve is used, see “Defining
cdma2000 bearers” on page 299.
8 In the Reverse Bearer section, define values for the following:
■ In the Required Reverse Fundamental Eb/No box, type the
received signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) required on the
fundamental channel for a given quality, such as FER, on the
reverse link.
■ In the Required Reverse Supplemental Eb/No box, type the
received signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) required on the
supplemental channels for a given quality, such as FER, on the
reverse link.
■ From the Reverse Radio Configuration list, choose the radio
configuration for the reverse link.
You can choose from RC1 to RC4. These are standard cdma2000 radio
configurations with a spreading rate (SR) of 1. Configurations with a
spreading rate of 3 are not supported. For more information on the
permitted radio configuration combinations for the forward and reverse
link, see Table 15.2 on page 322.
■ In the Reverse box, type the data rate for the reverse traffic.
9 Choose another item in the tree view.

Defining rapid planning analysis area settings for cdma2000


The analysis area is the area over which the analysis is computed. You have
the option of using the full area covered by the analysis or defining
boundaries to limit the analysis area. By limiting the analysis area, you can
significantly reduce the computation time by eliminating all of the areas in
which you are not interested.

391
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

To define rapid planning analysis area settings for


cdma2000
1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Analysis Area in the
tree view.
2 On the Analysis Area panel, choose one of the following options:
■ Use the Combined Area of Selected Predictions—indicates
that the analysis area is the full area covered by the signal
strength predictions
■ Use Analysis Bounds—enables you to specify x and y
coordinates to limit the extent of the simulation. Do one of the
following:
■ Type values in the X and Y coordinate boxes
■ Click Update Bounds With Active View if you have
resized or zoomed your Map window. The x and y
coordinates update to show the bounds of the active Map
window.
■ Use An Analysis Grid—enables you to choose a classified grid
(.grc) file to limit the analysis area. The grid must have the same
projection as the signal strength grids but can have any
resolution. All null bins are considered part of the analysis area.
You would typically choose this option if you have created a
project area using the Trimmer tool that is smaller than your
current project area and want to run the simulation for the
smaller area only. For more information on the Trimmer tool, see
Chapter 5, “Working with the Grid Manager”, in the Grid
Analysis User Guide.
■ Use An Area Grid—enables you to choose a predefined area
grid. For information on creating area grids, see Chapter 14,
“Working with Grids”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
3 In the Analysis Resolution box, type a value for the resolution of the
analysis.
For more information on this box, press the F1 key.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

392
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Generating a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000


Before generating a rapid planning analysis, you must define the settings on
each panel in the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box as described in “Defining
rapid planning system settings for cdma2000” on page 384.

To generate a rapid planning analysis for cdma2000


1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, click Analyze.
2 If you have not defined the sectors to use for the analysis, in the Select
Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that you want to include
in the analysis, and click Continue.
3 In the cdma2000 Analysis Layers dialog box, clear the check boxes for
any layers that you do not want to generate, and click OK.
By default, the check boxes are enabled for all of the layers that you chose
in the analysis layer filter.
A dialog box opens that shows the progress of the analysis. When the
analysis is complete, the analysis node in the Project Explorer expands to
include the layers in the analysis.

Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information


You can generate a network analysis for sectors identified with certain flags
and conditions. For example, you could generate a network analysis for sites
in Phase 1 that are installed and operational. To do this, you define the flags
and conditions, and then generate a network analysis. In the Select Sectors
dialog box, you choose the Flags Filter. For more information on flags and
conditions, see “Working with flags”, in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, enable the flag conditions
that you want to use.
2 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis and choose
Select Sectors.
3 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose Flags Filter and click Continue.
4 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis you want to
generate and choose Generate.

393
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

5 Define the analysis settings as described starting in “Defining rapid


planning system settings for cdma2000” on page 384, and then follow the
procedure described in “To generate a rapid planning analysis for
cdma2000” on page 393.

Viewing cdma2000 analysis layers


Once you have generated your analysis, you can view the analysis layers that
it contains.

To view cdma2000 analysis layers


■ In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category,
right-click an analysis layer under the cdma2000 Analysis node and
choose View.
The analysis layer is displayed in the Map window.

To remove an analysis layer from the Map window, in the Project


Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, under the cdma2000
Analysis node, right-click an analysis layer, and choose Remove.

You can obtain statistical and composite reports for the analysis layers
using the Layer Statistics Analysis tool. For more information, see
“Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports” on page 481.

Deleting analyses
Files generated from a network analysis can take up a lot of hard disk space.
You can delete analyses that are no longer required.

To delete analyses
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, do any of
the following:
■ Choose one or more analyses, right-click and choose Delete.
■ Expand an analysis node, choose one or more analysis layers,
right-click and choose Delete.

394
Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Mentum Planet dialog box, click Yes.


The analyses or analysis layers you chose are removed from the Project
Explorer and the files are deleted from the project folder.

395
Chapter 18
CDMA User Guide

396
Chapter 19: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for

19.
cdma2000

Generating Monte
Carlo Analyses for
cdma2000
This chapter contains the ■ Analyzing pilot pollution for cdma2000 sectors
following sections: This chapter describes how to generate a Monte
■ Understanding Monte Carlo
analyses for cdma2000 Carlo analysis for cdma20000 and view results.
■ Understanding cdma2000
A Monte Carlo analysis generates:
analysis layers
■ Workflow for generating a ■ information about sectors, carriers and
Monte Carlo analysis for
subscribers in your network
cdma2000
■ Optimizing cdma2000 ■ analysis layers
analyses You can also generate a rapid planning analysis,
■ Defining default cdma2000
Monte Carlo analysis settings
which provides only analysis layers, but takes less
■ Creating a Monte Carlo time. For more information on rapid planning, see
analysis for cdma2000
“Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses
■ Defining Monte Carlo analysis
settings for cdma2000 for cdma2000” on page 377.
■ Generating a Monte Carlo
analysis for cdma2000
■ Viewing discrete subscriber
information for cdma2000
■ Generating additional runs for
a cdma2000 Monte Carlo
analysis
■ Generating cdma2000
analysis layers
■ Viewing cdma2000 analysis
layers

397
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Understanding Monte Carlo analyses for cdma2000


A Monte Carlo analysis uses Monte Carlo simulation techniques to determine
the characteristics of your network over repeated runs.
A run consists of the distribution of random numbers of subscribers
throughout the analysis area in a random pattern, and an analysis of the
reverse link and forward link. On the last run, operating points and discrete
subscriber information are generated. Once the runs are completed, you can
view the results and generate analysis layers (either automatically or as a
separate step).
Statistically, individual runs are of little value. However, over many Monte
Carlo runs, the average result provides a realistic representation of network
performance. The results are averaged to create the operating points that are
used when you generate analysis layers.
The following sections describe the phases of a Monte Carlo run and explain
the methods for determining how many runs are required.

Monte Carlo phases


This section explains the phases of a Monte Carlo run:
■ placing subscribers in a random pattern
■ reverse link and forward link analysis
■ generation of operating points and subscriber information
Placing subscribers in a random pattern
Each run begins with the placement of subscribers in a random pattern
throughout the analysis area. This pattern is created using input values from
the carriers defined for the band and the subscribers defined in the Subscriber
Manager. The random distribution pattern corresponds to the traffic map, and
is an efficient method for establishing transmission patterns when the exact
location of each subscriber cannot be established.
Analyzing the reverse link and forward link
The goal of the reverse link and forward link analysis phase is to determine
the subscribers that can be served, taking into account the impact of each
served subscriber on the network.
The reverse link analysis begins by considering the subscribers in the
simulation, then the serving sectors for each subscriber.

398
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

The reverse link analysis


■ determines the best reverse link server that is also the best
forward link server
■ identifies the second and third best reverse link servers
■ calculates the handoff gain based on the degree of correlation of
the active serving sectors and adjusts the reverse link power
accordingly
■ calculates the received signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) and checks
that the required coverage probability is achieved
■ calculates the noise rise and checks that the limit is not exceeded
on all sectors
■ checks that the cell radius and speed limit are not exceeded
The forward link analysis
■ calculates the required forward link power of the serving sector
■ determines whether the received serving sector pilot power-to-
interference ratio (Ec/Io) is above the target
■ calculates the received signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) and checks
that the required coverage probability is achieved
■ checks that the channel element, user limit, PA power,
throughput, and code limits are not exceeded
The analysis also checks the carrier soft limits for noise rise and PA threshold,
as defined on the Carrier tab of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings
dialog box. Subscribers will be allocated to carriers according to the
preference weightings until either the PA Threshold or Noise Rise value is
reached on a carrier. Then, subscribers will be distributed on carriers for
which a threshold has not been reached. If, however, soft targets have been
reached on all available carriers, then the analysis will carry subscribers until
other hard limits defined in the sector settings are reached.
Generating operating points and subscriber information
On the last run, operating points and subscriber information are generated.
Operating points provide detailed information about each sector, carrier, and
subscriber type in the analysis. The operating points are averaged and stored.
You can view the actual values (i.e., standard deviation and range) of the
operating points by opening the operating points text (.txt) file that is stored in
the cdma2000_Analyses folder of your project. For more information on

399
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

operating points, see “Appendix F: cdma2000 Operating Points Table


Format” on page 545.
You can also view the mean values of the operating points by designing a
report using one of the following types of report data:
■ System-mobile
■ Carrier-sector
■ Carrier-sector-mobile
■ Throughput
For more information, see “Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports” on
page 481.
Subscriber information provides details on the coverage status of subscribers
(also known as discrete subscribers). Snapshots of each subscriber’s status are
compiled on each run of the simulation. When the simulation is complete, the
coverage status of each subscriber is displayed automatically in the Map
window. The discrete subscriber information is also stored in a MapInfo table
(.tab file) that you can view. For more information, see “Appendix E:
cdma2000 Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on page 543. In order to get a
visual snapshot of the results of data rate negotiation across the network, you
can create a traffic map that highlights unserved subscribers. The unserved
traffic maps are created using the discrete subscribers table that is generated
during a Monte-Carlo analysis. See “Creating an unserved subscriber traffic
map” on page 435.

Defining the number of Monte Carlo runs


Before you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, you must define the number of
runs to complete. You have two options for determining the number of runs:
■ user-defined method
■ convergence method
These options are defined on the Runtime Parameters panel of the cdma2000
Simulation tool dialog box, and are described in detail in the following
sections. You can choose either the user-defined method, or the convergence
method, or you can choose a combination of both methods. For more
information on the Runtime Parameters panel, see “To define runtime
parameter settings for cdma2000” on page 427.

400
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

User-defined method
Using the Fixed Number of Runs option on the Runtime Parameters panel,
you can define the exact number of runs to complete in the Monte Carlo
analysis.
You need to consider the minimum number of runs that will present an
accurate model of the system; with too few runs, the results will not
accurately reflect the distribution of subscribers within the network. Too
many runs will not degrade the outputs of the analysis, but may take a long
time. If the analysis does not achieve what you consider to be an accurate
model of the network using the number of runs that you specified, you can
generate additional runs. See “To generate additional Monte Carlo runs for
cdma2000” on page 437.
The number of runs required to achieve a given level of accuracy can vary
dramatically based on several factors, which include the following:
■ the number of bins in the analysis, which is directly proportional
to the analysis area and resolution. The number of bins in the
analysis has an impact as it will provide the number of potential
points for subscribers. The more potential points for subscribers,
the greater the likelihood of variation.
■ the number of subscribers to be spread. This, coupled with the
type of subscriber (for example, high data rate subscribers) and
the traffic map, has potentially the greatest impact on the number
of runs required. If you spread very few subscribers over a large
area, then you need many runs to get a good statistical
representation. If these subscribers are spread in a limited area,
then fewer runs are likely required.
■ the impact of each individual subscriber on the analysis, which is
essentially the required Eb/No. Higher data rate subscribers
create a bigger load and have a bigger impact in all respects.
They are also are more likely to be served or not served.
■ the potential variation in the locations of the subscribers in the
analysis according to the assigned traffic maps. A flat traffic map
will likely require more runs than a map where all of the
subscribers are concentrated.
■ the number of sectors in the analysis. A greater number of
servers, coupled with the potential for overlapping coverage
areas, handoff regions, and gaps in coverage, results in a higher

401
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

potential for different sectors providing service, and more runs


being required.
In general, the greater potential variability then the greater the number of runs
required to ensure a reasonable level of accuracy. It is often useful to do a
single run first, especially for large analyses. A single run can identify
obvious errors quickly, for example, incorrect PA power settings for a sector.
To help determine whether additional runs are required, you view discrete
subscriber information (see “Viewing discrete subscriber information for
cdma2000” on page 434) and you can generate reports to view the operating
points. For more information on reports, see “Chapter 22: Generating
cdma2000 Reports” on page 481.

Convergence method
The Convergence Achieved option on the Runtime Parameters panel enables
you to have more refined control over the simulation process than the Fixed
Number of Runs option.
The distribution of subscribers is affected by the traffic density. The greater
the traffic density, the fewer runs will be required.
Using this approach, the runs continue until the convergence target is reached.
After each run, the tool calculates the convergence factor (see “Convergence
factor calculation” on page 403). When the convergence factor is equal to or
less than the value that you define in the Convergence Achieved box, the runs
are complete.
To achieve results that are statistically valid, you must determine an
appropriate Convergence Achieved value. If you specify a lower value (for
example, 1%), more runs will be required for the solution to converge. A
lower Convergence Achieved value generally requires a higher resolution
digital elevation model (DEM) to ensure accurate results. If the DEM has low
resolution, small variations in the interference calculations between runs
might cause significant differences in the coverage area for a particular site.
The Convergence Achieved option requires a minimum of three runs to
complete.

402
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Convergence factor calculation


The following calculations are used to determine the convergence factor
during a run.
First, the number of dropped users is calculated using Equation 19.1.

⎛ n ⎞
⎜ Si⎟
⎜∑ ⎟
⎝i = 0 ⎠
Mean number of dropped users = Sn = --------------------
n
Equation 19.1 Mean number of dropped users

Where:
S is the mean number of dropped users for a particular run
n is the number of simulation runs
The divergence of consecutive values is continually calculated using the mean
value. For example:

Divergence = Max { Sn – 4,Sn – 3,Sn – 2,Sn – 1,Sn } –


M in { Sn – 4,Sn – 3,Sn – 2,Sn – 1,Sn }
Equation 19.2 Divergence of consecutive values

Where:
Max is the maximum number of dropped users
Min is the minimum number of dropped users
S is the mean number of dropped users for a particular run
n is the number of simulation runs
The Sn value from Equation 19.1 and the divergence value from Equation
19.2 are then used to determine the convergence factor, as shown in Equation
19.3.

( Divergence ) ⁄ ( Sn ) × 100

Equation 19.3 Convergence factor

403
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Understanding data rate negotiation


By default, Mentum Planet implements data rate negotiation across your
network. Data rate negotiation is the process of reducing the data rate for a
connection from the maximum desirable rate, to the highest achievable rate,
given the radio channel conditions at the time. The data rate negotiation
process is illustrated in Table 19.1. It is assumed that bearers are available for
each technology layer to carry the service at the required/negotiated rates and
that IS-95 is limited to cdma2000 radio configurations RC1 and RC2. It is
also assumed that EV-DO traffic classes are set as defaults in the network
settings (Interactive and Background).
Data rate negotiation is applied to both circuit and packet switched services.

If you don’t want data rate negotiation to be simulated in your network,


define only one bearer within the quality constraints you set in the
Subscriber Manager.

Table 19.1 Data rate negotiation process for cdma2000

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS IS-95 & 1xRTT 1xRTT & EV-DO


IS-95 & 1xRTT
Combination & EV-DO EV-DO Only

Voice (Circuit Carried on Carried on Carried on Not carried


Conversational 1xRTT), then on 1xRTT then on 1xRTT
below 15 kbps) IS-95 (fixed rate) IS-95 (fixed rate) (fixed rate)

Circuit Symmetric Symmetric Symmetric Not carried


Conversational negotiation negotiation negotiation
above 15 kbps) within 1xRTT within 1xRTT within
then within IS-95 then within IS-95 1xRTT

Circuit streaming Symmetric Symmetric Symmetric Not carried


negotiation negotiation negotiation
within 1xRTT within 1xRTT ten within
then within IS-95 within IS-95 1xRTT

404
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Available Technology Layers

Service/QoS IS-95 & 1xRTT 1xRTT & EV-DO


IS-95 & 1xRTT
Combination & EV-DO EV-DO Only

Packet Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated Not carried


Conversational/ within 1xRTT within 1xRTT within
Streaming then within IS-95 then within IS-95 1xRTT

Packet or Circuit Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated Negotiated


Interactive/ within EV-DO within 1xRTT within EV- within EV-
Background then within then within IS-95 DO then DO
1xRTT, then within
within IS-95 1xRTT

Data rate downgrading


In the process of data rate negotiation, a subscriber may be downgraded to a
second generation technology if conditions warrant. Table 19.1 on page 404
details the downgrade path.This is the last step in the data rate negotiation
process. If a subscriber cannot receive service on the EV-DO network layer,
then the subscriber is dropped based on the priority defined for the subscriber
type.

Analyzing the results of data rate negotiation


Mentum Planet provides several means of analyzing the results of data rate
negotiation. You can:
■ view coverage maps showing the coverage probability for
different rates for one usage. In particular, you can view the
Downlink - Bearer Coverage layer, the Downlink - Max
Achievable Coverage layer as well as the Uplink - Bearer
Coverage layer and Uplink - Max Achievable Coverage layer.
■ review statistics showing the number of subscribers carried at
the maximum and the negotiated rates, and the average achieved
rate per usage and per sector/carrier. In particular, you can
examine the system - mobile report and the carrier - sector-

405
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

mobile report. See “Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports”


on page 481.
■ create a traffic map from the un-served users based on a Monte
Carlo analysis. See “Creating an unserved subscriber traffic
map” on page 435.
■ use the Grid Info tool or the Info tool to view details about the
data rate negotiation. See “Chapter 5: Working with the Grid
Manager” in the Grid Analysis User Guide. For information
about the Info tool, see the MapInfo Professional User Guide.
■ browse the discrete subscriber table for details about data rate
negotiations. In particular, examine the following columns:
■ Block Reason. See “Appendix E: cdma2000 Discrete
Subscriber Table Format” on page 543.
■ Achieved Downlink Rate. See “Appendix E: cdma2000
Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on page 543.
■ Achieved Uplink Rate. See “Appendix E: cdma2000
Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on page 543.
■ Negotiation State. See “Negotiation States”.
Negotiation States
You can generate a Monte Carlo analysis with discrete subscriber information.
When you do so, the discrete subscriber table contains a Negotiation State
column. There are five possible states:
■ Non-negotiated—a subscriber who is carried at the maximum
data rate on both the reverse link and forward link.
■ Forward negotiated—a subscriber who is carried where the
forward link is at less than the maximum forward link data rate,
but the reverse link is at the maximum data rate.
■ Reverse negotiated—a subscriber who is carried where the
reverse link is at less than the maximum reverse link data rate,
but the forward link is at the maximum data rate.
■ Negotiated—a subscriber who is carried where neither the
forward link or reverse link are at the maximum data rates.
■ Not Served—a subscriber can not be served.

406
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers


Analysis layers are generated after the final Monte Carlo run. The following
types of analysis layers are available to enable you to visualize and optimize
the coverage of your network:
■ Pilot analysis
■ Reverse link interference analysis
■ Forward link interference analysis
■ Handoff analysis
■ Throughput analysis
■ Path balance analysis
■ EV-DO analysis (see “Chapter 20: Generating EV-DO Analysis
Layers” on page 453)
cdma2000 analysis layers are stored in the cdma2000_Analyses folder of your
project.

cdma2000 analysis layers are generated separately from TDMA/FDMA


analysis layers. For more information on TDMA/FDMA analysis layers,
see Chapter 7, “Generating TDMA/FDMA Analysis Layers”, in the TDMA/
FDMA User Guide.

Pilot analysis
Pilot analysis layers (see Table 19.2 on page 408) enable you to visualize pilot
coverage and interference over the analysis area.
As a subscriber becomes more distant from the serving site, the path loss
increases, decreasing the pilot power (Ec). As the subscriber moves away
from the serving site and closer to other sites, interference (Io) occurs. The
boundary of pilot coverage varies due to load, environmental, and bearer
conditions. Generating pilot analysis layers enables you to quantify this effect

407
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

by calculating the maximum propagation loss for a given load, environment,


or bearer. For more information, see “Pilot interference” on page 535.
Table 19.2 Pilot analysis layers

Layer Description

Pilot - Best Server Displays the coverage area of each sector’s pilot.
The coverage area is based on achieving at least the Pilot
Detection Threshold defined in the cdma2000 Sector
Settings dialog box. See “To define quality settings” on
page 350.

Pilot - Composite Best Identical to the Pilot - Best Server layer, except that for
Server sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

Pilot - Best Ec/Io Displays the pilot Ec/Io at each bin based on the power
limits defined in the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box
(see “To define cdma2000 power settings” on page 351)
rather than the Pilot Target Ec/Io value. See “To define
quality settings” on page 350.

Pilot - Coverage Displays the coverage area of all the sectors within the
analysis area

Pilot - 2nd Server Displays the second best pilot to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

Pilot - 3rd Server Displays the third best pilot to be used if it is a candidate
for the active set of sectors

Pilot - 4th Server Displays the fourth best pilot to be used if it is a candidate
for the active set of sectors

Pilot - 5th Server Displays the fifth best pilot to be used if it is a candidate for
the active set of sectors

Pilot - 6th Server Displays the sixth best pilot to be used if it is a candidate
for the active set of sectors

Pilot - 7th Server Displays the seventh best pilot to be used if it is a


candidate for the active set of sectors

Pilot - Best Ec Server Displays the best server at each location where the Best
Ec is better than the value defined in the Best Ec
Threshold box on the General tab of the Mobile
Technology - Network Settings dialog box, or null if the
Best Ec is worse than the threshold value.

408
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Table 19.2 Pilot analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

Pilot - Composite Best Identical to the Pilot - Best Ec Server layer, except that for
Ec Server sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

Pilot - Best Ec Displays the Ec (the energy received per chip) for the best
pilot.

Pilot - Total Ec Displays the total Ec for the pilots in the active set. The
total Ec is computed as the sum of Ec powers of the pilots
in active set.

Pilot - Pollution Index Displays the areas in your coverage region where pilot
coverage is not sufficient.
The Pilot - Pollution Index is a numeric grid (.grd) file that
uses a percentage for each bin. Values closer to 100%
indicate areas where pilot pollution and/or pilot coverage
may be a problem.
This index is created based on the number of users in an
area (usage factor) and the probability of pilot pollution
(pilot factor) in that area. High values occur when there is
a low pilot-to-interference ratio and/or there is a high
concentration of users in relation to the available signal
strength. The usage factor is based on the traffic map and
the usage factor curve defined in the Mobile Technology -
Network Settings dialog box and the traffic factor is based
on the pilot factor curve define in the Mobile Technology -
Network Settings dialog box.

Pilot - Delta Ec/Io Displays the difference in pilot Ec/Io between the best
server and the server that you choose in the Nth Best
Server for Delta Layer box on the System panel of the
Analysis Settings dialog box. See “To define Monte Carlo
system settings for cdma2000” on page 422 for details.

Pilot - Number of Displays the number of pilot polluters at each bin.


Polluters A pilot is a polluter if it is not a best or handoff server and
its Ec/Io is within the Pilot Pollution Margin defined in the
Mobile Technology – Network Settings dialog box. See “To
define general settings for cdma2000” on page 280.

Pilot - Worst Polluter Displays the worst pilot polluter at each bin.

409
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Table 19.2 Pilot analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

Pilot - Sum of Pilots Displays the total pilot signal strength within the network
minus Best Pilot minus the best pilot signal strength. This indicates whether
the best pilot is the primary component of the composite
signal. In areas where there are too many different signals
of similar strength, the signal-to-interference ratio will be
too high and calls may be dropped. It is more effective for
cdma2000 networks to have a dominant pilot signal
throughout the desired coverage area.

Pilot - Received Io Displays the total downlink noise received at the mobile
receiver. This value represents the downlink received
signal strength including thermal noise. This layer applies
to EV-DO carriers only.

Pilot - Total Ec/Io Displays the ratio of total Ec and received Io.

Pilot - Outdoor Io Displays the total interference outdoors at the location of


the receiver. Thermal noise is not included. This analysis
layer does not take into account the penetration loss or the
mobile antenna gain. This layer applies to EV-DO carriers
only.

Pilot - In Cell to Out of Displays the in-cell to out-of-cell interference ratio based
Cell Interference on the ratio of the signal energy from the best serving
sector divided by the energy from all other sectors. The
signal energy includes overhead channels as well as
traffic channels. This measurement is always below zero
(i.e., out-of-cell energy is greater than in-cell energy) at the
edge of primary coverage. This layer applies to EV-DO
carriers only.

410
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Forward link interference analysis


Forward link interference analysis layers (see Table 19.3) enable you to
determine the interference generated on the forward link connections in your
network.
Table 19.3 Forward link analysis layers

Layer Description

Forward - Best Server Displays the service channel coverage area for each
sector

Forward - Composite Identical to the Forward - Best Server layer, except that for
Best Server sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

Forward - Coverage Displays the probability of forward link coverage at each


Probability bin.

Forward - Eb/No Displays the forward link service Eb/No at each bin without
limiting it to the forward link target Eb/No.
The cdma2000 analysis layer generation process
assumes that perfect power control will cause the power to
set itself at a level that will achieve the target Eb/No. See
“Controlling interference” on page 536.

Forward - FER Displays the frame erasure rate (FER) at each bin based
on the FER to Eb/No curve defined in the cdma2000
Bearer dialog box. See “Defining cdma2000 bearers” on
page 299.

Forward - Received Io Displays the total forward link noise received at the mobile
receiver. This value represents the forward link received
signal strength including thermal noise. For EV-DO
carriers, this layer is called Pilot - Received Io.

Forward link- Outdoor Displays the total interference outdoors at the location of
Io the receiver. Thermal noise is not included. This analysis
layer does not take into account the penetration loss or the
mobile antenna gain. For EV-DO carriers, this layer is
called Pilot - Outdoor Io.

Forward - In Cell to Out Displays the in-cell to out-of-cell interference ratio based
of Cell Interference on the ratio of the signal energy from the best serving
sector divided by the energy from all other sectors. The
signal energy includes overhead channels as well as
traffic channels. This measurement is always below zero
(i.e., out-of-cell energy is greater than in-cell energy) at the
edge of primary coverage. For EV-DO carriers, this layer is
called Pilot - In Cell to Out of Cell Interference.

411
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Table 19.3 Forward link analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

Forward link - i-Factor Displays the other-to-own cell interference ratio based on
all other sectors and the in-cell signal strength. This layer
is the reciprocal of the Forward - In Cell to Out of Cell
Interference layer in linear form. For EV-DO carriers, this
layer is called Pilot - i-factor.

Forward link- Displays the mean forward link throughput for each bin.
Throughput

Forward link- Bearer Displays the coverage probability for each bearer
Coverage specified in the analysis.

Forward link- Max Displays the maximum achieved data rates over the
Achievable Coverage analysis area.

Reverse link interference analysis


Reverse link interference analysis layers (see Table 19.4) enable you to
determine the interference generated on the reverse link connections in your
network.
Table 19.4 Reverse link interference analysis layers

Layer Description

Reverse - Best Server Displays the reverse link coverage for each sector

Reverse - Composite Identical to the Reverse - Best Server layer, except that for
Best Server sectors with repeaters, the repeater and its donor are
treated as one combined sector.

Reverse - Coverage Displays the probability of reverse link highest bearer


Probability coverage. The highest bearer is determined from the
bearers available in the subscriber equipment settings
depending on the maximum reverse link data rate defined
in the Qualities settings.

412
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Table 19.4 Reverse link interference analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

Reverse - Req Mobile Displays the EIRP values for a mobile at each bin that are
EIRP required to close the reverse link. For a single channel,
this is calculated as follows:
Required EIRP = Required PA Power + Mobile Antenna
Gain = Required Eb/No - Processing Gain + Penetration
Loss + Masked Pathloss + Noise Rise + Composite Noise
Figure + kTB
For total required EIRP for fundamental and supplemental
channels, the equation is:
Total Required EIRP = fundamental required EIRP +
(number of supplemental channels * supplemental
required EIRP)
The composite noise figure is taken from the link budget
for the sector (and, optionally, the carrier). See
“Calculating base station link budgets for cdma2000
sectors” on page 331.
The required mobile EIRP will vary for different subscriber
types.

Reverse - Mobile EIRP Displays the difference between the maximum possible
Margin mobile EIRP and the actual required EIRP for each bin

Reverse - Load Displays the best server cell load for each bin. The load at
a bin is the cell loading of the reverse link best server for
that bin.

Reverse - Throughput Displays the mean reverse link throughput for each bin.

Reverse - Bearer Displays the coverage probability for each bearer specified
Coverage in the analysis.

Reverse - Max Displays the maximum achieved data rates over the
Achievable Coverage analysis area.

Throughput will only exist in areas where pilot coverage and path
balance exists.

Handoff analysis
Handoff analysis layers (see Table 19.5) enable you to determine the handoff
status of each sector included in an analysis. For more information on how
handoff and soft handoff occur, see “Appendix D: Modeling cdma2000
Networks” on page 533.

413
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

All handoff calculations are based on the Handoff Margin value defined on
the Quality panel of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box. For more
information, see “To define quality settings” on page 350.
Table 19.5 Handoff analysis layers

Layer Description

Handoff - Status Displays the handoff state of each sector within the
analysis area. The handoff states are:
■ Not in handoff (N)—there is only one available server

■ Soft handoff (S)—the subscriber is served by two


sectors from two different sites
■ Softer handoff (SS)—the subscriber is served by two
sectors from the same site
■ Softer-Soft handoff (SS-S)—the subscriber is served by
three sectors. The subscriber’s best server and either
the second or third best server is situated at one site
and the remaining server is at another site.
■ Soft-Softer handoff (S-SS)—the subscriber is served by
three sectors. The subscriber’s best server is situated
at one site and the next two best servers are situated at
another site.
■ Soft-Soft handoff (S-S)—all three servers are located at
different sites
■ Softer-Softer (SSS)—the subscriber is served by three
sectors, all from the same site
■ 4 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by four
sectors (irrespective of the sites)
■ 5 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by five
sectors (irrespective of the sites)
■ 6 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by six
sectors (irrespective of the sites)
■ 7 Active Servers—the subscriber is served by seven
sectors (irrespective of the sites)

Handoff - Soft Handoff Displays the reverse link soft handoff gain at each bin. The
Gain gain is produced by the ability of the subscribers and sites
to operate at a lower power value when engaged in soft
handoff and still meet the system quality requirements for
the FER.

Handoff - Active Server Displays the total number of serving sectors (i.e., the
Count sectors in soft handoff)

Handoff - Active Site Displays the total number of serving sites (i.e., the sites
Count where sectors are in soft handoff)

414
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Other analysis
The path balance analysis layer (see Table 19.6) enables you to determine
whether coverage has been achieved on both the reverse link and forward link
paths.
Table 19.6 Path balance analysis layer

Layer Description

Other - Path Balance Displays the balance between the forward link and reverse
link. The forward link is considered covered at a bin if both
pilot coverage and service coverage are achieved.
Path balance is achieved when the probability of both the
reverse link and forward link coverage is equal to or
greater than the Cell Edge Coverage Probability value in
the Circuit Switched Service or Packet Switched Service
dialog box. See “Defining service types for cdma2000” on
page 314.

Other - Combined The combined coverage probability for the forward link
Probability and reverse link (Forward - Coverage Probability layer and
Reverse - Coverage Probability layer). For each pixel, the
combined probability layer represents the minimum
probability of the two layers.

Workflow for generating a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000


Step 1 Ensure that you have defined a traffic map for the subscriber
types that covers the same area as your Monte Carlo analysis.
See “Defining subscriber types for cdma2000” on page 321 and
Chapter 10, “Working with Traffic Maps”, in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.

Step 2 Optionally, generate a rapid planning analysis. See “Chapter 18:


Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000” on
page 377.

Step 3 Define prediction view settings. See “Optimizing cdma2000


analyses” on page 416.

Step 4 Create a new cdma2000 analysis. See “Creating a Monte Carlo


analysis for cdma2000” on page 420.

415
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Step 5 Define settings and generate a Monte Carlo analysis. See


“Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for cdma2000” on
page 422.

Step 6 View and interpret discrete subscriber information and operating


points. See “Viewing discrete subscriber information for
cdma2000” on page 434 and “Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000
Reports” on page 481.

Step 7 If required, generate additional runs. See “Generating additional


runs for a cdma2000 Monte Carlo analysis” on page 437.

Step 8 Define, generate, and view analysis layers. See


■ “Defining cdma2000 analysis layers” on
page 438
■ “Generating cdma2000 analysis layers” on
page 440
■ “Viewing cdma2000 analysis layers” on
page 441

Step 9 Generate statistical reports for analysis layers. See “Chapter 22:
Generating cdma2000 Reports” on page 481.

Optimizing cdma2000 analyses


You can optimize analysis speed or disk space usage by choosing whether or
not to use prediction view files. Using prediction view files is optional and
your decision should be based on a consideration of the balance between
analysis speed and disk space usage in your particular case.
By default, when you generate an analysis, prediction view files are created.
Prediction view files contain predicted signal strength values for all potential
servers at each bin.
Using prediction view files results in faster analyses because Mentum Planet
only reads one file to access information about signal strength for all potential
servers. If you do not use prediction view files, Mentum Planet opens
individual prediction files to query signal strength. However, prediction view
files occupy additional disk space and can take a significant amount of time to
generate initially, especially if you are working with multi-resolution
predictions over a large area.

416
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Prediction view files work at a single resolution. If you are analyzing a large
area with mostly low resolution data and small amounts of higher resolution
data, the disk space requirements can be significantly higher than the
combined disk space requirements of the prediction data if the analysis is
carried out at the higher resolution. This is because the prediction view files
will be created at the higher resolution over the entire area. Also, separate
prediction views are created for each of the required analysis resolutions,
which can further add to disk space requirements.
For example, an area that is 100 km x 100 km with a 10-meter resolution and
an average of 10 overlapping predictions requires approximately 2 GB of disk
space for prediction view files, whereas an area that is 200 km x 200 km with
a 5-meter resolution and an average of 10 overlapping predictions requires
approximately 32 GB of disk space for prediction view files.

To define CDMA Analysis Optimization settings


1 Choose Edit ➤ Project Settings.
2 In the Project Settings dialog box, click the Advanced Options tab.

3 In the CDMA Analysis Optimization section, do the following to define


the number of predictions considered at each location (especially in

417
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

calculating total forward link interference) and specify the maximum


pathloss:
■ In the Maximum Number of Predictions box, type a value for
the number of overlapping predictions considered at each
location when you generate analyses. Limiting the number of
overlapping predictions is useful in situations such as a dense
urban area where there are thousands of overlapping predictions,
but the total interference is dominated by a small number of the
strongest signals. The default value in this box will provide good
results. It is recommended that you do not change it.
■ In the Maximum Pathloss box, type a value for the maximum
pathloss that will be considered (within the Maximum Number
of Predictions restriction). This value enables you to exclude
weak signals from your analyses. The default value in this box
will provide good results. It is recommended that you do not
change it.
4 Click OK.

Defining default cdma2000 Monte Carlo analysis settings


If you want to use the same settings for a number of Monte Carlo analyses,
you can define default settings. When you create a new analysis, these
defaults are automatically used.

418
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

To define default cdma2000 Monte Carlo analysis settings


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Default cdma2000 Analysis Settings.
2 Define the default settings that you want to use, and click OK.
For more information defining analysis settings, see the following
sections:
■ “To define Monte Carlo system settings for cdma2000” on
page 422
■ “To choose the subscriber types for a cdma2000 Monte Carlo
analysis” on page 425
■ “To define Monte Carlo Analysis Area settings for cdma2000”
on page 429
■ “To define runtime parameter settings for cdma2000” on
page 427

Defining default analysis layers for cdma2000


After you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, nodes are created in the Project
Explorer under the cdma2000 analysis name for the carriers, subscriber types,
usage types, and environments that were included in the analysis. cdma2000
analysis layers are generated for each environment under the usage type.
By default, all of the available cdma2000 analysis layers are generated. If you
have a large project, to avoid lengthy generation times, you can omit layers
that you do not need using the cdma2000 Analysis Layer Filter. The
cdma2000 Analysis Layer Filter enables you to define a default list of
analysis layers that will be available for all of the cdma2000 analyses that you
create for the current project.

419
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

To define the default cdma2000 analysis layer list


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Analysis Layer Filter.

2 In the cdma2000 Analysis Layer Filter dialog box, enable the check
boxes for the analysis layers that you want to generate, and click OK.
For more information on each analysis layer, see “Understanding
cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.

Creating a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000


When you create a new analysis, it is displayed in the Project Explorer in the
Network Analyses category under the cdma2000 Analyses node. You can
create any number of analyses (rapid planning or Monte Carlo) for a project.
Rapid planning is a quicker analysis method than Monte Carlo, but does not
provide the detailed subscriber information that a Monte Carlo analysis does.
For more information on rapid planning, see “Chapter 18: Generating Rapid
Planning Analyses for cdma2000” on page 377.

A cdma2000 analysis enables you to perform analyses on carriers that


have been assigned to the cdma2000 technology. If you want to
perform analyses for carriers assigned to a TDMA/FDMA technology, you
must create a TDMA/FDMA analysis under the TDMA/FDMA Analyses node.
For more information, see Chapter 7, “Generating TDMA/FDMA Analysis
Layers”, in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide.

420
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

If you want to generate network analyses at the same resolution as


predictions created using either the Volcano or WaveSight propagation
models, you need to specify the resolution of the analyses in the Analysis
Resolution box and choose an elevation file and, optionally, a clutter file, that
uses the same resolution as the predictions on the Advanced tab in the
Propagation Model Editor.

To create a new Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose New Network Analysis.
The cdma2000 Analysis dialog box opens.

2 In the Analysis Name box, type a name for the analysis.


3 In the Description box, type a description of the analysis.
4 From the Analysis Mode list, choose Monte Carlo, and click OK.
A new cdma2000 analysis node is created in the Project Explorer.

If you want to choose the sectors to use for the analysis, right-click the
analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node, choose Select Sectors,
and then in the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that
you want to use and click Continue.
If you do not choose the sectors to use for the analysis, you will be prompted
to do so when you run the analysis. For more information, see “To generate a
Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000” on page 433.

421
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for cdma2000


You define the settings for the Monte Carlo analysis using the cdma2000
Simulation dialog box. When you are satisfied with the settings, you can
generate the analysis directly from this dialog box.

To define Monte Carlo system settings for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node and choose Generate.
The cdma2000 Simulation dialog box opens.
2 In the tree view, choose System.

422
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

3 If you want to perform statistical modeling of the effect of power control


imperfections or errors, on the System panel, enable the Simulate Power
Control Errors check box.
For more information on defining power control settings, see “To define
power control settings for cdma2000” on page 283. For general
information on controlling interference using power controls, see
“Appendix D: Modeling cdma2000 Networks” on page 533.
4 If you want to calculate soft handoff within the Monte Carlo simulation to
limit macro-diversity soft handoff gain, enable the Use Soft Handoff
Gain check box.
If enabled, the PA power of mobiles in handoff will be reduced. If cleared,
the calculated handoff gain is not taken into account for the reverse link
analysis for the mobile.
5 If you want to perform statistical modeling of the effects of slow fading,
enable the Model Slow Fading check box.
For more information on slow fading, see “How slow fading is modeled”
on page 515.
6 If you want to use IS-95 carriers first for services that use RC1 and RC2
bearers, enable the Prefer IS-95 Carrier for RC1, RC2 Traffic check
box.
By allocating IS-95 carriers first for services that use RC1 and RC2
bearers, more 1xRTT carriers can be allocated for services that use RC3-
RC5 bearers (not supported on IS-95). If you do not enable this check
box, the allocation of carriers is based on the preference weightings
defined on the Carrier tab of the Mobile Technology - Network Settings
dialog box.
7 If you want to use the pilot Ec/Nt in the data rate layer generation or the
coverage map layer generation on EV-DO carriers, enable any of the
following check boxes:
■ Use pilot Ec/Nt for data rate layer generation—the pilot
Ec/Nt is used in the calculation of the maximum achievable data
rate layer. Idle slot transmission and early termination of multi-
slot transmission are not modeled. When this check box is
cleared, the forward Ec/Nt measured on the traffic channel is
used.
■ Use pilot Ec/Nt for coverage layer generation—the pilot
Ec/Nt is used in the calculation of individual forward coverage

423
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

probability layers. Idle slot transmission and early termination of


multi-slot transmission are not modeled. When this check box is
cleared, the forward Ec/Nt measured on the traffic channel is
used.
8 From the Nth Best Server for Delta Layer list, choose the server to
compare with best server in the Pilot - Delta Ec/Io layer.
The Pilot - Delta Ec/Io layer displays the difference in Ec/Io between the
best server and the Nth best server that you choose. For example, you can
compare the Ec/Io levels between the fourth best server and the best
server to determine if the signal from the fourth best server is causing any
significant interference for the best server.
9 Choose another item in the tree view.

424
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

To choose the subscriber types for a cdma2000 Monte


Carlo analysis
1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Subscribers in the tree
view.

2 On the Subscribers panel, enable the check boxes for the subscriber
types that you want to include in the simulation.
3 Choose another item in the tree view.

To define Simulation Area settings for cdma2000


The simulation area controls traffic spreading for Monte Carlo analyses.

425
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Simulation Area in the


tree view.

2 On the Simulation Area panel, choose one of the following options:


■ Use the Combined Area of Selected Predictions—indicates
that the simulation area is the full area covered by the signal
strength predictions of the sectors selected for the analysis
■ Use Analysis Bounds—enables you to specify x and y
coordinates to limit the extent of the simulation. Do one of the
following:
■Type values in the X and Y coordinate boxes
■Click Update Bounds With Active View. The x and y
coordinates update to show the bounds of the active Map
window.
3 In the Simulation Resolution box, type a value for the resolution of the
simulation.

426
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

For more information on this box, press the F1 key.


4 Choose another item in the tree view.

To define runtime parameter settings for cdma2000


1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Runtime Parameters
in the tree view.

2 On the Runtime Parameters panel, in the Analysis Target section, do


one of the following:
■ To enable the simulation to run a specific number of times,
choose the Use Fixed Number of Runs option and type a value
in the Number of Runs box.
■ To enable the simulation to run until a convergence target is
reached, choose the Use Convergence Achieved option and
type a value in the Convergence Required box.

427
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

■ To enable the simulation to run until both the specified number


of runs have completed and the convergence target has been
reached, choose the Use Number of Runs and Convergence
Required option and type values in the Number of Runs and
Convergence Required boxes.
■ To enable the simulation to run until either the specified number
of runs have completed or the convergence target has been
reached (whichever comes first), choose the Use Number of
Runs or Convergence Required option and type values in the
Number of Runs and Convergence Required boxes.
For more information on these settings, see “Defining the number of
Monte Carlo runs” on page 400.
3 In the Options section, do any of the following:
■ To collect information about discrete subscribers that you can
display once the analysis is complete, enable the Collect
Discrete Information check box. For more information on
displaying discrete subscriber information, see “Viewing
discrete subscriber information for cdma2000” on page 434.
■ To automatically generate cdma2000 analysis layers when the
Monte Carlo runs are complete, enable the Automatically
Generate Layers check box. By default, the analysis layers that
are enabled in the cdma2000 Analysis Layer Filter dialog box
are generated. If you do not enable this check box, you can still
generate layers after the Monte Carlo runs are complete. For
more information on generating analysis layers and the Analysis
Layer Filter dialog box, see “Generating cdma2000 analysis
layers” on page 440.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

428
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

To define Monte Carlo Analysis Area settings for cdma2000


1 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Analysis Area in the
tree view.

429
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

2 On the Analysis Area panel, choose one of the following options:


■ Use the Combined Area of Selected Predictions—indicates
that the analysis area is the full area covered by the signal
strength predictions of the sectors selected for the analysis
■ Use Analysis Bounds—enables you to specify x and y
coordinates to limit the extent of the simulation. Do one of the
following:
■ Type values in the X and Y coordinate boxes
■ Click Update Bounds With Active View. The x and y
coordinates update to show the bounds of the active Map
window.
■ Use An Analysis Grid—enables you to choose a classified grid
(.grc) file to limit the analysis area. The grid must have the same
projection as the signal strength grids but can have any
resolution. All null bins are considered part of the analysis area.
You would typically choose this option if you have created a
project area using the Trimmer tool that is smaller than your
current project area and want to run the simulation for the
smaller area only. This option is useful to ensure that the analysis
area remains the same over repeated analyses. For more
information on the Trimmer tool, see Chapter 5, “Working with
the Grid Manager”, in the Grid Analysis User Guide.
3 In the Analysis Resolution box, type a value for the resolution of the
analysis.
For more information on this box, press the F1 key.
4 Choose another item in the tree view.

430
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Defining discrete subscriber display settings for cdma2000


You can define different colors for each coverage state associated with a
subscriber and for each subscriber type defined. Coverage states are:
■ Served, Not Negotiated—The subscriber was served at the
maximum data rate on both the forward link and reverse link.
■ Served, Forward Negotiated—The subscriber was served but the
forward link was not at the maximum data rate although the
reverse link was.
■ Served, Reverse Negotiated—The subscriber was served but the
reverse link was not at the maximum data rate although the
forward link was.
■ Served, Negotiated—The subscriber was served but neither the
reverse link or forward link were at the maximum data rate.
■ Mobile PA Power—The subscriber was dropped because the
mobile PA power was not sufficient to achieve the Eb/No target
on the reverse link.
■ Noise Rise—The subscriber was dropped because the mobile
signal caused one or more sectors to exceed its noise rise limit.
■ Channel Elements—The subscriber was dropped because there
were insufficient channel elements available on the serving
sector.
■ User Limit—The subscriber was dropped because the maximum
user limit was reached on the serving sector.
■ Sector PA Power—The subscriber was dropped due to
insufficient PA power at the serving sector.
■ Traffic Power—The subscriber was dropped due to insufficient
traffic power on the forward link to meet the subscriber’s Eb/No
target.
■ Pilot Power—The subscriber was dropped due to insufficient
pilot power on the forward link, which means that the pilot
power was not sufficient to meet the Ec/Io target of the mobile.
■ Unknown Drop State—The subscriber was dropped for an
unknown reason.
■ Code Limit—The subscriber was dropped due to insufficient
codes on the forward link.

431
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

■ Cell Radius Limit—The subscriber was dropped because he or


she was outside of the maximum cell radius for the serving
sector.
■ Speed Limit—The subscriber was dropped because he or she
exceeded the speed limit for the sector.
■ Throughput Limit—The subscriber was dropped because the
throughput limit for the serving site was exceeded.

To define discrete subscriber display settings for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
the cdma2000 Analyses node and choose Discrete Subscriber
Preferences.
The Discrete Subscriber Preferences dialog box opens.

432
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

2 If you want to change the color used for a coverage state, do the
following:
■ Click the Browse (...) button in the Edit column for the coverage
state.
■ In the Color dialog box, choose or define the color, and click
OK.
3 If you want to change the properties for the symbol that is displayed in the
Map window for a subscriber type, do the following:
■ Click the Browse (...) button in the Edit column for the
subscriber type.
■ In the Symbol Style dialog box, modify the symbol properties
and click OK.
For more information on the Symbol Style dialog box, press the F1 key.

Generating a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000


Once you have finished defining settings for an analysis, you can generate it
directly from the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box.

To generate a Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000


1 Define the settings on each panel in the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box
as described in “Defining Monte Carlo analysis settings for cdma2000”
on page 422.
2 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, click Analyze.
3 If you have not defined the sectors to use for the analysis, in the Select
Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that you want to include
in the analysis, and click Continue.
4 If you chose to generate layers automatically, in the cdma2000 Analysis
Layers dialog box, clear the check boxes for any layers that you do not
want to generate, and click OK.
A dialog box opens that shows the progress of the analysis. When the
analysis is complete, the dialog box closes and the analysis node in the
Project Explorer expands to include each subscriber type and carrier in
the analysis.
If you chose to generate layers automatically, the layers are generated and
displayed in the Project Explorer under the analysis. If you did not

433
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

generate layers automatically, you can generate them as a separate step.


See “Generating cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 440.

If you cancel an analysis generation before it has completed, the


number of runs completed and the convergence level achieved (if
applicable) are indicated at the bottom of the Runtime Parameters panel of
the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box.

Adding an existing analysis to the cdma2000 Analyses node


If you have an existing analysis that was generated as part of another project
(whether by you or by someone else) and you want to view it with your
current project, you can add it to the project so that it appears under the
cdma2000 Analyses node. The analysis should cover at least a portion of the
same geographic area as your current project.

To add an existing analysis to the cdma2000 Analyses node


1 In Windows Explorer, copy the folder containing the analysis to the
cdma2000_Analyses folder in the current project folder.
2 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
cdma2000 Analyses and choose Refresh Analyses.
The list of analyses updates to show the new analysis.

Viewing discrete subscriber information for cdma2000


If you chose to collect information about discrete subscribers during the
Monte Carlo simulation (see “To define runtime parameter settings for
cdma2000” on page 427), the status of each subscriber is automatically
displayed in the Map window when the simulation completes. The coverage

434
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

states are displayed using the colors that you chose in the Discrete Subscribers
Preferences dialog box.

If you generate multiple runs for a Monte Carlo simulation, the discrete
subscriber information that is displayed automatically applies only to
the last run. If you want to view discrete subscriber information that applies to
all runs in a Map window, in the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses
category, right-click the analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node and
choose Display Discrete Subscribers.
The Display Discrete Subscribers command will not work if you have cleared
the Visible check box for the analysis in the Windows category of the Project
Explorer.

The discrete subscriber information from each run of the analysis is stored in
a MapInfo table (.tab file) in the cdma2000_Analyses folder of your project
using the naming convention <AnalysisName>_<Run Number>.
You can also display discrete subscriber information in a tabular form using a
new Browser window. For more information on the columns and format of the
table, see “Appendix E: cdma2000 Discrete Subscriber Table Format” on
page 543.

To display discrete subscriber information for cdma2000 in


table format
1 Choose File ➤ Open Table.
2 In the Open dialog box, navigate to the cdma2000_Analyses folder of
your project and choose the MapInfo table (.tab file) that you want to
display.
3 From the Preferred View list, choose Browser.
4 Click Open.
The discrete subscriber table opens in a new Browser window.

Creating an unserved subscriber traffic map


When you view discrete subscribers, you may notice a high number of
subscribers who are not being served by a particular sector. In order to better
understand the reason behind this, you can create a traffic map of unserved
subscribers. Using the Grid Info tool, you can determine how much unserved
traffic there is at a particular bin. If your network consists of a 3G technology

435
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

overlaid on a 2G technology, you can use the unserved subscriber traffic map
in a network analysis of the 2G network layer.

Before creating an unserved subscriber traffic map, you must have


generated a Monte Carlo analysis and collected discrete subscriber
information. For the traffic map to contain meaningful values, the Monte Carlo
analysis should consist of several runs.

To create an unserved subscriber traffic map


1 Do one of the following in the Project Explorer:
■ In the Project Data category, right-click the Traffic Maps node
and choose Create Unserved Traffic Map from Monte-Carlo
Analysis.
■ In the Network Analyses category, right-click the Monte Carlo
analysis from which you want to create the unserved subscriber
traffic map and choose Unserved Subscriber Traffic Map.
2 In the Unserved Subscribers Traffic Map Generator dialog box, in the
Traffic Map Output Name box, type a name for the traffic map.
3 In the Subscriber Types section, enable the check boxes next to the
subscriber types for which you want to view the unserved subscribers.
4 Click Generate.
The traffic map is added to the Traffic Maps node in the Project Data
category.
5 Right-click the generated map and do any of the following:
■ To view the map, right-click the generated map and choose
View.
■ To update the traffic information for the sectors with traffic
information from a traffic map, choose Capture.
■ To combine multiple compatible traffic maps into one new
traffic map, choose Combine.
■ To scale the traffic values in a traffic map, choose Scale.

Use the Zoom-In tool to zoom in on individual areas of the map and
better view unserved subscribers.

436
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Generating additional runs for a cdma2000 Monte Carlo


analysis
After viewing the operating points (see “Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000
Reports” on page 481) and discrete subscriber information, you might
determine that additional runs are required to achieve greater accuracy.
You can modify the runtime parameters of an existing analysis and perform
additional runs. The new results are added to the operating points of the final
run of the existing analysis.

If you make changes to your project outside of the cdma2000


Simulation dialog box (for example, if you modify the usages assigned
to a subscriber type in the Subscribers category in the Project Explorer) these
changes will not be reflected in the additional runs.

To generate additional Monte Carlo runs for cdma2000


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node and choose Generate.
2 In the cdma2000 Simulation dialog box, choose Runtime Parameters
in the tree view.
3 On the Runtime Parameters panel as required, do one of the following:
■ If you originally used the Fixed Number of Runs option, increase
the number of runs.
■ If you originally used the Convergence Achieved option, modify
the convergence value.
For more information, see “To define runtime parameter settings for
cdma2000” on page 427.
4 If you want to change the settings in the Options section, enable or clear
the check boxes as required.
5 Click Append.

Updating cdma2000 rapid planning target values with Monte


Carlo results
Once you have generated a Monte Carlo simulation, you have the option of
using the results of the simulation to update the target values for Reverse
Noise Rise and Forward Total Traffic Power on the Sector Settings -

437
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Implementation panel. These values are used in rapid planning. For more
information on rapid planning, see “Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning
Analyses for cdma2000” on page 377.

If you apply cell loads and there is 0 required traffic for a carrier-sector,
a value of -200 dBm is applied to the Forward Total Traffic Power box
on the Sector Settings - Implementation panel.

To update cdma2000 target values


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click a
Monte Carlo analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node and choose
Apply Cell Loads.
2 In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
The rapid planning settings are updated for all sectors in the group chosen
for the analysis.

Defining cdma2000 analysis layers


If you chose not to generate layers automatically as part of the analysis, you
can generate them afterward. To manage the analysis layers for an individual
analysis, you can use the cdma2000 Analysis Layers dialog box to define the
availability of analysis layers for each environment. This enables you to
generate the same analysis layers for all of the environments, or different
analysis layers for different environments.

You can also generate cdma2000 analysis layers at the same time as
operating points and subscriber information. For more information, see
“To define runtime parameter settings for cdma2000” on page 427.

438
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

To define the cdma2000 analysis layers to use in an


analysis
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, right-click
an analysis under the cdma2000 Analysis node and choose Layers.
The cdma2000 Analysis Layers dialog box opens, showing nodes for
each carrier, subscriber type, quality, and environment, and the layers that
are available for each.
■ If the check box is enabled for a node, all of the layers that apply
to the node will be generated.
■ If the check box is cleared, no layers that apply to the node will
be generated.
■ If the check box contains a black square, only some of the layers
that apply to the node will be generated. You can expand the
nodes to view which layers are chosen.

439
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

2 In the cdma2000 Analysis Layers dialog box, expand the environment


nodes, enable the check boxes for the analysis layers that you want to
generate, and click OK.
This dialog box includes only the default analysis layers you chose in the
Analysis Layer Filter dialog box. To modify the default analysis layers,
see “To define the default cdma2000 analysis layer list” on page 420.
For more information on each analysis layer, see “Understanding
cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.

You can generate the cdma2000 analysis layers directly from the
cdma2000 Analysis Layers dialog box by clicking Generate.

Generating cdma2000 analysis layers


Once you have defined the analysis layers, you can generate the analysis.

To generate cdma2000 analysis layers


■ In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category,
right-click an analysis under the cdma2000 Analyses node and
choose Generate Layers.
A dialog box opens that displays the status of the operation. Any errors
are displayed in a separate dialog box. If required, path loss and signal
strength predictions are updated during the analysis.

Generating analysis layers for flag-specific information


You can generate a network analysis for sectors identified with certain flags
and conditions. For example, you could generate a network analysis for sites
in Phase 1 that are installed and operational. To do this, you define the flags
and conditions, and then generate a network analysis. In the Select Sectors
dialog box, you choose the Flags Filter. For more information on flags and
conditions, see “Working with flags”, in Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

440
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

To generate an analysis for sectors chosen by flags


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Sites category, enable the flag conditions
that you want to use.
2 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis and choose
Select Sectors.
3 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose Flags Filter and click Continue.
4 In the Network Analyses category, right-click the analysis you want to
generate and choose Generate.
5 Define the analysis settings as described in as described in “Defining
Monte Carlo analysis settings for cdma2000” on page 422, and then
follow the procedure described in “To generate a Monte Carlo analysis for
cdma2000” on page 433.

Viewing cdma2000 analysis layers


Once you have generated an analysis, you can view the analysis layers that it
contains.

To view cdma2000 analysis layers


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, under the
cdma2000 Analyses node, expand the carrier, subscriber type, usage
type, and environment for which you want to view analysis layers.
2 Right-click an analysis and choose View.
The analysis layer is displayed in the Map window.

If you rename an analysis in the Project Explorer, any layers currently


open or displayed in the Map window will be closed.

To remove an analysis layer from the Map window, in the Project


Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, under the cdma2000
Analysis node, right-click an analysis layer, and choose Remove.

You can obtain statistical and composite reports for the analysis layers
using the Layer Statistics Analysis tool. For more information, see
“Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports” on page 481.

441
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Recoloring best serving sector layers


The Best Serving Sector Recolor tool enables you to change the color scheme
used to display best serving sector analysis layers (classified grid files).
You can use the colors defined in a sector display scheme or choose from the
default color schemes used to display TDMA/FDMA and CDMA best serving
sector analysis layers. Sector display schemes enable you to display analysis
layers based on sector properties, such as the forward link load for CDMA
technologies or carried traffic for TDMA/FDMA technologies. When you use
a sector display scheme with the Best Serving Sector Recolor tool, only the
colors that have been defined for the scheme are used; other sector display
scheme settings, such as symbol and size, are ignored.
For information about defining sector display schemes, see “Customizing
sector symbols for multiple sites” in Chapter 2, “Working With Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

To recolor best serving sector layers


1 Choose Tools ➤ Best Serving Sector Recolor.
The Best Serving Sector Recolor dialog box opens.

2 Click Browse, navigate to the CDMA2000_Analyses project folder,


choose the best serving sector layer (.grc) file that you want to recolor,
and then click Open.

442
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Select Sector Display Scheme section, choose a color scheme and
click Apply.
The best serving sector layers are displayed in the Map window using the
new color scheme.

You can modify an existing sector display scheme from within in the
Best Serving Sector Recolor dialog box by right-clicking a local or
shared scheme and choosing Edit.

Deleting analyses
Files generated from a network analysis can take up a lot of hard disk space.
You can delete analyses that are no longer required.

To delete analyses
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, do any of
the following:
■ Choose one or more analyses, right-click and choose Delete.
■ Expand an analysis node, choose one or more analysis layers,
right-click and choose Delete.
2 In the Mentum Planet dialog box, click Yes.
The analyses or analysis layers you chose are removed from the Project
Explorer and the files are deleted from the project folder.

Using the CDMA Pixel Info tool for cdma2000


You can obtain per-pixel information about a cdma2000 analysis by selecting
an area in the Map window and using the CDMA Pixel Info tool.

The CDMA Pixel Info tool is available only for Monte Carlo analyses.

443
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

For each subscriber type and carrier that you choose, the CDMA Pixel Info
dialog box displays:
■ the pixel co-ordinates (location)
■ the number of predictions available
■ reverse link details, including:
■ Best Server
■ Required ERP
■ ERP Margin
■ Coverage Probability
■ forward link details, including:
■ Service Best Server
■ Service Eb/No and Service Margin
■ Coverage Probability
■ Received Noise
■ pilot details, including:
■ received power
■ Ec/Io
■ masked path loss polluter indicator and server status at the
specified pixel location

To obtain per-pixel information about a cdma2000 analysis


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, expand
cdma2000 Analyses, right-click the analysis for which you want to
obtain per-pixel information and choose Pixel Info.
The CDMA Pixel Info dialog box opens. The Type box displays the
technology for which the analysis that you chose was generated. The
Analysis box displays the analysis for which you chose to display pixel
information.

444
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

2 From the SubCat list, choose the usage type for which you want to view
analysis information.
Usage types are defined for a subscriber type, and consist of a service
type, quality, and environments. Usage types are displayed in the SubCat
list using the syntax of <short name> <first letter of the environment
name>. In the example above, Voice is the short name and I indicates that
the environment is Indoor. For more information on usage types, see
“Defining subscriber types for cdma2000” on page 321.
3 From the Carrier list, choose the carrier for which you want to view
analysis information.
4 Click in the Map window to display analysis information for each pixel in
the CDMA Pixel Info dialog box.
5 Click Close.

You can also access the CDMA Pixel Info tool by clicking the CDMA
Pixel Info button on the Mobile Technology toolbar.

445
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Analyzing pilot pollution for cdma2000 sectors


Pilot pollution occurs when there is an excessive number of pilot signals with
high power levels. Pilot pollution can create high levels of interference,
resulting in dropped calls, poor voice quality, and poor data throughput.
The Pilot Pollution Inspector enables you to identify polluting sectors at
specific locations, modify the appropriate sector settings, and then view the
effects of your changes. The level of pilot pollution is analyzed by comparing
the powers of the pilot channels with the power of the best serving pilot
channel, taking into account the active set (the set of pilots currently
participating in the call) and the pilot pollution margin.
Before you use the Pilot Pollution Inspector, you need to identify the areas
that may be affected by pilot pollution. For example, you can generate a Rapid
Planning or Monte Carlo analysis and examine the Pilot - Delta Ec/Io layer.
You can also use drive test data or network data to identify potential problem
areas.
When you click a location in a Map window, the Pilot Pollution Inspector
analyzes the location for pilot pollution based on specific carrier, forward
loading, and subscriber settings. You can use settings from a network analysis
or define these settings in the Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box.
For a specified location, the Pilot Pollution Inspector displays the following
information in a graph window:
■ Best serving sector
■ soft handoff sectors
■ polluting sectors (if any)
Horizontal lines in the graph window indicate the threshold levels for the best
serving, handoff, and polluting sectors. You can define the number of
polluting sectors that are displayed in the graph window, as well as the colors
and pilot value (Ec/Io or Ec) used for the display. Additional location and
sector information is displayed in the Analysis Info section (see Figure 19.1).

446
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Threshold levels

Graph display of
analyzed sectors

Location and
analysis information

Figure 19.1 Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box

In the Mentum Planet Map window, lines are drawn from the specified
analysis location to each of the corresponding sectors: Best Server, Handoff,
Pilot Polluter, and Pilot Detected (see Figure 19.2). The color of the lines
corresponds to the colors used in the graph window of the Pilot Pollution
Inspector.

447
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

Figure 19.2 Map window displaying the Pilot - Delta Ec/Io analysis layer. For the
specified location, the Pilot Pollution Inspector adds lines indicating the best serving
sector (green), handoff sectors (yellow), and polluting sectors (red).

After you have identified the polluting sectors, you can leave the Pilot
Pollution Inspector dialog box open, use the Site Properties dialog box to
change the antenna downtilt, azimuth, or height for the polluting sectors, and
then update the display in the Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box to see the
effects of your changes.

Workflow for analyzing pilot pollution


Minimizing pilot pollution is an iterative process; you may need to repeat the
steps in the workflow to achieve the desired results. The workflow outlined in
this section shows the typical order of steps only. Depending on your work
practices, you may not complete the steps in the same order.
Step 1 Generate a Rapid Planning/Monte Carlo analysis or use drive
test data to identify potential polluters. See “Generating a rapid
planning analysis for cdma2000” on page 393 or “Generating a
Monte Carlo analysis for cdma2000” on page 433.

Step 2 Use the Pilot Pollution Inspector to identify polluters.

448
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

Step 3 Modify the configuration of polluter sectors. See “Editing sites


and sectors” on page 353.

Step 4 Regenerate predictions for the modified sectors. See Chapter 8,


“Generating Predictions”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 5 Use the Pilot Pollution Inspector to verify the improvements.

Step 6 Generate an additional Rapid Planning/Monte Carlo analysis to


evaluate the overall impact of the sector configuration changes.

To analyze pilot pollution for cdma2000 sectors


1 Do one of the following to open the Pilot Pollution Inspector:
■ In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category,
right-click an analysis and choose Pilot Pollution Inspector.
■ On the Mobile Technology toolbar, click the Pilot Pollution
Inspector button, click an area in the Map window, then in the
Select Sectors dialog box, choose the group of sectors that you
want to include in the analysis and click Continue.
The Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box opens. If you open the Pilot
Pollution Inspector from an analysis node in the Project Explorer, the
sector, subscriber, carrier, and loading information from the analysis is
used. You can use the settings from the analysis or edit them as required,
as outlined in this procedure.
2 On the System tab, from the Carrier list, choose the carrier that you want
to analyze.
If you opened the Pilot Pollution Inspector from an analysis node, the first
carrier included in the analysis is chosen by default.
3 In the Forward Loading section, choose one of the following options to
define the forward loading that will be used for the analysis:
■ Use the Loading Defined in the Sector Settings—uses the
Forward Total Traffic Power value specified on the
Implementation panel of the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog
box. For more information, see “Defining cdma2000 sector
settings” on page 341.
■ Use Global Loading—type a value to define the percentage of
the total PA power that will be used for the analysis. This value

449
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

will override the total traffic power defined for individual


sectors.
■ Use Loading From Analysis—choose an analysis from the list.
The forward loading values from the analysis will be used.
4 Click the Subscribers tab.
5 Choose one of the following options to define the subscriber type that will
be used for the pilot pollution analysis:
■ Subscriber Type—choose a predefined subscriber type from the
list.
■ Nominal Subscriber—type values for each of the following:
■Antenna Gain—the antenna gain for the mobile
equipment band type used by the nominal subscriber
■Maximum Active Servers—the maximum number of
handoff servers supported by the equipment type used by
the nominal subscriber
■Noise Figure—the noise figure at the receiver for the
equipment type used by the nominal subscriber
6 From the Environment list, choose the type of environment that will be
used for the analysis.
7 Click the Analysis Settings tab.
8 In the Maximum Polluters box, type the number of polluting sectors that
you want displayed in the Pilot Pollution Inspector graph window and the
Map window.
9 From the Pilot Value list, choose the value that you want to use for the
display in the graph window.
10 If you want to change the colors used in the graph window, in the Legend
Profile section, do any of the following:
■ To edit the current color settings, click Edit, define the colors for
the sector categories, and then click OK.
■ To load an existing legend color profile, click Load, choose a
Pilot Inspector color (.pic) file, and then click Open.
■ To save the current legend color profile, click Save, type a name
in the File Name box, and then click Save.

450
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000
CDMA User Guide

11 Click on a location in the Map window that you have identified as being
affected by pilot pollution.
The Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box displays pilot pollution
information for the location.
12 If you want to save a report containing information for the location
currently displayed in the Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box, click
Export Report, type a name in the File Name box, and then click Save.
The location and pollution information is saved in a Microsoft Excel file.

After you have clicked an area in the Map window, you can modify any
of the System, Subscriber, or Analysis Settings and then click Update
to refresh the information displayed in the Pilot Pollution Inspector dialog box
based on the new settings.

451
Chapter 19
CDMA User Guide

452
Chapter 20: Generating EV-DO Analysis Layers

20. Generating EV-DO


Analysis Layers

This chapter contains the This chapter describes Evolution - Data Only (EV-
following sections:
DO) analysis layers, and explains how to generate
■ Understanding EV-DO
analysis layers them.
■ Workflow for generating EV-
DO analysis layers If you have purchased an EV-DO license, you can
generate EV-DO analysis layers.

453
Chapter 20
CDMA User Guide

Understanding EV-DO analysis layers


EV-DO is a high-speed, data-only extension to cdma2000. EV-DO can be
used in conjunction with 1xRTT and IS-95 carriers.
To generate EV-DO analysis layers, you need to assign the EV-DO standard
to at least one cdma2000 carrier (see “To define carrier settings for
cdma2000” on page 284) and assign that carrier to sectors in your project (see
“To assign carriers to sectors” on page 345). You must also define EV-DO
reverse link bearers. The Service Data Rate of EV-DO reverse link bearers
must match the uplink and downlink data rates of the associated Qualities. For
information on configuring EV-DO reverse link bearers, see “To define EV-
DO bearers” on page 305.
EV-DO analysis layers include only sectors that are assigned EV-DO carriers,
and consist of standard cdma2000 analysis layers and layers that are specific
to EV-DO. For more information, see “EV-DO analysis layers” on page 458
and “Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.
For information on configuring and generating network analyses, see
“Chapter 18: Generating Rapid Planning Analyses for cdma2000” on
page 377 and “Chapter 19: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000”
on page 397.

If the EV-DO reverse link bearers and the associated Subscriber


Manager settings are not configured correctly, then the analysis will be
attempted on 1xRTT carriers (if available).

Forward link analysis


On the EV-DO forward link, the pilot signal and other control signals are
transmitted at fixed intervals on each time slot. The remaining time on the
time slot is dedicated to traffic data. At any given time, only one user is served
by an EV-DO carrier.
There is no power control applied to the forward link, which means that all
base stations transmit at full power. However, the transmission rate is adapted
to the fading channel environment in order to maintain a constant packet error
rate (PER). The mobile continuously monitors the quality of received pilot
signals from all sectors in its active set, predicts the signal-to-interference-
and-noise ratio (SINR) over the next packet period based on the current
channel condition, and reports the current best serving sector and the highest
data rate that it can achieve for a given PER. The serving sector transmits at
the data rate chosen by the mobile.

454
Generating EV-DO Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

The forward link analysis:


■ predicts forward Ec/Nt and the highest achievable data for each
bin
■ plots the forward coverage for each data rate
■ computes the average aggregate forward throughput for each
sector
Table 20.1 lists the data rates that are available on the forward link for Rev. 0.
Table 20.1 Forward link data rates for Rev. 0

Data rate (Kbps) Slots Ec/Nt (dB)

38.4 16 -12.50

76.8 8 -9.50

153.6 4 -6.50

307.2 2 -4.00

614.4 1 -1.00

307.2 4 -4.00

614.4 2 -1.00

1228.8 1 3.00

921.6 2 1.30

1843.2 1 7.20

1228.8 2 3.00

2457.6 1 9.50

Table 20.2 lists the data rates that are available on the forward link for Rev. A.
Table 20.2 Forward link data rates for Rev. A

Data rate (Kbps) Slots Ec/Nt (dB)

4.8 16 -21.50

9.6 8 -18.50

19.2 4 -15.50

38.4 2 -12.50

76.8 1 -9.50

455
Chapter 20
CDMA User Guide

Table 20.2 Forward link data rates for Rev. A (continued)

Data rate (Kbps) Slots Ec/Nt (dB)

9.6 16 -18.50

19.2 8 -15.50

38.4 4 -12.50

76.8 2 -9.50

153.6 1 -6.50

19.2 16 -15.50

38.4 8 -12.50

76.8 4 -9.50

153.6 2 -6.50

307.2 1 -4.00

38.4 16 -12.50

76.8 8 -9.50

153.6 4 -6.50

307.2 2 -4.00

614.4 1 -1.00

307.2 4 -4.00

614.4 2 -1.00

1228.8 1 3.00

921.6 2 1.30

1843.2 1 7.20

1228.8 2 3.00

2457.6 1 9.50

1536.0 2 3.50

3072.0 1 10.00

456
Generating EV-DO Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Reverse link analysis


The reverse link of EV-DO carriers is similar to the reverse link of 1xRTT
carriers. Unlike the EV-DO forward link, which is time-shared with each
active user, the EV-DO reverse link is code-shared with embedded pilot
pulses for coherent detection. Power control, data rate schemes, and soft
handoff capabilities are similar to 1xRTT carriers.
However, unlike 1xRTT carriers, the EV-DO reverse link does not have
fundamental and supplemental channels, and the reverse link data rate is
dynamically controlled by the base station based on sector loading.
The access terminal (AT) initiates its transmission data rate at 9.6 kbps and
may incrementally increase or decrease its data rate after every 26.67 ms
frame, following a transition probability based on the Reverse Activity Bit
(RAB) set by the base station. The data rate selected by the AT is reported to
the base station via a data rate control (DRC) channel. The 1xEV-DO reverse
link data rate is indicated by a reverse rate indicator (RRI) channel on the
reverse link that is used to inform the base station of the rate at which the AT
is transmitting.

The Acknowledgement (Ack) channels are not modeled in Mentum


Planet because of their low interference and power consumption
relative to other channels.

The available data rates, shown in Table 20.3, are determined by the EV-DO
revision (Rev. 0 or Rev. A), which you define when you create a 1xEV-DO
Bearer. For more information, see “To define EV-DO bearers” on page 305.
Table 20.3 Reverse link data rates for 16 slots

Service Data Rate Channel Data


Revision Code rate (Turbo)
(Kbps) Rate (kbps)

Rev. 0 9.6 1/4 38.4

Rev. 0 19.2 1/4 76.8

Rev. 0 38.4 1/4 153.6

Rev. 0 76.8 1/4 307.2

Rev. 0 153.6 1/2 307.2

Rev. A 4.8 1/5 24.0

Rev. A 9.6 1/5 48.0

457
Chapter 20
CDMA User Guide

Table 20.3 Reverse link data rates for 16 slots (continued)

Service Data Rate Channel Data


Revision Code rate (Turbo)
(Kbps) Rate (kbps)

Rev. A 19.2 1/5 96.0

Rev. A 28.8 1/5 144.0

Rev. A 38.4 1/5 192.0

Rev. A 57.6 1/5 288.0

Rev. A 76.8 1/5 384.0

Rev. A 115.2 1/5 576.0

Rev. A 153.6 1/5 768.0

Rev. A 230.4 1/5 1152.76

Rev. A 307.2 1/5 1536.0

Rev. A 460.8 1/3 1382.4

EV-DO analysis layers


When you generate an EV-DO analysis, you can create all of the standard
cdma2000 analysis layers. You can also generate the EV-DO analysis layers

458
Generating EV-DO Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

listed in Table 20.4. For more information on the standard cdma2000 analysis
layers, see “Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.
Table 20.4 EV-DO analysis layers

Layer Description

EV DO - Forward Max Achievable Data Rate

Displays the predicted highest achievable forward link data rate per bin.
The data rate prediction is based on the predicted Ec/Nt and the fade
margin that is required to ensure a certain level of coverage probability.
Both the pilot Ec/Nt (i.e., the predicted pilot channel Ec/Nt) and the
forward Ec/Nt (i.e., the forward traffic channel Ec/Nt) are calculated at
each bin. Forward Max Achievable Data Rate is generated using the
predicted forward Ec/Nt.
The amount of fade margin required depends on the coverage
probability requirement and the slow fading standard deviation
assumptions. When predicting the Forward Max Achievable Data Rate,
the required fade margin is computed at each bin, and then a coverage
probability is calculated for each data rate according the required Ec/Nt
threshold, predicted Ec/Nt and the fade margin. For each bin, the data
rates with coverage probabilities lower than the required threshold are
considered as having no coverage in the bin. There may be more than
one data rate for which the coverage probabilities are above the
coverage probability requirement. In this case, the highest data rate is
considered as the Forward Max Achievable Data Rate for the bin.

459
Chapter 20
CDMA User Guide

Table 20.4 EV-DO analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

EV DO - Forward Ec/Nt

Displays the ratio of forward channel chip energy to total spectral noise
density for each bin. The mobile predicts the highest achievable data
rate based on its Ec/Nt measurement on the pilot channel. However,
the effective data transmission rate can be somewhat higher than the
predicted data rate due to the idle slot transmission and early
termination of multi-slot transmission. The idle slot transmissions
reduce the interference in the network, and therefore increase the
forward traffic channel Ec/Nt and the probability of earlier termination of
multi-slot transmission.

You can account for the transmission of idle slots through the use of the
forward activity factor (FAF) and idle transmission attenuation (ITA)
parameters. Setting the FAF to a value that is less than 100% and the
ITA to a value greater than 0 has the effect of reducing the sector traffic
transmit power and the interference from the sector to other sectors.
The power from a given sector is calculated as (PA Power * forward
activity factor) + ((100 - forward activity factor)*(PA Power-idle
transmission attenuation)). Regardless of the FAF and ITA settings,
the Ec value is calculated based on the full PA power.

For rapid planning analysis, when the FAF value is set to 100%, the
given sector is assumed to transmit at full power all the time. In a Monte
Carlo simulation, the FAF is a calculated value. If the ITA value is set to
0 for a given sector then Mentum Planet will not reduce the power level
and thus assume that that sector is transmitting at full power 100% of
the time. This configuration produces an Ec/Nt that is equivalent to that
which is measured on the pilot channel.

EV-DO - Pilot Ec/Nt

Displays the pilot Ec/Nt at each bin based on the power limits defined in
the cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box . Fade margins are not taken
into account.
It is assumed that sectors are synchronized to transmit Pilot chips with
full power at the same time. As a result, unlike the forward Ec/Nt, the
forward activity factor (FAF) is not taken into account when computing
the forward Ec/Nt at each bin.

EV DO - Forward Coverage At <data_rate>

Displays a coverage map for each EV-DO data rate (see the Data Rate
column in Table 20.1). By default, this layer is generated using the
predicted forward Ec/Nt.

460
Generating EV-DO Analysis Layers
CDMA User Guide

Table 20.4 EV-DO analysis layers (continued)

Layer Description

EV-DO - Forward Cell Throughput (Monte Carlo analyses only)

Displays the aggregate average cell throughput. The forward average


throughput is calculated based on the forward pilot Ec/Io of each
served subscriber. Because all subscribers share, in time, the same
forward carrier, the average cell throughput for the reference
scheduling scheme is based on the assumption that each subscriber is
served on an equal time, round-robin basis.
The Scheduler Gain curve, defined on the Implementation panel of the
Sector Settings dialog box for EV-DO sectors, can be used to introduce
a gain in cell throughput in comparison to the equal time round-robin
scheduler, which is the reference scheduler scheme. The gain is a
result of the throughput enhancement; at a cost to fairness in serving
subscribers, of other Schedulers, such as the Proportional Fair
scheduler, in the optimization of the timing, duration, and frequency
when a subscriber is served; in other words, the difference in the way
these schedulers trade-off throughput and fairness by taking advantage
of multi-user diversity.
If no Scheduler Gain curve is assigned, no gain is applied, resulting in a
100% value for gain, representing equal time, round-robin scheduling.
Normally, the Proportional Fair scheduler would have a gain superior to
equal time round-robin scheduling. The gain would increase from 100%
for 1 subscriber to a peak of approximately 200% for 10 to 16
subscribers in an urban environment, because the former takes an
increasing advantage of multi-user diversity (serving a subscriber
primarily when the channel conditions are most favorable, referred to
as “upfade”).

461
Chapter 20
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating EV-DO analysis layers


Step 1 Assign the EV-DO technology to at least one cdma2000 carrier
and define EV-DO technology settings for the network. See “To
define carrier settings for cdma2000” on page 284 and “To define
EV-DO network settings for cdma2000” on page 285.

Step 2 If you are generating a Monte Carlo analysis, define EV-DO


reverse bearers. See “To define EV-DO bearers” on page 305.

Step 3 Assign the band for the EV-DO carrier to at least one sector in
your project, and define EV-DO settings for the sector. See “To
assign carriers to sectors” on page 345 and “Editing sites and
sectors” on page 353.

Step 4 Generate an analysis, ensuring that you choose the EV-DO


carrier, and view the results. See “Chapter 18: Generating Rapid
Planning Analyses for cdma2000” on page 377 and “Chapter 19:
Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000” on page 397.

462
Chapter 21: Generating PN Offset Plans

21. Generating PN Offset


Plans

This chapter contains the This chapter explains how to use the PN Offset
following sections:
Planning tools to create, manage, and analyze PN
■ Understanding PN offset
planning offset plans.
■ Preparing input data for PN
offset planning In a cdma2000 network, the forward link uses PN
■ Workflow for generating PN offset assignments to distinguish sectors. It is,
offset plans
■ Creating PN offset plans therefore, important to carefully plan PN offsets in
■ Working with PN offset plans order to minimize interference. Using the PN Offset
■ Analyzing PN offset plans Plan Analysis tool, you can validate the PN offset
■ Displaying PN offset reports
plan you generate.
■ Applying PN offset plans

463
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

Understanding PN offset planning


A PN offset is one of 512 codes used to differentiate sectors for
communication with mobiles. The PN offset is combined with other data and
transmitted on each of the forward channels.
If the same PN sequence is offset by more than one chip, the original PN
sequence and the time-shifted PN sequence are almost non-correlated to each
other. Therefore, every sector can use the same PN sequence as long as the
assigned values are time offset from each other by a predetermined separation
(PN increment).
If these PN codes are not assigned properly, interference can occur because
the propagation delay may set back the time offset between PN codes and
cause confusion at the mobiles. The resulting interference is more harmful
compared to other types of interference in a cdma2000 network, especially
when it affects the active pilot. When the active pilot is affected, the false
pilot (i.e., interference) is treated like the serving pilot and it is despread by a
correlator. Ultimately, the interference signal becomes very strong after
despreading due to the processing gain.
The PN Offset Planning tool can be used to assign PN offsets to sectors
correctly and minimize co-PN and adjacent-PN confusion. It can also be used
to determine the optimal PN increment value based on factors such as
predicted signal strength, search window size, estimated cell radius, and
propagation path loss.

How PN codes are assigned in Mentum Planet


In Mentum Planet, you can use one of two methods to plan PN offsets:
■ individual PN offset planning
■ group PN offset planning

464
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

Using the group planning method, you can assign PN offset values to adjacent
sectors as shown in Figure 21.1.

Figure 21.1 PN codes with a PN increment of three assigned to adjacent sectors

With this method, PN offsets are assigned in groups of three (i.e., for a
specific pilot increment, the available PN offsets are organized into PN
groups containing three consecutive PN offsets). PN offset values will be
assigned to adjacent sectors as three consecutive PN offsets. Therefore, a
three-sector site uses one PN offset group and a six-sector site uses two PN
offset groups.
The PN Offset Planning tool uses a variety of input data from your project,
including the search window sizes from the Sector Settings dialog box, a
neighbor list, and, optionally, an interference matrix. The search window size
is an important element of PN offset planning because PN confusion
interference occurs when a propagation delay causes a remote false pilot
signal to fall into the mobile’s active search window. When assigning co-PN
offsets, the PN offset planning algorithm ensures that a sufficient propagation
delay difference exists between two co-PNs. Therefore, in the case of adjacent
PN offsets, the algorithm ensures that a propagation delay will not cause a
remote PN offset to fall into the mobile’s active search window. For more
information on the search window parameters (i.e., SRCH_WIN_A and
SRCH_WIN_N), see the online Help.

465
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

The PN Offset Plan Analysis tool can be used to evaluate the quality of PN
offset plans by identifying the locations where co-PN and adjacent-PN
interference may occur.

If the PN offset analysis reveals that no PN offset was allocated to a


sector, it could be because the sector has no coverage. This situation
can also arise when the neighbor list used to plan PN offsets is incomplete or
incorrect.

Preparing input data for PN offset planning


You create a PN offset plan using a group of sites. Because PN offset
planning is a complex process and requires input from several other Mentum
Planet tools, it is recommended that you create a group of sites to be used
across all tools. This will ensure that your output is consistent and valid. For
more information on creating groups of sites, see Chapter 2, “Working with
Sites and Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
The following sections explain how to prepare data for PN offset planning.

Neighbor list
A neighbor list is a required input for PN offset planning. To obtain the most
accurate results, it is recommended that you import a neighbor list from
switch data. However, the neighbor list can also be created from a modeled
interference matrix.
For more information on neighbor lists, see Chapter 12, “Working with
Neighbor Lists”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Interference matrix
A modeled interference matrix is an optional input to the PN offset planning
tool; however, using an interference matrix will generate a more efficient
plan. If you choose to include an interference matrix as input to the PN offset
planning tool and you also use an interference matrix to create the neighbor
list, the two interference matrices must cover the same sites.
You can use a traffic map to create the modeled interference matrix for PN
offset planning. For more information on interference matrices, see
Chapter 11, “Working with Interference Matrices”, in the Mentum Planet
User Guide.

466
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating PN offset plans


Step 1 Create a group of sites that you will use for your neighbor list and
PN offset planning. See Chapter 2, “Working with Sites and
Sectors”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 2 Generate predictions for the group of sites. For more information
on generating predictions, see Chapter 8, “Generating
Predictions”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 3 Create a neighbor list using the group of sites. See Chapter 12,
“Working with Neighbor Lists”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.

Step 4 If you are using an interference matrix, create a modeled


interference matrix using the group of sites. See Chapter 11,
“Working with Interference Matrices”, in the Mentum Planet User
Guide.

Step 5 Set the search window sizes for the active and neighboring sets
of sectors. See “To define implementation settings” on page 349.

Step 6 Define PN offset settings, generate a PN offset plan and if


required, produce a PN offset report. See “Creating PN offset
plans” on page 467 and “Displaying PN offset reports” on
page 478.

Step 7 Analyze the PN offset plan for potential co-PN and adjacent-PN
interference. See “Analyzing PN offset plans” on page 475.

Step 8 Apply the plan to the sectors in the group. See “Applying PN
offset plans” on page 479.

Creating PN offset plans


There are two methods of creating PN offset plans:
■ using sector settings—creates a plan by saving all current PN
offset assignments. This is useful if you want to save the current
assignments for comparison or to reuse later.
■ using the PN Offset Planning tool—creates a plan by generating
PN offsets for all sectors in the group, or only for the sectors that
do not already have PN offsets assigned. If the PN Offset box on
the Implementation panel in the Sector Settings dialog box is

467
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

blank, a sector has no PN offset assigned. When you generate a


PN offset plan using the PN Offset Planning tool, PN offsets are
assigned to sectors in a way that minimizes co-PN and adjacent-
PN interference.
You can create multiple PN offset plans and analyze them without
committing the associated assignments to the sectors in the project.

If you want to globally edit all sectors so that no PN offsets are


assigned, in the cdma2000 Global Edit dialog box, in the Cell
Equipment Parameters section, expand the Implementation node and type -1
in the PN Offset box.

To create a PN offset plan using current sector settings


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click PN Offset
Plans and choose New ➤ Save Current.
2 In the Save Plan As dialog box, do the following:
■ In the Plan Name box, type a name for the new plan.
■ From the Group list, choose the sector group for which you
want to create a PN offset plan.
■ From the Carrier list, choose the carrier for which you want to
create a PN offset plan.
3 Click OK.
The new plan is added to the PN Offset Plans node of the RF Tools
category in the Project Explorer.

To create a PN offset plan using the PN Offset Planning tool


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click PN Offset
Plans and choose New ➤ Modeled.
2 In the Select Sectors dialog box, choose the sectors for which you want to
create a PN offset plan and click Continue.

468
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

3 In the PN Offset Planning Tool dialog box, under the General node, in
the Plan Name box, type a name for the PN offset plan.
4 From the Carrier list, choose the carrier for which you want to generate
the PN offset plan.
5 From the Keep Existing PN Offsets list, choose one of the following
options:
■ True—preserves PN offsets that are already assigned to any of
the selected sectors
■ False—assigns new PN offset values to all of the selected
sectors
6 From the Neighbor List list, choose a neighbor list.
If no neighbor lists are available, you must create one (see “Neighbor list”
on page 466).

469
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

7 Under the Pilot Increment node, do one of the following:


■ To have the PN Offset Planning tool calculate an increment
value automatically, choose True from the Calculate Optimal
Value list.
■ To define the amount of separation between PN offset values
manually, in the Use Specified Value box, type the value that
will be used to increment the PN offset value before it is
assigned to one of the selected sectors. The value that you
specify corresponds to one 64-chip sequence (i.e., a PN offset of
1 is equal to 64 chips). Typical values for this box are 3, 4, or 6,
and specifying any of these reduces the number of available PN
codes (e.g., a value of 1 means 512 PN codes are available to
allocate to sectors; a value of 3 reduces the available number of
codes to 170; a value of 4 further reduces the number to 128
codes; and so on).
8 If you want to use an interference matrix when generating the plan, under
the Interference Matrix node, choose True from the Use Interference
Matrix list, and then from the Interference Matrix list, choose a
modeled interference matrix.
9 From the PN Allocation Goal list, choose one of the following:
■ Minimize—allocates the smallest number of available PN
offsets. This option results in more co-PN sites and leaves more
of the available PN offsets unused for the future.
■ Maximize—allocates the largest number of available PN offsets.
This option results in fewer co-PN sites and leaves fewer of the
available PN offsets unused for the future.
■ Sequential—allocates PN offsets to the sectors sequentially. PN
offsets are assigned starting from 0 (or if a PN offset has been
retained, the next value) in ascending order.
10 From the Group Planning list, choose one of the following options:
■ True—group planning is used in the PN offset planning process.
In group planning, PN offsets are assigned in groups of three
(i.e., for a specific pilot increment, the available PN offsets are
organized into PN groups containing three consecutive PN
offsets). Click the Browse (...) button in the Reserved PN Offset
box to open the Group Reservation Editor dialog box. PN offset
values will be assigned to adjacent sectors as three consecutive
PN offsets. PN offsets are assigned starting from the north-most

470
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

sector and then clockwise to the other sectors. With a four or


five-sector site, sectors 1, 2, and 3 will use one PN group and the
remaining sectors will use the next available group. With a six-
sector site, two PN offset groups will be used.
■ False—group planning is not considered in the PN offset
planning process. Click the Browse (...) button in the Reserved
PN Offset box to open the PN Offset Reservation Editor dialog
box.
11 If you are using group planning, in the Group Reservation Editor, do
any of the following and click OK:
■ to exclude the PN offset 0, enable the Reserve 0 check box.
■ to exclude specific PN offset groups, enable the check box next
to the group. The group is now labeled as “Reserved” and
highlighted in gray.
12 If you are not using group planning but want to reserve PN offset values
for future deployment, in the PN Offset Reservation Editor, enable the
check box next to the PN Offset values you want to exclude and click
OK.
In a cdma2000 network, mobiles scan for pilots having valid PN codes.
Valid PN codes are multiples of the pilot increment value. For example, if
the pilot increment value is 3, the valid PN codes are incremented by 3 up
to 510 (i.e., 0, 3, 6, 9,..., 507, and 510). However, the amount of
separation between the first and last PN codes may not meet the pilot
increment requirement (0 and 510 are separated by 2, not 510). To
prevent this situation, it is recommended that you leave PN code 0
reserved when generating a plan.
13 Under the Advanced node, from the Propagation Path Loss Exponent
list, do one of the following:
■ Choose a predefined morphology type for the area. Predefined
types correspond to the general morphology types and have
values that range between 3 and 4.
■ Choose User Defined and type an exponent value from 2 to 10
in the Propagation Path Loss Exponent Value box.
Morphology types describe the physical environment and reflect the
number of obstructions relative to no obstructions in a given area (for
example, an exponent value of 3 indicates open space).

471
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

14 Under the Thresholds node, in the Interference Detection Threshold


box, type the threshold for determining whether a distant pilot signal will
be seen as interfering with the serving pilot signal.
If the difference in signal strength between the serving and distant pilot
signals is greater than the specified threshold, the distant pilot signal is
not considered to cause interference because the separation is great
enough.
15 If you chose an interference matrix from the Interference Matrix list
under the General: Interference Matrix node and want to prevent
certain sectors from being labeled interferers, under the Non-Interferer
Thresholds node, do the following:
■ in the Percentage Affected Area box, type a value from 0 to 10
to indicate the percentage of affected area that may be tolerated.
If the affected area is below this threshold, the sector is not
considered to be interfering with the serving pilot.
■ in the Percentage Affected Traffic box, type a value from 0 to
10 to indicate the percentage of affected traffic that may be
tolerated. If the affected traffic is below this threshold, the sector
is not considered to be interfering with the serving pilot. If the
interference matrix was not based on a traffic map, this
parameter is ignored.
These settings enable you to allow sectors that would normally be
considered interferers to have co-PN assignments. For example, two
sectors may have co-PN assignments if the sectors have a hill between
them (i.e., any interference would be so small that it would not be
considered a problem).
16 Expand the Cell Radius node and, in the Active Server Threshold box,
type the minimum signal strength required for a sector to be considered as
a active server (i.e., a server that serves users as the best server, the
second best server, or the third best server). A sector’s cell radius is
estimated based on its active area (i.e., the area where the sector is an
active server) for the purpose of PN offset planning.
The active server threshold is based on total transmitted power, not pilot
signal strength. When the PN offset planning tool calculates the coverage
area based on signal strength, any bin having a received signal strength
below the specified threshold is ignored. If the signal is stronger than the
threshold, coverage is assumed.

472
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

17 Click Generate.
The Generate Plan dialog box displays the status of the operation.
18 When the operation completes, click Close.
The new PN offset plan is added to the PN Offset Plans node of the RF
Tools category in the Project Explorer.

When you reserve a PN offset value and this value is part of a PN


Offset group, the entire group is considered reserved and will be
excluded from the PN offset group planning process. You can clear the check
box to make the entire group available.

Working with PN offset plans


After you create a PN offset plan, you can edit it and, if required, regenerate
it. You can display a PN offset index and if required, edit the associated PN
offset assignments directly. If you have an existing PN offset plan, you can
add the plan to the project.

To view or edit the properties of a plan


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click a PN offset
plan and choose Properties.
2 In the PN Offset Plan Properties dialog box, view or edit the properties
for generating the PN offset plan.
For more information about the properties, press the F1 key.
3 If you edited any of the settings, click Update, and when the operation
completes, click Close.

To copy a PN offset plan


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that you want to copy and choose Save Copy As.
2 In the Save Plan As dialog box, in the Plan Name box, type a name for
the new plan and click OK.
The new plan is added to the PN Offset Plans node of the RF Tools
category in the Project Explorer.

473
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

To delete a PN offset plan


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that you want to delete and choose Delete.
2 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
The PN offset plan is removed from the PN Offset Plans node of the RF
Tools category in the Project Explorer and the PN offset plan files are
deleted.

To display PN offset assignments in the Map window


■ In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that you want to display and choose View.
The PN offset assignments in the selected PN offset plan are displayed as
labels in the Map window.

To turn the labels off, in the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category,
right-click the PN offset plan that is on display and choose View.

To edit the PN offset assignments in a plan


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that contains the PN offset assignments that you want to edit
and choose Edit.
2 In the PN Offset Plan Editing dialog box, modify the PN offset
assignments in the PN Offset column as required and click OK.

To add a PN offset plan to a project


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click PN Offset
Plans and choose Add.
2 In the Open dialog box, navigate to the PN offset plan that you want to
add and click Open.
The PN offset plan is added to the PN Offset Plans node of the RF Tools
category in the Project Explorer.

474
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

To export PN offset assignments


You can export the PN offset assignments from a plan to a comma-separated
value (.csv) file.
1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that contains the PN offset assignments that you want to export
and choose Export.
2 In the Save As dialog box, navigate to the folder where you want to store
the file, type a name for the file in the File Name box and click Save.

Analyzing PN offset plans


The PN Offset Plan Analysis tool enables you to evaluate the quality of PN
offset plans by identifying the locations where co-PN and adjacent-PN
interference may occur.
For example, you could use the PN Offset Planning tool to generate a number
of different plans, and then use the PN Offset Plan Analysis tool to evaluate
the quality of the different plans before you apply a plan to the sectors in your
project. For information on generating PN offset plans, see “Creating PN
offset plans” on page 467.
You can generate any of the following analysis layers as part of a PN offset
analysis:
■ Interference Type—displays the type of interference, which can
be any of the following:
■ Co-PN interference
■ Adjacent-PN interference
■ Co- and Adjacent-PN interference
■ No interference
■ Worst Adjacent-PN Interferer—displays the worst Adjacent-PN
interferer for a given location.

475
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

■ Adjacent-PN - Delta Pilot Signal Strength—displays the


difference in pilot signal strength between the best serving sector
and the worst adjacent-PN interferer.
■ Worst Co-PN Interferer—displays the worst co-PN interferer for
a given location.
■ Co-PN - Delta Pilot Signal Strength—displays the difference in
pilot signal strength between the best serving sector and the
worst co-PN interferer.

The Worst Adjacent-PN Interferer and Worst Co-PN Interferer layers do


not indicate the victim. The victim is the best serving sector and can be
determined from the Best Server analysis layer. For more information on
analysis layers, see “Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 407.
This information is also contained in the PN offset plan analysis report. See
“To display a PN offset plan analysis report” on page 478.

To analyze a PN offset plan


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that you want to analyze and choose Analyze Plan.
The PN Offset Plan Analysis dialog box opens.

476
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

2 In the Interference Detection Threshold box, type the value for


determining whether a distant pilot signal will be seen as interfering with
the serving pilot signal.
If the PN offset plan was created using Mentum Planet, the default is the
value that was used to create the plan. If the difference between the
serving pilot signal strength and the distant pilot signal strength is greater
than this threshold, the distant pilot is not considered
3 In the Output Layers section, enable the check box beside each of the
PN offset analysis layers that you want to generate.
You must choose at least one analysis layer.
4 In the Resolution section, enable one of the following options to define
the analysis resolution:
■ Elevation File Resolution—uses the same resolution as the
digital elevation model (DEM) and signal strength prediction
files.
■ User Defined—choose a resolution from the list. The available
resolutions are multiples of the DEM resolution. Using a lower
resolution will decrease the accuracy of the PN offset plan
analysis, but will speed up the analysis process.
5 In the Analysis Area section, choose one of the following options to
define the area that will be used for the analysis:
■ Automatic—the total combined prediction area.
■ Current Window—the area displayed within the current Map
window.
■ User Defined Area—a predefined area grid. For information on
creating area grid files, see Chapter 14, “Working With Grids”,
in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
6 Click OK.
The PN Offset Plan Conflict Analysis dialog box displays the progress of
the analysis. Path loss or signal strength files will be updated
automatically if required.
7 When the PN offset plan analysis is complete, click OK in the Mentum
Planet dialog box.
The analysis layers are displayed in the Project Explorer under the PN
offset plan node you chose in Step 1.

477
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

To view PN offset plan analysis layers in a Map window


■ In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, under the PN
Offset Plans node, expand a PN offset plan for which you have
generated an analysis, right-click an analysis layer, and choose View.
The analysis layer is displayed in the Map window.

To remove an analysis layer from the Map window, in the Project


Explorer, in the RF Tools category, under the PN Offset Plans node,
right-click an analysis layer, and choose Remove.

To display a PN offset plan analysis report


■ In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan for which you want to view the PN offset analysis report
and choose Display Analysis Report.
The PN offset analysis report is displayed in your default text editor. The
report lists the settings used to create the PN offset plan, the PN offset
usage, and the affected sectors.

You can calculate layer statistics for PN offset plan analysis layers by
right-clicking a PN offset plan analysis layer and choosing Statistics.
For more information on calculating layer statistics, see “Calculating statistics
for cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 503.

Displaying PN offset reports


After you generate or update a PN offset plan, you can display the following
information in a report (.txt) file:
■ the current PN offset plan settings
■ the total number of available, reserved, allocated, and unused PN
offset values
■ the estimated average cell radius of the sites included in the PN
offset plan
■ the number of sectors having PN offset assignments and the PN
offset values assigned to each sector

478
Generating PN Offset Plans
CDMA User Guide

The Notes column of the PN offset report indicates whether a sector is


“interfered” or “not allocated” based on the current PN assignments. While
the algorithm in Mentum Planet always attempts to assign PN offsets in such
a way as to minimize potential interference, in some cases the PN offset plan
settings defined cannot be met using the available PN offsets. In this case, the
algorithm will assign the PN offset value that will create the minimum
amount of interference. If the Notes column indicates:
■ Interfered—there is potential co-PN or adj-PN interference at the
sector based on the current PN assignments.
■ Not allocated, conflicting neighbors—there is a conflict
contained in the neighbor list
■ Not allocated, invalid radius—there is no coverage at the sector.
If there are many interferers flagged in the Notes column, the criteria defined
in the PN Offset Plan dialog box may be too stringent (e.g., if the minimum
signal strength is set too low, the radius of the cell’s active area may be over-
estimated).

To display a PN offset report


■ In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan for which you want a report and click Display Report.
The report is displayed in your default text editor.

Applying PN offset plans


Once you have created a PN offset plan and analyzed it for potential co-PN
and adjacent-PN interference, you can apply it to the sectors in your project.

Before you apply a plan, if the sectors contain PN offset assignments


that you want to save, you can create a PN offset plan using the PN
offset assignments from the sectors (see “To create a PN offset plan using
current sector settings” on page 468).

479
Chapter 21
CDMA User Guide

To apply a PN offset plan to a project


1 In the Project Explorer, in the RF Tools category, right-click the PN
offset plan that you want to apply and do one of the following:
■ To apply the plan to the carrier for which the plan was generated,
choose Apply ➤ Apply to Default Carrier.
■ To apply the plan to all carriers, choose Apply ➤ Apply to All
Carriers.
2 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
The PN offset assignments in the plan are applied to the sectors in your
project.

480
Chapter 22: Generating cdma2000 Reports

22. Generating
cdma2000 Reports

This chapter contains the This chapter describes how to design and generate
following sections:
reports about data in your cdma2000 network.
■ Understanding cdma2000
reports
■ Predefined report designs
■ Workflow for generating
cdma2000 reports
■ Generating a cdma2000
report using a predefined
report design
■ Designing a cdma2000 report
■ Generating a cdma2000
report
■ Calculating statistics for
cdma2000 analysis layers

481
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

Understanding cdma2000 reports


A report is a table of data in HTML or Excel format that provides information
about your network. You can design, preview, save, and generate reports. You
can include the following types of data in a report:
■ general data—applies to all technologies enabled in your
network. You can include the following types of general data in
your report:
■ cell equipment data—data about the sectors in the project
(you can choose W-CDMA, cdma2000, or TDMA/
FDMA)
■ antenna data
■ subscriber data
■ data generated using the layer statistics tool
■ W-CDMA-specific data—applies only to W-CDMA. You can
include the following types of W-CDMA-specific data in your
report:
■ Monte Carlo simulation data
■ W-CDMA analysis layer statistic data
■ cdma2000-specific data—applies only to cdma2000. You can
include the following types of cdma2000-specific data in your
report:
Monte Carlo simulation data

cdma2000 analysis layer statistic data


You can design and generate a report or you can generate a report using one of
the predefined report designs provided with Mentum Planet. For details on
predefined report designs, see “Predefined report designs” on page 484.
When you design a report, you define the types of data to include, and then
choose the specific items within each type to include. The following sections
provide details about the types of cdma2000-specific data available for
reports.

cdma2000 Monte Carlo simulation data


The Monte Carlo simulation data available for reports is divided into four
categories:
■ Carrier-sector—the types of power received by the carriers and
sectors listed in the report, for example, total power, in-cell

482
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

power, pilot power, traffic channel powers, and other channel


powers
■ Carrier-sector-mobile—data on a carrier-sector basis about the
Monte Carlo simulation for selected subscriber types, for
example, total number of users, number of users not served,
number of users in each handoff state, and number of users
blocked due to power amplifier (PA), user, channel element,
user, cell radius, speed, throughput and code limits
■ System-mobile—system-level data about the Monte Carlo
simulation for selected subscriber types, for example, total
number of users, number of users not served, number of users in
each handoff state, and number of users blocked due to power
amplifier (PA), user, channel element, user, cell radius, speed,
throughput and code limits
■ Throughput—primary and secondary forward link and primary
reverse link throughput data for sectors, carriers, and subscriber
types
The data for each category is based on the average of the operating points
generated during the Monte Carlo simulation. For overview information on
operating points, see “Generating operating points and subscriber
information” on page 399. For details on each operating point, see “Appendix
F: cdma2000 Operating Points Table Format” on page 545.
Using more than one type of data in a report
You can create a report using one or more types of data. If you choose to use
more than one type, you may need to specify how you want the information to
be related by choosing a key column for both the parent and the child table. In
general, this is handled automatically for reports with similar data, but for
some combinations, you will need to specify the relationship. For a row in the
child table to reference a row in the parent table, the chosen key columns for
both tables must contain matching data values. If they do not, the rows are
omitted from the resulting report.
For example, if you add carrier-sector-mobile data to carrier-sector data, and
you choose Site Id as the key column for both tables, then the resulting table
contains a row for each Site Id that exists in both tables.

483
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

cdma2000 analysis layer data


After you generate cdma2000 analysis layers, you can calculate statistics for
an analysis layer using information from a clutter grid file, a traffic map, or a
user-defined filter.
The statistics generated include the analysis area and a percentage value, and
any additional columns created by the applied traffic map, clutter, or filter. For
more information, see “Calculating statistics for cdma2000 analysis layers”
on page 503.

Using report data to help in cdma2000 network analysis


You can use the data in a report to help you interpret and adjust the factors
influencing coverage and performance in your cdma2000 network. In a
typical cdma2000 analysis, you would generate a report using data from an
initial Monte Carlo simulation for additional information about the analysis. If
you determine that the simulation requires more runs, you can append more
runs to the simulation and generate another report to view the results.

Predefined report designs


A set of predefined report designs is provided for you to use to generate
reports quickly and easily. Each predefined report design comprises two files:
■ a .wrp file, which identifies the columns included in the report.
These files are stored in the Reports\CDMA folder in your
project.
■ an Excel template file, which formats the information. These
files are stored in the Reports\exceltemplates folder in your
project.
The Excel files contain macros that create appropriate column names and
provide other functions, for example, the carrier-sector report contains a
macro that converts values from mW to dBm for easier interpretation and
comparison. You can view the raw data for any report by clicking the
PlanetEvExport tab in the Excel report.
The following sections describe the predefined report designs.

System-mobile-simple report
This report provides a row for users served for each subscriber type and
environment combination. Columns are color coded. Dark blue indicates
general information, such as site and sector ID. Purple indicates served users.

484
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

Light blue indicates users that are not served. Figure 22.1 shows a portion of
an example system-mobile-simple report.

Figure 22.1 Example system-mobile-simple report

Carrier-sector-mobile report
This report shows users served on a per-sector basis. This report uses the same
color scheme as the system-mobile-simple report.

Carrier-sector
This report provides a summary of the powers per sector for each site/sector/
subscriber type/environment combination.

System-mobile
This report provides a pivot table in Excel that enables you to click and drag
items to create the set of columns that you want to view. It also provides pie
charts for the available statistics.

Throughput
This report provides a row for throughput for each site/sector/subscriber type/
environment combination.

Columns in predefined reports


Table 22.1 describes the columns available for predefined reports and
identifies the reports in which the column appears.

485
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Site Id Name of the site. 5 5 5
Sector Id Name of the sector. 5 5 5
Site Sector Id Combined site and sector name. 5 5 5
Carrier Name Automatically assigned carrier name. 5 5 5
Channel Name User-defined carrier name. 5 5 5
Subscriber Type Name of the subscriber type. 5 5 5 5 5
Service Name of the service. 5 5 5 5 5
Quality Name of the quality. 5 5 5 5 5
Environment Name of the environment. 5 5 5 5 5
Primary Forward Link Forward Link throughput as primary. 5
Throughput

Secondary Forward Forward Link throughput as secondary (handoff). 5


Link Throughput

Primary Reverse Link Reverse Link throughput as primary. 5


Throughput

Secondary Reverse Reverse Link throughput as secondary (handoff). 5


Link Throughput

Percentage of Forward link throughput as a percentage of the 5


Maximum Forward Link maximum downlink pooled throughput.
Pooled Throughput

Average Achieved Rate Average achieved rate for Forward Link Primary 5
for Forward Link Subscribers.
Primary Subscribers

486
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Average Achieved Rate Average achieved rate for Forward Link 5
for Forward Link Secondary Subscribers.
Secondary Subscribers

Average Achieved Rate Average Achieved Rate for Reverse Link Primary 5
for Reverse Link Subscribers.
Primary Subscribers

Average Achieved Rate Average Achieved Rate for Reverse Link 5


for Reverse Link Secondary Subscribers.
Secondary Subscribers

Scheduler Gain Scheduler Gain. 5


Forward Link Captured The forward captured subscriber throughput is 5
Subscriber Throughput calculated by multiplying the number of served
subscribers by the service data rate and by the
packet call activity factor.

Not Served Number of subscribers not served for any reason. 5 5


Dropped Number of subscribers not served for any reason. 5
Not in Handoff Number of subscribers not in handoff. 5 5 5
Softer Handoff Number of subscribers in softer handoff. 5 5 5
Soft Handoff Number of subscribers in soft handoff. 5 5 5
Softer Soft Handoff Number of subscribers in softer-soft handoff. 5 5 5
Soft Softer Handoff Number of subscribers in soft-softer handoff. 5 5 5
Soft Soft Handoff Number of subscribers in soft-soft handoff. 5 5 5
Softer Softer Handoff Number of subscribers in softer-softer handoff. 5 5 5
4 Way Handoff Number of subscribers in four-server handoff. 5 5 5

487
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
5 Way Handoff Number of subscribers in five-server handoff. 5 5 5
6 Way Handoff Number of subscribers in six-server handoff. 5 5 5
7 Way Handoff Number of subscribers in seven-server handoff. 5 5 5
Served Total number of subscribers who have been 5 5 5
served.

Non-negotiated The number of users served where the Reverse 5 5 5


Link is served at the highest available bearer rate,
and Forward link is negotiated to a lower rate from
the highest available.

Forward Link The number of users served where the Forward 5 5 5


Negotiated Link path has been negotiated to a rate lower than
that of the highest available bearer rate, but the
Reverse Link is at the highest available bearer
rate.

Reverse Link The number of users served where the Reverse 5 5 5


Negotiated Link path has been negotiated to a rate lower than
that of the highest available bearer rate, but the
Forward Link is at the highest available bearer
rate.

Negotiated The number of users served where both the 5 5 5


Reverse Link and Forward Link paths have been
negotiated to a rate lower than that of the highest
available bearer rate.

Served by Repeater Total number of subscribers who have been 5


served by repeaters on the sector as primary.

Handoff with Repeater Number of subscribers in handoff where a repeater 5


on this sector is the handoff server.

488
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Mobile PA Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5 5
insufficient mobile ERP to achieve their Eb/No
target on the forward link.

Reverse Link Noise Number of subscribers not served due to the 5 5 5


Rise maximum load being reached at one or more
sectors.
A subscriber will not be served if its signal pushes
any sector over its noise rise (load) limit.

Forward Link Channel Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5 5


Element Limit insufficient channel element on the forward link.
The Monte Carlo simulation uses the greatest
number of channel elements required by the
subscriber when determining if there are sufficient
channel elements to take the call.

Reverse Link Channel Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5 5


Element Limit insufficient channel element on the Reverse Link.
The Monte Carlo simulation uses the greatest
number of channel elements required by the
subscriber when determining if there are sufficient
channel elements to take the call.

User Limit Number of subscribers not served due to the 5 5 5


maximum subscriber limit being reached on the
attempted sector. This field applies to the forward
link.

Cell Radius Limit Number of subscribers on the forward link not 5 5 5


served because they are outside the maximum cell
radius.

Speed Limit Number of subscribers not served because they 5 5 5


exceed the speed limit for the cell.

Throughput Limit Number of subscribers not served because the 5 5 5


throughput limit for the site was exceeded.

489
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served due to 5
to Code insufficient channel codes at the best server.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served on the forward 5


to PA link due to insufficient PA power at the best server.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served on the forward 5


to Pilot link due to insufficient pilot Ec/Io from the best
server.

Primary Dropped Due Number of subscribers not served on the forward 5


to Traffic link due to insufficient voice power.

Handoff Dropped Due Number of handoff connections refused during 5


to Forward Link CE forward link analysis due to insufficient handoff
channel elements.

Handoff Dropped Due Number of handoff connections refused during 5


to Reverse Link CE Reverse Link analysis due to insufficient handoff
channel elements.

Handoff Dropped Due Number of handoff connections refused due to 5


to Code insufficient channel codes.

Handoff Dropped Due Number of handoff connections refused during 5


to PA forward link analysis due to insufficient PA power.

Handoff Dropped Due Number of handoff connections refused during 5


to Traffic forward link analysis due to insufficient voice
power.

Used Reverse Link Number of Reverse Link channel elements used. 5


Channel Elements

Required Reverse Link Number of Reverse Link channel elements that 5


Channel Elements would be required to serve all served subscribers
and those refused due to insufficient channel
elements.

490
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Used Forward Link Number of Forward Link channel elements used. 5
Channel Elements

Required Forward Link Number of Forward Link channel elements that 5


Channel Elements would be required to serve all served subscribers
and those refused due to insufficient channel
elements.

Total Forward PA Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient power amplifier (PA) power available at
the serving sector.
Insufficient PA power can cause either the voice or
pilot to have insufficient signal strength to meet the
subscriber’s target.

Forward Code Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient codes on the forward link.

Pilot Power Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient pilot power on the forward link. The
pilot power is caused by the maximum pilot power/
fixed pilot power being insufficient to meet the Ec/
Io target of the mobile.

Traffic Power Limit Number of subscribers not served due to 5 5


insufficient power on the forward link to meet the
subscriber’s Eb/No target.

Prev Total Rcv Power received on previous iteration of the 5


Power_mW simulation. This is used to determine the received
power from subscribers.
The previous run noise is used to determine the
subscribers output powers.

Current Total Rcv Power received on the final iteration of the 5


Power_mW simulation.
This is the actual receive power used to determine
noise.

491
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Pilot Power_mW Output power of the pilot channel. 5
Sync Power_mW Output power of the sync channel. 5
Paging Power_mW Output power of the paging channel. 5
Current Rcv Power received on the final iteration of the 5
Power_mW simulation. This is the actual receive power used
to determine noise.

In Cell Power_mW Power received from subscribers within the cell on 5


the final iteration of the simulation.

Attenuated Power_mW In-cell power attenuated by the uplink 5


orthogonality factor.

Total Traffic Power per Total power of all best server voice channels. 5
Run_mW This value includes the voice activity factor.

Average Traffic Power Average power of a single voice channel. 5


per Subscriber_mW This value does not include the voice activity
factor.

Max Traffic Power per Maximum power of the best server voice channel. 5
Channel_mW This value does not include the voice activity
factor.

Min Traffic Power per Minimum power of the best server voice channel. 5
Channel_mW This value does not include the voice activity
factor.

TrafficNoise Rise Noise rise on the reverse link. 5


Total Noise Rise Total noise rise on the reverse link. 5
Rx Eb_No Eb/No on the reverse link. 5
TrafficLoad Sector load on the forward link. 5

492
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

Table 22.1 Columns in predefined reports (continued)

System-mobile-simple
Carrier-sector-mobile

System-mobile
Carrier-sector
Column name Description

Throughput
Traffic Sector load on the forward link as a percentage.
Load_Percentage

Load_Percentage Reverse link load given as a percentage. 5


Total Load Total sector load. 5
Total Load_Percentage Total sector load as a percentage. 5
Frequency Re-use Frequency re-use efficiency given as a 5
Efficiency percentage, equal to:
(in cell interference) / (total interference)*100

Other Cell Interference Other-cell interference factor (OCIF) given in a 5


Factor linear form, equal to:
(other cell interference) / (own cell interference)

F-Factor F-factor given as a linear term, equal to: 5


(own cell interference) / (total interference)

Mean Required Mean value of the required receive powers 5


Receive Power from all subscribers in the reverse link.
Standard Dev Required Standard deviation of the required receive powers 5
Receive Power from all subscribers in the reverse link.

493
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

Workflow for generating cdma2000 reports


Step 1 Generate a Monte Carlo simulation. See “Chapter 19: Generating
Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000” on page 397.

Step 2 If you want to include cdma2000 analysis layer statistics in a


report, do the following:
■ Generate cdma2000 analysis layers. See
“Understanding cdma2000 analysis layers” on
page 407.
■ Generate statistics for cdma2000 analysis layers
and add them to the Report Designer. See
“Calculating statistics for cdma2000 analysis
layers” on page 503.

Step 3 Optionally, design a report. See “Generating a cdma2000 report


using a predefined report design” on page 494 or “Designing a
cdma2000 report” on page 495.

Step 4 Generate a report using a predefined report design or using the


report design that you created. See “Generating a cdma2000
report using a predefined report design” on page 494 or
“Generating a cdma2000 report” on page 502.

Generating a cdma2000 report using a predefined report design


Using predefined reports removes the need for you to design a report before
generating it. The predefined report designs use templates that are in Excel
format. When you create a new project, the predefined report designs are
automatically copied into the Reports folder for the project. If you are using
an existing project and want to use the predefined report designs, you will
need to copy all of the folders in the Mentum Planet 4\global\Reports folder to
the Reports folder in your project.
Each report contains macros that format the data. You can view the raw data
used to create any predefined report by clicking the PlanetEvExport tab in the
report.

Modifying a predefined report design


If you want to modify a predefined report design, you can modify the Excel
template without making changes to the report design (the .wrp file), but if
you modify the report design, you need to modify the Excel template (i.e., if

494
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

you remove a column by clearing the check box on the Design tab of the
Report Designer, you need to delete it from the Excel template as well). You
should only modify the Excel template if you are familiar with Excel. To
modify the report design, you need to load it into the Report Designer and
modify it. See “To modify an existing cdma2000 report design” on page 501.

To generate a cdma2000 report using a predefined report


design
1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, expand
cdma2000 Analyses, right-click the analysis for which you want to
generate the report and choose Generate Reports.
2 In the Generate Report dialog box, choose the report design that you
want to generate and click OK.
For details on the predefined reports that are available, see “Predefined
report designs” on page 484.
3 From the Select Output Format list, choose Excel and click OK.
The report is generated and opens in Excel.

You can also generate reports for a group of sectors or for a flag
condition by doing the following:
• To generate reports for a group of sectors, right-click a group in the
Sites category in the Project Explorer and choose Generate Reports.
• To generate reports for sectors that have been assigned a flag
condition, enable the flag condition in the Project Explorer, right-click
the Flags node, and choose Generate Reports.
In either case, you must choose the analysis to use in the Select Data dialog
box.

Designing a cdma2000 report


The Report Designer enables you to create an overall design for a report
before you generate it. You can customize the data that in the report and
define the output format of the report.
After you generate a Monte Carlo analysis, the operating points are
automatically available in the Report Designer. If you want to use layer
statistics in a report, you must manually add the data to the Report Designer.
For more information, see “Calculating statistics for cdma2000 analysis
layers” on page 503.

495
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

The Report Designer enables you to preview the report before you save it or
generate it. Previewing a report enables you to customize the data or output
settings until you are satisfied with the result.
Once you are satisfied with the design, you can save it until you want to
generate the report. Report designs are stored in the Reports folder of your
project.
You can also load and modify report designs in the Report Designer even after
you have generated reports. This option is useful, for example, if you want to
add layer statistics data to an existing report that only contains Monte Carlo
operating points.

To design a cdma2000 report


1 Choose Data ➤ Design Report.
The Report Designer opens.

2 On the Data tab, in the Available Data section, expand one of the
following nodes and choose the type of cdma2000 data to add to the
report:
■ Cell Equipment—contains data about sector settings. For more
information, see Chapter 5, “Configuring and Placing TDMA/
FDMA Sites” in the TDMA/FDMA User Guide, “Chapter 5:

496
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

Configuring and Placing W-CDMA Sites” on page 83, and


“Chapter 16: Configuring and Placing cdma2000 Sites” on
page 327. Additional information can be found in “Appendix E:
Import and Export Tables” in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ Antenna—contains data about the antenna patterns in the
project. For more information, see Chapter 3, “Working with
Antenna Patterns”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ Subscribers—contains data about the subscriber information in
the Subscriber Manager. For information on the columns
available in this report, see the Subscriber_Equipment_Types
worksheet and the Subscriber worksheet in “Appendix E: Import
and Export Tables” in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
■ <analysis name>—contains the following categories of data:
■ Carrier-sector—contains mean values from per-sector
operating points. For more information, see “cdma2000
Monte Carlo simulation data” on page 482 and “Per-
sector operating points” on page 548.
■ Carrier-sector-mobile—contains mean values from
per-subscriber type operating points. For more
information, see “cdma2000 Monte Carlo simulation
data” on page 482 and “Per-subscriber type operating
points” on page 549.
■ System-mobile—contains mean values from
sub-category operating points. For more information, see
“cdma2000 Monte Carlo simulation data” on page 482
and “Sub-category operating points” on page 546.
■ Throughput—contains mean values from per-subscriber
type operating points. For more information, see
“cdma2000 Monte Carlo simulation data” on page 482
and “Per-subscriber type operating points” on page 549.
■ Layer Statistics—contains statistics from a cdma2000 analysis
layer. Layer statistics will only appear in the Available Data
section if you have calculated them and added them to the report
design. For more information, see “Calculating statistics for
cdma2000 analysis layers” on page 503.
3 Type a description for the data in the Edit Description for the Data
section, and click the right arrow.
The data is added to the Selected Data section.

497
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

4 To add more data to the report, repeat Step 2 and Step 3.


5 If the Relation Selector dialog box is displayed, do the following:
■ To define the data from a parent table, do the following:
■ From the Select Parent Table list, choose the table that
contains the rows to be referenced by the child table.
■ From the Select Key Column From Parent Table list,
choose the column in the parent table that contains the
data values used to join related table rows in the parent
and child tables.
■ To define the data from a child table, do both of the following:
■ From the Select Child Table list, choose the table that
contains the rows that you want to be referenced by the
parent table.
■ From the Select Key Column From Child Table list,
choose the column in the child table that contains the data
values used to join related table rows in the parent and
child tables.
■ Click OK to close the Relation Selector dialog box.
6 To display a preview of the report, click Preview.
The report design is displayed in a Web browser.

498
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

To define the data columns for a cdma2000 report


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, click the Design tab.

2 To change the name of a column, click in the Column Label box and type
a name.
3 To include or exclude columns from the report, do any of the following:
■ To exclude a single column, clear the check box in the Show
column.
■ To exclude all columns, click Clear All.
■ To include all columns, click Show All.
4 To change the order of the columns, choose one or more columns and
click the up arrow or down arrow.
To choose a column, click the column number.
5 To display a preview of the report, click Preview.
The report design is displayed in a Web browser.

499
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

To define the export settings for a cdma2000 report


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, click the Output tab.

2 In the Select Export Destination section, choose one of the following


formats from the Format list:
■ Excel—the report is opened in Microsoft Excel. Using Microsoft
Excel, you can save the report in .xls format. To use this option,
you must have Microsoft Excel installed.
■ HTML—the report is saved in HTML (.htm) format. If you
choose this option, you can choose, from the Output list,
whether to save the report to a file or open it in a Web browser.
■ MapInfo—the report is saved in a MapInfo (.tab) file
3 In the Export Settings section, define the settings that are specific to the
type of format that you chose.
■ If you chose Excel in Step 2, you can define the sheet name (the
name of the first tab in the Excel file), template file name, and
macros to use. Typically, you would use these fields if you have
designed a custom Excel template and want to use it for your
report data. If you are modifying a predefined report design, you
can choose the predefined Excel template that corresponds to the
data that you are including in the report (i.e., if you are including

500
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

carrier-sector data in your report, you should choose the carrier-


sector Excel template).
■ If you chose HTML in Step 2, you can define HTML-specific
export settings, including the file to be used for the report header
and footer. If you want to use the header and footer provided
with Mentum Planet, do the following:
■ Click Browse next to the Header Filename box, navigate
to the Reports\HtmlHeaderFooter\Header.htm file in your
project folder and click Open.
■ Click Browse next to the Footer Filename box, navigate
to the Reports\HtmlHeaderFooter\Footer.htm file in your
project folder and click Open.
■ If you chose MapInfo in Step 2, you can define MapInfo-specific
settings. No template files are provided with Mentum Planet for
this option.
For more information on the settings in this section, press the F1 key. If
you do not define custom settings, the default settings will be used.
4 To define output settings for another format, repeat Step 2 and Step 3.
5 To display a preview of the report, click Preview.
The report design is displayed in a Web browser.

To save the cdma2000 report design


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, choose File ➤ Save As.
2 In the Save Report dialog box, type a name for the report in the Report
Name box.
3 From the Report Category list, choose cdma2000, and click OK.
The report design will be saved in the Reports\CDMA folder of your
project. Report designs are saved with the file extension of .wrp.

To modify an existing cdma2000 report design


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, choose File ➤ Load.
2 In the Open Report dialog box, choose the report that you want to open,
and click OK.

501
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

3 In the Report Designer, modify the settings of the report design.


For more information on these settings, see “To design a cdma2000
report” on page 496.

To delete a cdma2000 report design


1 In the Report Designer dialog box, choose File ➤ Remove.
2 In the Remove Report dialog box, choose the report that you want to
delete, and click Remove.

Generating a cdma2000 report


After you have designed and saved a report design in the cdma2000 category,
you can use the Generate Report dialog box to generate multiple reports
simultaneously.

To generate a cdma2000 report


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category, expand
cdma2000 Analyses, right-click the analysis for which you want to
generate the report and choose Generate Reports.
2 In the Generate Report dialog box, choose the report that you want to
generate.
3 From the Select Output Format list, choose the format for the report
output.
The output settings for each format are defined on the Output tab of the
Report Designer and saved in the report design that you are generating
(see “To define the export settings for a cdma2000 report” on page 500).
You can output the report in any of the three formats.

502
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

4 Click OK.
The report is generated and displayed or saved in the output format that
you chose.

You can also generate reports for a group of sectors or for a flag
condition by doing the following:
• To generate reports for a group of sectors, right-click a group in the
Sites category in the Project Explorer and choose Generate Reports.
• To generate reports for sectors that have been assigned a flag
condition, enable the flag condition in the Project Explorer, right-click
the Flags node, and choose Generate Reports.
In either case, you must choose the analysis to use in the Select Data dialog
box.

Calculating statistics for cdma2000 analysis layers


You can calculate statistics on the individual cdma2000 analysis layers that
you have generated, including PN offset plan analysis layers. You can
calculate statistics based on the entire numeric grid (.grd) file, an area grid, or
a selection in the Map window. You can further customize the statistics based
on a clutter grid file, traffic map, or a user-defined filter.
For information on generating PN offset analysis report layers, see
“Analyzing PN offset plans” on page 475.
After you calculate statistics, you can add them to a new or existing report
design.

When you calculate layer statistics, they are automatically displayed in


Microsoft Excel. In order to use the Layer Statistics Analysis tool, you
must have Microsoft Excel installed.

To calculate cdma2000 layer statistics


1 In the Project Explorer, in the Network Analyses category or the PN
Offset Plans node in the RF Tools category, choose the analysis layers
that you want to add to the report, right-click one of the analysis layers
and choose Statistics.
The Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box opens.
2 To manually add additional analysis layers to the list, click Add Layer,
navigate to the file that you want to add, and click Open.

503
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

3 In the tree view, choose Analysis Settings.


The Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box opens.

4 On the Analysis Settings panel, choose one of the following from the
Analysis Area list:
■ Current Window—statistics are generated based on the area
displayed in the Map window
■ Entire Layer—statistics are generated based on the area defined
in the cdma2000 analysis layer(s) used
■ Selected Rectangle—statistics are generated for the area that is
enclosed by the selected rectangle in the Map window. You can
use the MapInfo rectangle tool to create a rectangle. For more
information, see the MapInfo Professional User Guide.
■ Area—statistics are generated based on an area grid. For more
information, see “Creating area grids” in Chapter 14, “Working
With Grids”, in the Mentum Planet User Guide.
5 To remove bins with null values from the analysis layer calculations,
enable the Exclude Null Values check box.

504
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

6 To generate additional statistics, broken down by a classification, enable


the Use Classified Grid check box, click Browse to navigate to the file,
choose the file and click OK.
The default classified grid file is the clutter grid file defined for the
project.
Any classified grid can be used to perform different kinds of statistical
analysis. For example, to produce a statistical breakdown for each sector,
use a best server layer as the classification grid. This breaks the statistics
down by best server area.
7 To generate traffic statistics, enable the Use Traffic Map check box and
choose a traffic map from the Traffic Map list.
8 To filter the analysis area based on a grid file, enable the Apply Area
Filter check box.
The area filter is applied globally to all layers.
9 If you want to define individual area filters for each layer, enable the Set
Area Filter By Layer check box.
10 If you are applying area filters globally to all layers, do the following:
■ To define the area raster, click Browse, navigate to the grid file,
and click OK.
■ To define the condition for the filter, type an expression in the
Condition box. For example, choosing the SignalStrength.grd
file and defining the expression v > 100 would only consider
pixels within the analysis area that have a signal strength greater
than 100.
For more information on creating expressions, press the F1 key.
11 To discard statistical results that only contain zero values, enable the
Discard Result That Only Contains Zero Statistics check box.
With this check box enabled, records where all columns contain zero
values will be removed from the statistical report.
12 From the Export Format list, choose one of the following formats:
■ Excel—statistics will be displayed in Microsoft Excel when they
are generated.
■ Html—statistics are generated in an HTML (.htm) file and
stored in the <project>\Reports\LayerStatistics\Html folder in
the project. There will be one .htm file for each layer for which

505
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

you are generating statistics. These files will not be displayed


automatically.
■ MapInfo Table—statistics are generated in MapInfo (.tab) file
and stored in the <project>\Reports\LayerStatistics\MapInfo
folder. There will be one .tab file for each layer for which you
are generating statistics. These files will not be displayed
automatically. To display the files, see “To display cdma2000
layer statistics in table format” on page 508.
13 If the Layers node in the tree view does not contain layers, click Add
Layer, choose the numeric grid (.grd) file that you want to add, and click
Open.
14 In the tree view, expand Layers and choose the analysis layer for which
you want to obtain statistics.
The Layers panel opens to display layer information about the data type,
resolution, and the area.

506
Generating cdma2000 Reports
CDMA User Guide

15 If you want to define classification settings for the analysis layer, define
any of the available settings in the Classifications Settings section.
The settings that are available in this section are dependent on the data
type of the analysis layer (classified or numeric). Do any of the following:
■ In the Classifications box, choose the classification for the
analysis layer. This setting is only available if the data type of
the analysis layer is classified.
■ To split the classification by site and sector names, enable the
Split Classification to Get Site and Sector Names check box.
This setting is only available if the data type of the analysis layer
is classified.
■ To define the data ranges for which to calculate statistics, type
the threshold values in the Threshold Definition box, separated
by semi-colons. The default thresholds are set by equally
dividing the range of Zmin and Zmax values contained in the
chosen analysis layer. This setting is only available if the data
type of the analysis layer is numeric.
■ In the Classification Name box, type a name for the
classification in this box. This option is available for both the
classified and numeric data types.
16 If you want to define area filters for individual layers and enabled the Set
Area Filter By Layer check box on the Analysis Settings panel, click the
Area Filters button.
Area filter settings are saved in LayerStatistics.set file located in the
Settings/Layer Statistics folder within the project folder.
17 In the Area Filters dialog box, do the following:
■ Click the Add Row button.
■ Click the Browse (...) button next to the Area Raster box,
navigate to where the raster file is saved, and click Open.
■ Click in the Condition box and define a filter condition for the
layer. Press the F1 key for more information on creating
conditions.
18 Repeat the previous step until you have defined all the required filters and
click OK.

507
Chapter 22
CDMA User Guide

19 Click Calculate Statistics.


The settings in the Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box are saved
automatically for use the next time you calculate layer statistics.

You can also access the Layer Statistics Analysis dialog box by
choosing Analysis ➤ Layer Statistics.

To display cdma2000 layer statistics in table format


If you saved your statistics in MapInfo (.tab) format, you can view them in a
Map window.
1 Choose File ➤ Open Table.
2 In the Open dialog box, navigate to the Reports\LayerStatistics\MapInfo
folder of your project and choose the MapInfo (.tab) file that you want to
display.
3 From the Preferred View list, choose Browser.
4 Click Open.
The layer statistics table opens in a new Browser window.

To add cdma2000 layer statistics to a report design


1 After the statistics have been calculated, in the Layer Statistics Analysis
dialog box, click Design Report.
The Report Designer opens, with the layers in the Available Data section.
2 Design the report using the instructions provided in “Designing a
cdma2000 report” on page 495.
3 Generate the report using the instructions provided in “Generating a
cdma2000 report” on page 502.

508
Appendices

Appendices
A.
Appendix A: Modeling W-CDMA Networks

Modeling W-CDMA
Networks

This appendix describes factors that influence coverage in a W-CDMA network and how
they are dealt with during the network analysis process:
■ Interference
■ Slow fading margin
■ Penetration losses

Interference
W-CDMA networks are limited by interference. In other words, the amount of
interference in the network determines the capacity and coverage of the network. The
following sections describe the different types of interference that can affect W-CDMA
networks.

Downlink interference
Many signals are transmitted on the downlink. These signals can be grouped into two
categories: physical channels and transport channels. Physical channels include
■ Common Pilot Channel (CPICH)
■ Synchronisation Channel (SCH)
■ Dedicated Physical Channels (DPCH)
Transport channels include
■ Paging Channel (PCH)
■ Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH)
■ Downlink Shared Channel (DSCH)

511
Appendix A
CDMA User Guide

Transport channels are mapped onto physical channels. The mobile receiver detects each
physical channel individually because the channels are coded using Orthogonal Variable
Spreading Factors (OVSF) also known as channelization codes. A property of these codes
is that they are orthogonal to each other, enabling the physical channels to be separated
and spread over the same band and still be recoverable.
The sources of downlink interference are:
■ Non-orthogonality—interference that occurs due to factors that reduce the
orthogonality of a physical channel, which increases channel interference
and reduces the available capacity. Generally, factors that reduce the degree
of orthogonality include significant multipath signals with longer time
delays, Doppler spread (which occurs when users are moving within a
multipath environment), and power amplifier non-linearity. As the degree of
orthogonality of these signals decreases (i.e., non-orthogonality increases),
the interference due to these signals on the desired signal increases and
reduces its signal-to-noise ratio. Therefore, the transmitted power from the
site must be increased in order to achieve the required signal-to-noise ratio
(Eb/No) Interference caused by the non-orthogonality of the signals
transmitted from the site with which a mobile subscriber is communicating is
sometimes referred to as in-cell interference.
■ Interference from other sites—interference that occurs out-of-cell. All the
signal energy received at the mobile from these other sites is interference
(i.e., there is no orthogonality associated with these signals from other sites).
There are many locations in the network where this out-of-cell interference
dominates.
■ Thermal noise—interference that occurs at the mobile due to its own thermal
noise (i.e., kTB noise). Thermal noise is the internal noise of the mobile (i.e.,
noise that exists when the mobile is located far away from all other sources
of interference).
■ Unknown interference—interference occurring from foreign sources. The
source of this interference may not be completely unknown because there
may be energy introduced into the carrier band from a known adjacent
carrier. An examination of the spectrum mask of adjacent carriers may
indicate the level of interference to expect. Foreign interference is the
difference between the thermal noise, as described above, and the noise
measured when you take the same mobile into a region of the network, with
the network completely shut down.

512
Modeling W-CDMA Networks
CDMA User Guide

Uplink interference
Uplink interference refers to noise at the site receivers. Just as there are many channels
associated with the downlink, there are also many channels transmitted by the mobile on
the uplink. Some of these are access channels, used for responding to pages, and general
network feedback requirements. Others are used specifically for transmitting physical
channels (voice or packet data) and for controlling downlink power while receiving data.
On the downlink, transmitted energy is from one source (the site transmitting antenna) and
the energy is received by many receivers (mobiles). Because the downlink uses
channelization codes, there can be orthogonality, and this is realized at the distributed
users. This concept does not apply on the uplink because there are many users transmitting
primarily to the one site receiving antenna. The received signals are not time
synchronized, and so there is no real possibility for orthogonality of the received signals.
The sources of uplink interference are:
■ In-cell interference—caused by users communicating with the site. Some of
these users have their transmitted power controlled by the site and will
generally be involved in controlling the downlink power. Interference caused
by users who are in second, or greater levels of handover, will likely have
their equipment powers controlled by a different site, typically the site that is
providing the strongest CPICH signal.
■ Out-of-cell interference—caused by signal energy received at the site
receiver from users who are communicating with other sites
■ Front end noise and foreign noise—these sources are similar to that
described for the downlink interference. The total received noise level
(Io+No) at the site receiver from each user depends upon the required Eb/No
to achieve an acceptable level of energy at the receiver. As the noise
increases, which happens as more users access the network, the required
power from the mobile also increases. When the required power from the
mobile exceeds its maximum power, the call is dropped or the session is
terminated. Just as the total traffic power is required to determine the
downlink interference, the received noise at the site receiver is required to
determine the power needed by the users to transmit a viable signal. Yet, the
transmitted power of the mobile affects the received noise level.

CPICH interference
It is necessary to determine the CPICH coverage for each site because the CPICH signal
effectively determines the extent of network coverage on the downlink. The energy per
chip per interference density (Ec/Io) is measured on the CPICH channel. It is continuously
monitored by the mobiles and compared against the CPICH Target Ec/Io and the CPICH
pollution margin.

513
Appendix A
CDMA User Guide

The CPICH Target Ec/Io value is the signal-to-noise ratio required for a good quality of
service and is defined on the Quality panel of the W-CDMA Sector Settings dialog box.
The CPICH pollution margin is the Ec/Io margin, relative to the best server Ec/Io, within
which a CPICH signal will interfere with the desired signal, and is defined on the General
panel of the Mobile Technology – Network Settings dialog box.
The sources of CPICH interference are
■ in-cell interference energy from the other channels transmitted from the same
site as the CPICH signal
■ out-of-cell interference energy transmitted from all channels of other sites
■ thermal (kTB) noise of the receiver
■ energy from external sources

Downlink traffic interference


The DPCH carries voice or data information and must be received by the user with
sufficient power to satisfy quality of service requirements (i.e., the required Eb/No value
must be met by the mobile signal) if the connection is to be maintained. The Eb/No value
is defined as the energy per bit per noise power density. In reality, the noise is due not only
to mobile receiver thermal noise (kTB noise) but also to noise from other signal sources.
The sources of traffic signal interference are:
■ same-cell interference energy from the non-orthogonal component of the
other channels transmitted from the same site from which the traffic signal
originates
■ other-cell interference energy transmitted from all channels of other sites
■ mobile receiver’s thermal noise
■ energy from external or foreign sources
Because the signal is spread over the full bandwidth, the Eb/No benefits from the
spreading (processing) gain.

Controlling interference
Effective power control decreases the interference across the network. Downlink power
control ensures the traffic power meets the mobile’s Eb/No requirement, without using
excessive power. If the traffic power is excessive, capacity-limiting interference occurs on
other traffic and CPICH signals. Likewise, on the uplink, inadequate power control can
lead to interference on the network if the mobile is using excessive power to communicate
with the site. As more users are added to a network, the received noise level at the site

514
Modeling W-CDMA Networks
CDMA User Guide

increases. In order for the mobile to maintain an acceptable Eb/No, it needs to increase the
transmitted power.
If the user is moving closer to the site, and/or comes out of a shadowed area, the received
signal at the site will increase quickly. This improves the voice quality of the signal but
also greatly increases the interference experienced by other users and, in turn, reduces
their voice quality. To prevent the increase in interference, very fast mobile traffic power
control is required. W-CDMA technology achieves this fast power control by having the
site measure the uplink Eb/No value and assess the quality of service for every user to
which it is connected, many hundreds of times a second. With each measurement, two
situations can arise:
■ the measured Eb/No is too high, in which case the site commands the mobile
to decrease the power it transmits
■ the measured Eb/No is too low, in which case the site commands the mobile
to increase the power it transmits
If a mobile is in soft handover, there are two or more servers in its active set. The mobile
decreases the power it transmits if any of the servers commands, but only increases the
power if all the servers command it. This difference gives rise to the soft handover gain,
which is described in more detail in the next section.
If a user moves behind a building, for example, the mobile must power up in order to
continue to stay connected. Likewise, if a user moves close to a site, the mobile must
power down in order to reduce the interference it creates. Power control signals are
transmitted up to 1.5kHz on both the downlink and uplink. The ability of the network to
fully realize the benefit of the power control is dependent on the response time of both
inner and outer loop power controls. Outer loop power control is the more restrictive of
the two, because it depends on the frame duration and interleaving of data between frames.
Due to these response time considerations, the power level needed to achieve the required
Eb/No will not be exactly maintained. To accommodate the power delays, it is desirable to
model the power control error statistically.

Slow fading
The phenomenon of slow fading impacts both the behavior and design of the network in a
number of ways, including slow fading margin and soft handover gain.

How slow fading is modeled


Slow fading is the change in signal strength due to shadowing and unexpected
obstructions. You can statistically model the effects of slow fading and include this data in
the analysis of your network. In addition to the implicit effects above, you can explicitly
model the statistical effects of slow fading in the analysis of your network. Explicit slow

515
Appendix A
CDMA User Guide

fading is only modeled as part of the Monte Carlo analysis for pixels that contain
subscribers.
The same slow fading values can be used for both the downlink and uplink, and are
correlated between the different sectors with path loss values at that location.

Using a correlation model to model slow fading


This section describes the calculations used by Mentum Planet to model slow fading using
the angular correlation model.
Angular correlation model equation
Unlike non-angular correlation models, which use a correlation factor for co-site sectors
and another correlation factor for non co-site sectors, angular correlation models use a
correlation factor for each pair of signals received by the mobile from different sectors.
Equation A.1 enables you to determine the correlation factors for angular correlation
models.

ρij = ( ρ0 – B )e – φ ij ⁄ α + Be – φ ij ⁄ β 0 ° ≤ φij ≤ 180°


Equation A.1 Angular correlation model equation1

Where
ρ0 is the correlation factor at 0o
α is the steepness of the curve for angles less than approximately 20o
B is the value of the second term in Equation A.1 at 0o
β is the steepness of the curve for angles greater than 20o
φ ij is the angle between the sites
In this equation, the correlation factor φ ij decreases from ρ0 at 0o to approximately zero
at 180o. The rate of decrease is controlled by the parameters α and β .
Example
Figure A.1 displays an example of the correlation factor as a function of the angle between
two sites. The data is from urban and suburban macrocells.

1.Cochannel Measurements for Interference Limited Small-Cell Planning, J. Van Rees,


AEii, vol. 41, pp318-320, 1987.

516
Modeling W-CDMA Networks
CDMA User Guide

Figure A.1 The vertical axis represents the correlation factor, and the horizontal axis represents the
opening angle in degrees.

Table A.1 describes the values used for each parameter in Figure A.1.
Table A.1 Values used in the correlation function parameters

Parameter Value

ρ0 0.83

α 5o

B 0.6

β 70o

Determining the mean correlation factor


Assuming uniformly distributed angles, the mean correlation factor is provided in
Equation A.2.

180 ⁄ α 180 ⁄ β
ρ = [ ( ρ 0 – B )α ( 1 – e ) + Bβ ( 1 – e ) ] ⁄ 180

Equation A.2 Mean correlation factor

Using the parameter values in Table A.1, the mean correlation factor is 0.22.

517
Appendix A
CDMA User Guide

Slow fading margin


The fade margin defines the amount of additional power required for the transmitted
signal to overcome obstacles in the environment and provide the service quality and
reliability required. It has no impact on the average amount of power required in the
uplink or downlink to achieve the desired performance. Its primary impact is to reduce the
extent of the coverage.
In determining the downlink and uplink power levels required to provide service to a user
at some specified location (bin), an average power calculation is computed based upon the
average path loss associated with the bin. Coverage is not guaranteed if the required
average powers are close to the maximum mobile power limit. The mobile may not have
enough fade margin to allow for power fluctuations, due to local shadowing. This is where
coverage probability affects the required fade margin. A high coverage probability
produces a relatively high fade margin suitable for speech services and vehicular users of
all services. Reducing the coverage probability for mobile users with the ability to move
their position to find the best reception reduces the fade margin.
The fade margin requirement increases as the signal variability (standard deviation)
increases. Its requirement will be reduced significantly in regions of the network where
soft handover gain exists. This occurs because the shadowing of the two sites is not
correlated. This implies that fade margin requirements are minimized where the nominal
signal levels from the sites in soft handover are nearly equal.

Soft handover gains


Macro-diversity soft handover gain occurs when a user is receiving a signal from more
than one site. In this particular case, the variability of the path loss can have a significant
impact on the power requirements. As a result of the variability in the received signals
caused by the significant shadowing that can accompany these signals, a signal which
might normally be greater from one site (e.g., Site_1) may, over some locations in the
same general vicinity, be less than that from a different site (e.g., Site_2). In these
situations, the user will be served primarily from Site_2, which will provide the required
signal strength at the mobile using a lower transmitted power level than that which would
have originated from Site_1. The impact of this is to realize a gain, thus reducing the
required power and the interference in the network.
The impact of this macro-diversity gain increases as the signal variability increases (i.e.,
the standard deviation increases), and as the difference between the nominal signal levels
from each site decreases (the strength of the signals become more equal) as illustrated in
Figure A.2.

518
Modeling W-CDMA Networks
CDMA User Guide

Figure A.2 The impact of macro-diversity gain

The macro-diversity soft handover gain is fully realized only if the signals coming from
the two sites are uncorrelated. Where a mobile is in soft handover with two or three sites
with very limited angular separation there is an increased correlation and, hence, a
decreased macro-diversity gain.
It is also possible to consider the effects of additional gain due to signal combining at the
mobile. This is made possible due to the rake receiver in the mobile, and, therefore,
impacts only the downlink. It is uncertain what the net impact (if any) of this gain will be,
since the signals from these two different sites are generally uncorrelated. Therefore, the
possible gain associated with this type of signal combining is not implemented.

Penetration losses
Path loss is calculated using models that are calibrated to give path loss predictions that
are appropriate for outdoor services. Generally, surveys are conducted to test the accuracy
of the prediction model and these values are invariably outdoor measurements. Not all
users of services are outdoors. It is therefore necessary to address this discrepancy.
Within a bin, some users may be outdoors, some users may be indoors near windows, and
some users may be located at the center of buildings where higher penetration losses

519
Appendix A
CDMA User Guide

occur. Some users of these services will be able to move about and use services where
signals are stronger.
Because of the large variability of signal levels within a bin, it may be possible for some
users using some services to have coverage, while other users of the same services may
not have coverage due to the higher penetration losses in other locations within the same
bin. To deal with how and where a user uses a service, Mentum Planet allows different
proportions of users to be allocated to the following environments, each with different
penetration loss, in each clutter:
■ Outdoor
■ Vehicular
■ Indoor
■ Deep Indoor

520
B.
Appendix B: W-CDMA Discrete Subscriber Table
Format

W-CDMA Discrete
Subscriber Table
Format
This appendix describes the fields in the discrete subscriber table that is generated when
you collect information about the drop status of discrete subscribers during a Monte Carlo
simulation. For some subscribers, many of the columns will be null.
For more information about collecting information about discrete subscribers, see
“Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 147.
Column Type Description

Snapshot Integer Count of total snapshots taken during


Monte Carlo simulation. This value is the
same for all entries in one snapshot file.

Subscriber_Number Integer Number of the discrete subscriber

SubCategory Character (128) Name of subscriber category, including


the subscriber type, service type, quality
type, and environment

Block_Reason Character (40) “Served” or reason for not serving


subscriber

Best_Server Character (51) Site/Sector for serving sector or best


failure

Achieved_Downlink_Rate Maximum achieved data rate on the


downlink.

Achieved_Uplink_Rate Maximum achieved data rate on the


uplink.

521
Appendix B
CDMA User Guide

Column Type Description

Negotiation_State Five possible negotiation states:


■ non-negotiated

■ forward negotiated
■ reverse negotiated
■ negotiated
■ not served
See Table 8.1 on page 154

Carrier Character (32) Serving or preferred carrier. 0 indicates


no carrier is defined.

Uplink_Transmit_Power Float Transmit power corresponding to 50%


probability or minimum if greater in dBm

Uplink_Coverage_Probability Float Probability of coverage

Downlink_Transmit_Power Float Transmit power corresponding to 50%


probability or minimum if greater in dBm

Downlink_Supplemental_Transmit Downlink transmit power on the


supplemental channel.

Downlink_Coverage_Probability Float Probability of coverage

X Float Latitude

Y Float Longitude

Size Float The DEM resolution

Second_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in two way handover

Third_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in three way handover

Fourth_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in four way handover

Fifth_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in five way handover

Sixth_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in six way handover

Seventh_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in seven way handover

522
C.
Appendix C: W-CDMA Operating Points Table
Format

W-CDMA
Operating Points
Table Format
This appendix describes the set of operating points that are created when you generate a
Monte Carlo simulation. For more information, see “Chapter 8: Generating Monte Carlo
Analyses for W-CDMA” on page 147.

System variables
The following table describes the system variables at the beginning of the operating points
file.
Table C.1 System variables

Column Type Description

RUNS_MADE Integer Number of runs in the Monte Carlo


simulation up to this point in time

RANDOM_SEED For internal use only

POWER_CONTROL_SEED For internal use only

SLOW_FADING_SEED For internal use only

523
Appendix C
CDMA User Guide

Sub-category operating points


The following table describes the operating points related to the usage types defined for
the subscriber types included in the analysis. Usage types consist of a service type, quality
type, and environments.
Table C.2 Sub-category operating points

Column Type Description

SUB_CATEGORY String Usage to which the following


operating points apply

UNSERVED Integer Number of subscribers not served


for any reason

NOT_IN_HO Integer Number of subscribers not in


handover

SOFTER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in softer


handover

SOFT_HO Integer number of subscribers in soft


handover

SOFT_SOFTER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in soft-softer


handover

SOFTER_SOFT_HO Integer Number of subscribers in softer-soft


handover

SOFT_SOFT_HO Integer Number of subscribers in soft-soft


handover

SOFTER_SOFTER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in softer-


softer handover

FOUR_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in four-server


handover

FIVE_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in five-server


handover

SIX_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in six-server


handover

SEVEN_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in seven-


server handover

SERVED Integer Total number of subscribers who


have been served in any handover
type

524
W-CDMA Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table C.2 Sub-category operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

RVS_PA_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient mobile ERP to
achieve their Eb/No target on the
downlink

RVS_LOAD Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to the maximum load being
reached at one or more sectors.
A subscriber will not be served if its
signal pushes any sector over its
noise rise (load) limit.

RVS_CE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient channel elements.
This field applies to both the
downlink and the uplink.
The Monte Carlo simulation uses
the greatest number of channel
elements required by the subscriber
when determining if there are
sufficient channel elements to take
the call.

RVS_USER_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to the maximum subscriber limit
being reached on the attempted
sector. This field applies to the
downlink.

RVS_DUE_TO_CODE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient codes on the
downlink

FWD_PA_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient power amplifier
(PA) power available at the serving
sector.
Insufficient PA power can cause
either the voice or pilot to have
insufficient signal strength to meet
the subscriber’s target.

525
Appendix C
CDMA User Guide

Table C.2 Sub-category operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

FWD_PILOT_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient pilot power on the
uplink. The pilot power is caused by
the maximum pilot power/fixed pilot
power being insufficient to meet the
Ec/Io target of the mobile.

FWD_VOICE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient voice power on
the uplink to meet the subscriber’s
Eb/No target

FWD_DUE_TO_CODE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient codes on the
uplink

RVS_CELL_RADIUS_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers on the


downlink not served because they
are outside the maximum cell radius

RVS_CLUTTER_TYPE_SPEED_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


because they exceed the speed limit
for the cell

FWD_DUE_TO_THROUGHPUT_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


because the throughput limit for the
site was exceeded.

Per-sector operating points


The following table describes the per-sector operating points that are common to all
subscriber types.
Table C.3 Per-sector operating points

Column Type Description

SECTOR String Sector ID

CARRIER String Carrier ID

TIME_SLOT_INDEX Not used

526
W-CDMA Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table C.3 Per-sector operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

PREV_TOTAL_RCV_POWER_MW Float Power received on previous iteration


of the simulation. This is used to
determine the received power from
subscribers.
The previous run noise is used to
determine the subscribers output
powers.

CURRENT_TOTAL_RCV_POWER_MW Float Power received on the final iteration


of the simulation.
This is the actual receive power
used to determine noise.

TOTAL_IN_CELL_POWER_MW Float Power received from subscribers


within the cell on the final iteration of
the simulation

PILOT_POWER_MW Float Output power of the pilot channel

SYNC_POWER_MW Float Output power of the sync channel

PAGING_POWER_MW Float Output power of the paging channel

HS-DSCH Power Float For HSDPA and Rel 99 & HSDPA


sectors, the maximum transmit
power for the downlink shared
channel.

Per-subscriber type operating points


The following table describes the operating points that are per-subscriber type.
Table C.4 Per-subscriber type operating points

Column Type Description

SUB_CATEGORY String Subscriber category to which the


following operating points apply

NUM_USERS Integer Number of subscribers on the


uplink captured by this sector

NUM_RPT_USERS Integer Number of subscribers served by


a repeater on this sector

527
Appendix C
CDMA User Guide

Table C.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

NUM_HANDOFF_RPT_USERS Integer Number of subscribers served in


handover with a repeater on this
sector

FWD_NUM_USERS Integer Number of subscribers on the


downlink captured by this sector

CURRENT_RCV_POWER_MW Float Power received on the final


iteration of the simulation. This is
the actual receive power used to
determine noise.

ATTENUATED_POWER_MW Float In-cell power attenuated by the


uplink orthogonality factor

IN_CELL_POWER_MW Float Power received on the final


iteration of the simulation.
This field is used to determine
frequency reuse efficiency.

DROPPED_BY_RVS_LOAD Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to the noise rise
(load) limit on the downlink

REFUSED_BY_USER_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to the limit on the
maximum number of subscribers
served by a sector

REFUSED_BY_RVS_CE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to insufficient primary
channel elements

DROPPED_DUE_TO_RVS_CODE_LIMIT Integer Not used

DROPPED_DUE_TO_MOBILE_PA_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers blocked


on a cell because the required
mobile ERP exceeds the
maximum ERP

DROPPED_DUE_TO_CELL_RADIUS_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served because they are outside
the maximum cell radius

DROPPED_DUE_TO_SPEED_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served because they exceed the
speed limit for the cell

528
W-CDMA Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table C.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

TOTAL_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Total power of all best server


voice channels.
This value includes the Voice
Activity Factor.

AVERAGE_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Average power of a single voice


channel.
This value does not include the
Voice Activity Factor.

MIN_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Minimum power of the best


server voice channel.
This value does not include the
Voice Activity Factor.

MAX_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Maximum power of the best


server voice channel.
This value does not include the
Voice Activity Factor.

REQUIRED_FWD_CE Integer Number of downlink channel


elements that would be required
to serve all served subscribers
and those refused due to
insufficient channel elements.

USER_FWD_CE Integer Number of downlink channel


elements used

UNSERVED_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of subscribers not


served at this sector for any
reason

NOT_IN_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels not in


handover

SOFT_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in soft


handover

SOFTER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in softer


handover

SOFT_SOFTER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in soft-softer


handover

SOFTER_SOFT_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in softer-soft


handover

529
Appendix C
CDMA User Guide

Table C.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

SOFT_SOFT_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in soft-soft


handover

SOFTER_SOFTER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in


softer-softer handover

FOUR_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in four-


server handover

FIVE_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in five-


server handover

SIX_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in six-server


handover

SEVEN_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in seven-


server handover

DROPPED_BY_PRIMARY_PILOT Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the downlink due to
insufficient pilot Ec/Io from the
best server

DROPPED_BY_PRIMARY_VOICE Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the downlink due to
insufficient voice power

PRIMARY_DROPPED_BY_PA Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the downlink due to
insufficient PA power at the best
server

DROPPED_BY_PRIMARY_THROUGHPUT Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the downlink due to
insufficient throughput at the best
server

PRIMARY_DROPPED_DUE_TO_CODE Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to insufficient channel
codes at the best server

DROPPED_BY_HANDOFF_CE Integer Number of handover connections


refused during uplink analysis
due to insufficient handover
channel elements

530
W-CDMA Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table C.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

DROPPED_BY_HANDOFF_VOICE Integer Number of handover connections


refused during uplink analysis
due to insufficient voice power

HANDOFF_DROPPED_BY_PA Integer Number of handover connections


refused during uplink analysis
due to insufficient PA power

HANDOFF_DROPPED_DUE_TO_CODE Integer Number of handover connections


refused due to insufficient
channel codes

DROPPED_BY_HANDOFF_THROUGHPUT Integer Number of handover connections


refused due to insufficient
throughput

531
Appendix C
CDMA User Guide

532
D.
Appendix D: Modeling cdma2000 Networks

Modeling cdma2000
Networks

This appendix describes factors that influence coverage in a cdma2000 network and how
they are dealt with during the network analysis process:
■ Interference
■ Slow fading margin
■ Penetration losses

Interference
cdma2000 networks are limited by interference. In other words, the amount of interference
in the network determines the capacity and coverage of the network. The following
sections describe the different types of interference that can affect cdma2000 networks.

Forward link interference


Many signals are transmitted on the forward link. These signals can be grouped into two
categories: physical channels and transport channels. Physical channels include
■ Pilot Channel
■ Synchronisation Channel (SCH)
■ Dedicated Physical Channels (DPCH)
Transport channels include
■ Paging Channel (PCH)
■ Random Access Channel (RACH)
■ Forward Link Shared Channel

533
Appendix D
Sample document

Transport channels are mapped onto physical channels. The mobile receiver detects each
physical channel individually because the channels are coded using Orthogonal Variable
Spreading Factors (OVSF) also known as Walsh codes. A property of these codes is that
they are orthogonal to each other, enabling the physical channels to be separated and
spread over the same band and still be recoverable.
The sources of forward link interference are:
■ Non-orthogonality—interference that occurs due to factors that reduce the
orthogonality of a physical channel, which increases channel interference
and reduces the available capacity. Generally, factors that reduce the degree
of orthogonality include significant multipath signals with longer time
delays, Doppler spread (which occurs when users are moving within a
multipath environment), and power amplifier non-linearity. As the degree of
orthogonality of these signals decreases (i.e., non-orthogonality increases),
the interference due to these signals on the desired signal increases and
reduces its signal-to-noise ratio. Therefore, the transmitted power from the
site must be increased in order to achieve the required signal-to-noise ratio
(Eb/No) Interference caused by the non-orthogonality of the signals
transmitted from the site with which a mobile subscriber is communicating is
sometimes referred to as in-cell interference.
■ Interference from other sites—interference that occurs out-of-cell. All the
signal energy received at the mobile from these other sites is interference
(i.e., there is no orthogonality associated with these signals from other sites).
There are many locations in the network where this out-of-cell interference
dominates.
■ Thermal noise—interference that occurs at the mobile due to its own thermal
noise (i.e., kTB noise). Thermal noise is the internal noise of the mobile (i.e.,
noise that exists when the mobile is located far away from all other sources
of interference).
■ Unknown interference—interference occurring from foreign sources. The
source of this interference may not be completely unknown because there
may be energy introduced into the carrier band from a known adjacent
carrier. An examination of the spectrum mask of adjacent carriers may
indicate the level of interference to expect. Foreign interference is the
difference between the thermal noise, as described above, and the noise
measured when you take the same mobile into a region of the network, with
the network completely shut down.

534
Modeling cdma2000 Networks
Sample document

Reverse link interference


Reverse link interference refers to noise at the site receivers. Just as there are many
channels associated with the forward link, there are also many channels transmitted by the
mobile on the reverse link. Some of these are access channels, used for responding to
pages, and general network feedback requirements. Others are used specifically for
transmitting physical channels (voice or packet data) and for controlling forward link
power while receiving data.
On the forward link, transmitted energy is from one source (the site transmitting antenna)
and the energy is received by many receivers (mobiles). Because the forward link uses
channelization codes, there can be orthogonality, and this is realized at the distributed
users. This concept does not apply on the reverse link because there are many users
transmitting primarily to the one site receiving antenna. The received signals are not time
synchronized, and so there is no real possibility for orthogonality of the received signals.
The sources of reverse link interference are:
■ In-cell interference—caused by users communicating with the site. Some of
these users have their transmitted power controlled by the site and will
generally be involved in controlling the forward link power. Interference
caused by users who are in second, or greater levels of handover, will likely
have their equipment powers controlled by a different site, typically the site
that is providing the strongest pilot signal.
■ Out-of-cell interference—caused by signal energy received at the site
receiver from users who are communicating with other sites
■ Front end noise and foreign noise—these sources are similar to that
described for the forward link interference. The total received noise level
(Io+No) at the site receiver from each user depends upon the required Eb/No
to achieve an acceptable level of energy at the receiver. As the noise
increases, which happens as more users access the network, the required
power from the mobile also increases. When the required power from the
mobile exceeds its maximum power, the call is dropped or the session is
terminated. Just as the total traffic power is required to determine the forward
link interference, the received noise at the site receiver is required to
determine the power needed by the users to transmit a viable signal. Yet, the
transmitted power of the mobile affects the received noise level.

Pilot interference
It is necessary to determine the pilot coverage for each site because the pilot signal
effectively determines the extent of network coverage on the forward link. The energy per
chip per interference density (Ec/Io) is measured on the pilot channel. It is continuously

535
Appendix D
Sample document

monitored by the mobiles and compared against the Pilot detection threshold and the pilot
pollution margin.
The pilot detection threshold value is the minimum pilot signal-to-noise ratio (Ec/Io) value
required for adding a pilot to the active set and is defined on the Quality panel of the
cdma2000 Sector Settings dialog box. The pilot pollution margin is the Ec/Io margin,
relative to the best server Ec/Io, within which a pilot signal will interfere with the desired
signal, and is defined on the General panel of the Mobile Technology – Network Settings
dialog box.
The sources of pilot interference are
■ in-cell interference energy from the other channels transmitted from the same
site as the pilot signal
■ out-of-cell interference energy transmitted from all channels of other sites
■ thermal (kTB) noise of the receiver
■ energy from external sources

Forward link traffic interference


The DPCH carries voice or data information and must be received by the user with
sufficient power to satisfy quality of service requirements (i.e., the required Eb/No value
must be met by the mobile signal) if the connection is to be maintained. The Eb/No value
is defined as the energy per bit per noise power density. In reality, the noise is due not only
to mobile receiver thermal noise (kTB noise) but also to noise from other signal sources.
The sources of traffic signal interference are:
■ same-cell interference energy from the non-orthogonal component of the
other channels transmitted from the same site from which the traffic signal
originates
■ other-cell interference energy transmitted from all channels of other sites
■ mobile receiver’s thermal noise
■ energy from external or foreign sources
Because the signal is spread over the full bandwidth, the Eb/No benefits from the
spreading (processing) gain.

Controlling interference
Effective power control decreases the interference across the network. Forward link power
control ensures the traffic power meets the mobile’s Eb/No requirement, without using
excessive power. If the traffic power is excessive, capacity-limiting interference occurs on
other traffic and pilot signals. Likewise, on the reverse link, inadequate power control can

536
Modeling cdma2000 Networks
Sample document

lead to interference on the network if the mobile is using excessive power to communicate
with the site. As more users are added to a network, the received noise level at the site
increases. In order for the mobile to maintain an acceptable Eb/No, it needs to increase the
transmitted power.
If the user is moving closer to the site, and/or comes out of a shadowed area, the received
signal at the site will increase quickly. This improves the voice quality of the signal but
also greatly increases the interference experienced by other users and, in turn, reduces
their voice quality. To prevent the increase in interference, very fast mobile traffic power
control is required. cdma2000 technology achieves this fast power control by having the
site measure the uplink Eb/No value and assess the quality of service for every user to
which it is connected, many hundreds of times a second. With each measurement, two
situations can arise:
■ the measured Eb/No is too high, in which case the site commands the mobile
to decrease the power it transmits
■ the measured Eb/No is too low, in which case the site commands the mobile
to increase the power it transmits
If a mobile is in soft handoff, there are two or more servers in its active set. The mobile
decreases the power it transmits if any of the servers commands, but only increases the
power if all the servers command it. This difference gives rise to the soft handoff gain,
which is described in more detail in the next section.
If a user moves behind a building, for example, the mobile must power up in order to
continue to stay connected. Likewise, if a user moves close to a site, the mobile must
power down in order to reduce the interference it creates. Power control signals are
transmitted up to 1.5kHz on both the forward link and reverse link. The ability of the
network to fully realize the benefit of the power control is dependent on the response time
of both inner and outer loop power controls. Outer loop power control is the more
restrictive of the two, because it depends on the frame duration and interleaving of data
between frames.
Due to these response time considerations, the power level needed to achieve the required
Eb/No will not be exactly maintained. To accommodate the power delays, it is desirable to
model the power control error statistically.

Slow fading
The phenomenon of slow fading impacts both the behavior and design of the network in a
number of ways, including slow fading margin and soft handoff gain.

537
Appendix D
Sample document

How slow fading is modeled


Slow fading is the change in signal strength due to shadowing and unexpected
obstructions. You can statistically model the effects of slow fading and include this data in
the analysis of your network. In addition to the implicit effects above, you can explicitly
model the statistical effects of slow fading in the analysis of your network. Explicit slow
fading is only modeled as part of the Monte Carlo analysis for pixels that contain
subscribers.
The same slow fading values can be used for both the forward link and reverse link, and
are correlated between the different sectors with path loss values at that location.

Using a correlation model to model slow fading


This section describes the calculations used by Mentum Planet to model slow fading using
the angular correlation model.
Angular correlation model equation
Unlike non-angular correlation models, which use a correlation factor for co-site sectors
and another correlation factor for non co-site sectors, angular correlation models use a
correlation factor for each pair of signals received by the mobile from different sectors.
Equation D.1 enables you to determine the correlation factors for angular correlation
models.

ρij = ( ρ0 – B )e – φ ij ⁄ α + Be – φ ij ⁄ β 0 ° ≤ φij ≤ 180°


Equation D.1 Angular correlation model equation1

Where
ρ0 is the correlation factor at 0o
α is the steepness of the curve for angles less than approximately 20o
B is the value of the second term in Equation D.1 at 0o
β is the steepness of the curve for angles greater than 20o
φ ij is the angle between the sites
In this equation, the correlation factor φ ij decreases from ρ0 at 0o to approximately zero
at 180o. The rate of decrease is controlled by the parameters α and β .

1.Cochannel Measurements for Interference Limited Small-Cell Planning, J. Van Rees,


AEii, vol. 41, pp318-320, 1987.

538
Modeling cdma2000 Networks
Sample document

Example
Figure D.1 displays an example of the correlation factor as a function of the angle between
two sites. The data is from urban and suburban macrocells.

Figure D.1 The vertical axis represents the correlation factor, and the horizontal axis represents the
opening angle in degrees.

Table D.1 describes the values used for each parameter in Figure D.1.
Table D.1 Values used in the correlation function parameters

Parameter Value

ρ0 0.83

α 5o

B 0.6

β 70o

Determining the mean correlation factor


Assuming uniformly distributed angles, the mean correlation factor is provided in
Equation D.2.

539
Appendix D
Sample document

180 ⁄ α 180 ⁄ β
ρ = [ ( ρ 0 – B )α ( 1 – e ) + Bβ ( 1 – e ) ] ⁄ 180

Equation D.2 Mean correlation factor

Using the parameter values in Table D.1, the mean correlation factor is 0.22.

Slow fading margin


The fade margin defines the amount of additional power required for the transmitted
signal to overcome obstacles in the environment and provide the service quality and
reliability required. It has no impact on the average amount of power required in the
uplink or downlink to achieve the desired performance. Its primary impact is to reduce the
extent of the coverage.
In determining the forward link and reverse link power levels required to provide service
to a user at some specified location (bin), an average power calculation is computed based
upon the average path loss associated with the bin. Coverage is not guaranteed if the
required average powers are close to the maximum mobile power limit. The mobile may
not have enough fade margin to allow for power fluctuations, due to local shadowing. This
is where coverage probability affects the required fade margin. A high coverage
probability produces a relatively high fade margin suitable for speech services and
vehicular users of all services. Reducing the coverage probability for mobile users with
the ability to move their position to find the best reception reduces the fade margin.
The fade margin requirement increases as the signal variability (standard deviation)
increases. Its requirement will be reduced significantly in regions of the network where
soft handoff gain exists. This occurs because the shadowing of the two sites is not
correlated. This implies that fade margin requirements are minimized where the nominal
signal levels from the sites in soft handoff are nearly equal.

Soft handoff gains


Macro-diversity soft handoff gain occurs when a user is receiving a signal from more than
one site. In this particular case, the variability of the path loss can have a significant
impact on the power requirements. As a result of the variability in the received signals
caused by the significant shadowing that can accompany these signals, a signal which
might normally be greater from one site (e.g., Site_1) may, over some locations in the
same general vicinity, be less than that from a different site (e.g., Site_2). In these
situations, the user will be served primarily from Site_2, which will provide the required
signal strength at the mobile using a lower transmitted power level than that which would
have originated from Site_1. The impact of this is to realize a gain, thus reducing the
required power and the interference in the network.

540
Modeling cdma2000 Networks
Sample document

The impact of this macro-diversity gain increases as the signal variability increases (i.e.,
the standard deviation increases), and as the difference between the nominal signal levels
from each site decreases (the strength of the signals become more equal) as illustrated in
Figure D.2.

Figure D.2 The impact of macro-diversity gain

The macro-diversity soft handoff gain is fully realized only if the signals coming from the
two sites are uncorrelated. Where a mobile is in soft handoff with two or three sites with
very limited angular separation there is an increased correlation and, hence, a decreased
macro-diversity gain.
It is also possible to consider the effects of additional gain due to signal combining at the
mobile. This is made possible due to the rake receiver in the mobile, and, therefore,
impacts only the forward link. It is uncertain what the net impact (if any) of this gain will
be, since the signals from these two different sites are generally uncorrelated. Therefore,
the possible gain associated with this type of signal combining is not implemented.

Penetration losses
Path loss is calculated using models that are calibrated to give path loss predictions that
are appropriate for outdoor services. Generally, surveys are conducted to test the accuracy

541
Appendix D
Sample document

of the prediction model and these values are invariably outdoor measurements. Not all
users of services are outdoors. It is therefore necessary to address this discrepancy.
Within a bin, some users may be outdoors, some users may be indoors near windows, and
some users may be located at the center of buildings where higher penetration losses
occur. Some users of these services will be able to move about and use services where
signals are stronger.
Because of the large variability of signal levels within a bin, it may be possible for some
users using some services to have coverage, while other users of the same services may
not have coverage due to the higher penetration losses in other locations within the same
bin. To deal with how and where a user uses a service, Mentum Planet allows different
proportions of users to be allocated to the following environments, each with different
penetration loss, in each clutter:
■ Outdoor
■ Vehicular
■ Indoor
■ Deep Indoor

542
E.
Appendix E: cdma2000 Discrete Subscriber Table
Format

cdma2000 Discrete
Subscriber Table
Format

This appendix describes the fields in the discrete subscriber table that is generated when
you collect information about the drop status of discrete subscribers during a Monte Carlo
simulation. For some subscribers, many of the columns will be null.
For more information about collecting information about discrete subscribers, see
“Chapter 19: Generating Monte Carlo Analyses for cdma2000” on page 397.
Column Type Description

Snapshot Integer Count of total snapshots taken during


Monte Carlo simulation. This value is the
same for all entries in one snapshot file.

Subscriber_Number Integer Number of the discrete subscriber

SubCategory Character (128) Name of subscriber category, including


the subscriber type, service type, quality
type, and environment

Block_Reason Character (40) “Served” or reason for not serving


subscriber

Best_Server Character (51) Site/Sector for serving sector or best


failure

Achieved_Downlink_Rate Maximum achieved data rate on the


downlink.

Achieved_Uplink_Rate Maximum achieved data rate on the


uplink.

543
Appendix E
CDMA User Guide

Column Type Description

Negotiation_State Five possible negotiation states:


■ non-negotiated

■ forward negotiated
■ reverse negotiated
■ negotiated
■ not served
See Table 19.1 on page 404

Carrier Character (32) Serving or preferred carrier. 0 indicates


no carrier is defined.

Uplink_Transmit_Power (Reverse Float Transmit power corresponding to 50%


link) probability or minimum if greater in dBm

Uplink_Coverage_Probability Float Probability of coverage


(Reverse link)

Downlink_Transmit_Power Float Transmit power corresponding to 50%


(Forward link) probability or minimum if greater in dBm

Downlink_Supplemental_Transmit Downlink transmit power on the


supplemental channel.

Downlink_Coverage_Probability Float Probability of coverage


(Forward link)

X Float Latitude

Y Float Longitude

Size Float The DEM resolution

Second_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in two way handoff

Third_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in three way handoff

Fourth_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in four way handoff

Fifth_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in five way handoff

Sixth_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in six way handoff

Seventh_Best_Server Character (51) Site/sector when in seven way handoff

544
F.
Appendix F: cdma2000 Operating Points Table
Format

cdma2000
Operating Points
Table Format
This appendix describes the set of operating points that are created when you generate a
Monte Carlo simulation. For more information, see “Chapter 19: Generating Monte Carlo
Analyses for cdma2000” on page 397.

System variables
The following table describes the system variables at the beginning of the operating points
file.
Table F.1 System variables

Column Type Description

RUNS_MADE Integer Number of runs in the Monte Carlo


simulation up to this point in time

RANDOM_SEED For internal use only

POWER_CONTROL_SEED For internal use only

SLOW_FADING_SEED For internal use only

545
Appendix F
CDMA User Guide

Sub-category operating points


The following table describes the operating points related to the usage types defined for
the subscriber types included in the analysis. Usage types consist of a service type, quality
type, and environments.
Table F.2 Sub-category operating points

Column Type Description

SUB_CATEGORY String Usage to which the following


operating points apply

UNSERVED Integer Number of subscribers not served


for any reason

NOT_IN_HO Integer Number of subscribers not in


handoff

SOFTER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in softer


handoff

SOFT_HO Integer number of subscribers in soft


handoff

SOFT_SOFTER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in soft-softer


handoff

SOFTER_SOFT_HO Integer Number of subscribers in softer-soft


handoff

SOFT_SOFT_HO Integer Number of subscribers in soft-soft


handoff

SOFTER_SOFTER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in softer-


softer handoff

FOUR_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in four-server


handoff

FIVE_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in five-server


handoff

SIX_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in six-server


handoff

SEVEN_SERVER_HO Integer Number of subscribers in seven-


server handover

SERVED Integer Total number of subscribers who


have been served in any handoff
type

546
cdma2000 Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table F.2 Sub-category operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

RVS_PA_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient mobile ERP to
achieve their Eb/No target on the
forward link

RVS_LOAD Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to the maximum load being
reached at one or more sectors.
A subscriber will not be served if its
signal pushes any sector over its
noise rise (load) limit.

RVS_CE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient channel elements.
This field applies to both the forward
link and the reverse link.
The Monte Carlo simulation uses
the greatest number of channel
elements required by the subscriber
when determining if there are
sufficient channel elements to take
the call.

RVS_USER_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to the maximum subscriber limit
being reached on the attempted
sector. This field applies to the
forward link.

RVS_DUE_TO_CODE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient codes on the
forward link

FWD_PA_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient power amplifier
(PA) power available at the serving
sector.
Insufficient PA power can cause
either the voice or pilot to have
insufficient signal strength to meet
the subscriber’s target.

547
Appendix F
CDMA User Guide

Table F.2 Sub-category operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

FWD_PILOT_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient pilot power on the
reverse link. The pilot power is
caused by the maximum pilot power/
fixed pilot power being insufficient to
meet the Ec/Io target of the mobile.

FWD_VOICE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient voice power on
the reverse link to meet the
subscriber’s Eb/No target

FWD_DUE_TO_CODE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


due to insufficient codes on the
reverse link

RVS_CELL_RADIUS_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers on the


forward link not served because
they are outside the maximum cell
radius

RVS_CLUTTER_TYPE_SPEED_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


because they exceed the speed limit
for the cell

FWD_DUE_TO_THROUGHPUT_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not served


because the throughput limit for the
site was exceeded.

Per-sector operating points


The following table describes the per-sector operating points that are common to all
subscriber types.
Table F.3 Per-sector operating points

Column Type Description

SECTOR String Sector ID

CARRIER String Carrier ID

TIME_SLOT_INDEX Not used

548
cdma2000 Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table F.3 Per-sector operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

PREV_TOTAL_RCV_POWER_MW Float Power received on previous iteration


of the simulation. This is used to
determine the received power from
subscribers.
The previous run noise is used to
determine the subscribers output
powers.

CURRENT_TOTAL_RCV_POWER_MW Float Power received on the final iteration


of the simulation.
This is the actual receive power
used to determine noise.

TOTAL_IN_CELL_POWER_MW Float Power received from subscribers


within the cell on the final iteration of
the simulation

PILOT_POWER_MW Float Output power of the pilot channel

SYNC_POWER_MW Float Output power of the sync channel

PAGING_POWER_MW Float Output power of the paging channel

Per-subscriber type operating points


The following table describes the operating points that are per-subscriber type.
Table F.4 Per-subscriber type operating points

Column Type Description

SUB_CATEGORY String Subscriber category to which the


following operating points apply

NUM_USERS Integer Number of subscribers on the


reverse link captured by this
sector

NUM_RPT_USERS Integer Number of subscribers served by


a repeater on this sector

NUM_HANDOFF_RPT_USERS Integer Number of subscribers served in


handoff with a repeater on this
sector

549
Appendix F
CDMA User Guide

Table F.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

FWD_NUM_USERS Integer Number of subscribers on the


forward link captured by this
sector

CURRENT_RCV_POWER_MW Float Power received on the final


iteration of the simulation. This is
the actual receive power used to
determine noise.

ATTENUATED_POWER_MW Float In-cell power attenuated by the


uplink orthogonality factor

IN_CELL_POWER_MW Float Power received on the final


iteration of the simulation.
This field is used to determine
frequency reuse efficiency.

DROPPED_BY_RVS_LOAD Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to the noise rise
(load) limit on the forward link

REFUSED_BY_USER_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to the limit on the
maximum number of subscribers
served by a sector

REFUSED_BY_RVS_CE_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to insufficient primary
channel elements

DROPPED_DUE_TO_RVS_CODE_LIMIT Integer Not used

DROPPED_DUE_TO_MOBILE_PA_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers blocked


on a cell because the required
mobile ERP exceeds the
maximum ERP

DROPPED_DUE_TO_CELL_RADIUS_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served because they are outside
the maximum cell radius

DROPPED_DUE_TO_SPEED_LIMIT Integer Number of subscribers not


served because they exceed the
speed limit for the cell

550
cdma2000 Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table F.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

TOTAL_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Total power of all best server


voice channels.
This value includes the Voice
Activity Factor.

AVERAGE_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Average power of a single voice


channel.
This value does not include the
Voice Activity Factor.

MIN_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Minimum power of the best


server voice channel.
This value does not include the
Voice Activity Factor.

MAX_VOICE_POWER_MW Float Maximum power of the best


server voice channel.
This value does not include the
Voice Activity Factor.

REQUIRED_FWD_CE Integer Number of forward channel


elements that would be required
to serve all served subscribers
and those refused due to
insufficient channel elements.

EVDO_FWD_THROUGHPUT Float Forward throughput for EV-DO

USER_FWD_CE Integer Number of forward channel


elements used

UNSERVED_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of subscribers not


served at this sector for any
reason

NOT_IN_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels not in


handoff

SOFT_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in soft


handoff

SOFTER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in softer


handoff

SOFT_SOFTER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in soft-softer


handoff

551
Appendix F
CDMA User Guide

Table F.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

SOFTER_SOFT_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in softer-soft


handoff

SOFT_SOFT_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in soft-soft


handoff

SOFTER_SOFTER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in


softer-softer handoff

FOUR_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in four-


server handoff

FIVE_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in five-


server handoff

SIX_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in six-server


handoff

SEVEN_SERVER_HO_AT_SECTOR Integer Number of channels in seven-


server handoff

DROPPED_BY_PRIMARY_PILOT Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the forward link due to
insufficient pilot Ec/Io from the
best server

DROPPED_BY_PRIMARY_VOICE Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the forward link due to
insufficient voice power

PRIMARY_DROPPED_BY_PA Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the forward link due to
insufficient PA power at the best
server

DROPPED_BY_PRIMARY_THROUGHPUT Integer Number of subscribers not


served on the forward link due to
insufficient throughput at the best
server

PRIMARY_DROPPED_DUE_TO_CODE Integer Number of subscribers not


served due to insufficient channel
codes at the best server

DROPPED_BY_HANDOFF_CE Integer Number of handoff connections


refused during reverse link
analysis due to insufficient
handoff channel elements

552
cdma2000 Operating Points Table Format
CDMA User Guide

Table F.4 Per-subscriber type operating points (continued)

Column Type Description

DROPPED_BY_HANDOFF_VOICE Integer Number of handoff connections


refused during reverse link
analysis due to insufficient voice
power

HANDOFF_DROPPED_BY_PA Integer Number of handoff connections


refused during reverse link
analysis due to insufficient PA
power

HANDOFF_DROPPED_DUE_TO_CODE Integer Number of handoff connections


refused due to insufficient
channel codes

DROPPED_BY_HANDOFF_THROUGHPUT Integer Number of handoff connections


refused due to insufficient
throughput

553
Appendix F
CDMA User Guide

554
Index

Index
A overview 15
Adding Analysis layers
cdma2000 repeaters 363 cdma2000 393
PN offset plan to project 474 calculating statistics 503
W-CDMA repeaters 115 defining 419, 438
Allocating defining defaults for 420
PN offsets 468 EV-DO 454
spectrum forward link interference 411
cdma2000 274 handoff 413
W-CDMA 30 path balance 415
Analyses pilot 407
cdma2000 prediction view files 378
creating Monte Carlo 420 rapid planning 378
creating rapid planning 382 reverse link interference 412
defining layers 419, 438 viewing 394, 441
defining Monte Carlo settings 422 W-CDMA 144
defining rapid planning settings 384 calculating statistics 248
deleting 394, 443 CPICH 157
discrete subscriber settings 431 defining 167, 186
generating 440 defining defaults for 168
generating Monte Carlo 433 downlink interference 160
generating rapid pilot 393 handover 162
modifying settings 437 HSDPA 202
overview 259 path balance 164
W-CDMA prediction view files 130
creating Monte Carlo 168 rapid planning 130
creating rapid planning 134 uplink interference 161
defining layers 167, 186 viewing 145, 189
defining Monte Carlo settings 170 Analysis settings
defining rapid planning settings 136 cdma2000
deleting 146, 191 defining Monte Carlo 420
discrete subscriber settings 179 defining rapid planning 382
generating 188 modifying 437
generating Monte Carlo 181 W-CDMA
generating rapid pilot 144 defining Monte Carlo 168
modifying settings 185 defining rapid planning 134

555
Index
CDMA User Guide

modifying 185 Best Serving Sector Recolor tool


Analyzing PN offset plans 475 cdma2000 442
Antennas W-CDMA 190
cdma2000
repeater donor settings 369 C
repeater service settings 367 Carrier In-Map Display tool
W-CDMA cdma2000 356
repeater donor settings 121 W-CDMA 110
repeater service settings 119 Carrier settings
Applying, PN offsets to sectors 480 cdma2000 279
W-CDMA 35
B Carriers
Bands cdma2000
cdma2000 creating 275
defining 276 defining 274
maximum number 274 defining sector settings 345
W-CDMA W-CDMA
defining 32 creating 31
maximum number 30 defining 30
Base station link budgets defining sector settings 99
cdma2000 Circuit-switched service types, defining
calculating power 331 cdma2000 314
global edit 337 W-CDMA 71
W-CDMA Clutter types
calculating power 87 cdma2000
global edit 92 assigning clutter classes 298
Bearers defining 294
cdma2000 editing 298
defining 299 W-CDMA
editing 305 assigning clutter classes 56
W-CDMA defining 52
defining 57 editing 56
editing 61 Configuration files
Best server analysis layers custom default settings
cdma2000 cdma2000 268
forward link 411 W-CDMA 24
reverse link 412 Configuring sites
W-CDMA cdma2000 329
downlink 160 W-CDMA 85
uplink 161

556
Index
CDMA User Guide

Controlling interference W-CDMA 146, 191


cdma2000 536 PN offset plans 474
W-CDMA 514 sites
Convergence, overview cdma2000 356
cdma2000 402 W-CDMA 109
W-CDMA 152 Discrete subscribers
Copying sites cdma2000
cdma2000 356 settings 431, 432
W-CDMA 109 table format 543
Copying, PN offset plan 473 viewing information 434
Correlation models W-CDMA
cdma2000 settings 179, 180
overview 278 table format 521
settings 281 viewing information 182
W-CDMA Donor antennas
overview 34 cdma2000 repeaters 369
settings 38 W-CDMA repeaters 121
CPICH Downlink interference analysis
analysis layers 157 cdma2000 411
interference 513 W-CDMA 160
Creating Downlink traffic interference
interference matrices 466 cdma2000 536
Monte Carlo analyses W-CDMA 514
cdma2000 420
W-CDMA 168 E
neighbor lists 466 Eb/No
PN offset plans 467, 468 analysis layers
rapid planning analyses cdma2000 411
cdma2000 382 W-CDMA 160
W-CDMA 134 viewing with Pixel Info tool
cdma2000 444
D W-CDMA 192
Data rate negotiation 154, 404 Editing
Default settings files bearers
cdma2000 268 cdma2000 305
W-CDMA 24 W-CDMA 61
Deleting clutter types
analyses cdma2000 298
cdma2000 394, 443

557
Index
CDMA User Guide

W-CDMA 56 Frequency ranges


PN offset search window settings 342 cdma2000 274
PN offsets in a plan 474 W-CDMA 30
properties of PN offset plan 473
quality types G
cdma2000 314 Generating
W-CDMA 70 analysis layers
repeaters cdma2000 440
cdma2000 375 W-CDMA 188
W-CDMA 127 Monte Carlo analyses
service types cdma2000 433
cdma2000 317, 321 W-CDMA 181
W-CDMA 73, 77 PN offset assignments 468
session types rapid pilot analyses
cdma2000 312 cdma2000 393
W-CDMA 68 W-CDMA 144
subscriber equipment bands reports
cdma2000 309 cdma2000 502
W-CDMA 65 W-CDMA 247
subscriber types using flags
cdma2000 324 cdma2000 393
W-CDMA 80 W-CDMA 144
EV-DO analysis layers 202, 454 Global edit
Exporting basestation link budgets
PN offset assignments 475 cdma2000 337
reports W-CDMA 92
cdma2000 500 sector settings
W-CDMA 245 cdma2000 353
W-CDMA 107
F
Fade margin H
cdma2000 540 Handoff
W-CDMA 518 analysis layers 413
FER analysis layer soft handoff gains 540
cdma2000 411 status 414
W-CDMA 160 Handover
Flags analysis layers 162
using to generate analysis layers soft handover gains 518
cdma2000 393 status 163
W-CDMA 144

558
Index
CDMA User Guide

Hardware sector settings M


cdma2000 346 Mentum products 1
W-CDMA 99 Mobile equipment types, defining
Help cdma2000 307
accessing 6 W-CDMA 63
getting technical support 4 Mobile Technology projects
Home operator cdma2000 264
cdma2000 273 W-CDMA 20
W-CDMA 29 Monte Carlo analyses
HSDPA analysis layers 202 cdma2000
analysis area settings 429
I appending runs 437
Importing convergence method 402
PN offset assignments 475 discrete subscriber settings 432
Interference generating 422
controlling number of runs 401
cdma2000 536 runtime parameter settings 427
W-CDMA 514 Simulation Area settings 425
CPICH 513 subscriber types 425
downlink 511 system settings 422
forward link 533 W-CDMA
pilot 535 analysis area settings 177
reverse link 535 appending runs 185
uplink 513 convergence method 152
Interference analysis layers discrete subscriber settings 180
cdma2000 412 generating 170
W-CDMA 161 number of runs 151
Interference matrices runtime parameter settings 175
for PN offset planning 466 Simulation Area settings 173
subscriber types 173
L system settings 170
Layer statistics Multi-band networks
cdma2000 503 cdma2000 328
PN offset analysis plans 478 W-CDMA 84
W-CDMA 248
Locating N
cdma2000 repeaters 376 Neighbor lists
W-CDMA repeaters 128 for PN offset planning 466

559
Index
CDMA User Guide

Network operators table format 545


cdma2000 273 W-CDMA
W-CDMA 29 overview 149
Network settings table format 523
cdma2000 Operating points files
carrier 284 cdma2000 399
correlation model 281 W-CDMA 149
general 280 Operators
power control 283 allocating spectrum
W-CDMA cdma2000 276
carrier 284 W-CDMA 32
correlation model 38 network
general 36 cdma2000 273
power control 39 W-CDMA 29
Network settings files, creating
cdma2000 268 P
W-CDMA 24 Packet-switched service types, defining
Network technologies, defining cdma2000 317
cdma2000 273 W-CDMA 73
W-CDMA 29 Path balance analysis
Networks cdma2000 415
multi-band W-CDMA 164
cdma2000 328 Penetration losses
W-CDMA 84 cdma2000 541
Nominal subscribers W-CDMA 519
cdma2000 387 Pilot
W-CDMA 140 analysis layers 407
interference 535
O Pixel Info tool
Online Help 6 cdma2000 443
Opening W-CDMA 191
Project Settings dialog box PN Offset Plan Analysis tool
cdma2000 267 analyzing plans 475
W-CDMA 23 displaying reports 478
projects viewing analysis layers 478
cdma2000 267
W-CDMA 23
Operating points
cdma2000
overview 399

560
Index
CDMA User Guide

PN offset plans Products


adding existing plan to project 474 Mentum 1
adding interference matrix 466 Project settings
analyzing 475 accessing
applying to sectors 480 cdma2000 267
copying 473 W-CDMA 23
creating 467, 468 creating default settings files
deleting 474 cdma2000 268
displaying reports 478 W-CDMA 24
managing 473 Projects, creating
viewing properties of 473 cdma2000 265
PN offsets W-CDMA 21
editing in a plan 474
editing search window settings 342 Q
importing and exporting assignments Quality sector settings
475 cdma2000 350
index, displaying 474 W-CDMA 104
overview 464 Quality types, editing
search window sizes 343 cdma2000 314
sector settings 349 W-CDMA 70
Power
base station link budgets R
cdma2000 331 Rapid planning
W-CDMA 87 cdma2000
global edit analysis area settings 391
cdma2000 337 analysis layers 378
W-CDMA 92 generating 384
repeaters nominal subscriber 387
cdma2000 362 overview 378
W-CDMA 114 sector settings 349
sector settings subscriber types 386
cdma2000 351 system settings 384
W-CDMA 105 W-CDMA
Power control analysis area settings 143
cdma2000 analysis layers 130
overview 279 generating 136
settings 283 nominal subscriber 140
W-CDMA overview 130
overview 35 sector settings 103
settings 39 subscriber types 138

561
Index
CDMA User Guide

system settings 136 types of data 482


Re-parenting repeaters displaying PN offsets 478
cdma2000 376 W-CDMA
W-CDMA 128 adding layer statistics 254
Repeaters deleting 247
cdma2000 designing 241
adding to sectors 363 generating 247
carrier settings 375 output 245
donor antenna settings 369 overview 16
editing 375 pixel information 191
link settings 373 predefined 228
locating in a Map window 376 saving 247
overview 362 types of data 226
prediction settings 371 Resources sector settings
re-parenting 376 cdma2000 347
service antenna settings 367 W-CDMA 101
W-CDMA Reverse link
adding to sectors 115 interference 535
carrier settings 127 interference analysis layers 412
donor antenna settings 121
editing 127 S
link settings 125 Saving, reports
locating in a Map window 128 cdma2000 501
overview 114 W-CDMA 247
prediction settings 123 Scrambling codes
re-parenting 128 creating plans 217
service antenna settings 119 defining exceptions 220
Reports general settings 218
cdma2000 modifying indexes 222
adding layer statistics 508 overview 216
deleting 502 saving 223
designing 495 viewing statistics 223
generating 502 Sector settings
output 500 cdma2000
overview 260 base station link budgets 331
pixel information 443 carriers 345
predefined 484 defining 341
saving 501 globally editing 353
hardware 346
implementation 349

562
Index
CDMA User Guide

PN offset 349 editing 312


power 351 W-CDMA
quality 350 defining 66
rapid planning 349 editing 68
resources 347 Sites
W-CDMA cdma2000
base station link budgets 87 copying, pasting, or deleting 356
carriers 99 editing 353
defining 96 overview 328
globally editing 107 W-CDMA
hardware 99 copying, pasting, or deleting 109
implementation 103 editing 107
power 105 overview 84
quality 104 Slow fading, modeling
rapid planning 103 cdma2000 423
resources 101 W-CDMA 172
scrambling codes 103 Soft handoff 540
Sectors Soft handover 518
cdma2000 Spectrum allocation
adding repeaters 363 cdma2000 274
W-CDMA W-CDMA 30
adding repeaters 115 Subscriber equipment bands, editing
Service antennas cdma2000 309
cdma2000 repeaters 367 W-CDMA 65
W-CDMA repeaters 119 Subscriber types, editing
Service types cdma2000 324
cdma2000 W-CDMA 80
defining circuit-switched 314 Subscribers
defining packet-switched 317 cdma2000
editing 317, 321 and rapid planning 291
overview 314 clutter types 294
W-CDMA mobile equipment types 307
defining circuit-switched 71 nominal subscriber 387
defining packet-switched 73 overview 290
editing 73, 77 service types 314
overview 70 session types 309
Session types subscriber types 321
cdma2000 unserved 183, 435
defining 309 W-CDMA
and rapid planning 49

563
Index
CDMA User Guide

clutter types 52
mobile equipment types 63
nominal subscriber 140
overview 48
service types 70
session types 66
subscriber types 77
System settings, defining
cdma2000 384
W-CDMA 136

T
Technical support 4
Traffic maps
of unserved subscribers 183, 435

U
Unserved subscribers 183, 435
Uplink
interference 513
interference analysis layers 161
Usage types, defining
cdma2000 325
W-CDMA 81

V
Viewing
carrier assignment information
cdma2000 356
W-CDMA 110
discrete subscriber information
cdma2000 434
W-CDMA 182
PN offset plan properties 473
PN offset reports 478

564

You might also like